Automation&Drives

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2003
Automation & Drives
Automation & Drives

Programmable Logic Controllers
Networks
HMI Terminals
Motion and Servos
Inverters
Software
Advanced Industrial Automation
2003
Programmable Touchscreen Terminals
Page
269
Programmable Functionkey Terminals
Page
331
Motion and Servos
Page
349
Frequency Inverters
Page
399
Software
Page
431
Cables, Terminal Blocks and Relay Modules
Page
465
Technical Documentation
Page
477
Standards, Approvals and Protection Classes
Page
483
Contacts in Europe
Page
487
INDEX
Page
501
Programmable
Terminals
213
Motion and
Servos
Page
Frequency
Inverters
Industrial Communication
Software
15
Cables and
Accessories
Page
Index
Addresses
Standards
Approvals
Technical
Document.
Programmable Logic Controllers
Industrial
Comm.
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Table of Contents
13
Table of Contents
Note:
WINDOWS and WINDOWS NT are registered trademarks or trademarks of the MICROSOFT Corporation in the USA and
other countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
14
Prgrammable
Logic Contr.
Programmable Logic
Controllers
PLC Overview
Page
16
Compact PLC Series CPM_
Page
19
Modular PLC Series CQM1H
Page
69
Modular PLC Series CJ1
Page
93
Rackmount PLC Series CS1
Page
125
Slot PLC SYSMAC Board C200PCISA
Page
197
15
Programmable Logic
Controllers
Overview of the PLC Families

CPM
CQM1H
CJ1
CS1
Local I/O
192
512
2560
5120
Remote I/O
256
256
32000
32000
Execution time
0.64 s
0.4 s
0.02 s
0.02 s
Program memory
4 kwords
15 kwords
120 ksteps
250 ksteps
Data memory
2 kwords
12 kwords
256 kwords
448 kwords
AD/DA conversion
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Temperature controller
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Pulse output
10 kHz
50 kHz
500 kHz
500 kHz
Pulse counter
20 kHz
500 kHz
500 kHz
500 kHz
Axis positioning
4 per unit, 40 units
4 per unit, 40 units
Network
Yes
Yes
Yes
RS232C/RS422
Host Link
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Fieldbus
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1:1 CPU Link
Yes
Yes
Functionality
CS1
CJ1
CQM1H
CPM
Further Information
CS1
CJ1
CQM1H
CPM
Page
Page
Page
Page
125
93
69
19
Number of outputs
16
Overview
Prgrammable
Logic Contr.
Programmable Logic
Controllers
Overview of Special PLC Systems

C200PCISA
1184
Remote I/O
4800
Execution time
0.1 s
Program memory
31.2 kwords
Data memory
24 kwords
AD/DA conversion
Yes
Yes
Pulse output
550 kHz
Pulse counter
75 kHz
Axis positioning
2 per unit
Network
Yes
RS232C/RS422
Host Link
Yes
Fieldbus
Yes
1:1 CPU Link
Yes
Functionality
Local I/O
Slot PLC
C200PCISA
Further information
C200PCISA
Page 197
Number of outputs
17
Programmable Logic
Controllers
18
Overview
SYSMAC CPM_
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Page
Compact PLC Series CPM_ Overview . . . 20

Compact PLC Series CPM1A
General
Performance Data
Networks and Communication
System Configuration
CPU Units
Specifications
Port Adapters
Programming, Accessories and Documentation
Dimensions
Communication Examples
Expansion Units
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
21
21
21
21
22
23
24
26
27
27
28
30

General
Performance Data
CPU Units
Specifications
Port Adapters
Dimensions
Application Examples
Expansion Units
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
31
31
31
31
32
33
34
36
36
37
38
40
44
Compact PLC Series CPM2C

General
Performance Data
CPU Units
Specifications
Power Supplies
Port Adapters
Connection and Adapter Cables
Terminal Blocks, Connection and Adapter Cables
Dimensions
Expansion Units
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
49
49
49
49
50
51
55
58
58
59
59
61
63
63
65
19
PLC functionality in
a compact design
The SYSMAC CPM Micro PLC family consists of three different series.
Apart from a few special commands, the programming of the PLC systems is the same. The table
below shows the differences between the individual PLC systems.
Overview of the Micro PLC family

CPM2A
CPM2C
Operating voltage
100..240 VAC
24 VDC
100..240 VAC
24 VDC
24 VDC
Peripheral port
Yes
Yes (active)
Yes (active)
RS232C port
Yes (active)
Yes (active)
Realtime clock
Yes
Yes
Max. number of digital inputs/outputs
100
120
192
Analogue inputs/outputs
Yes
Yes
Yes
Type of output
Transistor/Relay
Transistor/Relay
Transistor/Relay
Counter input
5 kHz
20 kHz
20kHz
Pulse output
2 kHz
2x10 kHz
2x10 kHz
Program memory
2 kwords
4 kwords
4 kwords
Data memory
1 kwords
2 kwords
2 kwords
Execution time (bit instruction)
0.72 s
0.64 s
0.64 s
Synchronisation instruction
Yes
Yes
PID instruction
Yes
Yes
DeviceNet
Yes (slave)
Yes (slave)
Yes (slave)
CompoBus/S (fieldbus)
Yes (slave)
Yes (slave)
Yes (master and slave)
PROFIBUSDP
Yes (slave)
Yes (slave)
Functionality
CPM1A
CPM2C
CPM2A
CPM1A
Further Information
CPM1A
CPM2A
CPM2C
Page 21
Page 31
Page 49
Number of outputs
20
Programmable
Logic Contr.
General
The CPM1A is suitable for use as a controller for simple standalone
machines, as well as a simple networked controller.
CPU Units contain an AC or DC power supply and digital inputs and
outputs.
Compact
Its compact design and simple DIN rail mounting

mean that the CPM1A can be integrated into even
the smallest control cabinet.
Fast
The execution time per bit instruction is 0.72 s.

Various interrupt control options allow highspeed
applications to be realised.
Intelligent
As well as the standard basic instructions, the

instruction set consists of further instructions for
fast data processing, complex arithmetic
operations and efficient I/O processing.
Communication
The RS232C port allows rapid 1:1 exchange of

data areas with another CPM1A and a
C200H_ CPU, for example. Furthermore, the NT
Link mode for OMRON programmable terminals is
supported.
The CPM1A can be used as a slave in a
SYSMACW AY network via the RS422 converter.
With additional DeviceNet, PROFIBUSDP or
CompoBus/S Units, the CPM1A30/40 units can
be integrated into these networks as a slave.
Programming
Programming is carried out via the programming

interface and a PC using the CXProgrammer
programming software.
For programming software, see page 434.
Performance Data
CPM1A10CD_
CPM1A20CD_
CPM1A30CD_
CPM1A40CD_
Builtin I/O
Inputs
Outputs
6
4
12
8
18
12
24
16
With expansion
Inputs
Outputs
n.a.
n.a.
n.a.
n.a.
54
36
60
40
Max. remote I/O
0.72 s
0.72 s
0.72 s
0.72 s
Program memory
2 kwords
2 kwords
2 kwords
2 kwords
Data memory
1 kwords
1 kwords
1 kwords
1 kwords
Input interrupts
2 (0.3 ms)
4 (0.3 ms)
4 (0.3 ms)
4 (0.3 ms)
Timecontrolled interrupts
1 (0.5 ms..5 min)

Networks, see page 213
Ethernet (open network)
Controller Link (PLC network)
Host Link SYSMAC WAY (serial network)
Yes
DeviceNet (open fieldbus)
Yes (slave)
Yes (slave)
ASIInterface (open fieldbus)
PROFIBUSDP (open fieldbus)
Yes (slave)
21
Configuration
The CPM1A and CPM2A PLCs use the same range of Expansion Units.
See page 45 ff. for details.
Expansion of the CPM1A
The CPM1A10_ and the CPM1A20_ cannot be expanded, while
upto 3 Expansion Units can be connected to the CPM1A30_ and
CPM1A40_.
CPU
I/O expansion
CPU
I/O expansion
Mounting
CPM1A units can either be panelmounted using M4 screws, or simply
snapped onto a DIN rail. The clamps (PFPM) on both sides of the
units ensure that they fit securely onto the DIN rail.
CPM1A
TS101DA
PFPM clamp
DIN rail
22
CPM1A
MAD01
100..240 VAC with

24 VDC, 0.2 A output
CPM1A10CDRAV1
24 VDC
CPM1A10CDRDV1
100..240 VAC with

CPM1A20CDRAV1
24 VDC
CPM1A20CDRDV1
100..240 VAC with

CPM1A30CDRAV1
24 VDC
CPM1A30CDRDV1
100..240 VAC with

CPM1A40CDRAV1
24 VDC
CPM1A40CDRDV1
CPM1ACPU Unit
6 DC inputs
l outputs
t t
4 relay
Not expandable
Supply voltage
CPM1ACPU Unit
12 DC inputs
8 relay outputs
Not expandable
Supply voltage
CPM1ACPU Unit
18 DC inputs
y outputs
p
12 relay
M
Max. 3 E
Expansion
i Units
U i
Supply voltage
CPM1ACPU Unit
24 DC inputs
16 relay outputs
Max. 3 Expansion Units
Supply voltage
CPM1ACPU Unit
6 DC inputs
4 transistor outputs
Pulse output
Not expandable
Supply
pp y voltage
g
24 VDC
PNP output
CPM1A10CDT1DV1
NPN output
CPM1A10CDTDV1
Supply
pp y voltage
g
100 240 VAC
100..240
24 VDC, 0.2 A outp.
PNP output
CPM1A10CDT1AV1
NPN output
CPM1A10CDTAV1
CPM1ACPU Unit
12 DC inputs
Pulse output
Not expandable
Supply
pp y voltage
g
24 VDC
PNP output
CPM1A20CDT1DV1
NPN output
CPM1A20CDTDV1
Supply
pp y voltage
g
100 240 VAC
100..240
24 VDC, 0.2 A outp.
PNP output
CPM1A20CDT1AV1
NPN output
CPM1A20CDTAV1
CPM1ACPU Unit
18 DC inputs
Pulse output
Supply
pp y voltage
g
24 VDC
PNP output
CPM1A30CDT1DV1
NPN output
CPM1A30CDTDV1
Supply
pp y voltage
g
100 240 VAC
100..240
24 VDC, 0.3 A outp.
PNP output
CPM1A30CDT1AV1
NPN output
CPM1A30CDTAV1
CPM1ACPU Unit
24 DC inputs
Pulse output
Supply
pp y voltage
g
24 VDC
PNP output
CPM1A40CDT1DV1
NPN output
CPM1A40CDTDV1
Supply
pp y voltage
g
100 240 VAC
100..240
24 VDC, 0.3 A outp.
PNP output
CPM1A40CDT1AV1
NPN output
CPM1A40CDTAV1
Programmable
Logic Contr.
CPU Units
23
Specifications (CPU Units)

CPM1A10CDR_
CPM1A20CDR_
CPM1A30CDR_
CPM1A40CDR_
6 DC inp.
1 circuit, 6 inp.
4 relay outputs
2 circuits, 1 outp. each
1 circuit, 2 outp.
4 A per circuit
12 DC inp.
1 circuit, 12 inp.
8 relay outputs
1 circuit, 2 outp.
1 circuit, 4 outp.
4 A per circuit
18 DC inp.
1 circuit, 18 inp.
12 relay outputs
1 circuit, 2 outp.
2 circuit, 4 outp.
4 A per circuit
24 DC inp.
1 circuit, 24 inp.
16 relay outputs
1 circuit, 2 outp.
3 circuit, 4 outp.
4 A per circuit
6
4
12
8
54
36
60
40
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
Realtime clock
Number of special
I/O Units
CPU integrated
Inputs
Outputs
Max. local
Inputs
Outputs
Max. remote I/O

Execution time
Program memory
kwords
Data words
kwords
Internal relay
bits
(words)
768
48
768
48
768
48
768
48
Holding relay
bits
(words)
320
20
320
20
320
20
320
20
Timer/Counter
128
128
128
128
Pulse output
Pulse counter
1 (5 kHz)
1 (5 kHz)
1 (5 kHz)
1 (5 kHz)
Input interrupts
2 (0.3 ms)
4 (0.3 ms)
4 (0.3 ms)
4 (0.3 ms)
Counter interrupts
2 (1 kHz)
4 (1 kHz)
4 (1 kHz)
4 (1 kHz)
CPM1A10CDT(1)
CPM1A20CDT(1)
CPM1A30CDT(1)
CPM1A40CDT(1)
6 DC inp.
1 circuit, 6 inp.
1 circuit, 2 outp.
0.9 A per circuit
12 DC inp.
1 circuit, 12 inp.
1 circuit, 2 outp.
1 circuit, 4 outp.
0.9 A per circuit
18 DC inp.
1 circuit, 18 inp.
1 circuit, 2 outp.
2 circuit, 4 outp.
0.9 A per circuit
24 DC inp.
1 circuit, 24 inp.
1 circuit, 2 outp.
3 circuit, 4 outp.
0.9 A per circuit
6
4
12
8
54
36
60
40
0.72
0.72
0.72
0.72
Realtime clock
Number of special
I/O Units
CPU integrated
Inputs
Outputs
Max. local
Inputs
Outputs
Max. remote I/O

Execution time
Program memory
kwords
Data words
kwords
Internal relay
bits
(words)
768
48
768
48
768
48
768
48
Holding relay
bits
(words)
320
20
320
20
320
20
320
20
Timer/Counter
128
128
128
128
Pulse output
1 (2 kHz)
1 (2 kHz)
1 (2 kHz)
1 (2 kHz)
Pulse counter
1 (5 kHz)
1 (5 kHz)
1 (5 kHz)
1 (5 kHz)
Input interrupts
2 (0.3 ms)
4 (0.3 ms)
4 (0.3 ms)
4 (0.3 ms)
Counter interrupts
2 (1 kHz)
4 (1 kHz)
4 (1 kHz)
4 (1 kHz)
Data words, Holding relays, Auxiliary relays and counter values are backed up for up to 20 days by a builtin capacitor.
24
CPU ports
Peripheral, RS232C/RS422 via converter
I/O processing
Combination of cyclic scan and immediate refresh processing methods
Number of instructions
14 basic instructions,
139 special instructions all with level or edgetriggered execution
Special instructions
Data backup
Capacitor (20 days at 25_C)
Program backup
Flash EEPROM
Program protection
Password
1 (0.5 ms..5 min)
Analogue setting potentio

meters
Range (BCD)
Power supply
AC
DC
100..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

24 VDC
Operating voltage
limits
AC
DC
85..264 VAC
20.4..26.4 VDC
Power consumption
AC
DC
60 VA (30 VA for CPM1A10CDT_ and CPM1A20CDT_)

3.5..6.5 W (Relay versions), 3..4.5 W (Transistor versions)
Macro
7 segment decoder
Subroutine
ASCII/HEX
I/O refresh
Table comparison
Arithmetic
Indirect addressing
Pulse output
0..200
Auxiliary voltage output
24 VDC, 300 mA (200 mA on 10 and 20point models), provided on AC models only
Insulation resistance
Min. 20 MW at 500 VDC, measured between AC and PE terminal
Dielectric strength
2300 VAC at 50/60 Hz for one minute with a leakage current of max. 10 mA between AC and PE terminals
Noise immunity
1500 Vss with a pulse width of 0.1..1 ms, and with a rise time of 1 ns
Fast transients
2 kV (power lines), conforms to IEC 6100044
Vibration resistance
10..57 Hz; 0.075 mm amplitude;

57..150 Hz with an acceleration of 1 G in X, Y and Z directions each 10 sweeps of 8 minutes
Shock resistance
147 m/s2 (15 G) 3 times each in X, Y and Z directions
Temperature
Operation
Storage
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Specifications (CPU Units, Continued)
0 _C..55 _C
20 _C..75 _C
Ambient humidity
10%..90% (without condensation)
Atmosphere
The controller must not be exposed to the following conditions:

Corrosive gases
Severe temperature fluctuations
Air with an extreme dust or salt content
Metal filings or metallic dust
Splash water
Other chemicals
Degree of protection
IEC IP30 (Control cabinet mounting)
Grounding
According to EN60204
Size of terminal screws
M3
25

DC inputs of CPU Units
Inputs IN0000..IN0002 are
fast counter inputs (A, B
and Z; e.g. for encoder)
Relay outputs of
CPU Units
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Input impedance
4.7 kW (IN0000..IN0002: 2 kW)
Input current
5 mA (IN0000..IN0002: 12 mA)
ON/OFF delay
8 ms (selectable in 8 steps from 1..128 ms)
Type of output
Relay
Max. switching capacity
250 VAC, 2 A (cos=1); 24 VDC, 2 A (4 A per common)
Min. switching capacity

Relay life
5 VDC, 10 mA
electrical
mechanical
Transistor outputs of
CPU Units
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min 14.4 VDC
Max. 5.0 VDC
150,000 operations at R load,

100,000 operations at L load
20,000,000 operations
ON/OFF delay
Max. 15 ms
Type of output
Transistor
Switching capacity
24 V (20.4..26.4 V), 0.3 A (0.9 A per common)
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.5 V
ON delay
OFF delay
Max. 0.1 ms
Max. 1 ms
Port Adapters
26
Description
Cable length
Model code
RS232C port adapter
Adapter unit for connection to the

CPM1A peripheral port
For DIN track mounting
15 cm
CPM1CIF01
RS422 port adapter

For DIN track mounting
15 cm
CPM1CIF11
RS232C cable adapter
Converter cable
(peripheral port/RS232C
PCAT port)
2m
CQM1CIF02
Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code
CXProgrammer. PLC programming software.

For WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0SP5/XP
see page 434
WS02CXPC1__
Programming consoles
Programming console with cable
2m
CQM1PRO01
Programming console without cable for

installation in control cabinet door
C200HPRO27E
Cable for PRO27 to CPU
2m
C200HCN222
4m
C200HCN422
Writing of the user program, the PLC

configuration, the expanded instruction
set and the data words from DM6144 to
DM6655 to EEPROM, as well as down
loading of EEPROM data to the PLC.
For PLC systems:
CPM and CQM1H
Supported EEPROMs:
Atmel AT28C256
NEC
PD28C256
20 cm
CPM1EMU01V1
Program copy device
Accessories,
cables etc.
Description
Model code
Clamp for DIN rail mounting
PFPM
Technical
documentation
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
CPM1A
Operation Manual
W317E1
CPM_ and SRM_ series
Programming Manual
W353E1
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Dimensions (mm)
CPU Units with DC supply voltage
W
Model code
66
50
CPM1A10CDT(1)DV1
CPM1A10CDRDV1
86
CPM1A20CDT(1)DV1
CPM1A20CDRDV1
130
CPM1A30CDT(1)DV1
CPM1A30CDRDV1
150
CPM1A40CDT(1)DV1
CPM1A40CDRDV1
90
100
W
D
27
Dimensions (Continued)
CPU Units with AC supply voltage
W
Model code
66
70
CPM1A10CDT(1)AV1
CPM1A10CDRAV1
86
CPM1A20CDT(1)AV1
CPM1A20CDRAV1
130
CPM1A30CDT(1)AV1
CPM1A30CDRAV1
150
CPM1A40CDT(1)AV1
CPM1A40CDRAV1
90
100
CPM1A Expansion Units

W
Model code
66
50
CPM1A8E_
CPM1AMAD01
CPM1ADRT21
CPM1ASRT21
CPM1APRT21
CPM1ATS101DA
86
CPM1A20E_
CPM1ATS_
CPM1AMAD11
CPM1A Communication adapter

W
Model code
30
56
CPM1CIF01
30
61
CPM1CIF11
90
CPM1A
SYSMAC WAY (network)
Yes (slave)
Active RS232C
1:1 CPU Link
Yes
1:1 NT Link
Yes
1:n NT Link
SYSMAC WAY
SYSMAC WAY uses the RS232C or RS422 port
and contains the open, OMRONspecific ASCII
protocol called Host Link. By default, CPM1A
communication ports run in Host Link slave mode
and can therefore be easily operated from a PC, a
supervisory controller or HMI.
Peripheral port
CQM1CIF02
PC
CPM1A
CPM1CIF01
RS232C cable,
e.g. XW2Z200SV
28
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Communication Examples (Continued)

Up to 32 Host Link slaves can be integrated into a
SYSMAC WAY network via RS422 ports.
RS422 cable
CJ1 +
CJ1WSCU41
CS1 +
CS1WSCB41
SRM1 +
CPM1CIF11
CPM1A/CPM2A
CPM1CIF11
1:1 CPU Link

Via the 1:1 CPU Link, up to 16 words can be
continuously exchanged between two PLC CPU
Units without any programming effort, by means of
a peripheral or RS232C port.
RS232C cable
CQM1H
CPM1A +
RS232C adapter
CPM2C
CPM1A/CPM2A +
RS232C adapter
1:1 NT Link
Various programmable terminals, from function
keys to graphicscapable, touchscreen colour
terminals, are available to the user as a human/
machine interface.
Data is exchanged very efficiently between a
programmable terminal and the PLC via the
1:1NTLink protocol.
RS232C cable
CPM1A +
RS232C adapter
OMRON
programmable terminal
29
Expansion Units
I/O type
Description
Model code
Page
8 DC inputs
24 VDC
CPM1A8ED
45
8 relay outputs
250 VAC/2 A, 24 VDC/2 A
CPM1A8ER
45
24 VDC/0.3 A, PNP
CPM1A8ET1
45
24 VDC/0.3 A, NPN
CPM1A8ET
45
12 DC inputs
8 relay outputs
24 VDC
250 VAC/2 A, 24 VDC/2 A
CPM1A20EDR1
45
12 DC inputs
24 VDC
24 VDC/0.3 A, PNP
CPM1A20EDT1
45
12 DC inputs
24 VDC
24 VDC/0.3 A, NPN
CPM1A20EDT
45
Analogue I/O
Expansion Unit
2 inputs
1 output
0..10 V, 1..5 V or 4..20 mA

10..+10 V, 0..10 V or 4..20 mA
CPM1AMAD01
46
Analogue I/O
Expansion Unit
2 inputs
0..5 V, 0..10 V, 1..5 V, 10..+10 V,

0..20 mA, 4..20 mA
0..5 V, 0..10 V, 1..5 V, 10..+10 V,
0..20 mA, 4..20 mA
CPM1AMAD11
46
Digital
I/O
g
E
i Units
U it
Expansion
1 output
Temperature sensor input
and analogue output
Expansion Unit
2 inputs, Pt100
1 output
40 C..250 C
10..+10 V, 0..10 V or 4..20 mA
CPM1ATS101DA
47
Temperature
p
sensor input
p
E
Expansion
i Unit
U it
2 inputs, thermocouple
K: 200..1300C, J: 100..850C
CPM1ATS001
47
K: 200..1300C, J: 100..850C
CPM1ATS002
47
2 inputs, Pt100, JPT100
200..650 C
CPM1ATS101
47
200..650 C
CPM1ATS102
47
DeviceNet I/O Link

Expansion Unit
32 input bits
32 output bits
DeviceNet Link Unit
CPM1ADRT21
47
CompoBus/S I/O Link

Expansion Unit
8 input bits
8 output bits
CompoBus/S Link Unit
CPM1ASRT21
47
PROFIBUSDP I/O Link

Expansion Unit
16 input bits
16 output bits
PROFIBUSDP Link Unit
CPM1APRT21
48
Detailed descriptions of the Expansion Units can be found starting from page 44.
30
Programmable
Logic Contr.
General
The CPM2A is suitable as a controller for simple standalone
machines, as well as a simple networked controller.
One innovation is the new synchronisation instruction, which makes it
possible to generate output pulse trains as a function of an input pulse
frequency, e.g. to emulate the synchronisation of 2 axes through a
variable gear ratio.
Furthermore, PID control and pulse width modulation can also be
realised easily by preconfigured instructions. The small size, DIN rail
mounting and the removable terminal blocks allow it to be quickly
mounted in a control cabinet.
PLC programs from the CPM1 and the CPM1A series can be used with
the CPM2A without modification. Programming is carried out using the
CXProgramming software.
Features of the CPM2A series:
Small size
Removable terminal blocks
Realtime clock
20 kHz counter and two 10 kHz pulse outputs
Two RS232C ports possible
Builtin active RS232C port (RXD/TXD instruction)
Synchronisation, PID control, and pulse width modulation
instructions
Expansion Units for DeviceNet, PROFIBUSDP and CompoBus/S
fieldbus systems
Performance data
CPM2A20CD_
CPM2A30CD_
CPM2A40CD_
CPM2A60CD_
Builtin I/O
Inputs
Outputs
12
8
18
12
24
16
36
24
With expansion
Inputs
Outputs
48
32
54
36
60
40
72
48
0.64 s
0.64 s
0.64 s
0.64 s
Program memory
4 kwords
4 kwords
4 kwords
4 kwords
Data memory
2 kwords
2 kwords
2 kwords
2 kwords
Interrupt inputs
Interval timer interrupts

Controller Link (PCL network)
Host Link, SYSMAC WAY (serial network)
Yes
Yes (slave)
Yes (slave)
ASInterface (open fieldbus)
Yes (slave)
31
Configuration
All CPM1A series Expansion Units can be connected to the CPM2A
PLC system. The Expansion Units are connected to the CPU Unit via a
short ribbon cable and a connector. The CPM2A terminal blocks can
be removed for installation purposes.
Communication interfaces
The CPM2A has one peripheral port and one RS232C port. The
CQM1PRO01 programming console, the CPM1EMU01 program
transfer device or the CQM1CIF02 PC programming converter can
be connected directly to the peripheral port. The peripheral port can
also be converted into an RS232C port using the CPM1CIF01 port
adapter or into an RS422 port using the CPM1CIF11 adapter. The
RS232C port located in the centre of the Micro PLC can be used for
different types of communication, e.g. as an active port for sending
ASCII character strings to modems, printers or other peripherals using
the SEND/RECEIVE instructions.
Highspeed counter inputs

If the highspeed counter function is required, three of the normal
transistor inputs are no longer available. The highspeed counter input
can be used to connect an encoder with phases A, B and Z, for
example.
Highspeed counter input
Interrupt + regular digital inputs

(removable terminal block)
RS232C port
Analogue setting
controls
Peripheral port
Backup battery
Pulse + regular digital outputs
(removable terminal block)
Interrupt input
Four of the normal transistor inputs can also be configured as interrupt
inputs. Various interrupt modes are available. For further information,
refer to the application examples.
Pulse outputs
Analogue setting controls
Only CPM2A CPU Units with transistor outputs provide a pulse output
On the front of the CPM2A CPU, under the peripheral port cover, there function. Up to two of the regular transistor outputs can be assigned
are two analogue setting potentiometers, which can be adjusted with a as pulse outputs.
screwdriver. These can be used to set a value in the range of
0..200BCD in two registers in the CPM2A CPU. This allows internal
timer values or other setpoints to be directly adjusted from outside.
Expansion of the CPM2A

Up to three Expansion Units can be connected to any CPM2A CPU
Unit. Digital, analogue, CompoBus/S, PROFIBUSDP and DeviceNet
Units are all available as Expansion Units.
CPU
I/O expansion
CPU
I/O Expansion
Mounting
CPM2A units can either be panelmounted using M4 screws, or simply
snapped onto a DIN rail. The clamps (PFPM) on both sides of the
units ensure that they fit securely onto the DIN rail.
PFPM clamp
DIN rail
32
CPM1AMAD01
CPM2A CPU Unit

12 transistor inputs
8 relay outputs
Supply voltage
CPM2A CPU Unit

12 relay outputs
Supply voltage
CPM2A CPU Unit

16 relay outputs
Supply voltage
CPM2A CPU Unit

24 relay outputs
Supply voltage
CPM2A CPU Unit

p
Pulse output
Max
Supply
pp y voltage
g
24 VDC
CPM2A CPU Unit

p
Pulse output
Max
Supply
pp y voltage
g
24 VDC
CPM2A CPU Unit

p
Pulse output
Max
Supply
pp y voltage
g
24 VDC
CPM2A CPU Unit

p
Pulse output
Max
Supply
pp y voltage
g
24 VDC
100..240 VAC
24 VDC, output 0.3 A
CPM2A20CDRA
24 VDC
CPM2A20CDRD
100..240 VAC
CPM2A30CDRA
24 VDC
CPM2A30CDRD
100..240 VAC
CPM2A40CDRA
24 VDC
CPM2A40CDRD
100..240 VAC
CPM2A60CDRA
24 VDC
CPM2A60CDRD
PNP output
CPM2A20CDT1D
NPN output
CPM2A20CDTD
PNP output
CPM2A30CDT1D
NPN output
CPM2A30CDTD
PNP output
CPM2A40CDT1D
NPN output
CPM2A40CDTD
PNP output
CPM2A60CDT1D
NPN output
CPM2A60CDTD
Programmable
Logic Contr.
CPU Units
33
CPU integrated
Inputs
Outputs
Max. local
CPU integrated
Inputs
Outputs
Inputs
Outputs
Max. local
Inputs
Outputs
s
Execution time
(basic instructions)
CPM2A20CDR
CPM2A30CDR
CPM2A40CDR
CPM2A60CDR
12 DC inputs
1 circuit, 12 inp.
8 relay outputs
1 circuit, 2 outp.
1 circuit, 4 outp.
4 A per circuit
18 DC inputs
1 circuit, 18 inp.
12 relay outputs
1 circuit, 2 outp.
2 circuit, 4 outp.
4 A per circuit
24 DC inputs
1 circuit, 24 inp.
16 relay outputs
1 circuit, 2 outp.
3 circuit, 4 outp.
4 A per circuit
36 DC inputs
1 circuit, 36 inp.
24 relay outputs
1 circuit, 2 outp.
5 circuit, 4 outp.
4 A per circuit
48
32
54
36
60
40
72
48
CPM2A20CDT(1)
CPM2A30CDT(1)
CPM2A40CDT(1)
CPM2A60CDT(1)
12 DC inputs
1 circuit, 12 inp.
1 circuit, 2 outp.
1 circuit, 4 outp.
0.8 A per circuit
18 DC inputs
1 circuit, 18 inp.
1 circuit, 2 outp.
2 circuit, 4 outp.
0.8 A per circuit
24 DC inputs
1 circuit, 24 inp.
1 circuit, 2 outp.
3 circuit, 4 outp.
0.8 A per circuit
36 DC inputs
1 circuit, 36 inp.
1 circuit, 2 outp.
5 circuit, 4 outp.
0.8 A per circuit
48
32
54
36
60
40
72
48
0.64
Realtime clock
Yes
Number of Expansion Units
Program memory
kwords
Data words
kwords
Work area
bits
(words)
928
(58)
Holding relay
bits
(words)
320
(20)
Timer/Counter
256
CPU ports
One peripheral port, RS232C/RS422 via port adapter

One RS232C port
I/O processing
Combination of cyclic scan with direct output and immediate refresh processing methods
185 special instructions all with level or edgetriggered execution
Data backup
Builtin battery (5 years, at 25C)
Program backup
Flash EEPROM
Program protection
Password
Pulse output
On CPM2A CPUs with transistor outputs (CPM2A_CDT_D) up to 2 outputs can be used to generate pulse trains from
10 Hz..10 kHz
Pulse counter
1x20 kHz singlephase or 5 kHz differential mode (A, B or Z phase encoder)
Input interrupts
4 inputs with 300 s Interrupt response time (call up interrupt subroutine)
Counter interrupts
4 inputs for up to 2 kHz counting frequency
Quickresponse inputs
Pulse width
4 points
Min. 50 s pulse width
Synchronisation
PID control
Pulse width modulation
Pulse output
Macro
7 segment decoder
Subroutine
ASCII/HEX
Tabular processing
Arithmetic
Indirect addressing
Timecontrolled interrupts*
1x adjustable from 0.5 ms..5 min (periodic or oneshot mode)
Analogue setting potentio

meter
Range (BCD)
2 controls, accessible via peripheral port cover

0..200
* For further explanation of the interrupt functions, see the application examples.
Data words, Holding relays, Auxiliary relays and counter values are backed up by a builtin battery for up to 5 years.
34
Power supply
AC
DC
100..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

24 VDC
Operating voltage
limits
AC
DC
85..264 VAC
20.4..26.4 VDC
Power consumption
AC
DC
60 VA
20 W
Programmable
Logic Contr.
24 VAC, 300 mA, AC models only
Dielectric strength
2300 VAC at 50/60 Hz for one minute with a leakage current of max. 10 mA between AC and PE terminals
Noise Immunity
1500 Vss with a pulse width of 0.1..1 ms, and with a rise time of 1 ns.
Fast transiets
Conforms to IEC 6100044.2 kV (power lines)
10..57 Hz; 0.075 mm amplitude;

57..150 Hz with an acceleration of 1 G in X, Y and Z directions each 10 sweeps of 8 minutes
Shock resistance
147 m/s2 (15 G) 3 times each in X, Y and Z directions
Temperature
Operation
Storage
0 _C..55 _C
20 _C..75 _C
Ambient humidity
Atmosphere
Control must not be exposed to the following conditions:

Corrosive gases
Splash water
Air with extreme dust or salt content
Other chemicals
Grounding
Terminal screws
(dimension)
M3
Approvals
CE, UL, CSA

The inputs IN0000..IN0002
are the fast counter inputs
(A, B and Z; e.g. for
encoder) and
IN00002..IN00006 can be
used as interrupt or
fastresponse inputs
Relay outputs of
CPU Units
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Input impedance
IN00000..IN00001: 2.7 k
IN00002..IN00006: 3.9 k
IN00007 and up: 4.7 k
Input current
IN00000..IN00001: 8 mA
IN00002..IN00006: 6 mA
IN00007 and up: 5 mA
ON delay
Type of output
Relay (Omron G6R1A)
250 VAC, 2 A (cos=1); 24 VDC, 2 A
5 VDC, 10 mA
Relay life
electrical
mechanical
CPU Units
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 14.4 VDC (except IN0000..IN00001; 17 VDC)
Max. 5.0 VDC

ON/OFF delay
Max. 15 ms
Type of output
Transistor
Switching capacity
24 V (20.4..26.4 V),
OUT01000..OUT01001: 0.2 A
OUT01002 and up: 0.3 A
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.5 V
ON delay
OUT01000..OUT01001: 20 ms max.
OUT01002 and up: 0.1 ms max.
OUT01000..OUT01001: 40 ms max. at 100 mA
OUT01002 and up: 1 ms max.
OFF delay
35
Port Adapters
Description
Cable length
Model code
RS232C port adapter

For DIN rail mounting
15 cm
CPM1CIF01
RS422 port adapter

For DIN rail mounting
15 cm
CPM1CIF11
RS232C cable adapter
Converter cable
(peripheral port/RS232C
PCAT port)
2m
CQM1CIF02
Description
Cable length
Model code

see page 434
WS02CXPC1_
2m
CQM1PRO01

C200HPRO27E
2m
C200HCN222
4m
C200HCN422

DM6655 on EEPROM, as well as down
loading of EEPROM data in the PLC.
For PLC systems:
CPM and CQM1H
Supported EEPROMs:
Atmel AT28C256
NEC
PD28C256
20 cm
CPM1EMU01V1

Programming
Program copy device
Accessories,
cables etc.
Technical
documentation
36
Description
Model code
Spare battery
CPM2ABAT01
PFPM
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
CPM2A
Operation Manual
W352E1
CPM_ and SRM_ series
Programming Manual
W353E1
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Dimensions (mm)
CPM2A, CPU Units with DC supply voltage
W
Model code
130
55
CPM2A20CDT(1)D
CPM2A20CDRD
CPM2A30CDT(1)D
CPM2A30CDRD
150
CPM2A40CDT(1)D
CPM2A40CDRD
195
CPM2A60CDT(1)D
CPM2A60CDRD
CPM2A, CPU Units with AC supply voltage

W
Model code
130
90
CPM2A20CDRA
90 100
CPM2A30CDRA
150
CPM2A40CDRA
195
CPM2A60CDRA
CPM1A Expansion Unit

W
Model code
66
50
CPM1A8E_
CPM1AMAD01
CPM1ADRT21
CPM1ASRT21
CPM1APRT21
CPM1ATS101DA
CPM1A20E_
86
CPM1A20E_
CPM1ATS_
CPM1AMAD11
37
CPM2A
Yes
Active RS232C
Yes
1:1 CPU Link
Yes
1:1 NT Link
Yes
1:n NT Link
SYSMAC WAY
SYSMAC WAY communicates via RS232C
and RS422 ports and contains the open,
OMRONspecific ASCII protocol called Host Link.
By default, the CPM2A communication ports run in
Host Link slave mode and can therefore be easily
operated from a PC, a supervisory controller or
HMI.
RS232C port
CPM2A
Peripheral port
PC
CQM1CIF02
CPM1CIF01

RS422 cable
CS1 +
CS1WSCB41
CJ1 +
CJ1WSCU41
CPM2C +
CPM2CCIF11
CPM1CIF11 or
RS422 adapter to
builtin RS232C port
38
Programmable
Logic Contr.

Active RS232C
The CPM2As RS232C port can be switched from
Host Link slave to active RS232C mode.
SEND and RECEIVE instructions can be used to
send and receive ASCII character strings.
Peripherals such as modems, printers or barcode
readers can thus be operated.
RS232C cable
Modem
CPM2A
Printer
Bar code reader
1:1 CPU Link

RS232C port
RS232C cable
CQM1H
CPM2A
Peripheral port
CPM1CIF01
RS232C cable
CPM2C
CPM1A
1:1 NT Link
machine interface.
programmable terminal and the PLC via the
1:1 NT Link protocol.
RS232C port
CPM2A
Peripheral port
OMRON
CPM1CIF01
39
Input interrupt
A sensor is used to detect the front edge of the
product. This signal is then detected by the PLC
interrupt input and the blade for dividing the
products is triggered.
CPM2A
Blade
Photoelectric
sensor
Conveyor belt
Servomotor
An interrupt can be triggered by a special digital

input, the normal execution of the program is
interrupted and the interrupt subroutine is
executed.
Regular
execution of program
Regular
execution of program
After the subroutine has been executed, the normal

program is continued.
Interrupt
subroutine
Interrupt input
Counter interrupt
Each of the four interrupt inputs can be used as a
counter interrupt input. A set value is defined for
each counter interrupt input. The counters actual
value is increased via pulses (max. 2 kHz) at the
input. When the set value is reached, an internal
interrupt is triggered, which executes the
associated interrupt subroutine and resets the
counters actual value to 0.
Counter interrupt input
Counter set value
Counter actual value
Interrupt subroutine
40
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Application Examples (Continued)

Timecontrolled interrupt
The CPM2A has the possiblity to trigger a
timecontrolled interrupt. The triggering interval can
be set between 0.5 ms and 5 min. After the preset
time has elapsed, an internal interrupt is generated
and the associated interrupt subroutine is
executed. If the timecontrolled interrupt is
operated in oneshot mode, only one internal
interrupt is generated.
An alternative mode is periodic interrupt. In this
mode, internal interrupts are generated each time
the preset time elapses.
Release
One shot mode
Interrupt timer
Periodic mode
Interrupt timer
Quickresponse input
An inductive ring sensor supplies the counter
signal for the objects moving past it. The correct
count is made even with pulses as short as 50 s.
CPM2A
Conveyor belt
Ring sensor F2LP
Input pulses as short as 50 ms can be caught,

buffered and used as an ON signal in the next
PLCpr ogram execution cycle.
Operating
system
Program
execution
I/O refresh
Operating
system
Program
execution
I/O refresh
Min. 50 s
Input signal
(00003)
Bit
IR 00003
One program cycle
41

Pulse output function
Two transistor outputs can be used to output pulses
CPM2A
at up to 10 kHz. Both the frequency and the

number of pulses can be set using PLC program
instructions. This allows easy execution of
positioning tasks when connected to a servo or
stepper motor.
Pulse output
up to 10 kHz
Servomotor
Servo drive
Using the PLC programs pulse instruction, a

trapezoidal pulse output profile can be realised.
Only the max. number of pulses, the target
frequency, the acceleration time (T1) and the
deceleration time (T2) need to be set.
Target frequency
T1
T2
Highspeed counter function

The CPM2A has a highspeed counter. This
highspeed counter input can be used to process
the A, B and Z phase signals of an encoder, for
example. Three counting modes are available.
Pulse input
Pulse output
CPM2A
Servomotor
Servo drive
Encoder
Conveyor belt
1. Differential phase mode

The maximum input frequency is 5 kHz.
Each upward and each downward edge is
counted, i.e. at 5 kHz, 20,000 pulses per second
are counted.
The Z phase can be used as a reset signal.
Phase A
Phase B
Counting pulse
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Incrementing
Decrementing
2. Pulse and direction mode

The maximum counting frequency is 20 kHz.
Phase A
(direction)
Phase B
(pulse)
Counting pulse
Incrementing
42
Decrementing
Programmable
Logic Contr.

3. Up/down pulse mode
Phase A
(count down)
Phase B
(count up)
Counting pulse
Incrementing
Highspeed counter interrupts

In order to trigger the PLC program when reaching
preset counter values, a comparison table can be
used. In this table, up to 16 target values or 8 target
ranges can be defined. If the actual counter value
reaches one of the target values or lies within one
of the target ranges, an internal interrupt is
triggered and the interrupt subroutine is executed.
Counter actual
value
Target value 2
Decrementing
Increment
Decrement
Target value 3
Target value 1
Interrupt 1
Interrupt 2
Interrupt 3
Synchronisation instruction
Using the synchronisation instruction, a pulse train
output (to e.g. a servo drive) can be synchronised
to a received pulse train signal, using a variable
ratio. The ratio between the input and output
frequency can be set between 1 and 1000% in 1%
steps.
The output frequency is between 10 Hz and
10kHz, with an accuracy of 10 Hz. During
synchronisation, interrupts e.g. triggered by the
signal from a colour mark sensor, can be included
in the control process.
CPM2A
Colour mark sensor

E3MVG
Printing cylinder
Servo master drive
Roll of labels
Encoder
signal
Paper roll feed

Servo slave drive
Printing format
Pulse width modulation instruction

The pulse width modulation instruction can be used
to generate pulse train signals with a variable duty
cycle via the two pulse outputs. When used with
the PID instruction, this allows temperature control
via semiconductor relays.
The output frequency can be set between 0.1 Hz
and 999.9 Hz and the ON time can be controlled
between 0% and 100%.
1
0
80%
ON
70%
ON
60%
ON
50%
ON
PID instruction
The PID instruction can be used to perform
temperature or process control.
Multiple instances of the PID instruction can be
used in a single program. The minimum control
cycle time is 100 ms.
Set value
PID
Manipulated variable
Process
value
Controlled
system
Disturbance
43
Expansion Units
The Expansion Units for the SYSMAC CPM1A series can also be used as Expansion Units for the SYSMAC CPM2A series
I/O type
Description
Model code
Page
8 DC inputs
24 VDC
CPM1A8ED
45
8 relay outputs
250 VAC/2 A, 24 VDC/2 A
CPM1A8ER
45
24 VDC/0.3 A, PNP
CPM1A8ET1
45
24 VDC/0.3 A, NPN
CPM1A8ET
45
12 DC inputs
8 relay outputs
24 VDC
250 VAC/2 A, 24 VDC/2 A
CPM1A20EDR1
45
12 DC inputs
24 VDC
24 VDC/0.3 A, PNP
CPM1A20EDT1
45
12 DC inputs
24 VDC
24 VDC/0.3 A, NPN
CPM1A20EDT
45
Analogue I/O
Expansion Unit
2 inputs
1 output
0..10 V, 1..5 V or 4..20 mA

10..+10 V, 0..10 V or 4..20 mA
CPM1AMAD01
46
Analogue I/O
Expansion Unit
2 inputs
0..5 V, 0..10 V, 1..5 V, 10..+10 V,

0..20 mA, 4..20 mA
0..5 V, 0..10 V, 1..5 V, 10..+10 V,
0..20 mA, 4..20 mA
CPM1AMAD11
46
2 inputs, Pt100
1 output
40 C..250 C
10..+10 V, 0..10 V or 4..20 mA
CPM1ATS101DA
47
Digital
g
I/O
E
Expansion
i Units
U it
1 output
Temperature sensor input
and analogue output
Expansion Unit
K: 200..1300C, J: 100..850C
CPM1ATS001
47
K: 200..1300C, J: 100..850C
CPM1ATS002
47
200..650 C
CPM1ATS101
47
200..650 C
CPM1ATS102
47
DeviceNet I/O Link

Expansion Unit
32 input bits
32 output bits
DeviceNet Link Unit
CPM1ADRT21
47
CompoBus/S I/O Link

Expansion Unit
8 input bits
8 output bits
CompoBus/S Link Unit
CPM1ASRT21
47
PROFIBUSDP I/O Link

Expansion Unit
16 input bits
16 output bits
PROFIBUSDP Link Unit
CPM1APRT21
48
Temperature
p
sensor input
p
E
Expansion
i Unit
U it
44
Digital
g
I/O Expansion
p
Unit
LED status display
CPM1A8E_
Digital
g
I/O Expansion
p
Unit
LED status display
Model code
CPM1A8ED
Inputs
8 DC inputs
1 circuit, 8 inputs each
Model code
CPM1A8ER
Outputs
8, relay
2 circuits, 4 outputs each
Total switching capacity
4 A per circuit
Model code
CPM1A8ET1
Outputs
8, transistors, PNP
0.9 A per circuit
Model code
CPM1A8ET
Outputs
8, transistor, NPN
0.9 A per circuit
Model code
CPM1A20EDR1
Inputs
12 DC inputs
1 circuit, 12 inputs
Outputs
8, relays
2 circuits, 1 output each
1 circuit, 2 outputs
4 A per circuit
Model code
CPM1A20EDT1
Inputs
12 DC inputs
Outputs
8, transistors, PNP
0.9 A per circuit
Model code
CPM1A20EDT
Inputs
12 DC inputs
Outputs
8, transistors, NPN
0.9 A per circuit
CPM1A20ED_
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Expansion Units (Continued)
45

Specification for DC inputs
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Specification for relay outputs
Input impedance
4.7 k
Input current
5 mA
ON delay
10 ms (adjustable: 1..80 ms)
Switching capacity
maximum
minimum
Relay life
electrical
mechanical
Specification
p
for
t
transistor
i t outputs
t t
250 VAC, 2 A (cos=1);

24 VDC, 2 A
5 VDC, 10 mA
150,000 operations at R load
ON/OFF delay
Max. 15 ms
Switching capacity
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC), 0.3 A
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.5 V
ON delay
OFF delay
Max. 0.1 ms
Max. 1 ms
Analogue
g I/O Expansion
p
Unit
Max. 3 Units per CPU
Model code
CPM1AMAD01
Number of analogue inputs/outputs
2 inputs
1 output
Specification for analogue inputs
Signal ranges
Voltage
Current
0..10 V, 1..5 V
4..20 mA
Input resistance
Voltage
Current
1 M
250
Specification for analogue output
Resolution
1/256 (8 Bit)
Conversion time
10 ms
Isolation method
Photocoupler between I/O signals

and PLC
Signal ranges
Voltage
Current
0..10 V, 10..+10 V
4..20 mA
Resolution
1/256 (1/512 at 10..+10 V output

range)
Accuracy
1.0% of full scale
Conversion time
10 ms for all I/O
Potential isolation
Photocoupler
Analogue
g I/O Expansion
p
Unit
LED status display
Model code
CPM1AMAD11
Number of analogue inputs/outputs
2 inputs
1 output
Specification for analogue inputs
Signal ranges
Voltage
Current
0..5 V, 0..10 V, 1..5 V, 10..+10 V,

0..20 mA, 4..20 mA
Input resistance
Voltage
Current
1 M
250
Specification for analogue output
46
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 14.4 VDC
Max. 5.0 VDC
Resolution
1/6000
Conversion time
2 ms per point, 6 ms for all I/O
Isolation method
Photocoupler between I/O signals

and PLC
Signal ranges
Voltage
Current
0..10 V, 1..5 V, 10..+10 V

0..20 mA, 4..20 mA
Resolution
1/6000
Accuracy
0.4% of full scale (at 25 C)
Conversion time
2 ms
Potential isolation
Photocoupler
Temperature
p
sensor input
p and
analogue
l
output
t tE
Expansion
i
Unit
LED status display
Model code
CPM1ATS101DA
Number of temperature sensor

inputs
Number of analogue outputs
2 inputs
1 output
Specification
p
for
temperat re sensor inp
temperature
inputs
ts
Sensor type
Pt100
Measurement range
40 C..250 C
Resolution
0.1 C (12 Bit)
Accuracy
1.0% of full scale
Conversion time
10 ms
Potential isolation
Specification for
analogue output
Temperature
p
sensor
E
Expansion
i Unit
U it
Max.
Max 3 CPM1ATS001/101 Units
per CPU
TS002/102 Units
Max
Max. 1 CPM1A
CPM1ATS002/102
per CPU
LED status display
Specification of inputs
for thermocouple
p
Signal ranges
Photocoupler
Voltage
Current
0..10 VDC, 10..+10 VDC

4..20 mA
Resolution
1/256 (1/512 at 10..+10 VDC)
Deviation
1.0% of full scale
Conversion time
10 ms
Potential isolation
Photocoupler
Model code
CPM1ATS001
Number of inputs
Model code
CPM1ATS002
Number of inputs
Model code
CPM1ATS101
Number of inputs
2 inputs, Pt100
Model code
CPM1ATS102
Number of inputs
4 inputs, Pt100
Sensor types
K (Ni/Cr)
J (Fe/constantan)
Measuring ranges
K
J
200..1300 C, 0..500 C
100..850 C, 0..400 C
General accuracy
0.5% or 2C 1 digit
Conversion time
250 ms (total)
Sensor types
Pt100
JPt100
Input ranges
200 C..650 C
General accuracy
0.5% or 1C 1 digit
Conversion time
250 ms (total)
DeviceNet I/O Link

E
Expansion
i Unit
U it
LED status display
For further information about
DeviceNet, see page 231
Model code
CPM1ADRT21
Number of Link bits

Input bits
Output bits
32
32
CompoBus/S
p
I/O Link
E
Expansion
i Unit
U it
LED status display
No parameterisation effort
CompoBus/S, see page 256
Model code
CPM1ASRT21
Number of Link bits

Input bits
Output bits
8
8
Specification of inputs for Pt100
Programmable
Logic Contr.
47

PROFIBUSDP I/O Link
E
Expansion
i Unit
U it
LED status display
PROFIBUSDP,
PROFIBUS DP see page 264.
48
Model code
CPM1APRT21
Max. data input
16 bit
Max. data output
16 bit
Supported PLC
All CPM_A
Current consumption
100 mA
Accessories
GSD file (OC_0658.GSD)

is included in the delivery package
Programmable
Logic Contr.
General
The CPM2C Micro PLC is suitable as a controller for simple
standalone machines, as well as a simple networked controller. One
innovation is the new synchronisation instruction, which makes it
possible to generate output pulse trains as a function of an input pulse
frequency, e.g. to emulate the synchronisation of 2 axes through a
variable gear ratio. Furthermore, PID control and pulse width
modulation can also be realised easily by preconfigured instructions.
PLC programs from the CPM1/CPM1A and the CPM2A can be used
with the CPM2C. Programming is carried out using the
CXProgramming software.
Features of the CPM2C series:
Small size, spacesaving narrow design

Removable terminal block or connector
Realtime clock and backup battery (dependent on type)
One 20 kHz counter and two 10 kHz pulse outputs
Peripheral and RS232C ports in one connector
Active RS232C port (RXD/TXD instruction)
Synchronisation, PID control, and pulse width modulation
instructions
The very small size and DIN rack mounting allow the CPM2C to be
installed in small control cabinets, which can be integrated directly into
machines and therefore save a great deal of space.
Performance Data (Max. Values)

CPM2C10_
CPM2CS1_
CPM2C20_
CPM2C32_
Builtin I/O
Inputs
Outputs
6
4
6
4
12
8
16
16
With expansion
Inputs
Outputs
86
84
54
52
92
88
96
96
0.64 s
0.64 s
0.64 s
0.64 s
Program memory
4 kwords
4 kwords
4 kwords
4 kwords
Data memory
2 kwords
2 kwords
2 kwords
2 kwords
Input interrupts
Host Link, SYSMAC WAY (serial network)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (slave)
Yes (slave)
Yes (master/slave)
Yes (slave)
Yes (slave)
49
Configuration
The individual Units of the CPM2C system are plugged in to one
another and secured using 2 locking sliders. The system must be
mounted on DIN rail.
Miniature peripheral
and RS232C port
CompoBus/S
connection
24pin I/O female

connector
DeviceNet
connection
Communication interfaces
The CPM2C has one peripheral and one RS232C interface on a
miniature peripheral socket. They can both be accessed via the
CPM2CCN111 adapter cable.
For other adapter cables, see page 61.
Both ports can be used simultaneously.
I/O terminal block
Expansion of the CPM2C

Up to five Expansion Units can be connected to CPM2C CPU Units,
and up to three Expansion Units to CPM2CS100C/S110C Units. Only
a total of four of the CPM2CMAD11 and CPM2CTS_ Expansion Units
can be connected.
Interrupt input
Two or four of the normal transistor inputs can also be configured as
interrupt inputs. Various interrupt modes are available.
DIN rail
Pulse outputs
Only CPM2C CPU Units with transistor outputs provide a pulse output
function. These pulse outputs are to be subtracted from the number of
available standard outputs.
Highspeed counter inputs
If the highspeed counter function is required, three of the normal
transistor inputs are occupied. The highspeed counter input can be
used to connect an encoder with phases A, B and Z, for example.
Differential phase mode
The maximum input frequency is 5 kHz.
Each upward and each downward edge is counted, i.e. at 5 kHz,
20,000 pulses per second are counted.
The Z phase can be used as a reset signal.
CPU
Expansion Units
Phase A
Phase B
Counting pulse
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Incrementing
Decrementing
Pulse/direction mode
Phase A
(direction)
Phase B
(pulse)
Counting pulse
Incrementing
Up/down count mode

Decrementing
Phase A
(count down)
Phase B
(count up)
Counting pulse
Incrementing
50
Decrementing
CPM2CCPU Unit
DIN rail mounting
LED status display
V
Voltage
lt
supply
l 24 VDC
CPM2CCPU Unit
DIN rail mounting
LED status display
24pin front connector*
V
Voltage
lt
supply
l 24 VDC
Pulse output
FUJITSU connector
Model code
CPM2C10CDRD
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, relay
Data backup
Capacitor
Realtime clock
Model code
CPM2C10C1DRD
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, relay
Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
Model code
CPM2C20CDRD
Inputs
12 DC inputs
Outputs
8, relay
Data backup
Capacitor
Realtime clock
Model code
CPM2C20C1DRD
Inputs
12 DC inputs
Outputs
8, relay
Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
Model code
CPM2C10CDT1CD
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, PNP
Data backup
Capacitor
Realtime clock
Model code
CPM2C10CDTCD
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, NPN
Data backup
Capacitor
Realtime clock
Model code
CPM2C10C1DT1CD
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, PNP
Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
Model code
CPM2C10C1DTCD
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, NPN
Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
Programmable
Logic Contr.
CPU Units
* Front connector or terminal block and cable are not included in delivery package, see page 465.
51
CPU Units (Continued)

CPM2CCPU Unit
DIN rail mounting
LED status display
V
Voltage
lt
supply
l 24 VDC
Pulse output
MIL connector
Model code
CPM2C10CDT1MD
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, PNP
Data backup
Capacitor
Realtime clock
Model code
CPM2C10CDTMD
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, NPN
Data backup
Capacitor
Realtime clock
Model code
CPM2C10C1DT1MD
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, PNP
Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
Model code
CPM2C10C1DTMD
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, NPN
Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
52
CPM2CCPU Unit
DIN rail mounting
LED status display
V
Voltage
lt
supply
l 24 VDC
Pulse output
FUJITSU connector
Model code
CPM2C20CDT1CD
Inputs
12 DC inputs
Outputs
8, transistor, PNP
Data backup
Capacitor
Realtime clock
Model code
CPM2C20CDTCD
Inputs
12 DC inputs
Outputs
8, transistor, NPN
Data backup
Capacitor
Realtime clock
Model code
CPM2C20C1DT1CD
Inputs
12 DC inputs
Outputs
8, transistor, PNP
Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
Model code
CPM2C20C1DTCD
Inputs
12 DC inputs
Outputs
8, transistor, NPN
Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
Model code
CPM2C32CDT1CD
Inputs
16 DC inputs
Outputs
16, transistor, PNP
Data backup
Capacitor
Realtime clock
Model code
CPM2C32CDTCD
Inputs
16 DC inputs
Outputs
16, transistor, NPN
Data backup
Capacitor
Realtime clock
Programmable
Logic Contr.
53

CPM2CCPU Unit
DIN rail mounting
LED status display
V
Voltage
lt
supply
l 24 VDC
Pulse output
MIL connector
CPM2CCPU Unit
DIN rail mounting
LED status display
Voltage supply 24 VDC
Pulse output
FUJITSU connector
Model code
CPM2C20CDT1MD
Inputs
12 DC inputs
Outputs
8, transistor, PNP
Data backup
Capacitor
Realtime clock
Model code
CPM2C20CDTMD
Inputs
12 DC inputs
Outputs
8, transistor, NPN
Data backup
Capacitor
Realtime clock
Model code
CPM2C20C1DT1MD
Inputs
12 DC inputs
Outputs
8, transistor, PNP
Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
Model code
CPM2C20C1DTMD
Inputs
12 DC inputs
Outputs
8, transistor, NPN
Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
Model code
CPM2C32CDT1MD
Inputs
16 DC inputs
Outputs
16, transistor, PNP
Data backup
Capacitor
Realtime clock
Model code
CPM2C32CDTMD
Inputs
16 DC inputs
Outputs
16, transistor, NPN
Data backup
Capacitor
Realtime clock
Model code
CPM2CS110C
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, PNP
CompoBus/S Master
Up to 128 remote input points

+ 128 remote output points
Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
Model code
CPM2CS100C
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, NPN
CompoBus/S Master

Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
54
CPM2CCPU Unit
DIN rail mounting
LED status display
Max.
M
3 Expansion
E
i Units
U it
Pulse output 2
FUJITSU connector
CPM2CCPU Unit
DIN rail mounting
LED status display
Max.
M
3 Expansion
E
i Units
U it
Pulse output
Programmable
Logic Contr.

Model code
CPM2CS110CDRT
Inputs
6 DC inputs
1 circuit, 6 inputs
Outputs
4 transistor, PNP
DeviceNet I/O Link
Configurable up to 64 byte in
+ 64 byte out
CompoBus/S Master

Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
Model code
CPM2CS100CDRT
Inputs
6 DC inputs
1 circuit, 6 inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, NPN
DeviceNet I/O Link
Configurable, up to 64 byte in
+ 64 byte out
CompoBus/S Master

Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
Specifications
Relay output
10CDRD
10C1DRD
Transistor outp. PNP
10CDT1C/MD
10C1DT1C/MD
Transistor outp. NPN
10CDTC/MD
10C1DTC/MD
CPU builtin inputs
6 DC inp.
1 circuit, 6 inp.
6 DC inp.
1 circuit, 6 inp.
6 DC inp.
1 circuit, 6 inp.
6 DC inp.
1 circuit, 6 inp.
CPU builtin outputs
4 relay outp.
1 circuit, 2 outp.
4 A per circuit
4 relay outp.
1 circuit, 2 outp.
4 A per circuit
4 transistor outp.
1 circuit, 4 outp.
1 circuit, 2 outp.
1.2 A per circuit
4 transistor outp.
1 circuit, 4 outp.
1 circuit, 2 outp.
1.2 A per circuit
86
84
86
84
86
84
86
84
Realtime clock
Yes
Yes
Data backup
Capacitor, 10 days
Battery, 2 years
Capacitor, 10 days
Battery, 2 years
Pulse output 10 Hz..10 kHz
Input interrupts 300 s

call subroutine
Counter interrupts
2 kHz counting frequency
Pulse storage
min. 50 s pulse width
Max. local
CPM2C
Inputs
Outputs
55
Specifications (Continued)
Relay output
20CDRD
20C1DRD
20CDT1C/MD
20C1DT1C/MD
20CDTC/MD
20C1DTC/MD
CPU builtin inputs
12 DC inp.
1 circuit, 12 inp.
12 DC inp.
1 circuit, 12 inp.
12 DC inp.
1 circuit, 8 inp.
1 circuit, 4 inp.
12 DC inp.
1 circuit, 8 inp.
1 circuit, 4 inp.
CPU builtin outputs
8 relay outp.
4 A per circuit
8 relay outp.
4 A per circuit
8 transistor outp.
1 circuits, 8 outp.
2.4 A per circuit
8 transistor outp.
1 circuits, 8 outp.
2.4 A per circuit
92
88
92
88
92
88
92
88
Realtime clock
Yes
Yes
Data backup
Capacitor, 10 days
Battery, 2 years
Capacitor, 10 days
Battery, 2 years

call subroutine
Counter interrupts
Pulse storage
Max. local
Relay output
CPM2C
Inputs
Outputs
CPM2C
32CDT1C/MD
S110C
S110CDRT
32CDTC/MD
S100C
S100CDRT
CPU builtin inputs
16 DC inp.
2 circuit, 8 inp.
6 DC inp.
1 circuit, 4 inp.
1 circuit, 2 inp.
6 DC inp.
1 circuit, 4 inp.
1 circuit, 2 inp.
CPU builtin outputs
16 transistor outp.
2 circuits, 8 outp. each*
3.2 A per circuit
4 transistor outp.
1 circuit, 4 outp.
1.2 A per circuit
4 transistor outp.
1 circuit, 4 outp.
1.2 A per circuit
Max. local
Inputs
Outputs
96
96
54
52
54
52
CompoBus/S
max. remote
Inputs
Outputs
128
128
128
128
DeviceNet
max. Link
Inputs
Outputs
64 bytes
64 bytes
Realtime clock
Yes
Yes
Data backup
Capacitor, 10 days
Battery, 2 years
Battery, 2 years

call subroutine
Counter interrupts
Pulse storage
* Output switching capacity differs depending on the circuit
56
0.5 ms..5 min
1
s
Execution time
Programmable
Logic Contr.
0.64
Program memory
kwords
Data memory
kwords
Work relay
bits
(words)
928
(58)
Holding relay
bits
(words)
320
(20)
Timer/Counter
256 (1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, 1/10 s, timer, counter)
CPU ports
1 miniature peripheral port, comprising

1 RS232C port
1 RS232C port/programming console (switchable)
106 special instructions, all with edge or leveltriggered execution
Program backup
Flash EEPROM
Program protection
Password
Pulse counter
1x 20 kHz singlephase or 5 kHz differential mode (encoder phases A, B and Z)
Supply voltage
24 VDC
Operating voltage limits
20.4..26.4 VDC
Power consumption
3..4 W, + 1..2 W per Expansion Unit (except CPM2CMAD11: 3.5 W)
Dielectric strength
2300 VAC at 50/60 Hz for one minute with a leakage current of max. 10 mA between AC and PE terminals.
Noise immunity
2 kV on power lines, conforms to IEC 6100044
10..57 Hz with 0.075 mm amplitude;

57..0.150 Hz with an acceleration of 1 G in X, Y and Z directions, 10 sweeps of 8 minutes each.
Shock resistance
147 m/s2 (15 G) in X, Y and Z directions 3 times each.
Temperature
Operation
Storage
Synchronisation
Pulse output
Subroutine
Arithmetic
PID
Macro
ASCII/HEX
Indirect addressing

7 segment decoder
Tabular processing
0..55 _C
20..75 _C
Ambient humidity
10..90% (without condensation)
Atmosphere
System must not be exposed to the following conditions:

Corrosive gases
Air with an extreme dust or salt content
Splash water or other chemicals
Grounding
Approvals
CE, UL, CSA
Data words, Holding relays, Auxiliary relays and counter values are backed up by a builtin battery for up to 5 years. In models without builtin
battery this data is backed up by a builtin capacitor for up to 10 days.
57
The inputs IN0000..IN0001
are the fast counter inputs
(e.g. encoder phase A
and B).
Relay outputs of
CPU Units
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Input impedance
3.9..4.7 kW (IN0000..IN0001: 2.7 kW)
Input current
5..6 mA (IN0000..IN0001: 8 mA)
ON/OFF delay
Type of output
Relay
250 VAC, 2 A (cos=1); 24 VDC, 2 A
5 VDC, 10 mA
Relay life
electrical
mechanical
CPU Units
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 14.4 VDC
Max. 5.0 VDC

ON/OFF delay
Max. 15 ms
Type of output
Transistor
Switching capacity
24 V (20.4..26.4 V), 0.3 A for first set of 8

24 V (20.4..26.4 V), 0.1 A for second set of 8
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 0.8 V
ON delay
OFF delay
Max. 0.1 ms (pulse outputs 20 s)

Max. 1 ms (pulse outputs 40 s at >10mA)
Power Supplies
Power supply unit
Power supply for
CPM2A and CPM2C
series
Model code
CPM2CPA201
Input voltage
100..240 VAC
Output voltage
24 VDC, 600 mA (14.4W)
Description
Cable length
Model code
RS232C port adapter

peripheral port of the CPM2CCPU
1x peripheral port (RS232C
(RS 232C possible
via
i CS1WCN226)
CS1W CN226)
1x RS232C
7 cm
CPM2CCIF01V1
RS232C and
RS422/485
port adapter

422/485
1x RS
RS422/485
1x RS232C
7 cm
CPM2CCIF11
RS232C and
RS422/485
p
communication adapter
F d
For
device
i connection
i
overview, see page 61

RS 422/485
1x RS422/485
1x RS232C
Communication protocol for
CompoWay/F, SYSWAY, NTLink
NT Link
Communication programs for
OMRON timers, counters, controllers
and multifunction displays
7 cm
CPM2CCIF21
Port Adapters
58
CPM2C +
CPM2CCIF21
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Connection and Adapter Cables
Programmable terminals
Multifunction displays
Counter/time relay
Device connection overview for CPM2C with CIF21
Temperature
p
controller
t ll
Type
SYSWAY
CompoWay/F
E5AN, E5CN, E5EN, E5GN
Yes
Yes
E5ZN
No
Yes
E5AK, E5CK, E5EK
Yes
No
E5AKT, E5CKT, E5EKT
No
No
E5AJ, E5EJ
Yes
No
E5AF
Yes
No
Timer
H8GN
No
Yes
p y
K3GN
No
Yes
K3NX
Yes
Limited
K3NV
Yes
Limited
K3NR
Yes
Limited
K3NP
Yes
Limited
K3NC
Yes
Limited
K3NH
Yes
Limited
K3TS
Yes
No

Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code

see page 434
WS02CXPC1_
Programming
g
g cable,,
peripheral
i h l portt <> PC
Programming
consoles
2m
CS1WCN226
6m
CS1WCN626
Programming console with cable for

peripheral port
2m
CQM1HPRO01E

C200HPRO27E
2m
CS1WCN224
6m
CS1WCN624
59
Programming, Accessories and Documentation (Continued)

Program copy device
Accessories,
cables etc.

For PLC systems:
CPM and CQM1H
Supported EEPROMs:
Atmel AT28C256
NEC PD28C256
* CPM2CCN111 or CN114 adapter
cables must be used
20 cm
CPM1EMU01V1*
24pin connector for the CPM2C Units

with plug connection
(solder terminal)
C500CE241
24pin connector for the CPM2C Units

with plug connection
(spring clip for ribbon cable)
C500CE243
Spare battery for CPM2C
CPM2CBAT01
Spare cable for 24 VDC power supply for CPM2C
0.1 m
Power cable CPM2C
Terminal blocks and connecting cable for connector types, CPU and Expansion Units
PLC/Unit
Connecting cables
Cable length
Terminal block
Description
Fujitsu connector
CPM2C20C__
CPM2C24E_
CPM2C 24E
CPM2C32C
CPM2C 32C
CPM2C32E
XW2Z050A
0.5 m
XW2Z100A
1.0 m
XW2Z200A
2.0 m
XW2Z500A
5.0 m
G79O25C
0.25 m
G79O50C
0.50 m
XW2B20G4
20 inputs
p
or outputs
p
Screw terminals M3
XW2B20G5
20 inputs
p
or outputs
p
Screw terminals M3.5
XW2B20G4
20 inputs or outputs
Screw terminals M3
MIL connector
CPM2C20C_M
CPM2C24E_M
CPM2C32CM
CPM2C32EM
For terminal block terminal assignment, see page 465.

Technical
Documentation
60
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
CPM2C
Operation Manual
W356E1
CPM1/CPM1A/CPM2A/
CPM2C/SRM1(V2)
Programming Manual
W353E1
CPM2CS_
Operation Manual
W377E1
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Terminal Blocks, Connection and Adapter Cables

Adapter cable for communications
Description
Cable length
Model code
Connection between miniature periphe

ral port and RS232C port, Dsub, 9pin
0.1 m
CS1WCN118
Y adapter cable

ral port and RS232C port,
port Dsub,
Dsub 9pin
and peripheral
port with large
p p
p
g connector
0.2 m
CPM2CCN111
Adapter cable

ral port and peripheral port with large
connector
0.1 m
CS1WCN114
Adapter
p
cable
Peripheral port
RS232C port, 9pin Dsub

PC or laptop
PC
XW2Z200SCV*
CPM2C
Adapter cable
CS1WCN118
Touchscreen
control terminals
XW2Z200T*
XW2Z500T
Y adapter cable
CPM2CCN111
Control terminal
function keys
Peripheral port with large connector

Control terminal
function keys
NT2SSF121B
NT2SCN212
NT2SCN215
Port adapter
CQM1CIF02
Adapter cable
CS1WCN114
CQM1PRO01
Control terminal
function keys
NT2SCN222V1
NT2SCN225V1
NT2SSF122B
NT2SSF123B
* Please compare these articles with the selection available in your country.
61
Terminal Blocks, Connection and Adapter Cables (Continued)

Peripheral port or
peripheral port and RS232C
RS232C port, 9pin Dsub

PC or laptop
PC
XW2Z200SCV*
CPM2C +
CPM2CCIF01
Touchscreen
control terminals
CPM2C
B
Control terminal
function keys
B
RS232C cable
Peripheral port with DDK connector

Control terminal
function keys
A or C
NT2SSF121B
NT2SCN223V1
PC or laptop
PC
A or C
CS1WCN226
A or C
CQM1HPRO01E
Control terminal
function keys
A or C
NT2SCN224V1
Touchscreen
control terminals
A or C
62
NTCN221
NT2SSF122B
NT2SSF123B
NT21, NT31
NT631
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Dimensions (mm)
CPU
Product
CPM2C10C(1)DR/20C(1)DR
33
CPM2C10C(1)DT_/20C(1)DT_/32C(1)DT_
33
CPM2CS1_0C(DRT)
40
90
Expansion Unit
CPM2C8ER/10EDR/20EDR
33
CPM2C24EDT_/32EDT_
33
CPM2C8EDC/8ET_/16EDC/16ET_
20
CPM2CMAD11
33
CPM2CTS_
33
CPM2CSRT
20
65
Communication adapter
CPM2CCIF_
33
Power supply
CPM2CPA201
40
CPM2C
Yes
Active RS232C
Yes
1:1 CPU Link
Yes
1:1 NT Link
Yes
SYSMAC WAY
SYSMAC WAY communicates via RS232C and
RS422 ports and contains the disclosed and
OMRONspecific ASCII protocol called the
HostLink. By default, the CPM2C communication
port runs in Host Link slave mode and can
therefore be easily operated from a PC, a
supervisory controller or HMI.
RS232C port:
CS1WCN226
PC

RS422 cable
CPM2C +
CPM2CCIF11
CS1 +
CS1WSCB41
CJ1H +
CJ1WSCU41
CPM2C +
CPM2CCIF11
63

Active RS232C
The CPM2Cs RS232C port can be switched to
active RS232C mode by the Host Link slave.
SEND and RECEIVE instructions can be used to
send and receive ASCII character strings.
Peripherals such as modems, printers or barcode
readers can be integrated.
RS232C cable
Modem
CPM2C
Printer
Bar code reader
1:1 CPU Link

RS232C port:
RS232C cable
CQM1H
CPM2C
Adapter unit
or adapter cable
is required
CPM2C
CPM1A
1:1 NT Link
Various control terminals, from function keys to
NT/NSseries touchscreen colour terminals, are
available to the user as a man/machine interface.
RS232C port:
CS1WCN118
Data is exchanged very quickly between a control

terminal and the PLC via the 1:1 NT Link protocol.
CPM2C
Adapter unit
or adapter cable
is required
64
NTCN221
OMRON
control terminal
Digital
I/O
g
E
i Units
U it
Expansion
CompoBus/S
I/O Link Unit
I/O type
Description
Connection
Model code
Page
8 DC inputs
24 VDC
FUJITSU connector
CPM2C8EDC
66
8 DC inputs
24 VDC
MIL connector
CPM2C8EDM
8 relay outputs
250 VAC, 2 A
Terminal connection
CPM2C8ER
66
PNP, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
FUJITSU connector
CPM2C8ET1C
66
PNP, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
MIL connector
CPM2C8ET1M
NPN, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
FUJITSU connector
CPM2C8ETC
NPN, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
MIL connector
CPM2C8ETM
6 DC inputs and
4 relay outputs
24 VDC
250 VAC, 2 A
Terminal connection
CPM2C10EDR
66
16 DC inputs
24 VDC
FUJITSU connector
CPM2C16EDC
66
16 DC inputs
24 VDC
MIL connector
CPM2C16EDM
PNP, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
FUJITSU connector
CPM2C16ET1C
PNP, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
MIL connector
CPM2C16ET1M
NPN, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
FUJITSU connector
CPM2C16ETC
NPN, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
MIL connector
CPM2C16ETM
12 DC inputs and
8 relay outputs
24 VDC
250 VAC, 2 A
Terminal connection
CPM2C20EDR
66
16 DC inputs and
24 VDC
PNP, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
FUJITSU connector
CPM2C24EDT1C
67
16 DC inputs and
24 VDC
PNP, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
MIL connector
CPM2C24EDT1M
16 DC inputs and
24 VDC
NPN, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
FUJITSU connector
CPM2C24EDTC
16 DC inputs and
24 VDC
NPN, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
MIL connector
CPM2C24EDTM
16 DC inputs and
24 VDC
PNP, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
FUJITSU connector
CPM2C32EDT1C
16 DC inputs and
24 VDC
PNP, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
MIL connector
CPM2C32EDT1M
16 DC inputs and
24 VDC
NPN, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
FUJITSU connector
CPM2C32EDTC
16 DC inputs and
24 VDC
NPN, 24 VDC, 0.3 A
MIL connector
CPM2C32EDTM
2 inputs
1 output
0..20 mA, 10..10 V

0..20 mA, 10..10 V
Terminal connection
CPM2CMAD11
68
2 inputs
Thermocouple
Terminal connection
CPM2CTS001
68
2 inputs
Pt100
Terminal connection
CPM2CTS101
68
8 input bits
8 output bits
Fieldbus slave
Terminal connection
CPM2CSRT21
68
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Expansion Units
66
66
66
67
67
67
65

Digital I/O Expansion Units
LED status display
DIN rail mounting
Digital
g
I/O Expansion
p
Units
LED status display
DIN rail mounting

LED status display
DIN rail mounting
pin front connector
24
24pin
connector*
Digital
g
I/O Expansion
p
Units
LED status display
DIN rail mounting
R
Removable
bl tterminal
i l bl
blocks
k

LED status display
DIN rail mounting
pin front connector
24
24pin
connector*
Digital
g
I/O Expansion
p
Units
LED status display
DIN rail mounting
R
Removable
blocks
bl tterminal
i l bl
k
Model code
CPM2C8EDC
CPM2C8EDM
Inputs
8 DC inputs
1 circuit, 8 inputs
Model code
CPM2C8ER
Outputs
8, relays
4 A per circuit
Model code
CPM2C8ET1C
CPM2C8ET1M
Outputs
8, transistor, PNP
2.4 A per circuit
Model code
CPM2C8ETC
CPM2C8ETM
Outputs
8, transistor, NPN
2.4 A per circuit
Model code
CPM2C10EDR
Inputs
6 DC inputs
1 circuit, 6 inputs
Outputs
4, relays
4A per circuit
Model code
CPM2C16EDC
CPM2C16EDM
Inputs
16 DC inputs
2 circuits, 8 inputs each
Model code
CPM2C16ET1C
CPM2C16ET1M
Outputs
16, transistor, PNP

3.2 A per circuit
Model code
CPM2C16ETC
CPM2C16ETM
Outputs
16, transistor, NPN

3.2 A per circuit
Model code
CPM2C20EDR
Inputs
12 DC inputs
Outputs
8, relays
4 A per circuit
66

LED status display
DIN rail mounting
pin front connector
24
24pin
connector*

LED status display
DIN rail mounting
pin front connector
24
24pin
connector*

LED status display
DIN rail mounting
pin front connector
24
24pin
connector*
Specification
for DC inputs
p
p
Model code
CPM2C24EDT1C
CPM2C24EDT1M
Inputs
16 DC inputs
Outputs
8, transistor, PNP
2.4 A per circuit
Model code
CPM2C24EDTC
CPM2C24EDTM
Inputs
16 DC inputs
Outputs**
8, transistor, NPN
2.4 A per circuit
Model code
CPM2C32EDT1C
CPM2C32EDT1M
Inputs
16 DC inputs
Outputs
16, transistor, PNP

3.2 A per circuit
Model code
CPM2C32EDTC
CPM2C32EDTM
Inputs
16 DC inputs
Outputs**
16, transistor, NPN

3.2 A per circuit
Circuitry
PNP/NPN logic
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
4.7 k
Input current
5 mA
ON delay
10 ms (adjustable 1..80 ms)

minimum
Relay life
electrical
mechanical
ON/OFF delay
Specification for transistor outputs
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 14.4 VDC
Max. 5.0 VDC
Input impedance
Switching capacity
Switching capacity
Programmable
Logic Contr.
250 VAC, 2A (cos=1); 24 VDC, 2 A

5 VDC, 10 mA
150,000 operations at R load
Max. 15 ms
1st circuit
2nd circuit
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC), 0.3 A

24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC), 0.1 A
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.5 V
ON delay
OFF delay
Max. 0.2 ms
Max. 1 ms
** Output switching capacity differs depending on the circuit.
67

Analogue
g I/O Expansion
p
Unit
Maximum 4 Units per CPU
Automatic averaging
LED status
t t di
display
l
Temperature
p
sensor
E
Expansion
i Units
U it
Maximum 4 Units per CPU
LED status display
Removable terminal block
CompoBus/S
p
I/O Link Unit
LED status display
CompoBus/S, see page 256.
68
Model code
CPM2CMAD11
Number of analogue I/O
2 inputs
1 output
Range per input
Voltage
Current
0..5 V, 1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V

0..20 mA, 4..20 mA
Input resistance
Voltage
Current
1 M
250
Range of outputs
Voltage
Current
1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V

0..20 mA, 4..20 mA
Resolution
1/6000
Accuracy
0.4% of full scale
Conversion time
6 ms overall
Potential isolation
Photocoupler
Model code
CPM2CTS001
Number of inputs
Sensor types
K (Ni/Cr)
J (Fe/constantan)
Measuring range
K
J
200..1300 C, 0..500C
100..850 C, 0..400C
Accuracy
0.5% or 2C 1 digit
Conversion time
250 ms (total)
Model code
CPM2CTS101
Number of inputs
2 inputs, Pt100
Sensor types
Pt100,
JPt100
Measuring range
200..650 C
Accuracy
0.5% or 1C 1 digit
Conversion time
250 ms (total)
Model code
Number of Link bits
CPM2CSRT21
Input
Output
8 bits
8 bits
CQM1H
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Page
General
Performance Data
CPU Units
Specifications
General Data
Memory Module
Power Supplies
Expansion Units
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
CQM1H Units
71
71
71
72
73
74
75
75
76
76
77
78
79
81
Page
Overview of Optional Inner Boards . . . 82
Overview of Expansion Units . . . 85
Digital Input Units
Digital Output Units
Safety Unit
Application Example
Analogue I/O Units
Temperature Controller Unit
Communication Units
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
86
87
89
89
90
90
91
69
70
Programmable
Logic Contr.
General
The SYSMAC CQM1H redefines the modular structure of controllers
with up to 512 inputs and outputs. In contrast to traditional modular
controllers, it does not require a rack that establishes the space
requirements in advance. The individual I/O Units are simply
connected to the CPU Unit and snapped onto the DIN rail.
Programming is carried out via the programming interface and a PC
using the CXProgrammer programming software.
PLC program written for the CQM1 are also compatible with the
CQM1H.
For programming software, see page 434.
Performance Data
CQM1HCPU11/CPU21
CQM1HCPU51
CQM1HCPU61
Local inputs/outputs
256
512
512
Remote inputs/outputs
224
480
480
0.4 s
0.4 s
0.4 s
Program memory
3.2 kwords
7.2 kwords
15.2 kwords
Data memory
3 kwords
6 kwords
12 kwords
Input interrupts
3 (0.5 ms..5 min)
3 (0.5 ms..5 min)
3 (0.5 ms..5 min)
Special I/O Module
2 slots
2 slots
Controller Link (network)
Yes
Yes
Host Link SYSMAC WAY (network)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (slave)
Yes (slave)
Yes (slave)
Yes
Yes
Yes
ASIInterface (open fieldbus)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (slave)
Yes (slave)
Yes (slave)

Networks, see page 213
71
The individual Units of the CQM1H system are plugged in to one
another and secured using 2 locking sliders. The system must be
mounted on a DIN rail.
To make installation easier, the I/O Unit terminal blocks can be
removed.
The following information should be noted when selecting I/O Units:
CPU type
Number of free
I/O*
Max. number of
Units*
CQM1HCPU11/CPU21
240 (15 words)
11
CQM1HCPU51/CPU61
496 (31 words)
11
(5+11 with exp.)
DIN
track
Power
supply
Unit
Controller
Link
Network
Unit
CPU Unit
Function
Unit
End plate
* Excluding the 16 transistor inputs integrated into the CPU

I/O expansion
It is possible to expand the CQM1H system by one I/O Unit block
(system) using interface units and a bus cable. This allows a maximum
configuration of 5 I/O Units on the CPU and 11 I/O Units on the
expansion block (system) to be achieved.
The power consumption of all CPU Units may not exceed 3.0 A and
that of the Expansion Block (system) Units may not exceed 2.0 A.
CPU Unit and

max. 5 I/O Units
Interface
Unit
Interface
Unit
Expansion block (system)

max. 11 I/O Units
Special features of the CQM1H CPU

Each CPU has 16 transistor inputs. Four of these inputs can be
configured as interrupt inputs. The response time before the interrupt
subroutine is called up is max. 0.1 ms.
Furthermore, three inputs can be used to connect an encoder as a
highspeed counter input. Pulses of up to 5 kHz are counted.
Each CQM1H CPU can output pulses up to 1 kHz via a Transistor
Output Unit.
Buffer battery
DIP
switch
Memory
Unit
Miniature
peripheral
port
RS232C
port
72

16 integrated
transistor inputs
Slot 2
Slot 1
for inner boards
Programmable
Logic Contr.
System Configuration (Continued)

Inner Boards
A further special feature of the CQM1H CPU51/CPU61 is slots 1 and 2.
Slots 1 and 2 can hold inner boards with various functions. It should be
noted that some inner boards may only be used in slot 1 and others
may only be used in slot 2.
Protocol macro function
The special I/O Module CQM1HSCB41 with one RS232C and one
RS422/485 port supports the protocol macro function.
This function provides a simple method of generating transmission
protocols for other devices, such as a modem, barcode reader or
printer. Using the CXProtocol software, ASCII character strings can
be assigned to different sequence numbers. The PLC program only
has to call up the sequence number.
The reference data for the response can be automatically filtered.
For CXProtocol software, see page 438.
CPU Units
CPU Unit
Peripheral port
16 builtin transistor inputs
CPU Unit
Peripheral port
RS232C port
built in transistor inputs
16 builtin
CPU Unit
Peripheral port
RS232C port
Controller Link network capable
Inner boards possible
16 integrated
i t
t d ttransistor
i t iinputs
t
CPU Unit
Peripheral port
RS232C port
Controller Link network capable
Inner boards possible
16 integrated
i t
t d ttransistor
i t iinputs
t
Model code
CQM1HCPU11
Local I/O
256
Program memory
3.2 kwords
Data memory
3 kwords
Current consumption
820 mA
Model code
CQM1HCPU21
Local I/O
256
Program memory
3.2 kwords
Data memory
3 kwords
Current consumption
820 mA
Model code
CQM1HCPU51
Local I/O
512
Program memory
7.2 kwords
Data memory
6 kwords
Current consumption
820 mA
Model code
CQM1HCPU61
Local I/O
512
Program memory
15.2 kwords
Data memory
12 kwords
Current consumption
820 mA
73

Designation
CQM1H
CPU11
CPU21
CPU51
CPU61
CPU integrated I/O
16 inputs
1 circuit
16 inputs
1 circuit
16 inputs
1 circuit
16 inputs
1 circuit
Max. local I/O
256
256
512
512
Max. remote I/O
224
224
480
480
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
ms
Execution time
Realtime clock
Via Memory Module CQM1M_
Number of I/O Units
11
11
11
15 with interface unit
11
15 with interface unit
Program memory
kwords
3.2
3.2
7.2
15.2
Data words
kwords
12
Auxiliary relay
bits
(words)
3808
(238)
3808
(238)
3808
(238)
3808
(238)
Holding relay
bits
(words)
1600
(100)
1600
(100)
1600
(100)
1600
(100)
Timer/Counter
512
512
512
512
CPU ports
Peripheral:
RS232C switchable
with DIP switch 7,
RS422 via adapter
Peripheral:
RS232C switchable
with DIP switch 7,
RS422 via adapter
RS232C
Peripheral:
RS232C switchable
with DIP switch 7,
RS422 via adapter
RS232C
I/O refresh method
Combination of cyclic scan with direct output and

immediate refresh processing methods.
Combination of cyclic scan with direct output and

immediate refresh processing methods.
14 basic, 103 special instructions with edge triggered

execution
14 basic, 123 special instructions with edge triggered

execution
Trace memory
Yes
Data backup
Battery
Battery
Program backup
Battery or Memory Module CQM1HME_

(5 years, at 25C)
Battery or Memory Module CQM1ME_

(5 years, at 25C)
Program protection
Password
Password
Pulse output
1 (1 kHz)
1 (1 kHz)
Pulse counter
1 (5 kHz)
1 (5 kHz)
Input interrupts
4 (pulse width 0.1 ms)
4 (pulse width 0.1 ms)
Counter interrupts
3 (1 kHz)
3 (1 kHz)
3 (0.5 ms..5 min)
3 (0.5 ms..5 min)
74
Pulse output
Scaling, SIN/COS
I/O refresh
Interpolation
Macro
7 segment decoder
10/16 key scan
Subroutines
Indirect addressing
Floating point arithmetic

PID control
Pulse output
Scaling
ASCII/HEX,SIN/COS
Interpolation
Table compare instructions
Arithmetic
Macro
7 segment decoder
10/16 key scan
Subroutine
I/O refresh
Indirect addressing
10..57 Hz, 0.075 mm Amplitude, 57..100 Hz with an acceleration of 1 G in X, Y and Z directions each 10 sweeps of
8minutes
Shock resistance
15 G (12 G for contact outputs) in X, Y and Z directions, 3 times respectively
Temperature
Operation
Storage
Programmable
Logic Contr.
General Data (CPU and Power Supply Units)
0 C..55 C
20 C..75 C (without battery)
Ambient humidity
Atmosphere
Controller must not be exposed to the following conditions:

Corrosive gases
Air with an extreme dust and salt content
Splash water
Other chemicals
Grounding
20 M at 500 VDC, between AC terminal and GR terminal
Dielectric strength
2300 VAC; 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between AC terminal and housing, Leakage current: max. 10 mA
1000 VAC; 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between DC terminal and housing, Leakage current: max. 20 mA
Noise immunity
Pulse duration
Rise time
1500 Vss
100 ns..1 s
1 ns
Memory Module (CPU Units)

The Memory Modules can be used to load the user program to the
PLC. This allows independence from the life of the buffer battery. It
does not represent a memory expansion.
When the PLC power supply is turned on, the content of the Memory
Module is copied to the RAM area.
Memory Module
Memory
y Modules
Description
Size
Model code
Flash ROM
16 kwords
With hardware clock
CQM1HME16K
CQM1HME16R
EPROM Module
Memory Module without IC

With hardware clock
CQM1MP08K
CQM1MP08R
EPROMIC
16 kwords, 150 ns, 27256

32 kwords, 150 ns, 27512
ROMJDB
ROMKDB
75
Power Supplies
In order to calculate the required output capacity, the power consumption of the Units must be added to the system configuration.
Power supply
pp y
Power supply
pp y
Power supply
pp y
Model code
CQM1PA203
Input voltage
100..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Input voltage range
85..265 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Current
Max. 3.6 A
Model code
CQM1PA216
Input voltage
100..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Input voltage range
85..265 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Current
Max. 6 A
24 VDC, 0.5 A
Model code
CQM1PD026
Input voltage
24 VDC
Input voltage range
20..28 VDC
Current
Max. 6 A
Expansion Units
Interface unit
CPU Unit
U it 51/61
Interface unit
E
Expansion
i block
bl k
Bus cable
RS422 port adapter

CQM1H adapter for connection to the
peripheral port
DIN rail mounting
76
Model code
CQM1HIC101
Max. 5 I/O Units
3.0 A
Model code
CQM1HII101
Max. 11 I/O Units
2.0 A
Cable length: 0.3 m
CS1WCN313
Cable length: 0.7 m
CS1WCN713
Cable length: 15 cm
CQM1HCIF12
Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code

see page 434
WS02CXPC1EV3.0
Programming
g
g cable,
peripheral port <>
< > PC (RS232C)
(RS 232C)
DIP switch: no. 7 = ON
Programming
g
g consoles
Program copy device
Accessories,
cables etc.
Technical
documentation
2m
CS1WCN226
6m
CS1WCN626
2m
CQM1HPRO01E

C200HPRO27E
2m
CS1WCN224
4m
CS1WCN624

For PLC systems:
CPM and CQM1H
Supported EEPROMs:
Atmel AT28C256
NEC
PD28C256
(CS1WCN114 adapter required)
20 cm
CPM1EMU01V1
Description
Model code
Adapter for miniature peripheral port to peripheral port
CS1WCN114
Connecting cable for relay modules G70AZOC163 for connection to

Output Unit CQM1OD213
G79O_C_
Terminal block for servo drives
XW2B20J63B
Spare battery for all CPU types
CPM2ABAT01
End plate with Bus terminal resistor
CQM1TER01
PFPM
Front connector, solder terminal, 40pin
C500CE404
Front connector, crimp terminal, 40pin
C500CE405
Front connector for ribbon cable, 40pin
C500CE403
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
CQM1_ Dedicated I/O Units
Operation Manual
W238E1
CQM1HCLK21
Controller Link
Operation Manual
W309E1
CQM1H
Operation Manual
W363E1
CQM1H
Programming Manual
W364E1
CQM1HSCB41
Communications
W365E1
CompoBus/S
Operation Manual
W266E1
DeviceNet
Operation Manual
W267E1
ASInterface
Operation Manual
W357E1
Programmable
Logic Contr.
77
Dimensions (mm)
CPU Units
Front view
Side view
2
110
End plate with

Bus terminal
resistor
115.7
107
120
13.5
Power supply units

CQM1PA203
Model code
53.5
110
115.7
CQM1PA203
85.5
110
115.7
CQM1PA216
85.5
110
115.7
CQM1PD026
CQM1PA216
AB
CQM1PD026
A B
I/O Units
With terminal
block
With connector
110 115.7
32
107
approx. 140
78
A B
Programmable
Logic Contr.
CQM1HCPU11/21
CQM1HCPU51/61
Inner boards
CQM1HSCB41
Yes
Yes
Yes
Active RS232C
Yes
Yes
Yes + Protocol macro function
1:1 CPU Link
Yes
Yes
Yes
1:1 NT Link
Yes
Yes
Yes
1:n NT Link
Yes
SYSMAC WAY
SYSMAC WAY communicates via the RS232C or
RS422 port and contains the open, OMRON
specific ASCII protocol called Host Link.
By default, the CQM1H communication port runs in
Host Link slave mode and can therefore be easily
HMI.
RS232C port
CQM1H
port
PC
The CQM1H CPU11 does not have an RS232C

port.
CS1WCN226

RS422 cable
CQM1H +
CQM1HSCB41
or
CQM1HCIF12
CS1 +
CS1WSCB41
CJ1 +
CJ1WSCU41
CPM1 +
CPM1CIF11
79

Active RS232C
The CQM1Hs ports can be switched to active
RS232C mode by the Host Link slave.
Transmit, Receive and Protocol macro instructions
can be used to send and receive ASCII character
strings. Peripherals such as modems, printers or
barcode readers can be integrated.
RS232C cable
Modem
CQM1H
Printer
Barcode reader
Temperature control
1:1 CPU Link

RS232C cable
CQM1H
CQM1H
CPM2C
CPM1A
1:1 NT Link
machine interface.
programmable terminal and the PLC via the 1:1 NT
Link protocol.
RS232C cable
CQM1H
OMRON
1:n NT Link
Several NT series control terminals can be
connected to the CQM1H series via an RS422
network.
RS422 cable
CQM1H +
CQM1HSCB41
OMRON
NT631_, NT31_ direct
OMRON
NT20S, NT600S, NT620_
via NTAL001
80
Programmable
Logic Contr.
2 Axes positioning
The two pulse outputs in the special I/O Module CQM1HPLB21 can output pulses at up to 50 kHz.
This allows 2 axes positioning tasks to be triggered when used in conjunction with a servo or stepper motor.
CQM1HCPU61 +
CQM1HPLB21
XW2Z_JB5
SmartStep
SmartStep
Servomotor X
XW2Z_JA3
X counter
clockwise limit
X
XW2Z_JB5
X origin point
XW2B20J63B
X clockwise
limit
Servomotor Y
24 VDC
Emergency
stop
Y clockwise
limit
Y origin
point
Y counter
clockwise limit
Absolute encoding
The optional inner board CQM1HABB21 has two
inputs for absolute value encoders, e.g. to
determine the absolute position of a rotary table.
Station 3
Station 2
Station 1
When defined positions are reached, working

processes can be started.
Servo drive
CQM1HCPU61 +
CQM1HABB21
Servomotor
Rotation angle
transmitter
81
Inner Boards Overview
Overview of Optional Inner Boards (for CPU51, CPU61 only)

Communication
CPU slot
Description
Model code
Page
Analogue I/O Modules
Only slot 2
4 analogue inputs: 10..10 VDC, 0..10 VDC, 0..20 mA

2 analogue outputs: 10..10 VDC, 0..20 mA
CQM1HMAB42
82
Slot 1 or
Slot 2
Four builtin potentiometers: Range 0..200 BCD
CQM1HAVB41
82
Communication
Only slot 1
One RS232C and one RS422/485 port

CQM1HSCB41
83
Pulse I/O Modules
Slot 1 and
Slot 2
Four highspeed counter inputs: max. 500 kHz
CQM1HCTB41
84
Only slot 2
Two highspeed counter inputs: max. 50 kHz

Two pulse outputs: max. 50 kHz
CQM1HPLB21CE
84
Only slot 2
Two absolute encoder inputs

8, 10 and 12 bit Gray code
CQM1HABB21
84
Analogue
g I/O Module
Plugs into slot 2 only
Model code
CQM1HMAB42
Number of analogue inputs
4 inputs
2 inputs
Inputs
Range per input
Resolution
Conversion time
Precision
Input impedance
Outputs
Range per output
Resolution (current)
10..10 VDC
0..20 mA
1/4096 of full scale (12 bit)
Max. 3.4 ms for all outputs
0.5% at 23 C
Voltage: min. 2 k
Current: max. 350
Internal power consumption
250 mA
Model code
CQM1HAVB41
Number of potentiometers
Range for PLC address
0..200 BCD
10 mA
Analogue
g setting
g module
Plugs into slot 1 or
slot 2
One module possible
82
0..10 VDC, 10..10 VDC, 0..5 V

0..20 mA
Max. 6.8 ms for all inputs
0.5% at 23 C
Voltage: 1 M
Current: 250
Resolution (voltage)
Conversion time
Precision
Load resistor
Inner Boards
Communication module
Model code
CQM1HSCB41
Number of ports
One RS232C and

One RS422A/485
RS232C port
Transmission method
Transmission rate
Media length
Half duplex, 1:1

Max. 19.6 Kbps
Max. 15 m
RS422A/485 port
Transmission method
Transmission rate
Media length
Half duplex, 1:n

Max. 19.6 Kbps
Max. 500 m
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Inner Boards (Continued)
Protocols for each port
Host Link, ASCII, 1:1 CPU Link

1:1 NT Link, 1:n NT Link (n = 1..8)

Number of protocols
Number of sequences
Available protocols
Communications sequences can be de

fined using the CXProtocol software.
Max. 20
Max. 1000
CompoWay/F Master, E5_K, E5ZE,
E5_J, 3Z4L, V600/620
F200, F300, F350, Hayes Modem
200 mA
In the CQM1HSCB41 communication modules, the data is processed via the protocol
macro function, whereby the individual communication sequences are triggered by the
PLC using the PMCR instruction.
Protocol Macro function
C200HE/HG/HX
PC
Devices from other
manufacturers
CXProtocol
software
Communication module
Asynchronous communication (start/stop synchronisation)
Image processing
systems
Temperature
control
Intelligent
signal processors
Barcode
scanners
RFID systems
Modems
Programming (Communication Modules)

Programming
Description
Model code
CXProtocol. Programming software for Protocol Macro.

For WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0/XP
see page 438
WS02PSTC1E
83
Inner Boards
Inner Boards (Continued)

Highspeed
g
p
counter module
Plugs into slot 1 or slot 2
Two modules possible
Pulse I/O Module

2 axes positioning
For terminal blocks, see page 465
Model code
CQM1HCTB41
Number of highspeed counters
Input frequency
Pulse direction mode
Phase differential
(for encoder phases A, B and Z)
Max. 500 kHz

Max. 250 kHz
Input signal
24 VDC or RS422A line driver
Input range
Linear counter mode
Ring counter mode
8,388,608..8,388,607 BCD
0..64,999 BCD
Counter reset
Hardware or software
Evaluation of actual counter value

Target value interrupts
Range interrupts
48 target values
8 ranges
Number of digital outputs

Circuitry
Switching capacity
Response time after target value or
range interrupt triggering
4
PNP or NPN
4.5 VDC/16 mA..26.5 VDC/80 mA
1.5 ms
400 mA
Model code
CQM1HPLB21CE
Number of highspeed counters
Number of pulse outputs
Specification of highspeed counters

Input frequency
Phase differential mode
(for encoder phases A, B and Z)
Max. 50 kHz
Max. 25 kHz
Input signal
12 VDC or 24 VDC
Input range
Linear counter mode
Ring counter mode
8,388,608..8,388,607 BCD
0..64,999 BCD
Counter reset
Hardware or software
Evaluation of actual counter value

Range interrupts
48 target values
8 ranges
Specification of pulse outputs

Pulse output frequency
Signal direction
Absolute encoder module

84
Max. 50 kHz
Clockwise or counterclockwise (CW/
CCW)
0..100% at output frequency
91.6 Hz, 1.5 kHz and 5.9 kHz
Circuitry
NPN transistor
Switching capacity
5..24 VDC, 30 mA
Functions
Pulse number and frequency

Frequency increase and reduction
160 mA
Model code
CQM1HABB21
Number of absolute encoder inputs
Input frequency
Max. 4 kHz
Input signal
24 VDC, binary Gray code, 8, 10, 12 bit
Input range
BCD or 360 mode
Zero offset compensation
Offset setting
Evaluation of actual encoder value

Range interrupts
48 target values
8 ranges
150 mA
Unit Overview
Overview of Expansion Units

I/O type
Description
Model code
Page
8 DC inputs
12..24 VDC, 8 circuits, 1 input each
CQM1ID211
86
16 DC inputs
24 VDC, 1 circuit, 16 inputs
CQM1ID212
86
32 DC inputs
24 VDC, 1 circuit, 32 inputs in 4 groups
CQM1ID213
86
8 AC inputs
100..120 VAC, 1 circuit, 8 inputs
CQM1IA121
*1
8 AC inputs
CQM1IA221
8 relay
250 VAC, 2 A, 8 circuits, 1 output each

Total switching capacity: 2 A per circuit
CQM1OC224
87
16 relay
250 VAC, 2 A, 1 circuit, 16 outputs

CQM1OC222
87
8 transistor,
PNP
24 VDC, 1 A, 1 circuit, 8 outputs

Total switching capacity: 4A per circuit
CQM1OD215
87
16 transistor
PNP
24 VDC, 0.3 A, 1 circuit, 16 outputs

Total switching capacity: 4.8 A per circuit
CQM1OD214
88
32, transistor,
PNP, short circuit
protection
24 VDC, 0.5 A, 1 circuit, 32 outp. in 4 groups

CQM1OD216
88
8 triac
100..240 VDC, 0.4 A, 2 circuits, 4 outputs each

CQM1OA221
*1
8 transistor,
NPN, short circuit
protection

CQM1OD211
16 transistor,
NPN

CQM1OD212
32 transistor,
NPN
24 VDC, 0.1 A, 1 circuit, 32 outp. in 4 groups

CQM1OD213
Safety Units
1 or 2 channels
4 DC inputs
2 NO contacts
Control class 4 to EN 9541

24 VDC, 1 circuit, 4 inputs (PLC)
250 VAC, 5 A safety contacts
CQM1SF200
89
Analogue Input Unit
4 or 2 inputs
10..+10 V, 0..10 V, 0..20 mA,

12 bit resolution
CQM1AD042
90
Analogue Output Unit
2 outputs
10..+10 V, 0..20 mA,

12 bit resolution for voltage output
11 bit resolution for current output
CQM1DA022
90
Temperature
p
Controller
Unit
4 loops
Thermocouple sensor, transistor output, PNP
CQM1TC202
90
Digital
g
Input
p Units
Communication Units
4 loops
Pt100 sensor, transistor output, PNP
CQM1TC302
90
2 loops
Thermocouple sensor, transistor output, PNP,

heating current monitoring
CQM1TC204
90
2 loops
Pt100 sensor, transistor output, PNP,

CQM1TC304
91
4 loops
Thermocouple sensor, transistor output, NPN
CQM1TC201
*2
4 loops
Pt100 sensor, transistor output, NPN
CQM1TC301
2 loops
Thermocouple sensor, transistor output, NPN,

CQM1TC203
2 loops
Pt100 sensor, transistor output, NPN,

CQM1TC303
32 nodes
Controller Link (CLK), industrial network

Bus length max. 1 km
CQM1HCLK21
91
16 input bits
16 output bits
I/O Link Unit

DeviceNet
CQM1DRT21
92
64 inputs and
64 outputs
Fieldbus master (CompoBus/S)

Bus length 500 m
CQM1SRM21V1
92
128 input bits

128 output bits
I/O Link Unit

PROFIBUSDP
CQM1PRT21
92
31 Bus Modules
ASInterface master (open Fieldbus standard)

Bus length 100 m
CQM1ARM21
92
* Information on these Units can be found in the technical manuals:

1 = W363E12
2 = W238E18
85
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Units
Digital Input Units

Digital
g
Input
p Units
With 8 inputs
Model code
CQM1ID211
Inputs
8 DC inputs
8 circuits, 1 input each
Connection method
Screw terminal connectors
Status display
LED
50 mA, 5 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 16 inputs
Input impedance
2.4 k
Input current
10 mA at 24 V
ON/OFF delay
Model code
CQM1ID212
Inputs
16 DC inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
85 mA, 5 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 32 inputs
Front connector is not included in
the delivery package
Prefabricated cable and terminal
blocks, see page 465
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 14.4 V
Max. 5.0 V
Input impedance
3.9 k
Input current
6 mA at 24 V
ON/FF delay
Model code
CQM1ID213
Inputs
32 DC inputs
Connection method
1 piece, 40pin connector
Status display
LED
170 mA, 5 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
86
12..24 VDC (10.2..26.4 VDC)

Min. 10.2 V
Max. 3.0 V
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 14.4 V
Max. 5.0 V
Input impedance
5.6 k
Input current
4 mA at 24 V
ON/OFF delay
Units
Digital
g
Relay
y Output
p Unit
Model code
CQM1OC224
Outputs
8, relay
2 A per circuit
Connection method
Status display
LED
440 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CQM1OC222
Outputs
16, relay
8 A per circuit
Connection method
Status display
LED
850 mA, 5 VDC
Switching capacity
250 VAC, 2 A (cos=1) R load

250 VAC, 2 A (cos=0.4) L load
24 VDC, 2 A
10 mA, 5 VDC
maximum
minimum
Relay life
electrical
mechanical
Digital
g
Transistor Output
p Unit
with 8 outputs
Specification
p
for transistor outputs
p
Programmable
Logic Contr.
300,000 operations, R load

100,000 operations, L load
ON delay
Max. 15 ms
OFF delay
Max. 5 ms
Model code
CQM1OD215
Outputs
8, transistor, PNP
4 A per circuit
Connection method
Status display
LED
110 mA, 5 VDC
External power supply
Min. 26 mA (20.4..26.4 VDC)
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 1 A
Leakage current
0.1 mA max
Residual voltage
0.2 V max.
ON delay
Max. 0.2 ms
OFF delay
Max. 0.8 ms
Shortcircuit protection
1.6..2.0 A electronic, transistor PNP,

indicator output per 4 outputs
Reset
24 VDC input per 4 outputs
87
Units
Digital Output Units (Continued)

Digital
g
Transistor Output
p Unit
With 16 outputs
Specification
p
p
Digital
g
Transistor Output
p Unit
With 32 outputs
Prefabricated cable and terminal
blocks, see page 465.
Specification
p
p
88
Model code
CQM1OD214
Outputs
16, transistor, PNP

4.8 A per circuit
Connection method
Status display
LED
170 mA, 5 VDC
Min. 60 mA, 20.4..26.4 VDC
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 0.3 A
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
0.8 V max.
ON delay
Max. 0.1 ms
OFF delay
Max. 0.4 ms
3.5 A fuse per 8 outputs
Model code
CQM1OD216
Outputs
32, transistor, PNP

1 circuit, 32 inputs in 4 groups
5 A per circuit
Connection method
Status display
LED
240 mA, 5 VDC
Min. 160 mA, 20.4..26.4 VDC
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 0.5 A
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
0.8 V max.
ON delay
Max. 0.1 ms
OFF delay
Max. 0.3 ms
7 A fuse per group
Units
Safety
y Unit
Conforms to EN9541 and
EN602041 up to control
category
g y4
Model code
CQM1SF200
Inputs (emergency stop)
1 or 2 channels
Input current
Max. 75 mA
Inputs (PLC)
4 DC inputs
1 circuit, 4 inputs
Connection method
Screw terminal block connector
Status display
LED
50 mA, 5 VDC
70 mA, 10.2..26.4 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level

Controlled by safety circuit
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Safety Unit
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 14.4 V
Max. 5 V
Input impedance
4 k
Input current
6 mA at 24 V
ON/OFF delay
Switching capacity
maximum
minimum
Relay life
electrical
mechanical
250 VAC, 5 A (cos=1) R load

1 mA, 5 VDC
ON delay
Max. 300 ms
OFF delay
Max. 10 ms
Application Example
CQM1HSF200/CS1WSF200
Emergency stop circuit
S1
12
21
K1
22
Emergency stop switch

A22E
S2:
Start
A22
K3
PLC
Input
A2
Display
T11
S1:
K2
A1
PWR
K1
T12
K3
K1
Start
S2
S2
KM1/KM2: J7K contactor

KM3:
Soft starter
G3J
Display
K2
B1
K1
K3
K2
T21
T22
EN 418
KM1 KM2
Display
K1
Y1
K1
K2
K3
CPUUnit
11
OutputUnit
2 channel
With cross fault detection
With earth detection
Redundancy inputs
Manual start (release)/Stop
2 safety circuits
(category 4)
Redundantcir cuit
K2
X1
K1
K2
K3
K1
K2
K3
13
KM1
14
23
KM2
24
89
Units
Analogue I/O Units

Analogue
g Input
p Unit
With 4 or 2 inputs
Input range, can be set separately
for each input
Model code
CQM1AD042

Number of reserved words
4 or 2
4 or 2 (64 or 32 I/O bits)
Range per input

Voltage
Current
(separately adjustable)
10..+10 V; 0..10 V, 0..5 V
0..20 mA
Voltage
Current
1 M
250
Input resistance
Resolution
12 bits (1/4096)
Deviation
0.5% (25C); 1% (0..55 C)
Max. input signal

Voltage
Current
Analogue
g Output
p Unit
With 2 outputs
Output range, separately adjusta
ble for each input
15 V
30 mA
Conversion time
1.2 ms per input

Data refresh every 10 ms
Potential isolation
Photocoupler
170 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CQM1DA022

2
2 (32 I/O bits)
Range per output

Voltage
Current
(separately adjustable)
10..+10 V
0..20 mA
Voltage
Current
Min. 2 k
Max. 350
Voltage
Current
12 bits
1/4096
1/2048
Load resistance limit values for
Resolution
Deviation
1%
Conversion time
0.5 ms (both inputs)
Potential isolation
Photocoupler
340 mA
Model code
CQM1TC202
Number of loops
Measuring sensor
Thermocouples
Output
Transistor, PNP
Connection method
Model code
CQM1TC302
Number of loops
Measuring sensor
Pt100
Output
Transistor, PNP
Connection method
Model code
CQM1TC204
Number of loops
Measuring sensor
Thermocouples
Output
Transistor, PNP
Connection method
Type of monitoring
Heater current
Temperature Controller Unit

Temperature
p
Controller Unit
LED status display
1 input word
1 output word
Data transfer with IOTC instruction
(CQM1H only)
90
Units
Model code
CQM1TC304
Number of loops
Measuring sensor
Pt100
Output
Transistor, PNP
Connection method
Type of monitoring
Heater current
Sensor types
K, J, T, L, R, S, B
Precision
0.3% of set value or 1C,

whichever is larger than a maximum of
+1 digit
Sensor types
Pt, JPt
Precision
0.3% of set value or 0.8C,

whichever is larger than a maximum of
+1 digit
Control type
ON/OFF, PID and manual mode
Hysteresis (ON/OFF)
0.1..999.9 C/F
Proportional band
0.1..999.9 C/F
Integral time (reset time)
0..3999 s
Differential time (rate time)
0..3999 s
Output in manual mode
0..100.0%
Control cycle
1..99 s
Scanning period
500 ms
Output refresh
500 ms
Circuitry
PNP
External supply
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 100 mA
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 0.8 V
Power demand
5 V, 190 mA
Alarm function
Heater current detection
Max. 5 A, AC
Display accuracy
5% of minimum value x 1 place
Signal threshold
0.1..49.9 A
Min. detectable ON time
200 ms
Thermocouple
p inputs
p
Pt100 inputs
p
Control loop
p
Transistor outputs
p
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Temperature Controller Units (continued)
Communication Units
Controller Link the industrial network for the manufacturing cell

Controller Link Unit
2wire connection
Model code
CQM1HCLK21
Connection method
Screw terminals
Status display
LED
290 mA, 5 VDC
Max. number of units per CPU
Suitable CPU types
CQM1HCPU51/61
For further information about Controller Link see page 221.
91
Units
Communication Units (Continued)
DeviceNet open fieldbus

DeviceNet Unit
I/O Link function
Screw terminal block connector is
not included in the delivery
package
Model code
CQM1DRT21
Number of I/O points per unit

maximum
32
96/160
Status display
LED
Connection method
80 mA, 5 VDC
40 mA, 11..25 VDC
3 (CPU11/21), 5 (CPU51/61)
For further information about DeviceNet see page 231
CompoBus/S a highspeed fieldbus for 128 inputs and 128 outputs

CompoBus/S
p
Master Unit
Supports highspeed mode and
Longdistance mode
No parameter settings required.
Communication cycle time:
1 ms in highspeed mode
Model code
CQM1SRM21V1
Number of inputs/outputs
Adjustable via DIP switch:

128 (64 inputs and 64 outputs)
Number of Bus Modules
Max. 32
Number of units per CPU
Max. 3 (CPU11/21), 5 (CPU51/61)
Current consumption
180 mA, 5 VDC
For further information about CompoBus/S, see page 256
PROFIBUSDP open fieldbus standard

PROFIBUSDP I/O Link Unit
Model code
CQM1PRT21
Number of inputs/outputs (selectable)
32+32..128+128
Number of reserved I/O words
2+2..8+8
CQM1H
all (8+8 with CPU51/61 only)
Current consumption
350 mA, 5 VDC
Bus and unit status display
LED
Bus status message
24 VDC, 2 A, relay
Data exchange with CPU
Max. 0.16 ms
Accessories
GSD file on disk
For further information about PROFIBUSDP, see page 264
ASInterface standard fieldbus direct for components

AS Interface Master Unit
ASi, open fieldbus standard
Installation using
cutter technique
Slave modules have IP67
Bus length
g max. 100 m
Model code
CQM1ARM21
Min. 6
Max. 16 (adjustable)
Transmission medium
Special ribbon cable
Max. 31 (4 bits IN + 4 bits OUT each)
Number of units per CPU
Max. 1 (CPU11/21), 2 (CPU51/61)
Communication cycle time
5 ms (with 31 Bus Modules)
Current consumption
300 mA
For further information about ASInterface see page 267
92
CJ1
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Page
General
Performance Data
CPU Units
Specifications
Program Memory
Power Supplies
Interface Adapters
Expansion Units
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
CJ1 Units
95
95
95
96
97
99
101
101
102
103
103
105
106
Page
Digital Input Units
Analogue I/O Units
Temperature Control Units
Counter Units
NC Position Control Units
Communication Units
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
113
115
117
118
119
120
123
93
94
Programmable
Logic Contr.
General
The CJ1 PLC family is a range of highperformance, ultracompact
modular PLCs. It has been developed to provide an optimal controller
architecture for users such as manufacturers of machines and
production systems. Wherever minimal dimensions, speed, high
flexibility and excellent communication capability are demanded, CJ1
is the best choice.
With dimensions of 90 mm (height) by 65 mm (depth), the system has
a profile barely larger than a credit card. And due to its DINrail
mounting, without a backplane, the required mounting space is never
more than the installed units.
Short and consistent cycle times allow it to be used for dynamic
control tasks and for highspeed positioning. The CJ1 is compatible
with the SYSMAC CS1 Controller in terms of addresses, presets and
programs. With the use of OMRONs highly efficient FINS
communication technology, highspeed seamless communication of
all networked CS1 and CJ1 systems and intelligent units goes without
saying.
The CXSuite of programming tools, SCADA and OPC Server software
products with a common communication interface allow PCs to be
integrated into the communication network.
Programming software, see page 434.
Performance Data (max. values)

CJ1M
CJ1G
CJ1H
Local input/output bits
640
1280
2560
0.1 s
0.04 s
0.02 s
Program Memory
20 ksteps*
60 ksteps*
120 ksteps*
Data memory
32 kwords
128 kwords
256 kwords
* Number of C series words CJ1 steps

1 step LOAD, SET, RESET instruction
3 steps MOVE, COMPARE or TIMER/COUNTER instruction
4 steps Add, Subtract or Multiply

Networks, see page 213.
CJ1M
CJ1G
CJ1H
Yes
Yes
Yes
ControllerLink (fibre optic)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
PC Link
Yes
95
Construction:
System expansion:
The individual Units of the CJ1 system are plugged in to one another
and secured using 2 locking sliders. The system must be mounted on
a DIN rail.
Using interface Units for the CPU and expansion racks, the system
can be expanded to several tiers and with more than 10 Units.
The power supply is connected to the lefthand side of the CPU, all
other Units to the righthand side. A maximum of 10 Units plus power
supply can be connected together in series. The end cover, supplied
with every CPU Unit, terminates the I/O bus.
Each new expansion rack requires a power supply and can hold up to
10 Units. The end cover necessary for the righthand end of the
expansion rack is supplied with the Interface Unit. For the positions of
the individual Units within a block, please refer to the drawings.
A max. of 3 expansion racks per system are possible, with a max. total
cable length of 12 m.
CPU rack
Power
Supply
Unit
Expansion rack
I/O Control
Unit
CPU
Unit
Memory Card
96
I/O Units (Basic I/O Units,

Special I/O Units, CPU Bus Units)
End cover
I/O Interface
Unit
Power
Supply
Unit
End cover
I/O Units (Basic I/O Units,
Special I/O Units, CPU Bus Units)
Model code
CJ1MCPU12
Local I/O
320
0.1 s
Program Memory
10 ksteps
Data words, nonvolatile
32 kwords
580 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CJ1MCPU13
Local I/O
640
0.1 s
Program Memory
20 ksteps
32 kwords
580 mA, 5 VDC
CPU Unit
10 digital inputs, can be assigned as
4 interrupt inputs and/or
2 highspeed
counters,, 50/100 kHz
g
p
i l outputs, can be
b assigned
i
d as
6 di
digital
2 pulse outputs (4 Hz..100 kHz)
p
g speed
p
p
for positioning,
control and pulse
width modulation
Model code
CJ1MCPU22
Local I/O
320
0.1 s
Program Memory
10 ksteps
32 kwords
640 mA, 5 VDC
CPU Unit
10 digital inputs, can be assigned as
4 interrupt inputs
2 highspeed
counters,, 50/100 kHz
g
p
6 di
digital
i l outputs, can be
b assigned
i
d as
2 pulse outputs (4 Hz..100 kHz)
p
g speed
p
p
for positioning,
control and pulse
width modulation
Model code
CJ1MCPU23
Local I/O
640
0.1 s
Program Memory
20 ksteps
Data words, non volatile
32 kwords
640 mA, 5 VDC
CPU Unit
CPU Unit
Programmable
Logic Contr.
CPU Units
97

CPU Unit
CPU Unit
CPU Unit
CPU Unit
CPU Unit
CPU Unit
98
Model code
CJ1GCPU42H
Local I/O
960
0.04 s
Program Memory
10 ksteps
64 kwords
910 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CJ1GCPU43H
Local I/O
960
0.04 s
Program Memory
20 ksteps
64 kwords
910 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CJ1GCPU44H
Local I/O
1280
0.04 s
Program Memory
30 ksteps
64 kwords
910 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CJ1GCPU45H
Local I/O
1280
0.04 s
Program Memory
60 ksteps
128 kwords
910 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CJ1HCPU65H
Local I/O
2560
0.02 s
Program Memory
60 ksteps
128 kwords
990 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CJ1HCPU66H
Local I/O
2560
0.02 s
Program Memory
120 ksteps
256 kwords
990 mA, 5 VDC
Designation
Programmable
Logic Contr.

CJ1MCPU_
CPU
12
13
22
23
320
640
320
640
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Realtime clock
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Max. expansion racks
Max. tasks
288
256
288
256
288
256
288
256
Max. local I/O bits

ms
Execution time
cyclic
of which interrupt
Program memory
ksteps
10
20
10
20
Data words,
nonvolatile
kwords
32
32
32
32
10 digital inputs*
6 digital outputs**
10 digital inputs*
6 digital outputs**
42
43
44
45
65
66
960
960
1280
1280
2560
2560
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.02
0.02
Realtime clock
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Max. expansion racks
Max. tasks
288
256
288
256
288
256
288
256
288
256
288
256
Builtin I/O
Designation
CJ1GCPU_H
CPU
Max. local I/O

ms
Execution time
cyclic
of which interrupt
CJ1HCPU_H
Program memory
ksteps
10
20
30
60
60
120
Data words,
nonvolatile
kwords
64
64
64
128
128
256
* Including 4 interrupt inputs, 2 highspeed counters (with out of phase 50 kHz, forward and backward counting pulses 100 kHz),
** Including 2 pulse train outputs (2 outputs for positioning, speed control or PWM output 4 Hz..100 kHz)

PLC work areas
6144 words I/O area (CIO) + 512 words Work area (W) + 512 words Holding area (H)
Timers/Counters
4096 Timers (T) + 4096 Counters (C)
CPU ports
One combined Peripheral Port and RS232C miniature connector

One 9pin Dsub female RS232C connector
I/O processing
Cyclic scan method with optional direct I/O refreshing
approx. 400, all with level or edgetriggered execution
Trace Memory
Yes (4,000 words)
Data backup
Battery (5 years, at 25C)
Program backup
Automatic, in flash memory
Program protection
Password, overwrite protection by DIP switch
2 (1 ms..10 s)
PID control
ASCII/HEX
Floating point
Table evaluation instructions
Task Controller
Interpolation
Change RS232C config.
Network instructions
Scaling
(Arc)SIN/COS/TAN
Subroutine
Macro
Character string processing
Index register instructions
Indirect addressing
99

10..57 Hz, 0.075 mm Amplitude, 57..100 Hz with an acceleration of 1 G in X, Y and Z directions 10 sweeps of
8minutes each
Shock resistance
Temperature
Operation
Storage
0 C..55 C
Ambient humidity
Atmosphere
The Controller must not be exposed to the following conditions:

Corrosive gases
Splash water
Other chemicals
Grounding
20 M at 500 VDC, between AC terminal and ground terminal (GR)
Dielectric strength
2300 VAC; 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between AC terminal and ground terminal (GR), leakage current: max. 10 mA
1000 VAC; 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between DC terminal and ground terminal (GR), leakage current: max. 20 mA
Noise immunity
(Fast Transient Burst)
2 kV on power supply line according to IEC 100044
CPU Unit builtin inputs (CJ1MCPU22/CPU23)

Number of inputs
10 inputs
Input type
24 VDC input
Inputs
IN0..IN5
Input voltage
20.4..26.4 VDC
Input impedance
3.6 k
ON voltage, ON current
OFF voltage, OFF current
Min 17.4 VDC, 3 mA

Max. 5.0 VDC, 1 mA
Response time
(standard input)
ON response time. 8 ms (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 ms selectable in PC setup)

OFF response time. 8 ms (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 ms selectable in PC setup)
Line driver input

IN6..IN9
IN6..IN9
RS422 level
4.0 k
CPU Unit builtin outputs (CJ1MCPU22/CPU23)

Rated voltage
5..24 VDC
Permissible voltage range
4.75..26.4 V
Max. switching current
0.3 A per output, 1.8 A per Unit
Outputs per common
Max. inrush current
3.0 A per input for max. 10 ms
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 0.6 V
Response time
ON/OFF response times max. 0.1 ms
Pulse outputs
OUT0..OUT3
Switching capacity
4.75..26.4 VDC, 7..30 mA
Output frequency
Max. 100 kHz
100
IN0..IN5
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Program Memory (CPU Units)

Memory Card
The Memory Card can be used as an expansion of the PLC data
memory and as a file memory. If the Memory Card is used as a data
memory expansion, measured data can be stored for calculation of
trend data and subsequently read into a PC using the PCMCIA
adapter, to be analysed offline.
There are two options for using the Memory Card as a file memory:
CPU
1. A complete system backup including the PLC program, the

symbolic name and comments, as well as the CPU configuration
parameters can be saved to the Memory Card. When the PLC
power supply is turned on, the content of the Memory Card can be
copied to the PLCs RAM.
2. ASCII data, e.g. generated by Microsoft Excel, can be transferred
as a .txt or .csv file on the Memory Card. The CJ1 is able to process
these files.
Memory
y Card
Memory
Card
Description
Size
Model code
Flash Memoryy Card
15 MB
HMCEF172
30 MB
HMCEF372
64 MB
HMCEF672
PCMCIA
HMCAP001
PC adapter
Power Supplies
Power supply
pp y
Power supply
pp y
Power supply
pp y
Model code
CJ1WPA205R
Nominal input voltage
100..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Input voltage range
85..264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Output current for supply of CPU

and I/O Units
Max. 5.0 A at 5 VDC

Max. 0.8 A at 24 VDC
Total max. 25 W
Auxiliary output
RUN relay output
Model code
CJ1WPA202
100..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Input voltage range
85..264 VAC, 50/60 Hz

and I/O Units
Max. 2.8 A at 5 VDC

Total max. 14 W
Auxiliary output
Model code
CJ1WPD025
24 VDC
Input voltage range
19.2..28.8 VDC

and I/O Units
Max. 5.0 A at 5 VDC

Total max. 25 W
Auxiliary output
101
Interface Adapters
RS422
communication
adapter
The CJ1WCIF11 RS422A Converter

connects directly to a CS/CJseries
RS232C port and converts RS232C to
RS422A/485
CJ1WCIF11
RS232C
and RS422/485
communication
adapter
Adapter module for connection

to the peripheral port of the CJ1 CPU
1x RS422/485
RS 422/485
1x RS232C
Communication protocol for
CompoWay/F, SYSWAY, NTLink
NT Link
Communication programs for
OMRON time relays, controllers and
multifunction displays
CPM2CCIF21
CJ1WCIF21
RS232C cable
Temperature Controller
Counter/time relay
Device connection overview for CJ1 with CIF21
Temperature
p
C t ll
Controller
Type
SYSWAY
CompoWay/F
E5AN, E5CN, E5EN, E5GN
Yes
Yes
E5ZN
No
Yes
E5AK, E5CK, E5EK
Yes
No
E5AKT, E5CKT, E5EKT
No
No
E5AJ, E5EJ
Yes
No
E5AF
Yes
No
Timer
H8GN
No
Yes
p y
K3GN
No
Yes
K3NX
Limited
Limited
K3NV
Limited
Limited
K3NR
Limited
Limited
K3NP
Limited
Limited
K3NC
Limited
Limited
K3NH
Limited
Limited
K3TS
Limited
No
102
I/O Control Unit

Expansion Interface Unit for CPU rack
I/O Interface Unit

Unit required for each expansion rack
I/O Connecting
g cable for CS1/CJ1
expansion
i
Model code
CJ1WIC101
Max. length of BUS connection
12 m
20 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CJ1WII101
Max. number of expansion racks

per CPU
3 (depending on CPU model)
130 mA, 5 VDC
Length
Model code
0.3 m
CS1WCN313
0.7 m
CS1WCN713
2.0 m
CS1WCN223
3.0 m
CS1WCN323
5.0 m
CS1WCN523
10.0 m
CS1WCN133
12.0 m
CS1WCN133B2
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Espansion Units

Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code

see page 434
WS02CXPC1EV3.0
CXSimulator. PLC simulation software.

see page 436
WS02SIMC1E
Adapter cable,
miniature peripheral port <> PC (RS232C)
0.1 m
CJ1WCN118
2m
CJ1WCN226
6m
CJ1WCN626
Programming
g
g cable,,
miniature
i i t
peripheral
i h l portt <> PC (RS232C)
(RS 232C)
Accessories,
cables etc.
Spare battery for CJ1H and CJ1 CPU Units, and also for CPM2A and CQM1H
CPM2ABAT01
Spare battery for CJ1M CPU Units. (Cannot be used with CJ1H and CJ1 CPU Units.)
CJ1WBAT01
End cover with Bus terminal resistor
CJ1WTER01
Clamps for DIN track mounting, x2
PFPM
103

Technical
Documentation
104
English
documentation
Product
Title
Model code
CJ1WSRM21V1
CompoBus/S
Operation Manual
W266E1
CJ1WCLK21
Controller Link Units
Operation Manual
W309E1
CS1/CJ1
Instructions
Reference Manual
W340E1
CS1/CJ1 Series
Programming Consoles
Operation Manual
W341E1
CS/CJ Series
Communications Commands
Reference Manual
W342E1
CJ1WETN11
(10Base T) Ethernet Units
Operation Manual
W343E1
CS/CJ Series CXProtocol
Operation Manual
W344E1
CS1W/CJ1WAD/DA
Analogue I/O Units
Operation Manual
W345E1
CJ1WDRM21 DeviceNet
Operation Manual
W380E1
Programming Console
Operation Manual
W391E1
CJ1series CPUs
Operation Manual
W393E1
CS/CJ Series
Programmable Controllers
Programming Manual
W394E1
CJ1Mseries CPUs Builtin

I/O
Operation Manual
W395E1
CJ1WTC
Operation Manual
W396E1
CJ1WNC113/433
Position Control Units
Operation Manual
W397E1
CXPosition
Operation Manual
W398E1
CJ Series Simple
Communications Unit
Operation Manual
W400E1
CJ1WCT021
Highspeed Counter Unit
Operation Manual
W401E1
CJ1WPRT21
PROFIBUSDP
Operation Manual
W408E2
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Dimensions (mm)
CPU and Units
W
Product
Model code
80
Power supply
pp y
CJ1WPA205R
60
CJ1WPD025
45
CJ1WPA202
62
CPU
90
CJ1HCPU_
CJ1GCPU_
49
CJ1MCPU22/23
31
CJ1MCPU12/13
14.7
End cover
CJ1WTER01
20
I/O Control Unit
CJ1WIC101
I/O
/ Unit
(32 I/O)
CJ1WID231/232
CompoBus/S Unit
CJ1WSRM21
I/O Interface Unit
CJ1WII101
I/O Unit
(8/16 I/O)
CJ1WID211
CJ1WIA111/201
CJ1WOD201/202
CJ1WOD211/212
CJ1WOC201/211
CJ1WOA201
31
65
W
W W
Power supply
65
81.6
CJ1WOD231/232/233
I/O Unit
(64 I/O)
CJ1WID261
CJ1WID262
CJ1WOD261
CJ1WOD263
Interrupt Input Unit
CJ1WINT01
Analogue I/O Unit
CJ1WAD_/DA
Temperature Control Unit
CJ1WTC_
NC Position Control Unit
CJ1WNC113/133
CPU
65
73.9
Interface Units and

I/O Interface Unit
65
69.3
140
CJ1WNC213/233
CJ1WNC413/433
CJ1WCT021
CJ1WCLK21
Serial Port Unit
CJ1WSCU21/SCU41
Ethernet Unit
CJ1WETN11
DeviceNet Unit
CJ1WDRM21
PROFIBUS Unit
CJ1WPRT21
I/O Units
32/64 I/O with
Fujitsu connector
65
69.3
112.5
I/O Units
32/64 I/O with
MIL connector
65
83.6
I/O Units
8/16 I/O
65
89
105
Miniature
peripheral port
Builtin
RS232C port
Communication Unit
CJ1WSCU21/41
Yes
Yes
Yes
Active RS232C
Yes
1:n NT Link
Yes
Yes
Yes
Protocol Macro
Yes
Tool Bus
Yes
Yes
PC Link
Yes (CJ1M only)
SYSMAC WAY
and contains the disclosed and OMRONspecific
ASCII protocol labelled the Host Link (see System
Manual W143E17).
The CJ1 also processes FINS commands, which
can be passed on via networks to other Controllers
or Units using the builtin gateway function (see
Reference Manual W342E15).
RS232C port
CJ1
Peripheral port
By default, the CJ1 series interface runs in Host

Link slave mode and can therefore be easily
HMI.
PC
CJ1WCN226

SYSMAC WAY network via an RS422 port.
RS422 cable
CS1 +
CS1WSCB41
PC +
RS422 port
CJ1 +
CJ1WSCU41
CPM1A +
CPM1CIF11
Active RS232C
The CJ1 series RS232C port can be switched to
active RS232C mode by the Host Link slave.
TXD and RXD instructions can be used to send and
receive ASCII character strings. Peripherals such
as modems, printers or barcode readers can be
integrated.
RS232C cable
Modem
CJ1
Printer
Barcode reader
106
Programmable
Logic Contr.

1:n NT Link and highspeed 1:n NT Link
1..8 NT/NS Series Control Terminals can be
connected to the CJ1 series via an RS422
network.
RS422 cable
CJ1 +
CJ1WCIF11
or NTAL001
OMRON
OMRON
NT21, via NSAL002
Using Communication Units and the CXProtocol software, disclosed protocols for various
automation devices can be programmed.
Standard protocols for devices from the OMRON range are supplied.
CJ1 +
CJ1WSCU41
or NTAL001
PC
Devices from other
manufacturers
CXProtocol
software
Communication
Module
Image processing
systems
Temperature
Controllers
Intelligent
signal processors
Barcode
scanners
RFID systems
Modems
107

PC Link
Data can be exchanged via serial PLC links
involving up to nine CJ1 PLCs using the builtin
RS232C ports. Up to ten words per PLC can be
allocated to the serial PLC links. RS232C can be
converted to RS422A easily using a CJ1WCIF11
converter.
Programmable
Terminal
CJ1M master
CJ1M slave No. 0
CJ1M slave No. 1
CJ1M slave No. 7

Up to 7
slaves are
possible
RS232C/422A
Converter
CJ1WCIF11
NSAL002
Total length:
max. 50 m
An NT/NS Control Terminal can
be integrated into the network
as a slave with 1:n NT Link
protocol.
In this case, it is only possible
to exchange data with the
master.
108
RS422/485
Master
Master
Master
Master
10 words
Slave No. 0
Slave No. 0
Slave No. 0
Slave No. 0
10 words
Slave No. 1
Slave No. 1
Slave No. 1
Slave No. 1
10 words
Slave No. 7
Slave No. 7
Slave No. 7
Slave No. 7
10 words

Omron industrial networks make it possible to send messages across several network
levels. Communication between networks is possible, i.e. a kind of Omron Internet for
PLCs. The advantages are noticeable even with only 2 Controllers and one network. The
serial connection between the PC and a PLC is viewed as a network for the purposes of
FINS instructions.
FINS
Factory Interface
Network System
With the aid of the FINS system, a 2nd Controller can also be programmed, although only
a serial connection to the 1st Controller exists via cable. The PLC operating system
detects that the instructions are directed to another controller and forwards them to the
second controller via the network. In this way, not only entire PLCs but also various CJ1
special I/O Units can be operated on the PLC.
If the 1st PLCs serial port is connected to a modem, all networked controls from other
locations can be monitored with a modem connection.
If several networks are present, socalled Routing Tables must be stored in the Bridge"
PLC. Access via 3 network levels is then possible.
Information
network
Programming and monitoring via FINS

Each PC or laptop has direct access to each
CJ1 CPU, CJ1 special I/O Unit, each CJ1
Memory Card or each CS1 CPU via Ethernet,
Controller Link, Host Link, DeviceNet or
modem.
PC
PC
Host Link
Industrial
network
Ethernet
Modem
CJ1
CS1
Send
email
Laptop
Telephone line
Special I/O
Unit
e.g.
CJ1WMC
Host Link
Host Link
Modem
DeviceNet
Distributed
control
Controller Link
CS1
CJ1
Remote
I/O
CJ1
CJ1
DeviceNet
109
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Unit Overview

Unit
I/O type
Description
Model code
Page
Digital Input Units
16 DC inputs
24 VDC, 1 circuit, 16 quickresponse inputs,

screw terminal block
CJ1WIDP01
113
16 DC inputs
24 VDC, 1 circuit, 16 fast interrupt inputs,

CJ1WINT01
113
16 DC inputs
24 VDC, 1 circuit, 16 inputs,

CJ1WID211
113
32 DC inputs
24 VDC, 2 circuits of 16 inputs each,

MIL connector
CJ1WID232
113
64 DC inputs

MIL connector
CJ1WID262
113
16 AC inputs
100..120 V AC, 1 circuit of 16 inputs,

CJ1WIA111
114
8 AC inputs
200..240 VAC, 1 circuit, 8 inputs,

CJ1WIA201
114
32 DC inputs

Fujitsu connector
CJ1WID231
64 DC inputs

Fujitsu connector
CJ1WID261
8, relay

Total switching capacity: 2 A per circuit,
CJ1WOC201
115
16, relay
250 VAC, 2 A, 1 circuit of 16 outputs each

Total switching capacity: 8 A max.,
CJ1WOC211
115
8, transistor,
PNP
24 VDC, 2 A, 2 circuits of 4 outputs each

CJ1WOD202
115
16, transistor,
PNP
24 VDC, 0.5 A, 1 circuits, 16 outputs each

Total switching capacity: 5 A per unit,
CJ1WOD212
116
32, transistor,
PNP
24 VDC, 0.5 A, 2 circuits of 16 outputs each

Total switching capacity: 2 A per unit, 4 A total
MIL connector
CJ1WOD232
116
8, triac
250 VAC, 0.6 A, 1 circuit of 8 outputs

Total switching capacity: 2.4 A max.,
CJ1WOA201
116
8, transistor,
NPN
1224 VDC, 2 A, 2 circuits of 4 outputs each

CJ1WOD201
16, transistor,
NPN

Total switching capacity: 5 A per unit,
CJ1WOD211
32, transistor,
NPN
1224 VDC, 0.5 A, 2 circuits of 16 outputs each.

Total switching capacity: 2 A per unit, 4 A total,
Fujitsu connector
CJ1WOD231
32, transistor,
NPN

Total switching capacity: 2 A per unit, 4 A total,
MIL connector
CJ1WOD233
64, transistor,
NPN

Total switching capacity: 1.6 A per unit, 6.4 A total,
Fujitsu connector
CJ1WOD261
64, transistor,
NPN

Total switching capacity: 1.6 A per unit, 6.4 A total,
MIL connector
CJ1WOD263
* Information on these Units can be found in the Operation Manual W393E1

110
Unit Overview
Digital I/O Units
Analogue I/O Units
Temperature
p
Control
Units
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Overview of Expansion Units (Continued)

16 DC inputs +
16 NPN outputs
24 VDC, 1 circuit of 16 inputs,

24 VDC, 0.5 A, 1 circuit of 16 outputs,
max. 2 A total
Fujitsu connector
CJ1WMD231
16 DC inputs +
16 NPN outputs
24 VDC, 1 circuit of 16 inputs,

24 VDC, 0.5 A, 1 circuit of 16 outputs,
max. 2 A total
MIL connector
CJ1WMD233
32 DC inputs +
32 NPN outputs
24 VDC, 2 circuit of 16 inputs each,

24 VDC, 0.3 A, 2 circuit of 16 outputs each,
max. 1.6 A per common
Fujitsu connector
CJ1WMD261
32 DC inputs +
32 NPN outputs

24 VDC, 0.3 A, 2 circuit of 16 outputs each,
max. 1.6 A per common
MIL connector
CJ1WMD263
32 TTL inputs +
32 TTL outputs

5 VDC, 35 mA, 2 circuit of 16 outputs each,
max. 560 mA per common
MIL connector
CJ1WMD563
8 inputs
4..20 mA, 1..5 V, 0..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V, 1/8000

Each input can be configured separately
CJ1WAD081V1
117
4 inputs
4..20 mA, 1..5 V, 0..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V, 1/8000

Each input can be configured separately
CJ1WAD041V1
117
4 inputs +
2 outputs
4..20 mA, 1..5 V, 0..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V, 1/8000

Each input or output can be configured separately
CJ1WMAD42
117
4 outputs
4..20 mA, 1..5 V, 0..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V, 1/4000

Each output can be configured separately
CJ1WDA041
117
2 outputs
0..5 V, 1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V, 1/8000

CJ1WDA021
117
8 outputs
4..20 mA, 0..5 V, 1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V, 1/4000

CJ1WDA08V
117
4 loops
Thermocouple sensor, transistor output, PNP
CJ1WTC002
118
4 loops
Pt100 sensor, transistor output, PNP
CJ1WTC102
118
2 loops
Thermocouple sensor, transistor output, PNP,

heating current monitoring and burnout alarm
CJ1WTC004
118
2 loops
Pt100 sensor, transistor output, PNP,

CJ1WTC104
118
4 loops
Thermocouple sensor, transistor output, NPN
CJ1WTC001
***
4 loops
Pt100 sensor, transistor output, NPN
CJ1WTC101
***
2 loops
Thermocouple sensor, transistor output, NPN,

CJ1WTC003
***
2 loops
Pt100 sensor, transistor output, NPN,

CJ1WTC103
***
2 channels, 500 kHz
5, 12, 24 V or line driver input,

32bit signed binary position value,
Configurable digital inputs and outputs: 2 IN + 2 OUT
CJ1WCT021
119
Information on these Units can be found in the Operation Manual W393E1
** Information on these Units can be found in the Operation Manual W345E1

*** Information on these Units can be found in the Operation Manual W396E1
111
Unit Overview

Communication Units
(see section Networks")
112
1 axis,
open collector output
Pulse trains 1 Hz..500 kHz, 100 positions per axis

32bit signed binary position value
CJ1WNC113
120
2 axes,

linear interpolation of 1 or 2 axes
CJ1WNC213
120
4 axes,

linear interpolation of 1..4 axes
CJ1WNC413
120
1 axis
line driver output

CJ1WNC133
120
2 axes
line driver output

linear interpolation of 2 axes
CJ1WNC233
120
4 axes
line driver output

CJ1WNC433
120
Ethernet
10BaseT connection
CJ1WETN11
123
Controller Link
2wire PLC networking system
CJ1WCLK21
123
Host Link
Serial Communication Unit
CJ1WSCU21
123
CJ1WSCU41
123
DeviceNet
Fieldbus master/slave
CJ1WDRM21
124
CompoBus/S
Fieldbus master
CJ1WSRM21
124
PROFIBUSDP
Fieldbus slave
CJ1WPRT21
124
Units
Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 16 inputs
Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 16 interrupt inputs
Max. 2 Units with interrupt function
(32 inputs per CPU rack)
Install next to CPU in slots 1..5
Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 16 quickresponse inputs
Unit holds input ON status until re
freshed by the CPU
Model code
CJ1WID211
Inputs
16 DC inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
80 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CJ1WINT01
Inputs
16 DC interrupt inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
80 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CJ1WIDP01
Inputs
16 DC inputs
1 circuit of 16 inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
80 mA, 5 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Input impedance
Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 64 inputs
Front connector is not included in the
delivery package
Prefabricated cable and
terminal blocks, see page 465
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 14.4 VDC
Max. 5 VDC
3.3 k
Input current
Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 32 inputs
delivery package
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Digital Input Units
7 mA at 24 VDC
ON delay
ID211
INT01, IDP01

0.05 ms
OFF delay
ID211
INT01, IDP01

0.5 ms
Model code
CJ1WID232
Number of inputs
32 DC inputs
2 circuits, 16 inputs
Connection method
1x40pin MIL connector
Status display
LED
90 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CJ1WID262
Number of inputs
64 DC inputs
4 circuits, 16 inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
90 mA, 5 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 19.0 VDC
Max. 5 VDC
Input impedance
5.6 k
Input current
4.1 mA at 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
113
Units
Digital Input Units (Continued)

Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 16 inputs
Specification for AC inputs
Model code
CJ1WIA111
Number of inputs
16 AC inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
90 mA
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 8 inputs
Input current
7 mA at 100 VAC, 50 Hz
ON delay
Max. 18 ms (adjustable 10..42 ms)
OFF delay
Model code
CJ1WIA201
Number of inputs
8 AC inputs
1 circuit, 8 inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
80 mA
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
114
100..120 VAC
Min. 70 VAC
Max. 20 VAC
200..240 VAC
Min. 120 VAC
Max. 40 VAC
Input current
9 mA at 200 VAC, 50 Hz
ON delay
OFF delay
Units
Digital
g
Relay
y Output
p Unit
With 8 outputs
Digital
g
Relay
y Output
p Unit
With 16 outputs
Model code
CJ1WOC201
Outputs
8, relay
2 A per circuit
Connection method
Status display
LED
90 mA, 5 VDC; 48 mA, 24 VDC
Model code
CJ1WOC211
Outputs
16, relay
8 A per circuit
Connection method
Status display
LED
110 mA, 5 VDC; 96 mA, 24 VDC
Switching capacity
maximum
minimum
Relay life
electrical
mechanical
Digital
g
Transistor Output
p Unit
With 8 outputs
Specification for transistor outputs
Programmable
Logic Contr.
250 VAC, 2 A (cos=1) at R load

250 VAC, 2 A (cos=0.4) at L load
24V DC, 2 A
1 mA, 5 VDC
ON/OFF delay
15 ms max.
Model code
CJ1WOD202
Outputs
8, transistor, PNP
4 A per circuit
Connection method
Status display
LED
110 mA, 5 VDC
40 mA, 20.4..26.4 VDC
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 2 A
1 mA, 5 VDC
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON delay
0.5 ms max.
OFF delay
1 ms max.
Detection current 6 A
Reset
Automatic
115
Units
Digital Output Units (Continued)

Digital
g
Transistor Output
p Unit
With 16 outputs
Digital
g
Transistor Output
p Unit
With 32 outputs
delivery package
Specification
p
p
Digital
g
Triac Output
p Unit
With 8 outputs
Specification
p
for Triac outputs
p
116
Model code
CJ1WOD212
Outputs
16, transistor, PNP

5 A total
Connection method
Status display
LED
100 mA, 5 VDC
40 mA, 20.4..26.4 VDC
Model code
CJ1WOD232
Outputs
32, transistor, PNP

2 A per unit
Connection method
Status display
LED
150 mA, 5 VDC
70 mA, 20.4..26.4 VDC
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 0.5 A
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON delay
0.5 ms max.
OFF delay
1 ms max.
Detection current 0.7..2.5 A, electronic
Reset
Automatic
Model code
CJ1WOA201
Outputs
8, triac
2.4 A per unit
Connection method
Status display
LED
220 mA, 5 VDC
Switching capacity
250 VAC, 0.6 A
Leakage current
0.5 mA
Residual voltage
1.6 V max.
ON delay
1 ms max.
OFF delay
Half period + 1 ms max.
5.0 A fuse per circuit
Units
Analogue
g Input
p Unit
All inputs are separately
configurable
Addressing:
CJ special
CJ1
i l I/O unit,
i
max. number of units: 39
Connection by screw terminal
block
bl k
Analogue
g Output
p Unit
All inputs are separately
configurable
Addressing:
CJ special
CJ1
i l I/O unit,
i
block
bl k
Analogue
g I/O Unit
All inputs/outputs are separately
configurable
Addressing:
CJ special
i l I/O unit,
i
CJ1
block
bl k
Common specification for
analogue inputs
Model code
CJ1WAD081V1
Inputs
8 analog inputs, voltage/current
Resolution
1/8000
Conversion time
250 s per active input
420 mA at 5 VDC
Model code
CJ1WAD041V1
Inputs
Resolution
1/8000
Conversion time
250 s per active input
420 mA at 5 VDC
Model code
CJ1WDA041
Outputs
Resolution
1/4000
Conversion time
1 ms per active output
120 mA at 5 VDC
External power consumption
200 mA at 20.4..26.4 VDC
Model code
CJ1WDA021
Outputs
2 analog outputs, voltage/current
Resolution
1/4000
Conversion time
1 ms per active output
120 mA at 5 VDC
140 mA at 20.4..26.4 VDC
Model code
CJ1WDA08V
Outputs
8 analog outputs, voltage only
Resolution
1/8000
Conversion time
250 s per active output
140 mA at 5 VDC
140 mA at 20.4..26.4 VDC
Model code
CJ1WMAD42
Inputs
Outputs
2 analog outputs, voltage/current
Resolution
1/8000
Conversion time
500 s per active input/output

580 mA at 5 VDC

Input range
Voltage
Current
0..5 V, 1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V

4..20 mA
Accuracy (at 23 2 C)
Voltage
Current
0.2% of full scale

0.4% of full scale (MAD42: 0.2%)
Integrated functions
Common specification for

analogue
g outputs
p
Averaging
Peak value hold
Line break detection
Offset/gain adjustment
Output range
Voltage
Current
0..5 V, 1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V

4..20 mA
Accuracy (at 23 2 C)
Voltage
Current
0.3% of full scale

0.5% of full scale (MAD42: 0.3%)
Integrated functions
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Analogue I/O Units
Output hold function
117
Units
Temperature Control Unit

Temperature
p
Controller Unit
Automatic control tuning
Heating or cooling control selecta
ble
2 alarm levels per loop
CJ1 special I/O Units
max. number of Units: 40
Thermocouple
p inputs
p
Pt100 inputs
p
Control loops
Transistor outputs
p
118
Model code
CJ1WTC002
Number of loops
Measuring sensor
Thermocouples
Output
Transistor, PNP
Connection method
Model code
CJ1WTC102
Number of loops
Measuring sensor
Pt100
Output
Transistor, PNP
Connection method
Model code
CJ1WTC004
Number of loops
Measuring sensor
Thermocouples
Output
Transistor, PNP
Connection method
Type of monitoring
Heater current
Model code
CJ1WTC104
Number of loops
Measuring sensor
Pt100
Output
Transistor, PNP
Connection method
Type of monitoring
Heater current
Sensor types
K, J, T, L, R, S, B
Accuracy
0.3% of indicated value or 1 C

(whichever is larger) 1 digit
Sensor types
Pt, JPt
Accuracy
0.3% of indicated value or 1 C

(whichever is larger) 1 digit
Control type
On/Off or advanced PID, forward or re

verse operation
Hysteresis (ON/OFF control)
0.1..999.9 C/F
Proportional band
0.1..999.9 C/F
0..9999 s
0..9999 s
Control period
1..99 s (in 1 s steps)
Sampling period
500 ms
Output refresh period
500 ms
Transistor type
PNP
External supply
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 100 mA
Leakage current
Max. 0.3 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 3 V
Power requirements

External supply
5 V, 250 mA
24 V +10%/15% for transistor outputs
Alarm function
Max. measured heating current
50 A, singlephase AC
Indication accuracy
5% of full scale 1 digit
Heater burnout alarm setting range
0.1..49.9 A
Min. detectable ON time
200 ms
Units
Counter Unit
With 2 counters
Specification
p
for counter inputs
p
Model code
CJ1WCT021
Pulse inputs
2 channels
A, B and Z phases
individually galvanically isolated
Signal types
Phase differential (1/2/4x), up/down pul

ses, pulse and direction
Operating modes
Simple, linear or ring counter
Functions
PLC interrupt, set value comparison,

range comparison, hysteresis,
interval counting, delay,
pulse ratio measurement, data recording
Digital inputs
2 DC inputs, 16 functions
1 circuit
Digital outputs
2, transistor PNP/NPN switchable

1 circuit
Connection method
1x40pin Fujitsu connector
280 mA, 5 VDC
10.2..26.4 VDC for digital outputs
Input voltage
24 V, 12 V, 5 V, line drivers
Max. frequency
500 kHz
Counting values
32 bits
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Specification
p
p
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Counter Unit
24 VDC (19.6..26.4 VDC)

Min. 19.6 V
Max. 4 V
Input current
7.6 mA
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 0.1 A
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF delay
Max. 0.1 ms

Parameterisation and
programming
Technical
Documentation
Description
Cable length
Model code

see page 434
WS02CXPC1EV3.0
Programming
g
g cable,,
miniature
i i t
peripheral
(RS 232C)
2m
CS1WCN226
6m
CS1WCN626
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
CJ1WCT021
Operation Manual
W401E1
119
Units

The NC Units for the CJ1 series have been developed for precise
positioning with pick and place machines, and for the use of cutting
equipment and positioning systems.
With the NC Units, servo drives and stepper motor controls can be
actuated via pulse output and axes can be positioned.
There are three NC Units for applications with one, two or four axes.
The Unit can be parameterised via the PLC CPU or via NC
configuration software.
XW2Z_JB4
PLC
CJ1
OMNUC W
Servo Drive Y
OMNUC W
Servo Drive X
Servomotor X
Position Control Unit

CJ1WNC213
X counter
clockwise limit
X
XW2Z_JA15
X origin point
XW2B40J62B
X clockwise
limit
Servomotor Y
24 VDC
Emergency
stop
Y clockwise
limit

3 modes
PLC CPU controlled
Stored program
Interrupt controlled
i l I/O U
it
CJ1 special
Units,
Please select cable and terminal
blocks using the OMNUC Servo
package
package.
120
Y origin
point
Output
Model code
1 axis, open collector output
CJ1WNC113
2 axes, open collector output
CJ1WNC213
CJ1WNC413
1 axis, line driver output
CJ1WNC133
2 axes, line driver output
CJ1WNC233
CJ1WNC433
Y counter
clockwise limit
Units
CJ1WNC113/133
CJ1WNC213/233
CJ1WNC413/433
Number of axes
1 axis
2 axes
4 axes
Position functions
Separate
Linear interpolation
Speed controlled
1 axis
1 axis
1 axis
2 axes
Max. 2 axes
2 axes
2 axes
4 axes
Max. 4 axes
4 axes
4 axes
Driver to be actuated
Pulsecontrolled servo driver or stepper motor controllers
Positioning
Via pulse output, position or speed control, subordinate in driver
Number of positions
Range
100 per axis

1,073,741,823..1,073,741,823 pulses
Number of speeds
Range
100 per axis

1 Hz..500 kpps
Acceleration/deceleration times
Range
9 per axis, for acc/dec each

0..250 s
Functions and adjustment modes

Origin search
Jogging operation
Dwell times
Acceleration/deceleration curves
Ranges
Backlash compensation
Teach operation
Deceleration stop
Emergency stop
Change actual position
Data storage
External I/O
Inputs
Outputs
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Specifications (NC Position Control Unit)
Origin series contact: selectable (without N.O. or N.C. contact)

Origin signal: selectable (N.O. or N.C. contact)
Origin compensation: 1,073,741,823..1,073,741,823 pulses
Origin search speed: selectable
Origin search: various options
Can be executed at a specified speed.
19 per axis, adjustable from 0..9.99 s, in 0.01 s units
Trapezoidal or S curve (separate setting for each axis)
Range flag is activated, if the actual position is located within a specified range. Three ranges can be speci
fied for each axis.
0..9,999 pulses. The compensation speed can also be specified.
the actual position data can be transferred with an instruction from the PLC.
the stop instruction causes a deceleration within a deceleration time.
pulse output is stopped via an input signal.
the instruction "PRESENT POSITION PRESET" is used to change the actual position to a different specified
position.
1. Storage in flash memory.
2. Reading PLC area via a data read command.
3. Read and save via CXPosition configuration software.
Clockwise and counterclockwise limits, proximity to origin, origin, emergency stop, positioning completed
signal.
Clockwise/counterclockwise pulse outputs or pulse and direction outputs.
Depending on the mode, it is possible to choose between error count reset or zero point adjustment.
Self diagnosis
Flash memory check, memory loss check, I/O bus check
Error detection
Position overtravel, CPU error, software limit exceeded, emergency stop
250 mA at 5 VDC
250 mA at 5 VDC
360 mA at 5 VDC
Front connector
1x40pin
Fujitsu connector
1x40pin
Fujitsu connector
2x40pin
Fujitsu connector
Unit type
Special PLC Unit, switch settings

for addressing 00..95


Input
p specifications
p
Voltage
24 VDC 10%
Current
5.1 mA at 24 V
ON voltage
Min. 17.4 VDC
OFF voltage
Max. 5.0 VDC
ON delay
Max. 1 ms (max. 0.1 ms interrupt and origin inputs)
OFF delay
Max. 1 ms
Maximum switching capacity
30 mA at 4.75..26.4 VDC (NPN)

(16 mA for connection to terminals with 1.6 k limiting resistor)
Minimum switching capacity
7 mA at 4.75..26.4 VDC (NPN)
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 0.6 V
Output specifications
121
Units

Programming
Technical
Documentation
122
Description
Model code
CXPosition. Parameterisation software for Position Control Units.

For WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0SP3
see page 448
WS02NCTC1E
For connection to the CJ1WNC Unit, cables and terminal blocks are available
for all OMNUC Servo packages.
C500CE403
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
CJ1WNC113/213/413
CJ1WNC133/233/433
Operation Manual
W397E1
CXPosition
Operation Manual
W398E1
Units
Communication Units
Ethernet the link between production and administration

Ethernet Unit
CJ1 Bus Unit
Switch settings
for Addressing: 0..F
Model code
CJ1WETN11
Ethernet connection
10BaseT via hub or switchTCP/IP, UDP,

FTP file transfer, SMTP Email
Connection method
RJ45
Status display
LED
380 mA, 5 VDC
For further information about Ethernet, see page 218.
Controller Link the industrial network for the manufacturing cell

2wire connection
CJ1 Bus Unit
Model code
CJ1WCLK21
Connection method
Screw terminals
Status display
LED
350 mA, 5 VDC
For further information about ControllerLink, see page 221.
SYSMAC WAY the inexpensive network solution with serial interfaces

Communication Unit
For CJ1
SYSMAC WAY slave
With protocol macro
SYSMAC WAY master function
CJ1 Bus Unit,
max.
number
Units: 16
ma n
mber of Units
Model code
CJ1WSCU21
Connection method
9pin Dsub connector
Status display
LED
280 mA, 5 VDC + 12x150 mA,

when using NTAL001
Interfaces
2x RS232C
Transmission rate
300..115,000 baud
Model code
CJ1WSCU41
Connection method
9pin Dsub connector
Status display
LED
380 mA, 5 VDC +150 mA,

when using AL001
Interfaces
1x RS232C, 1x RS422/485
Transmission rate
300..115,000 baud
For further information about SYSMAC WAY (Host Link) see page 227.
123
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Units
Communication Units (Continued)

DeviceNet Unit
Master and I/O Link function
Useraccessible Explicit Message
communication
CJ1 Bus
B s Unit,
Unit
Up to 3 Units can be installed as
master without configuration
Model code
CJ1WDRM21
I/O data size (words)

Master mode preconfigured
maximum
128
2000
I/O data size (words)

I/O Link mode preconfigured
maximum
2
300
Max. I/O data size (words) per slave
200
Status display
LED
Connection method
330 mA, 5 VDC
30 mA, 11..25 VDC
For further information about DeviceNet see page 231.

CompoBus/S
p
Master Unit
S
Supports
t highspeed
hi h
d
and longdistance mode
No parameterisation required
p
/ Unit
CJ1 special
I/O
max. number
Units:
b off U
it 40
Switch settings
00 95
for addressing: 00..95,
when using two numbers: 00..94
Model code
CJ1WSRM21
I/O
Max. 256 I/O

(128 inputs and 128 outputs)
Max. 32
Internal power supply
150 mA, 5 VDC
For further information about CompoBus/S see page 256.

Data link to any PLC data area
Simple configuration using
GSD files
max number of Units: 40
max.
Model code
CJ1WPRT21
Max. data input
100 words
Max. data output
100 words
Max. total exchanged data
180 words
Status information
Status overview in host PLC, plus

extensive diagnostics via PROFIBUS
Connector
Female Dsub 9pin
Power consumption
350 mA, 5 VDC
For further information about PROFIBUSDP see page 264.
124
CS1
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Page
General
Performance Data
CPU Units
Specifications
Program Memory
Communication Modules
Power Supplies
CPU and Expansion Backplanes
Interface Units
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
CS1 Units
127
127
127
128
129
131
132
133
135
136
138
139
140
140
Page
CS1 Units
Digital Input Units
Digital I/O Units
Safety Units
Analogue I/O Units
Process Control Units
Counter Units
Motion Control Units
Communication Units
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
148
153
158
159
160
164
176
180
186
193
Digital Input Units

Analogue I/O Units
Temperature Sensor Input Units
Counter Units
BASIC Units
Communication Units
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
150
155
161
163
170
173
179
183
189
192
195
C200H_ Units
125
Rackmount PLC series CS1
126
Programmable
Logic Contr.
General
The CS1series programmable controllers pack the power of
largesize control systems into the size of the wellknown
C200Hseries.
They offer fast processing speed, with basic instruction execution as
fast as 20ns, and a choice of program memory sizes up to
250ksteps. The builtin data memory size ranges from
64..448kwor ds, with optional Compact Flash Memory Cards providing
a further 64 MB of removable data storage.
Apart from being compatible with existing C200H I/O Units, the system
provides highspeed communication with new CS1 I/O and special
function units. Acyclic interrupt tasks can help to reduce response
times to events triggered by CS1 special function units.
The CS1s extensive standard instruction set will help you solve any
control task with a minimum of instructions, and makes it easy to port
programs from other manufacturers.
CXProgrammer, Omrons universal PLC programming software of the
CXSoftware suite, supports structured programming with the aid of
tasks and sections, and the use of symbolic names.
CS1 supports a wide range of open and proprietary networking
options.
Ethernet and Controller Link provide easy networking of multiple PLCs,
while fieldbus connectivity is provided for PROFIBUS, DeviceNet and
Omrons fast and economic CompoBus/S.
Programming software, see page 434.
Performance Data
CS1G
CS1H
Local input/output bits
Max. 5120
Max. 5120
Min. 0.04 s
Min. 0.02 s
Program Memory
60 ksteps*
250 ksteps*
Data memory
128 kwords + 64 MB
448 kwords + 64 MB
2 (1 ms..10 s)
2 (1 ms..10 s)
* Number of C series words CS1 steps


CS1G
CS1H
Yes
Yes
ControllerLink (Fibre optic)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Master/Slave
Master/Slave
Master
Master
Master/Slave
Master/Slave
127
Construction:
System expansion:
The power supply, the CPU and the various I/O, control and
It is possible to expand the CS1_ system using CS1 expansion racks.
communication Units are snapped onto the backplane and secured by Each expansion rack requires its own power supply. The number of
screws. Optionally, a Communication Module and a Memory Card can expansion racks depends on the CPU used.
be inserted into the CPU. To make installation easier, the I/O Unit
terminal blocks are detachable.
CPU and
power supply
CPU
Memory
Card
Communication
Module
Power supply
Power supply
Up to max. 10 Units
CPU
Power supply
Power supply
Rack
Total bus cable length max. 12m.

Using additional long distance
expansion units, max. 50 m.
CPU Type
Number of Expansion racks
CS1GCPU42H
CS1GCPU43H
CS1GCPU44H
CS1GCPU45H
CS1HCPU63H
CS1HCPU64H
CS1HCPU65H
CS1HCPU66H
CS1HCPU67H
128
CPU Unit
CPU Unit
CPU Unit
CPU Unit
Model code
CS1GCPU42H
Local I/O
960
0.04 s
Program Memory
10 ksteps*
64 kwords
780 mA
Model code
CS1GCPU43H
Local I/O
960
Execution time
0.04 s
Program Memory
20 ksteps*
64 kwords
780 mA
Model code
CS1GCPU44H
Local I/O
1280
Execution time
0.04 s
Program Memory
30 ksteps*
64 kwords
780 mA
Model code
CS1GCPU45H
Local I/O
5120
Execution time
0.04 s
Program Memory
60 ksteps*
128 kwords
780 mA
Programmable
Logic Contr.
CPU Units

129

CPU Unit
CPU Unit
CPU Unit
CPU Unit
CPU Unit
Model code
CS1HCPU63H
Local I/O
5120
Execution time
0.02 s
Program Memory
20 ksteps*
64 kwords
820 mA
Model code
CS1HCPU64H
Local I/O
5120
Execution time
0.02 s
Program Memory
30 ksteps*
64 kwords
820 mA
Model code
CS1HCPU65H
Local I/O
5120
Execution time
0.02 s
Program Memory
60 ksteps*
128 kwords
820 mA
Model code
CS1HCPU66H
Local I/O
5120
Execution time
0.02 s
Program Memory
120 ksteps*
256 kwords
820 mA
Model code
CS1HCPU67H
Local I/O
5120
Execution time
0.02 s
Program Memory
250 ksteps*
448 kwords
820 mA

130
Name
CS1GCPU_H
CPU
CS1HCPU_H
42
43
44
45
63
64
65
66
67
960
960
1280
5120
5120
5120
5120
5120
5120
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
Realtime clock
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Expansion rack max.
Max. local I/O

ms
Execution time
Tasks total/interrupt
Programmable
Logic Contr.
288/256
288/256
288/256
288/256
288/256
288/256
288/256
288/256
288/256
Program memory
ksteps
10
20
30
60
20
30
60
120
250
Data/Extended
memory,
nonvolatile
kwords
64
64
64
128
64
64
128
256
448
Core I/O area +

Work area
Words
6656
6656
6656
6656
6656
6656
6656
6656
6656
Hold relay,
nonvolatile
Words
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
Timer/Counter
4096/4096
4096/4096
4096/4096
4096/4096
4096/4096
4096/4096
4096/4096
4096/4096
4096/4096
CPU ports
1 peripheral/RS232C with special cable

RS232C
Optionally, a choice of 2, RS232C and RS422/485 with Protocol Macro function
(predefined transmission protocols)
I/O processing
Combination of cyclic scan and optional direct refresh method
Approx. 400 with level or edgetriggered execution, direct I/O access
Trace Memory
Yes (40,000 words)
Data backup
Battery (5 years, at 25C)
Program backup
Battery (5 years, at 25C) or Memory Card (Flash Memory)
Program protection
Password, overwrite protection by DIP switch
2 (1 ms..10 s)
10..57 Hz, 0.075 mm Amplitude, 57..100 Hz with an acceleration of 1 G in X, Y and Z directions,

10 sweeps of 8minutes each direction
Shock resistance
Temperature
Operation
Storage
PID control
ASCII/HEX
Floating point
Table evaluation instructions
Task Controller
Interpolation/Approximation
Change RS232C config.
Network instructions
Scaling
(Arcus)SIN/COS/TAN
Subroutine
Macro
Character string processing
Index register instructions
Indirect addressing
0 C..55 C
Ambient humidity
Atmosphere
Controller must not be exposed to the following conditions:

Corrosive gases
Splash water
Other chemicals
Grounding
20 M at 500 VDC, between AC and Ground (GR) terminals
Dielectric strength
2300 VAC; 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between AC between AC and Ground (GR) terminals, Leakage current: max. 10 mA
1000 VAC; 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between DC between AC and Ground (GR) terminals, Leakage current: max. 20 mA
Noise immunity
(Fast transient burst)
2 kV on power supply lines (conform IEC 6100044)
131
Program Memory (CPU Units)

Memory Card
The Memory Card can be used as an expansion of the PLC data
memory and as a file memory. If the Memory Card is used as a data
memory expansion, measured data can be stored for calculation of
trend data and subsequently read into a PC using the PCMCIA
adapter, to be analysed offline.
There are two options for using the Memory Card as a file memory:
1. A complete system backup, including the the PLC program, the
symbolic name and comments, as well as the CPU configuration
parameters can be saved to the Memory Card. When the PLC
power supply is turned on, the content of the Memory Card can be
copied to the PLCs RAM.
2. ASCII data, e.g. generated by Microsoft Excel, can be transferred
as a .txt or .csv file on the Memory Card. The CS1 is able to process
these files.
Memory
y Card
Memory Card
Description
Size
Model code
Flash Memoryy Card
15 MB
HMCEF172
30 MB
HMCEF372
64 MB
HMCEF672
PCMCIA
HMCAP001
PC adapter
132
CPU
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Communication Modules (CPU Units)

The Communication Module is plugged into the CS1 CPU and has
2 serial ports.
CPU
Modules for rack installation are also available (CS1WSCU21).

These have the same functionality and have two RS232C ports.
A maximum of 16 of these Units can be installed.
These additional ports are used to connect operating units, PCs,
temperature controllers, barcode readers and other peripherals that
communicate via RS232C, RS422 or RS485. They are
connected either via the Host Link protocol, NT Link (1:n) or the
special Protocol Macro function.
Communication Module
The specifications for the
Communication Units
can be found on page 194
194.
Communication
Module
Model code
CS1WSCB21
Connection method
9pin Dsub connector
Status display
LED
370 mA, 5 VDC
Interfaces
2x RS232C
Transmission rate
300...115,000 baud
Max. number of Units per CPU
Model code
CS1WSCB41
Connection method
9pin Dsub connector
Status display
LED
370 mA, 5 VDC
Interfaces
1x RS232C + 1x RS422/485
Transmission rate
300...115,000 baud
In the Communication Modules, the data is processed via the protocol macro function,
whereby the individual communication sequences are triggered by the PLC using the
PMCR instruction.
CS1
PC
CXProtocol
software
Communication
Module
Devices from other

manufacturers
Image processing
systems
Temperature
Controllers
Intelligent
signal processors
Barcode
scanners
RFID systems
Modem
133
Communication Modules (CPU Units, Continued)

CXProtocol software
Further communication sequences from other protocols can be
configured for the Communication Modules on an application
specific basis using the CXProtocol software.
1000 communication sequences can be specified in 16 steps each.
A step contains the message to be sent and the expected response.
Different methods enable reception (Scan Fixed or Case Interrupt).
In addition, it is possible to specify whether hardware handshake
(RTS, CTS) or software handshake (Xon, Xoff) is to be used. The user
data received can be written directly to the PLC. A message address
can contain a counter, so that several devices can be polled.
CPU:
PLC user program (CXProgrammer)
Start
Protocol Macro
The following checksums are generated automatically:

SUM, SUM1, SUM2
LRC, LRC2
CRC, CRC16
Length of message
Loops and jumps are possible in the message sequences. A send
message can evaluate up to 15 different responses. This is achieved
by a jump to the appropriate step in the sequence. Error messages
are generated if required.
Communication Module:
Userspecific protocol (CXProtocol)
Interface specification 1
Interface A
PMCR
Sequence no.
Address of
1stwor d in
output data
Communication
sequence:
000
to
Communication
sequence:
999
Address of
1stwor d in
response data
Step
0
to
Step
15
Step
0
to
Step
15
Interface specification 2
Interface B
Communication
sequence:
000
to
Communication
sequence:
999
Step
0
to
Step
15
Step
0
to
Step
Further information can be found in the English manual CXProtocol Software", W344E1 and on page 438.
Programming (Communication Modules)
134
Description
Model code
CXProtocol. Programming software for Protocol Macro.

see page 438
WS02PSTC1E
15
Power Supplies
Power supply
pp y
Power supply
pp y
With 24 VDC output
Power supply
pp y
With RUN output contact
Power supply
pp y
With RUN output contact
Power supply
pp y
24 VDC input voltage
Model code
C200HWPA204*
100..120/200..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Input voltage range
85..132/170..264 VAC, 50/60 Hz

and I/O Units

Total max. 30W
Model code
C200HWPA204S*
100..120/200..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Input voltage ranges
85..132/170..264 VAC, 50/60 Hz

and I/O Units

Total max. 30 W
24 VDC, 0.8 ATotal max. 30W
Model code
C200HWPA204R*
100..120/200..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
85..132/170..264 VAC, 50/60 Hz

and I/O Units

Total max. 30 W
Model code
C200HWPA209R*
100..120/200..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
85..132/170..264 VAC, 50/60 Hz

and I/O Units

Total max. 45 W
Model code
C200HWPD024*
24 VDC
19.2..28.8 VDC

and I/O Units

Total max. 30 W
* To calculate the required total current, add the internal power consumption of the CPU and I/O Units and, where applicable, take into
account the power consumption at 26 VDC.
135
Programmable
Logic Contr.
CPU and Expansion Backplanes

The CS1 backplanes are required for mounting:
CPU
Power supply
I/O Units
The individual racks are connected to one another with bus

connecting cables. The bus connectors (x2) are located on the
lefthand side of the rack (see system configuration).
CPU backplane for CS1 Units

Description
Model code
CPU backplane with 2 slots*
CS1WBC023
CPU backplane with 3 slots
CS1WBC033
CS1WBC053
CS1WBC083
CS1WBC103
* Backplane not expandable
Expansion backplane for CS1 Units

Description
Model code
Expansion backplane with 3 slots
CS1WBI033
CS1WBI053
CS1WBI083
CS1WBI103
CS1 I/O Expansion cable
136
Description
Cable length
Model code
Connecting
g cable for CS1 Expansion
p
racks
0.3 m
CS1WCN313
0.7 m
CS1WCN713
2.0 m
CS1WCN223
3.0 m
CS1WCN323
5.0 m
CS1WCN523
10.0 m
CS1WCN133
12.0 m
CS1WCN133B2
Programmable
Logic Contr.
CPU and Expansion Backplanes (Continued)

Bus cable
Description
Cable length
Model code
Connecting
g cable for CS1 racks
0.3 m
CS1WCN311
0.7 m
CS1WCN711
2.0 m
CS1WCN221
3.0 m
CS1WCN321
5.0 m
CS1WCN521
10.0 m
CS1WCN131
12.0 m
CS1WCN131B2
CS1 racks and CS1 expansion racks
CS1 rack
CS1 I/O Connecting Cable
CS1 expansion rack
CS1 expansion rack
CS1 expansion rack
Max. 7 expansion racks
137
Interface Units
Unit for long distances between CPU and expansion rack
Interface Unit for CPU or expansion
p
rack
k
2 terminating resistors are included in
Model code
CS1WIC102
Max. length of Bus connection
50 m
920 mA, 5 VDC
Interface Unit for expansion

rack
p
Model code
CS1WII102
Max. number of systems
230 mA, 5 VDC
Cable length
Model code
0.3
CV500CN312
0.6
CV500CN612
CV500CN122
CV500CN222
CV500CN322
CV500CN522
10
CV500CN132
20
CV500CN232
30
CV500CN332
40
CV500CN432
Bus connecting
g cable for long
g
di t
distances
CS1 rack with CS1 expansion rack and CS1 Interface Unit
Max. 1 standard CS1

expansion rack
CS1 expansion rack

with Interface Unit
I/O Control Unit
CS1 expansion rack

with Interface Unit
CS1 expansion rack

with Interface Unit
CVseries expansion I/O

cable
I/O Control Unit
Max. 50 m
I/O Control Unit
I/O Interface Unit
Max. 50 m
up to 5 racks
138
Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code

see page 434
WS02CXPC1
CXSimulator. PLC programming software.

see page 436
WS02SIMC1E
Adapter cable,
miniature peripheral port <> PC (RS232C)
0.1 m
CS1WCN118
2m
CS1WCN226
6m
CS1WCN626
Programming
g
g cable,,
i i t
(RS 232C)
miniature
peripheral
Accessories,
cables etc.
Technical
documentation
Description
Model code
24pin connector, solder terminal
C500CE241
24pin connector, crimp contacts
C500CE242
24pin connector for ribbon cable
C500CE243
C500CE404
C500CE405
C500CE403
FCN361J048DPACK
Spare battery for all CPU types
CS1WBAT01
Unit to fill up empty slots
C200HSP001
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
CS1WSCB/SCU
Operation Manual
W336E1
CS1/CJ1
Operation Manual
W339E1
CS1/CJ1
Instructions
Reference Manual
W340E1
CS1/CJ1 Series
Operation Manual
W341E1
CS/CJ Series
Reference Manual
W342E1
CS/CJ Series CXProtocol
Operation Manual
W344E1
CS1W/CJ1WAD/DA
Analogue I/O Units
Operation Manual
W345E1
CS1WMC221/421
Operation Manual
W359E1
CS1WPTS
Operation Manual
W368E1
CXProcess Tool
Reference Manual
W372E1
CXProcess Monitor
Reference Manual
W373E1
CS1WLC001
Operation Manual
W374E1
CS1WLC001
Reference Manual
W375E1
CS1WNC113/433
Operation Manual
W376E1
CS1WHIO01/HCP/HCA
Operation Manual
W378E1
CS1WDRM21 DeviceNet
Operation Manual
W380E1
CS1
Programming Manual
W394E1
CS1WCT
Operation Manual
W902E2
C200HWMC402
Operation Manual
W903E2
Programmable
Logic Contr.
139
Dimensions (mm)
CPU rack
W
Model code
260
246
CS1WBC033
330
316
CS1WBC053
435
421
CS1WBC083
505
491
CS1WBC103
198.5
172.3
CS1WBC023
Height
157
Hole
spacing
145
M4
130 118
6.5
7.5
A
W
Expansion rack
W
Model code
260
246
CS1WBI033
330
316
CS1WBI053
435
421
CS1WBI083
505
491
CS1WBI103
118 minimum depth
Miniature
peripheral port
Builtin
RS232C port
or Units
Yes
Yes
Yes
Active RS232C
Yes
Yes (Protocol Macro)
1:n NT Link
Yes
Yes
Yes
SYSMAC WAY
and contains the open, OMRONspecific ASCII
protocol named Host Link (see Technical Manual
W143E17).
The CS1 also processes FINS commands, which
can be passed on via networks to other Controllers
or Units using the builtin gateway function (see
Technical Manual W342E15).
By default, the CS1 series interface runs in Host
Link slave mode and can therefore be easily
HMI.
SYSMAC WAY network via an RS422 port.
140
RS232C port
CS1
PC
Peripheral port
CS1WCN226
Programmable
Logic Contr.

SYSMAC WAY
RS422 cable
CS1 +
CS1WSCB41
PC +
RS422 port
CJ1 +
CJ1WSCU41
CPM1A +
CPM1CIF11
Active RS232C
The RS232C port in the CPU of the CS1 series can
be switched to active RS232C mode by the Host
Link slave.
SEND, RECEIVE and Protocol macro instructions
can be used to send and receive ASCII character
strings. Peripherals such as modems, printers or
barcode readers can thus be operated.
RS232C cable
Modem
CS1
Printer
Barcode reader
Temperature Controllers

1..8 NT Series Control Terminals can be connected
to the CS1 series via an RS422 network.
RS422 cable
CS1 +
CS1WSCB41
or
NTAL001
OMRON
OMRON
NT21 via NSAL002
141

Omron industrial networks make it possible to send messages across several network
levels. Communication between networks is possible, i.e. a kind of Omron Internet for
PLCs. The advantages are noticeable even with only 2 Controllers and one network. The
serial connection between the PC and a PLC is viewed as a network for the purposes of
the FINS instructions.
FINS
Factory Interface
Network System
With the aid of the FINS system, a 2nd Controller can also be programmed, although only
a serial connection to the 1st Controller exists via cable. The PLC operating system
detects that the instructions are directed at another Controller and forwards them to the
second Controller via the network. In this way, not only entire PLCs but also various CS1
special I/O Units can be operated on the PLC.
If the 1st PLCs serial port is connected to a modem, all networked controls from other
locations can be monitored with a modem connection.
If several networks are present, socalled Routing Tables must be stored in the Bridge"
PLC. Access via 3 network levels is then possible.
Information
network
Programming and monitoring via FINS

Each PC or laptop has direct access to each
CJ1 CPU, CJ1 special I/O Unit, each CJ1
Memory Card or each CS1 CPU via Ethernet,
Controller Link, Host Link or, DeviceNet or
modem.
PC
PC
Host Link
Industrial
network
Ethernet
Modem
CJ1
CS1
Send
email
Laptop
Telephone line
Special I/O
Unit
e.g.
CJ1WMC
Host Link
Host Link
Modem
DeviceNet
Distributed
control
Controller Link
CS1
CJ1
Remote I/O
142
DeviceNet
CJ1
CJ1
Unit Overview

Unit
I/O type
Description
Model code
Page
Digital
g
Input
p Units
16 DC inputs
24 VDC, 2 circuits, 8 inputs each
CS1WID211
148
16 DC inputs
CS1WINT01
148
16 DC inputs
CS1WIDP01
148
32 DC inputs
CS1WID231
148
64 DC inputs
CS1WID261
148
96 DC inputs
CS1WID291
149
16 AC inputs
100..120 VAC/DC, 2 circuits, 8 inputs each
CS1WIA111
149
16 AC inputs
200..240 VAC, 2 circuits, 8 inputs each
CS1WIA211
149
DC inputs
12..24 VDC, 1 circuit, 8 inputs
C200HID211
150
8 DC inputs
12..24 VDC, 1 circuit, 8 interrupt inputs
C200HSINT01
150
16 DC inputs
24 VDC, 1 circuit, 16 inputs
C200HID212
150
32 DC inputs
C200HID215
150
32 DC inputs
C200HID216
151
64 DC inputs
24 VDC, 2 circuits, 32 inputs in 8 groups each
C200HID217
151
16 AC/DC inputs
24 VAC/DC, 1 circuit, 16 inputs
C200HIM212
151
16 AC inputs
C200HIA122V
152
16 AC inputs
C200HIA222V
152
8, relay

Total switching capacity: 2 A per unit
CS1WOC201
153
16, relay
250 VAC, 2 A, 2 circuits, 8 outputs each

CS1WOC211
153
16, transistor
PNP

Total switching capacity: 2.5 A per unit
CS1WOD212
153
32, transistor
PNP
24 VDC, 0.5 A, 2 circuits, 16 outputs in 4 grp. each

CS1WOD232
153
64, transistor,
PNP

CS1WOD262
154
96, transistor,
PNP

CS1WOD292
154
8, triac
250 VAC, 1.2 A, 8 circuits, 1 output each

Total switching capacity: 4.8A all circuits
CS1WOA201
154
16, triac
250 VAC, 0.5 A, 2 circuits, 8 outputs each

CS1WOA211
155
16, transistor,
NPN

CS1WOD211
32, transistor,
NPN

CS1WOD231
64, transistor,
NPN

CS1WOD261
96, transistor,
NPN

CS1WOD291
8, relay

C200HOC224N
155
8, relay

C200HOC221
155
12, relay

C200HOC222N
155
16, relay

C200HOC226N
156
8, transistor,
PNP

C200HOD214
156

143
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Unit Overview

Unit
I/O type
Description
Model code
Page
12, transistor,
PNP

C200HOD217
156
16, transistor,
PNP

C200HOD21A
157
32, transistor,
PNP
24 VDC, 0.5 A, 1 circuit, 32 outputs in 4 grp.

C200HOD21B
157
8, transistor,
NPN
12..48 VDC, 1 A, 1 circuit, 8 outputs

C200HOD411
8, transistor,
NPN

C200HOD213
12, transistor,
NPN

C200HOD211
16, transistor,
NPN

C200HOD212
32, transistor,
NPN
24 VDC, 0.1 A, 1 circuit, 32 outputs in 4 grp.

C200HOD218
64, transistor,
NPN

C200HOD219
12 triac
100..240 VAC, 0.3 A, 1 circuit, 12 outputs

C200HOA222V
32 outputs, NPN

C200HOD215
32 DC inputs
32, transistor, PNP

CS1WMD262
158
48 DC inputs
48, transistor, PNP

CS1WMD292
158
32 DC inputs
32, transistor, NPN

CS1WMD261
48 DC inputs
48, transistor, NPN

CS1WMD291
16 DC inputs
16, transistor, NPN

C200HMD215
Safety Unit
1 or 2 channels
4 DC inputs
2 NO contacts
Control class 4 to EN 9541

24 VDC, 1 circuit, 4 inputs (PLC)
250 VAC, 5 A safety contacts
CS1WSF200
159
Analogue I/O Units
4 inputs
4..20 mA, 1..5 V, 0..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V

Each input is separately configurable
CS1WAD041V1
160
8 inputs
4..20 mA, 1..5 V, 0..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V

CS1WAD081V1
160
4 outputs
4..20 mA, 1..5 V, 0..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V

Each output is separately configurable
CS1WDA041
160
8 outputs
1..5 V, 0..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V

CS1WDA08V
160
8 outputs
4..20 mA
CS1WDA08C
160
4 inputs
4 outputs
4..20 mA, 1..5 V, 0..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V

1..5 V, 0..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V
Each input/output is separately configurable
CS1WMAD44
160
Digital I/O Units
* Information on these Units can be found in the Operation Manual W339E1.

144
Unit Overview

Unit
I/O type
Description
Model code
Page
Analogue I/O Units
8 inputs
4..20 mA, 1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..+10 V, each input is

separately configurable, connector
C200HAD002
161
8 inputs
4..20 mA, 1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..+10 V,

C200HAD003
161
4 outputs
4..20 mA, 10..+10 V,

C200HDA002
161
8 outputs
1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..+10 V
C200HDA003
161
8 outputs
4..20 mA
C200HDA004
162
2 inputs and
2 outputs
4..20 mA, 1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..+10 V,

Each input/output is separately configurable
C200HMAD01
162
4 inputs
Thermocouple, K and J types
C200HTS002
163
4 inputs
Pt100 temperature sensor
C200HTS102
163
32 loops max.
PID, cascade, feed forward, program and pulse

width modulation control
CS1WLC001
164
4 inputs
Thermocouple sensor, galvanically isolated
CS1WPTS01V1
167
4 inputs
Pt100 sensor, galvanically isolated
CS1WPTS02
167
4 inputs
Ni508, 4 sensor, galvanically isolated
CS1WPTS03
167
4 inputs
Analogue signal, galvanically isolated

Transmitter power supply, 4..20 mA, 1..5 VDC
CS1WPTW01
168
4 inputs
Analogue signal, galvanically isolated, 0..20 mA,

4..20 mA, 1..5 V, 0..5 V, 5..+5 V, 0..10 V, 10..+10 V
CS1WPDC01
168
8 inputs
Analogue signal, power converter

1..+1 mA, 0..1 mA
CS1WPTR01
168
8 inputs
Analogue signal
100..+100 mV, 0..100 mV
CS1WPTR02
169
4 inputs
Pulse signal, galvanically isolated, 12 VDC

Sensor supply, 0..20 kHz
CS1WPPS01
169
4 outputs
Analogue signal, galvanically isolated

4..20 mA, 1..5 V
CS1WPMV01
169
2 channels,
PID/twopoint heating
Thermocouple input,
Transistor output, 24 VDC, clocked
C200HTC001
171
2 channels,
Thermocouple input,
Voltage output, 12 VDC, clocked
C200HTC002
171
2 channels,
Thermocouple input,
Current output, 4..20 mA, linear
C200HTC003
171
2 channels,
Pt100 temperature sensor input,

C200HTC101
171
2 channels,

C200HTC102
171
2 channels,

C200HTC103
171
2 channels, PID/two
point heating/cooling
Thermocouple input,
C200HTV001
171
2 channels, PID/two
Thermocouple input,
C200HTV002
171
2 channels, PID/two
Thermocouple input,
C200HTV003
171
2 channels, PID/two

C200HTV101
171
2 channels, PID/two

C200HTV102
171
2 channels, PID/two

C200HTV103
171
C200H Units
C200H_
Temperature Input Units
Temperature Control
Units
145
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Unit Overview

Unit
I/O type
Description
Model code
Page
2 channels, PID/two
point process
Input: 0/1..5 V, 0..10 V, 4..20 mA

C200HPID01
174
2 channels, PID/two
point process
Input: 0/1..5 V, 0..10 V, 4..20 mA

C200HPID02
174
2 channels, PID/two
point process
Input: 0/1..5 V, 0..10 V, 4..20 mA

C200HPID03
174
2 channels, 500 kHz

4I + 4O digital I/O
CS1WCT021
176
4 channels, 500 kHz

4I + 4O digital I/O
CS1WCT041
176
2 channels,
400 kHz..1.5 MHz
SSI encoder input,

Data length 9..31 bits
4I + 4O digital I/O
CS1WCTS21
176
2 channels, 50 kHz

Pulse output, program memory,
12I + 8O digital I/O
CS1WHCP22
177
2 channels, 50 kHz

Analogue output, program memory,
12I + 8O digital I/O
CS1WHCA22
177
1 channel, 50 kHz
5, 12, 24 V input, 7digit counter value (dec.),

2I + 8O digital I/O
C200HCT001V1
179
1 channel, 75 kHz
Line driver (RS422 level) input,

8digit counting range (dec.),
2I + 8O digital I/O
C200HCT002
179
2 channels, 50 kHz
or 75 kHz
5, 12, 24 V input,
line driver (RS422 level) input,
8digit counting range (dec.),
2I + 8O digital I/O
C200HCT021
179
Electric highspeed drum

counter Unit
48 cams
Absolute encoder input, up to 800 rpm
C200HCP114
1 axis

32bit signed binary position value
CS1WNC113
180
2 axes

CS1WNC213
180
4 axes

linear interpolation of up to 4 axes
CS1WNC413
180
1 axis
line driver output

CS1WNC133
180
2 axes
line driver output

linear interpolation via 2 axes
CS1WNC233
180
4 axes
line driver output

linear interpolation via 4 axes
CS1WNC433
180
1 axis

7digit counting range (dec),
C200HWNC113
183
Counter Unit

146
Unit Overview

Unit
I/O type
Description
Model code
Page
2 axes

C200HWNC213
183
4 axes

linear interpolation of up to 4 axes
C200HWNC413
183
2 axes
Interpolation of all axes
CS1WMC221
186
4 axes
Interpolation of all axes
CS1WMC421
186
4 axes
Multitasking interpolation of all axes
C200HWMC402E
189
2x RS232C
32 bit CPU, 200 KB memory
C200HASC11
192
1x RS232C, 1x RS485
C200HASC21
192
3x RS232C
C200HASC31
192
FUZZY Control Unit
8 inputs/4 outputs
12 bit resolution, 128 rules
C200HFZ001
*1
Analogue Timer Unit
4 timers
0.1..1 s, 1..10 s, 10..60 s, 1..10 min
C200HTM001
*1
C200HB7A
*1
Motion control Unit
BASIC Unit
B7A Unit
Communication Units
Ethernet
10Base5 connection
CS1WETN01
193
10BaseT connection
CS1WETN11
193
Controller Link
2wire system
CS1WCLK21
193
Fibre optic ring/HPCF Bus system
CS1WCLK12
193
(see section Networks")
Fibre optic ring/Gl Bus system
CS1WCLK52
193
Host Link
Communication Unit
CS1WSCU21
194
DeviceNet
Fieldbus master
CS1WDRM21
194
CompoBus/S
Fieldbus master
C200HWSRM21V1
195
PROFIBUSDP
Fieldbus master
C200HWPRM21
195
Fieldbus slave
C200HWPRT21
195
CAN Unit
C200HWCORT21V1
195
CANopen
147
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Units
Digital CS1 Input Units

Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 16 inputs
Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 16 interrupt inputs
Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 16 pulse inputs
Model code
CS1WID211
Inputs
16 DC inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
100 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CS1WINT01
Inputs
16 DC interrupt inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
100 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CS1WIDP01
Inputs
16 DC pulse inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
100 mA, 5 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Input impedance
3.3 k
Number of inputs
Type of output
Input current
Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 32 inputs
Front connector is included in the
delivery package
Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 64 inputs
delivery package
16 circuits (2 groups of 8 inputs)

Transistor
7 mA at 24 VDC
ON delay
ID211
IDP01/INT01

0.1 ms
OFF delay
ID211
IDP01/INT01

0.5 ms
Model code
CS1WID231
Number of inputs
32 DC inputs
2 circuits, 16 inputs in 4 grp. each
Connection method
1x40pin connector
Status display
LED
150 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CS1WID261
Number of inputs
64 DC inputs
Connection method
2x40pin connector
Status display
LED
150 mA, 5 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
148
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 14.4 VDC
Max. 5 VDC
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 15.4 VDC
Max. 5 VDC
Input impedance
3.9 k
Input current
6 mA at 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
Units
Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 96 inputs
delivery package
Model code
CS1WID291
Number of inputs
96 DC inputs
Connection method
2x56pin connector
Status display
LED
200 mA, 5 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 16 inputs
4.7 k
Input current
5 mA at 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
Model code
CS1WIA111
Number of inputs
16 AC inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
110 mA
ON level
OFF level
Digital
g
Input
p Unit
With 16 inputs
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 17 VDC
Max. 5 VDC
Input impedance
Input voltage
100..120 VAC/VDC
Min. 65 VAC (75 VDC)
Max. 20 VAC, (25 VDC)
Input current
10 mA at 100 VAC, 1.5 mA at 100 VDC
ON delay
OFF delay
Model code
CS1WIA211
Number of inputs
16 AC inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
110 mA
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Digital CS1 Input Units (Continued)
200..240 VAC
Min. 120 VAC
Max. 40 VAC
Input current
10 mA at 200 VAC
ON delay
OFF delay
149
Units
Digital C200H_ Input Units

Digital
g
Input
p Units
With 8 inputs
12..24 VDC
Model code
C200HID211
Inputs
8 DC inputs
1 circuit, 8 inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
10 mA, 5 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Digital
g
Input
p Units
With 8 inputs
12..24 VDC
CS1
CS1: 4 U
Units
it
C200HE/HG/HX: 2 Units
Input impedance
2 k
Input current
10 mA, 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
1.5 ms
Model code
C200HSINT01
Inputs
8 DC inputs
1 circuit, 8 interrupt inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
20 mA, 5 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Digital
g
Input
p Units
With 16 inputs
2 k
Input current
10 mA, 24 VDC
ON delay
OFF delay
0.2 ms
0.5 ms
Model code
C200HID212
Inputs
16 DC inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
10 mA, 5 VDC
Input voltage
24 VDC (20.4..26.4VDC)
Min. 14.4 VDC
Max. 5.0 VDC
Input impedance
3 k
Input current
7 mA, 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
1.5 ms
Model code
C200HID215
Inputs
32 DC inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
130 mA, 5 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
150
12..24 VDC (10.2..26.4 VDC)

Min. 10.2 VDC
Max. 3.0 VDC
Input impedance
ON level
OFF level
Digital
g
Input
p Units
With 32 inputs
delivery package
Pulse storage
12..24 VDC (10.2..26.4 VDC)

Min. 10.2 VDC
Max. 3.0 VDC
24 VDC (20.4..26.4VDC)
Min. 14.4 VDC
Max. 5.0 VDC
Input impedance
5.6 k
Input current
4.1 mA, 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
Adjustable 2.5..15 ms
Units
Model code
C200HID216
Inputs
32 DC inputs
1 circuit, 32 inputs in 4 grp.
Connection method
Status display
LED
100 mA, 5 VDC
Digital
g
Input
p Units
With 32 inputs
i
t
delivery package
terminal
blocks,
t
i l bl
k see page 465
Cannot be used with C200HECPU11
C200HE/HG/HX, group 2
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
24 VDC (20.4..26.4VDC)
Min. 14.4 VDC
Max. 5.0 VDC
Input impedance
5.6 k
Input current
4.1 mA, 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
1.0 ms
Model code
C200HID217
Inputs
64 DC inputs
1 circuit, 64 inputs in 8 grp.
Digital
g
Input
p Units
With 64 inputs
i
t
delivery package
terminal
blocks,
t
i l bl
k see page 465
Cannot be used with C200HECPU11
C200HE/HG/HX, group 2
Connection method
Status display
LED
120 mA, 5 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Digital
g
Input
p Units
With 16 inputs
24 VDC/AC
24 VDC (20.4..26.4VDC)
Min. 14.4 VDC
Max. 5.0 VDC
Input impedance
5.6 k
Input current
4.1 mA, 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
1.0 ms
Model code
C200HIM212
Inputs
16 AC/DC inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
10 mA, 5 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Digital C200H_ Input Units (Continued)
24 VDC/AC (20.4..26.4VDC)
Min. 14.4 VDC
Max. 5.0 VDC
Input impedance
3 k
Input current
7 mA, 24 VAC/DC
ON/OFF delay
15 ms
151
Units
Digital C200H_ Input Units (Continued)

Digital
g
Input
p Units
With 16 inputs
110 VAC
VDE approvall
Model code
C200HIA122V
Inputs
16 DC inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
10 mA, 5 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Digital
g
Input
p Units
With 16 inputs
230 VAC
VDE approvall
Input impedance
9.7 k, 50 Hz
8 k, 60 Hz
Input current
10 mA, 100 VAC
ON delay
OFF delay
35 ms
55 ms
Model code
C200HIA222V
Inputs
16 AC inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
10 mA
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
152
100..120 VAC
Min. 60 V
Max. 20 V
200..240 VAC
Min. 120 V
Max. 40 V
Input impedance
21 k, 50 Hz
18 k, 60 Hz
Input current
10 mA, 200 VAC
ON delay
OFF delay
35 ms
55 ms
Units
Digital
g
Relay
y Output
p Unit
With 8 outputs
Digital
g
Relay
y Output
p Unit
With 16 outputs
Model code
CS1WOC201
Outputs
8, relay
2 A per unit
Connection method
Status display
LED
100 mA, 5 VDC; 48 mA, 24 VDC
Model code
CS1WOC211
Outputs
16, relay
8 A per unit
Connection method
Status display
LED
130 mA, 5 VDC; 96 mA, 24 VDC
Switching capacity
maximum
minimum
Relay life
Digital
g
Transistor Output
p Unit
With 16 outputs
Digital
g
Transistor Output
p Unit
With 32 outputs
delivery package
Specification
p
p
electrical
mechanical
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Digital CS1 Output Units
250 VAC, 2 A (cos=1) at R load

24 VDC, 2 A
1 mA, 5 VDC
ON/OFF delay
Max. 15 ms
Model code
CS1WOD212
Outputs
16, transistor, PNP

2.5 A per unit
Connection method
Status display
LED
170 mA, 5 VDC
40 mA, 20.4..26.4 VDC
Model code
CS1WOD232
Outputs
32, transistor, PNP

2 circuits, 16 outputs in 4 grp. each
2.5 A per unit
Connection method
1x40pin connector
Status display
LED
270 mA, 5 VDC
70 mA, 20.4..26.4 VDC
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 0.5 A
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON delay
Max. 0.5 ms
OFF delay
Max. 1 ms
0.7..2.5 A, electronic
Reset
Automatic
153
Units
Digital CS1 Output Units (Continued)

Digital
g
Transistor Output
p Unit
With 64 outputs
delivery package
Specification
p
p
Digital
g
Transistor Output
p Unit
With 92 outputs
delivery package
Specification
p
p
Digital
g
Transistor Output
p Unit
With 8 inputs
Specification
p
for Triac outputs
p
154
Model code
CS1WOD262
Outputs
64, transistor, PNP

1.6 A per unit
Connection method
2x40pin connector
Status display
LED
390 mA, 5 VDC
130 mA, 20.4..26.4 VDC
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 0.3 A
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON delay
Max. 0.5 ms
OFF delay
Max. 1 ms
0.7..2.5 A, electronic
Reset
Automatic
Model code
CS1WOD292
Outputs
96, transistor, PNP

1.2 A per unit
Connection method
2x56pin connector
Status display
LED
480 mA, 5 VDC
100 mA, 10.2..26.4 VDC
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 0.1 A
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON delay
Max. 0.5 ms
OFF delay
Max. 1 ms
3.0 A fuse per group
Model code
CS1WOA201
Outputs
8, triac
4.8 A all circuits
Connection method
Status display
LED
230 mA, 5 VDC
Switching capacity
250 VAC, 1.2 A
Leakage current
1.5 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.6 VAC max.
ON delay
Max. 1 ms
OFF delay
Max. half period + 1 ms
Units
Digital
g
Transistor Output
p Unit
With 16 inputs
Specification
p
for Triac outputs
p
Model code
CS1WOA211
Outputs
16, triac
2 A per unit
Connection method
Status display
LED
406 mA, 5 VDC
Switching capacity
250 VAC, 0.5 A
Leakage current
1.5 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.6 VAC max.
ON delay
Max. 1 ms
OFF delay
Max. half period + 1 ms
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Digital CS1 Output Units (Continued)
Digital C200H_ Output Units

Digital
g
Relay
y Output
p Unit
With 8 outputs
VDE approval
Digital
g
Relay
y Output
p Unit
With 8 outputs
Digital
g
Relay
y Output
p Unit
With 12 outputs
Model code
C200HOC224N
Outputs
8, relay
2 A per unit
Connection method
Status display
LED
10 mA, 5 VDC
90 A, 26 VDC
Model code
C200HOC221
Outputs
8, relay
8 A per unit
Connection method
Status display
LED
10 mA, 5 VDC
75 mA, 26 VDC
Model code
C200HOC222N
Outputs
12, relay
8 A per unit
Connection method
Status display
LED
8 mA, 5 VDC
75 mA, 26 VDC
155
Units
Digital C200H_ Output Units (Continued)

Digital
g
Relay
y Output
p Unit
With 16 outputs
VDE approval
Model code
C200HOC226N
Outputs
16, relay
1 circuit, 16 outputs each
8 A per unit
Connection method
Status display
LED
30 mA, 5 VDC
90 mA, 26 VDC
Switching capacity
maximum
minimum
Relay life
electrical
ON delay
OC224/OC222
OC221/OC226
Max. 15 ms
Max. 10 ms
OFF delay
OC224/OC222
OC221/OC226
Max. 15 ms
Max. 10 ms
mechanical
Digital
g
Transistor Outputs
p
With 8 outputs
VDE approval
Specification
p
p
Digital
g
Transistor Outputs
p
With 12 outputs
Specification
p
p
156
250 VAC, 2 A (cos=1.0) at R load

24 VDC, 2 A
10 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
C200HOD214
Outputs
8, transistor, PNP
2.4 A per unit
Connection method
Status display
LED
140 mA, 5 VDC
Min. 150 mA, 20.4..26.4 VDC
Switching capacity
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC), 0.8 A
Leakage current
1 mA
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF delay
Max. 1 ms
Electronic, alarm display + message bit
Reset
Reset button
Model code
C200HOD217
Outputs
12, transistor, PNP

3.6 A per unit
Connection method
Status display
LED
10 mA, 5 VDC
75 mA, 24 VDC
5..26.4 VDC
Switching capacity
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC), 0.3 A
Leakage current
0.1 mA
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON delay
OFF delay
Max. 1.5 ms
Max. 2.0 ms
Units
Digital
g
Transistor Outputs
p
With 16 outputs
Specification
p
p
Digital
g
Transistor Outputs
p
With 32 outputs
Specification
p
p
Model code
C200HOD21A
Outputs
16, transistor, PNP

4 A per unit
Connection method
Status display
LED
160 mA, 5 VDC
Min. 35 mA, 20.4..26.4 VDC
Switching capacity
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC), 1 A
Leakage current
0.1 mA
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON delay
OFF delay
Max. 0.1 ms
Max. 0.3 ms
1.2..1.6 A, electronic, alarm output
Reset
External
24 VDC supply interruption
Model code
C200HOD21B
Outputs
32, transistor, PNP

1 circuit, 32 outp. in 4 grp.
5 A per unit
Connection method
Status display
LED
180 mA, 5 VDC
Min. 160 mA, 20.4..26.4 VDC
Switching capacity
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC), 0.5 A
Leakage current
0.1 mA
Residual voltage
0.8 V max.
ON delay
OFF delay
Max. 0.1 ms
Max. 0.3 ms
7 A per unit
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Digital C200H_ Output Units (Continued)
157
Units
Digital CS1 I/O Units

Digital
g
I/O Unit
With 32 inputs and 32 outputs
delivery package
Model code
CS1WMD262
Inputs
32 DC inputs
Outputs
32, transistor, PNP

1.6 A per unit
Connection method
2x40pin connector
Status display
LED
270 mA, 5 VDC
70 mA, 20.4..26.4 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Specification
p
p
Digital
g
I/O Unit
With 48 inputs and 48 outputs
delivery package
Input impedance
3.9 k
Input current
6.0 mA at 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 0.3 A
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.5 V
ON delay
Max. 0.5 ms
OFF delay
Max. 1.0 ms
0.7..2.5 A
Reset
Automatic
Model code
CS1WMD292
Inputs
48 DC inputs
Outputs
48, transistor, PNP

1.2 A per unit
Connection method
2x56pin connector
Status display
LED
350 mA, 5 VDC
50 mA, 10.2..26.4 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Specification
p
p
158
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 15.4 V
Max. 5 V
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 17 V
Max. 5 V
Input impedance
4.7 k
Input current
5.0 mA at 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 0.1 A
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.5 V
ON delay
Max. 0.5 ms
OFF delay
Max. 1.0 ms
Units
Safety
y Unit
Conforms to EN9541 and
EN602041 up to control category 4
Model code
CS1WSF200
Inputs (emergency stop)
1 or 2 channels
Input current
Max. 75 mA
Inputs (PLC)
4 DC inputs
1 circuit, 4 inputs
Connection method
Status display
LED
100 mA, 5 VDC
70 mA, 10.2..26.4 VDC
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 14.4 V
Max. 5 V
Input impedance
3.3 k
Input current
7 mA at 24 V
ON/OFF delay
Switching capacity

Controlled by safety circuit
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Safety Units
maximum
minimum
Relay life
electrical
mechanical
Max. 250 VAC, 5 A (cos=1) at R load

1 mA, 5 VDC
ON delay
Max. 300 ms
OFF delay
Max. 10 ms
Application example
CQM1HSF200/CS1WSF200
Emergency stop circuit
S1
12
21
K1
22
Emergency stop switch

A22E
S2:
Start
A22
K3
PLC
Input
A2
Display
T11
S1:
K2
A1
PWR
K1
T12
K3
K1
Start
S2
S2
KM1/KM2: J7K contactor

KM3:
Soft starter
G3J
Display
K2
B1
K1
K3
K2
T21
T22
EN 418
KM1 KM2
Display
K1
Y1
K1
K2
K3
CPUUnit
11
OutputUnit
2 channel
With cross fault detection
With earth detection
Redundancy inputs
Manual start (release)/Stop
2 safety circuits
(category 4)
Redundantcir cuit
K2
X1
K1
K2
K3
K1
K2
K3
13
KM1
14
23
KM2
24
159
Units
Analogue CS1 I/O Units

Analogue
g I/O Unit
Each input is separately
configurable
Addressing:
CS1 special I/O Units
Direct data transmission to
CS1 CPU
Model code
CS1WAD041V1
I/O
4 inputs, voltage and current
Model code
CS1WAD081V1
I/O
Model code
CS1WDA041
I/O
4 outputs, voltage and current
Model code
CS1WDA08V
I/O
8 outputs, voltage
Model code
CS1WDA08C
I/O
8 outputs, current
Model code
CS1WMAD44
I/O

4 outputs, voltage
Input range
Specification for
analogue inputs
Voltage
Current
Resolution
1/4000 or 1/8000 of full scale

(12 or 13 bits)
Conversion time
0.25 or max. 1 ms per input
Precision
Voltage
Current
0.2% of full scale (at 23C)

Input impedance
Voltage
Current
1 M
250
Integral functions
Output range
Specification for
analogue
g outputs
p
Averaging
Peak value storage
Line break detection
Voltage
Current
160
0..5 V, 1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V

4..20 mA
Resolution
1/4000 of full scale

(12 bits)
Conversion time
Max. 1 ms per output
Precision
Voltage
Current

Load resistor limit
Voltage
Current
Min. 0.5
Max. 600
Integral functions
CS1W
0..5 V, 1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V

max. 15 VDC
4..20 mA
max. 30 mA
CLR, HOLD or MAX per output
AD041V1
AD081V1
DA041
DA081V
DA081C
MAD44

at 5 VDC
130 mA
130 mA
130 mA
130 mA
130 mA
200 mA
Special I/O power consumption

at 26 VDC
100 mA
100 mA
180 mA
180 mA
250 mA
200 mA
Units
Analogue
g Input
p Unit
Integrated functions such as BCD
scaling, averaging and peak value
storage
Cable failure monitoring
Addressing:
C200H special I/O Units
Analogue
g Input
p Unit
Integrated functions such as
averaging and peak value storage
Line break monitoring
Addressing:
Model code
C200HAD002
Number of inputs
Input voltage
maximum
Current input
maximum
Input impedance
1..5 V, 0..10 VDC, 10..+10 V

15 VDC
4..20 mA
60 mA
1 M
250
Resolution
Output code
12bit binary data
Precision
0.5% of full scale (25 C)

1% of full scale (0..50 C)
Conversion time
2.5 ms per input
450 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
C200HAD003
Number of inputs
Input voltage
maximum
Current input
maximum
Input impedance
Voltage
Current
1..5 V, 0..10 VDC, 10..+10 V

15 VDC
4..20 mA
30 mA
1 M
250
Resolution
Output code
12bit binary data
Precision

0.4% of full scale (0..50 C)
Conversion time
1 ms per input
100 mA, 5 VDC

100 mA, 26 VDC
Model code
Analogue
g Output
p Unit
Each output is separately configurable Number of outputs
Addressing:
Output voltage
Output resistance
(external)
Analogue
g Output
p Unit
Addressing:
Special I/O Units
Voltage
Current
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Analogue C200H_ I/O Units
C200HDA002
4
Current output
Voltage
Current
10..10 VDC
4..20 mA
0.5
350
Resolution
1/4096 of full scale + sign
Input code
12bit binary data + sign
Precision

1% of full scale (0..50 C)
0.3% voltage (25C)
0.5% current (50C)
600 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
C200HDA003
Number of outputs
Output voltage
10..10 VDC, 1..5 V, 0..10 V
Output resistance (external)
0.5
Resolution
1/4000 of full scale + sign
Input code
12bit binary data
Precision
0.3% of full scale (25C)
Conversion time
100 mA, 5 VDC

200 mA, 26 VDC
161
Units
Analogue C200H_ I/O Units (Continued)

Analogue
g Output
p Unit
Addressing:
Analogue
g I/O Unit
Each input/output is separately
configurable
Integrated functions such as
i and
d peakk value
l storage
averaging
Line break monitoring
Addressing
Addressing:
Model code
C200HDA004
Number of outputs
Current output
4..20 mA
Output resistance (external)
350
Resolution
Input code
12bit binary data
Precision
0.5% of full scale (25C)
Conversion time
100 mA, 5 VDC

250 mA, 26 VDC
Model code
C200HMAD01
Number of inputs
Number of outputs
I/O ranges
1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..10 V

4..20 mA
Impedance
Voltage input/output
Current input/output
1 M, 0.5
250 /350
Resolution
I/O code
12bit binary data + sign
Precision
Input voltage:
Input current:
Conversion time
Max. 1 ms per input/output
100 mA, 5 VDC

200 mA, 26 VDC

Programming
Accessories,
cables etc.
Technical
Documentation
162
Description
Model code
Programming software for Analogue Unit.

For WINDOWS 95/98/NT4.0
SYSTOOLSV1.4
Description
Model code
Front connector for C200HAD002, 34pin, solder terminal
MR34FG
Front connector housing for C200HAD002 (MR34FG)
MR34L
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
C200HAD002/DA002
Operation Manual
W229E1
C200HAD003/DA003
C200HAD004/MAD001
Operation Manual
W325E1
Units
Temperature
p
Sensor Units
4 thermocouple inputs
Builtin linearisation
Terminal compensation
Addressing:
Special
I/O Units
p
bl terminal
i l bl
k
R
Removable
block
Model code
C200HTS002
Number of inputs
4, 2, 1 (switchable)
Thermocouples
K (nickel/chromium); 0..400C
L (FeCuNi) 0..300 C
Output code
4digit BCD
1% (measuring range limit) + 1C
Tolerance
Conversion time
Temperature
p
Sensor Units
4 Pt100 inputs
Builtin linearisation
Addressing:
Special I/O Units
1 input
2 inputs
4 inputs
1.2 s
2.4 s
4.8 s
450 mA
Model code
C200HTS102
Number of inputs
4, 2, 1 (switchable)
Type of sensor
Pt100 temperature sensor
Output code
4digit BCD
Tolerance
1% (measuring range limit) + 1C
Conversion time
1 input
2 inputs
4 inputs
1.2 s
2.4 s
4.8 s
Temperature range: C200HTS002
Programmable
Logic Contr.
C200H_ Temperature Sensor Input Units
Thermo
couple
p
450 mA
K (CA) nickel/chromium
L (FeCuNi)
1.600
1.000
800
600
500
400
300
200
150
100
80
50
0
Temperature range: C200HTS102
Tempera
ture code
0
0
0
1
Thermo
couple
Pt100
0
2
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
3
0
4
0
9
1
0
2
0
2
4
2
5
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
500
400
300
200
150
100
80
50
0
20
50
Tempera
ture code
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
2
1
2
2
2
3
1
9
163
Units
CS1 Process Control Units

The CS1WLC001 Control Unit is a CPU Bus Unit from the CS1 series.
Up to 3 Control Units can be installed on a CS1 PLC CPU rack.
Combinations of 32 loops in PID mode and a maximum of
250pr ocesses for simple system control are possible.
Functional solutions are tailored to the relevant applications.
All functions can be executed using 109 function blocks.

Transmission of messages via FINS instructions is possible
Integration of loop and sequence control
Graphic and alarm monitoring
CS1
Programming and
monitoring
NT
Control Terminals
4..20 mA
4..20 mA
Pulse signal
Offsetting line
4..20 mA
Sensor
Flow sensor
4..20 mA
Flow sensor
Valve timing
gear
Thermocouple
Valve timing
gear
Process
CS1
CSProcess software and CXProcess monitoring

The Control Unit implements the functions by combining the function
blocks. The function block data is created using the CXProcess
software, before being transferred to the Control Unit. The CXProcess
software is also used to set variables for CXProcess monitoring.
The CXProcess monitor can then be used to monitor the status of
each function block (Control Units do not have their own Control
Terminal).
Process Control Unit
164
Process data is created using the

CXProcess software
Model code
CS1WLC001
Loops
32
Processes
250
Peripheral port or
RS232C port
Units
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Specifications (CS1 Process Control Units)

Compatible Controllers
CS1 series
Unit classification
CS1 CPU Bus Unit
Number of Units
Max. 3
Detection of Units on the PLC
If several Control Units are installed on the same PLC, they are identified by the CXProcess
monitoring function using the LCU numbers 0..2
Data exchange
CS1 CPU Bus Unit in CIO

area
Control Unit to CPU Unit:

Operating status, actual value error, MV error, execution error, function block database error,
battery error
CS1 CPU Bus Unit words in

DM area
Not used
Node words in DM area
Between 8 and 3836 words from the DM area are used.

8 words are assigned to each node by a specified start address. System information for
each Control Unit (LCU number 0..2) is transferred to the CXProcess monitor. The start
address can be specified between D00000 and D32767.
Setting in system block, start address specification: D16020
Switch setting
Rotary switch on front panel: Unit number (0..F)
Displays
5 LEDs: RUN mode, CPU Unit error and Unit error
Front panel connections
One RS232C port (used for later models)
Battery backup data
All function block data (including ladder program instructions) and error log data.
Battery life
5 years at 25C (life is reduced at higher temperatures)
CPU Unit cycle time
0.2 ms
Power consumption
Power Supply Unit: max. 360 mA at 5 VDC
External dimensions
34.5x130x100.5 mm (WxHxD)
Weight
Max. 220 g
Standard Accessories
C200HBAT09 battery (included in delivery package)
Operating mode
Function block procedure
Number of function
bl k
blocks
Total: max. 661 blocks

Analogue
g mode
Max. 32 control blocks
Control functions, e.g. PID control
Max. 250 blocks
All process control functions including alarms, root calculation,

time calculations, pulse summation
Function block diagram
I/O blocks
Total: 4,000 instructions, 100 instructions per block, divisible

into max. 100 steps each
Logic sequence and step ladder function
Field terminal blocks
Max. 80
Analogue I/O with analogue I/O Units, I/O contact with I/O Units
CPU terminal blocks
Max. 16
Analogue data I/O and contact I/O with CPU Unit
Node terminal blocks
Max. 32
Connection between CPU Unit memory and the function block
data
Max. 32
Send data to PC
Max. 50
Send data to PLC via network
Max. 100
Receive data from PLC via network
System blocks
1
System operating cycle, RUN/STOP instructions, load rates etc.
165
Units
Specifications (CS1 Process Control Units, Continued)

Creating and
transferring the
function blocks
Function blocks are created using the CXProcess software (must be purchased separately), and can be transferred to
the Control Unit.
Control methods
PID control method
2 PID (with auto tuning)
Control
combinations
PID blocks, internal

alarms
4 actual value alarms (absolute upper limit, upper limit, lower limit, absolute lower limit) and
1alar m for deviation
Alarm blocks
Absolute value alarm blocks, alarm blocks for deviation
Alarms
PID with deactivation of disturbance

PID
Cascade control
Ratio control
Flow control
Volume control with temperature and pressure correction
Dead time control (Smith)
Pilot control
Programming and Documentation (Process Control Unit)

Programming
Technical
Documentation
166
Description
Cable length
Model code
CXProcessTool/CXProcess Monitor. Programming software.

For WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0
see page 446
WS02LCTC1E
Hard lock for monitor software for WINDOWS NT4.0
WS02LCTK1EL01
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
Loop Control Unit
Operation Manual
W374E1
Loop Control Unit
Reference Manual
W375E1
Analogue I/O Units
Operation Manual
W368E1
CXProcess Monitor
Operation Manual
W373E1
CXProcess Tool
Operation Manual
W372E1
Units
Thermocouple
p Input
p Units
LED status display
Specification
p
for sensor inputs
p
Temperature
p
Sensor Input
p Units
LED status display
Specification
p
for sensor inputs
p
Temperature
p
Sensor Input
p Units
LED status display
Specification
p
for sensor inputs
p
Model code
CS1WPTS01V1
Number of inputs
Type
4
Galvanically isolated
Power consumption
150 mA at 5 VDC,
150 mA at 24 VDC
Connection method
Function
Resolution
12 bits
Measuring sensor
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T types
Setting range: 80..+80 mV
Precision
0.1%
Temperature coefficient
0.015% per C
Model code
CS1WPTS02
Number of inputs
Type
4
Power consumption
150 mA at 5 VDC,
150 mA at 24 VDC
Connection method
Function
Resolution
12 bits
Measuring sensor
Pt100, JPt100 types
Precision
0.1%
0.015% per C
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Signal Converter for Process Control Unit
Variable measurement range

Scaling
Limit alarm
Mean value calculation
Rate of change monitoring and alarm
Alarm delay
Measurement line monitoring

Scaling
Limit alarm
Alarm delay
Model code
CS1WPTS03
Number of inputs
Type
4
Power consumption
150 mA at 5 VDC,
150 mA at 24 VDC
Connection method
Function
Resolution
12 bits
Measuring sensor
Ni504, 4 types/Ni508, 4 types
Precision
0.2%
0.015% per C

Scaling
Limit alarm
Alarm delay
167
Units
Signal Converter for Process Control Unit (Continued)

Analogue
g Input
p Units
LED status display
Specification
p
for analogue
g inputs
p
Analogue
g Input
p Units
LED status display
Specification
p
for analogue
g inputs
p
Analogue
g Input
p Units
LED status display
Specification
p
for analogue
g inputs
p
168
Model code
CS1WPTW01
Number of inputs
Type
4
Power consumption
150 mA at 5 VDC,
160 mA at 24 VDC
Connection method
Function
Resolution
12 bits
Signal inputs
4..20 mA for transmitter

4..20 mA, 1..5 VDC
Precision
0.2%
0.015% per C
Model code
CS1WPDC01
Number of inputs
Type
4
Power consumption
150 mA at 5 VDC,
150 mA at 24 VDC
Connection method
Function
Resolution
12 bits
Signal inputs
10..10 V, 0..10 V, 5..5 V, 0..5 V, 1..5 V,

0..20 mA, 4..20 mA
Precision
0.1%
0.015% per C
Power supply for 2wire transmitter

Scaling
Limit alarm
Alarm delay
Scaling
Effective value calculation
Limit alarm
Alarm delay
Model code
CS1WPTR01
Number of inputs
Type
8
No isolation between the inputs
Power consumption
150 mA at 5 VDC,
80 mA at 24 VDC
Connection method
Function
Measured value,
Amplitude limitation when starting
motor
Scaling
Limit alarm
Switching peak limitation
Alarm delay
Measured value calculation
Resolution
12 bits
Signal inputs
1..1 mA, 0..1 mA
Precision
0.2%
0.015% per C
Units
Analogue
g Input
p Units
LED status display
Specification
p
for analogue
g inputs
p
Pulse Input
p Units
LED status display
Specification for inputs
Analogue
g Output
p Units
LED status display
Specification
p
for analogue
g outputs
p
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Signal Converter for Process Control Unit (Continued)

Model code
CS1WPTR02
Number of inputs
Type
8
No isolation between the inputs
Power consumption
150 mA at 5 VDC,
80 mA at 24 VDC
Connection method
Function
Resolution
12 bits
Signal inputs
100..100 mV, 0..100 mV
Precision
0.2%
0.015% per C
Model code
CS1WPPS01
Number of inputs
Type
4
Power consumption
200 mA at 5 VDC,
160 mA at 24 VDC
Connection method
Function
12 V power supply for measured value

encoder
Immediate scaling
Limit alarm
Alarm delay
Output for counter reading
Open collector or
voltage signal input
0..20,000 pulse/s
12 V
Contact input
0..20 pulse/s
Scaling
Limit alarm
Switching peak limitation
Alarm delay
Averaging
Model code
CS1WPMV01
Number of outputs
Type
4
Power consumption
150 mA at 5 VDC,
160 mA at 24 VDC
Connection method
Function
Resolution
12 bits
Voltage signal
1..5 V
Current signal
4..20 mA
Precision
0.1% (4..20 mA)

0.2% (1..5 V)
0.015% per C
Output line monitoring

Input for response signal
Rate of change limitation
Output signal limitation
Freeze output,
if CPU is in Stop function
Limit alarm
169
Units
C200H_ Temperature Control Units

The Temperature Control Units are designed for various temperature
control applications. The C200HTC Units have one actuator (heating)
and the C200HTV Units have two actuators (heating/cooling).
The C200HTC and C200HTV Units are available with (J)Pt100 or
thermocouple inputs and with three different output wiring options
(transistor with open collector/voltage output/current output).
Both Units have a PID (selftuning) or twopoint (ON/OFF) control
response, a high level of precision for control processes and short
operating cycles. Heating current monitoring and extensive monitoring
functions (10 alarm modes) are integrated.
A Control Console can be connected to display and enter or change
all controller data. All control data can be changed or read using the
PLC bus and can be edited, e.g. for an LCD Control Terminal. The
Units operate independently of the PLC mode. It is possible to access
eight databases for both channels.
Heating/cooling Control Unit

C200HTV00_ for thermocouples
C200HTV10_ for Pt100 measuring sensors
Control console
C200HDSC01
Connecting cables
C200HCN225 (2 m)
C200HCN425 (4 m)
24 VDC
Connecting cables
ES1000CA021051 (0.5 m)
ES1000CA021102 (1 m)
ES1000CA021202 (2 m)
Terminal I/O Module
Temperature sensor
Channel 1
Temperature sensor
Channel 2
Extruder
Relay Unit
Heat
Heat
exchange
exchanger
r
Heat
exchange
r
Valve
Cooling water
Valve
Current
transformer
170
Current
transformer
Solenoid switch
Units
2 channel Temperature
p
Control
U it with
Unit
ith 3 diff
differentt outputs
t t
Heating Controller
Heating current monitoring
AUTO/MAN switching
Selftuning
2 channel Temperature
p
Control
Unit with 3 different outputs
o tp ts
Heating/cooling Controller
Heating
g current monitoring
g
PID, twopoint
AUTO/MAN switching
Selftuning
The cooling function controls a transistor
output (open collector)
Input
Output
Model code
Thermocouple
p
Transistor (open collector)
C200HTC001
Voltage output
C200HTC002
Current output
C200HTC003
C200HTC101
Voltage output
C200HTC102
Current output
C200HTC103
C200HTV001
Voltage output
C200HTV002
Current output
C200HTV003
C200HTV101
Voltage output
C200HTV102
Current output
C200HTV103
Pt100 sensor
Thermocouple
p
Pt100 sensor
Programmable
Logic Contr.
C200H_ Temperature Control Units (Continued)
Specifications (C200H_ Temperature Control Units)

C200HTC/TV00_
C200HTC/TV10
Measuring sensor*
Thermocouples (R, S, K, J, T, E, B, N, L, U)
Pt100, JPt100 temperature sensor
Heating current monitoring range
0.1..49.9 A, Precision: 0.5% of range 1 digit (max.)
Number of channels
2 (each channel with separate input and output)
Control type
PID, twopoint (ON/OFF) (selectable via DIP switch)

PID control with auto tuning function
Display and setting precision**
0.5% of range or 2 C (max. 1 digit)
Hysteresis
(in twopoint mode)
0.0..999.9 C/F (in steps of 0.1 C/F)
Proportional band
0.0..999.9 C/F (in steps of 0.1 C/F)
0..9999 s (in steps of 1 s)
Operating cycle
Scanning cycle
500 ms
Output update
500 ms
Display update
500 ms
Input range limits
99.9..999.9 C/F (in steps of 0.1 C/F)
Alarm output range
999..9999 C/F (in steps of 0.1 C/F)
Number of databases
Power consumption
Power supply
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)
Weight
0.36 kg
0.5% of range or 1 C (max. 1 digit)
99.9..999.9 C/F (in steps of 0.1 C/F)
* Adjustable via DIP switch.

** The set value is the same as the displayed value, as there is no comparative error between the two values. The precision of type R and S
thermocouples at C, type K and T thermocouples at 100C, and type U thermocouples is C (max. 1 digit). It is not possible to give a guaranteed
precision for type B thermocouples at temperatures below 400C.
Thermocouples
Input
R (PR) IEC
PtRHPt 13%
S IEC
PtRHPt 10%
K (CA) IEC
Ni CrNi
J/L (IC) DIN

FeCuNi
T/U (CC) DIN

CuCuNi
E (CRC) IEC
NiCrCuNi
B PtRH 30%/
PtRH 6%
N NiCroSil/
NiSil
Range C
0..1700
0..1700
200..1700
100..850
200..400
0..600
100..1800
0..1300
0..3000
0..3000
300..2300
100..1500
300..700
0..1100
300..3200
0..2300
171
Units
Specifications (C200H_ Temperature Control Units, Continued)

Temperature sensor
Input
Range
Transistor pulse output

C200HTC/TV01
Voltage pulse output

C200HTC/TV02
Linear current output
C200HTC/TV03
Heating current monitoring
Current transformer
JPt100
Pt100
99.9..450.0
99.9..450.0
99.9..800.0
99.9..800.0
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)
Load voltage
Max. 24 VDC
Load current
Max. 100 mA
ON voltage drop
Max. 3 VDC
OFF leakage current
Max. 0.3 mA
Output voltage
12 VDC
Load current
Max. 40 mA (shortcircuit protected)
Output current
4..20 mA DC linear
Load resistance
Max. 600
Precision
4 (0.3 mA) 20 (1 mA)
Adjustable monitoring range
0.1..49.9 A (in 0.1 A steps)
Minimum difference between normal current and cur

rent error message
Min. 2.5 A
Minimum detectable ON time
200 ms
Heating current display range
0.0..55.0 A
Precision
0.5% of range 1 digit (max.)
Constant heating current
Max. 50 A
Voltagesustaining capability
1000 VAC (1 min.)
Shock resistance
10 G at 50 Hz
Weight
E54CT1: approx. 11.5 g

E54CT3: approx. 50 g
Accessories (Temperature Control Units)
E54CT1
Description
Hole diameter
Model code
Current transformer for heating

g current monitoring
g
5.8 mm
E54CT1
12.0 mm
E54CT3
Cable length
Model code
E54CT3
Description
Control console
For connection to the Control Unit, cable C200HCN225
or C200HCN425 is required.
Dimensions: 48x96 mm
172
C200HDSC01
Connecting
g cables,
Controller card <
<>
> Control console
2m
C200HCN225
4m
C200HCN425
Connecting cables,
Control Unit <> Output terminals
Suitable output blocks: G70AZOC
1m
ES1000CA021102
2m
ES1000CA021202
Spare front connector, 32pin
C500CE321
Units
Programmable
Logic Contr.
C200H_ Process Control Unit

The PID Control Units can read in analogue input variables e.g.
pressure, speed, quantity, and control them via a 2channel process
controller with a PID (selftuning) or twopoint (ON/OFF) control
response.
The Units have multiplerange inputs and are available with three
different types of output (transistor with open collector/voltage
output/current output).
The Units have a high level or precision and short operating cycles in
their control processes. Scaling and extensive monitoring functions
(10alar m modes) are integrated.
A Control Console can be connected to display and enter or change
all controller data. All control data can be changed or read using the
PLC bus and can be edited, e.g. for an LCD Control Terminal.
The Units operate independently of the PLC mode. It is possible to
access eight databases for both channels.
PID Control Unit
Control console
C200HDSC01
Connecting cables
C200HCN225 (2 m)
C200HCN425 (4 m)
24 VDC
Connecting cables
ES1000CA021051 (0.5 m)
ES1000CA021102 (1 m)
ES1000CA021202 (2 m)
I/O Terminal Module
Channel 1
Valve
Relay Unit
Air
Mixture
Flow sensor
Channel 2
Valve
Gas
Flow sensor
173
Units
C200H_ Process Control Unit (Continued)

2channel PID Control Unit
with
ith 3 diff
differentt outputs
t t
Twopoint Controller/PID control
4 different input ranges
Builtin scaling function
PID, two
twopoint
point
AUTO/MAN switching
Selftuning
Input
Output
Model code
1..5 VDC
0
5 VDC
0..5
0..10 VDC
4..20 mA
C200HPID01
Voltage output
C200HPID02
Current output
C200HPID03
Specifications (C200H_ Process Control Unit)

C200HPID
Input ranges*
4..20 mA DC, 1..5 VDC, 0..5 VDC, 0..10 VDC
Number of channels
2 (each channel with separate input and output)
Control type
PID, twopoint (ON/OFF) (selectable via DIP switch); PID control with auto tuning function
Display and setting precision**
Max. 0.5% of range (1 digit)
Hysteresis
(in twopoint mode)
0.0%..100.0% of range (in 0.1% steps)
Alarm hysteresis
0.0%..100.0% of range (in 0.1% steps)
Proportional band
0.0%..999.9% (in 0.1% steps)
Operating cycle
Scanning cycle
100 ms
Output update
100 ms
Display update
100 ms
Input range limits***
999..9999
Scaling range***
999..9999
Digital filter range
Alarm output range***
999..9999
Manual setting range
5..105%
Number of databases
Power consumption
24 VDC; min. 0.2 A (20.4..26.4 VDC)
Weight
0.36 kg
Note:
174
*
Adjustable via DIP switch.
** The set value is the same as the displayed value, as there is no comparative error between the two values.
*** Decimal point transposed using parameters.
Units
Transistor pulse output

C200HPID01
Voltage pulse output

C200HPID02
Linear current output
C200HPID03
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)
Maximum load voltage
Max. 24 VDC
Maximum load current
Max. 100 mA
ON voltage drop
Max. 3 VDC
OFF leakage current
Max. 0.3 mA
Output voltage
12 VDC
Maximum load current
40 mA (shortcircuit protected)
Output current
4..20 mA DC linear
Load resistance
Max. 600
Precision
4 (0.3 mA).. 20 (1 mA DC)
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Specifications (C200H_ Process Control Unit, Continued)
Accessories and Documentation

Accessories,
cables etc.
Description
Cable length
Control console
For connection to the Control Unit, cable C200HCN225
or C200HCN425 is required.
Dimensions: 48x96 mm
Technical
Documentation
Model code
C200HDSC01
Connecting
g cables,
Controller card <
<>
> Control console
2m
C200HCN225
4m
C200HCN425
Connecting cables,
Control Unit <> Output terminals
Suitable output blocks: G70AZOC
1m
ES1000CA021102
2m
ES1000CA021202
Spare front connector, 32pin
C500CE321
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
C200HTS_
Operation Manual
W124E1
C200HTC_
Operation Manual
W225E1
C200HTV_
Operation Manual
W240E1
C200HPID_
Operation Manual
W241E1
175
Units
CS1 Counter Unit

Counter Unit
With 2 counters
delivery package
fabricated cable and
Pre
Prefabricated
Counter Unit
With 4 counters
delivery package
P
Prefabricated
f b i t d cable
bl and
d
Specification
p
for counter inputs
p
Programmable
g
SSI Unit
With 2 SSI encoder inputs
delivery package
Recommended cable type:
3x2core, twisted, shielded
176
Model code
CS1WCT021
Pulse inputs
2 channels
A+, A; B+, B; Z+, Z; NPN/PNP
Individually galvanically isolated
Signal evaluation
Differential, forward or backward pulses,

pulses and direction signal, 1/2/4x
evaluation
Operating modes
Functions
Interrupt call up, set value comparison,

hysteresis, interval counting
Digital inputs
4, DC inputs
1 circuit
Digital outputs
4, transistor PNP/NPN switchable

1 circuit
Connection method
2x40pin connector
Status display
LED
360 mA, 5 VDC
10.2..26.4 VDC
Model code
CS1WCT041
Pulse inputs
4 channels
A+, A; B+, B; Z+, Z; NPN/PNP
Signal evaluation
Differential, forward or backward pulses,

pulses and direction signal, 1/2/4x eva
luation
Operation modes
Functions
Interrupt call up, set value comparison,

hysteresis, interval counting
Digital inputs
4 DC inputs
1 circuit
Digital outputs
4, transistor, PNP/NPN switchable

1 circuit
Connection method
2x40pin connector
Status display
LED
450 mA, 5 VDC
10.2..26.4 VDC
Input voltage
Max. frequency
500 kHz
Model code
CS1WCTS21
SSI connection
RS422/485, galvanically isolated
SSI data format
Gray/binary/transfer codecompatible
Parity check
Status bit freely configurable
Number of data bits
9..31
Clock frequency
100 kHz..1.5 MHz (standard: 400 kHz)
Oneshot setting range
10 s..99 ms (standard: 40 s)
Digital inputs
4 DC inputs, 24 VDC
with interrupt function, individually insula
ted
Digital outputs
4, transistor, NPN/PNP switchable

2 circuits,
24 VDC, 0.1 A
Status display
LED
320 mA, 5 V
10.2..26.4 VDC
Units
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Specification
p
p
Programmable
g
Counter Unit
With 2 counters
Pulse outputs
deli er package
delivery
g 465
terminal blocks, see p
page
Programmable
g
Counter Unit
With 2 counters
Analogue outputs
deli er package
delivery
g 465
terminal blocks, see p
page
24 VDC (19.6..26.4 VDC)

Min. 19.6 V
Max. 4 V
Input current
7.6 mA
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 0.1 A
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF delay
Max. 0.1 ms
Model code
CS1WHCP22
Pulse inputs
2 counters
A+, A; B+, B; Z+, Z
Signal evaluation
1/2/4x evaluation
Operating modes
Single or linear counter
Pulse train output ports
2, transistor outputs each (CW, CCW),

NPN
Program Memory
4 kwords
1 kwords
Standard mode
Highspeed mode
Data memory
6 kwords DM, 2 kwords EM
Digital inputs
12 DC inputs
2 circuits, 4 or 8 inputs
4 inputs with interrupt function
Outputs
8, transistor, NPN
Connection method
1x24pin + 1x40pin connector
Status display
LED
800 mA, 5 VDC
4.5..26.4 VDC
Model code
CS1WHCA22
Pulse inputs
2 counters
A+, A; B+, B; Z+, Z
Signal evaluation
1/2/4x evaluation
Operating modes
Single or linear counter
Analogue output ports
Program Memory
4 kwords
1 kwords
Standard mode
Highspeed mode
Programmable
Logic Contr.
CS1 Counter Unit (Continued)
Data memory
6 kwords DM, 2 kwords EM
Digital inputs
12 DC inputs
1 circuit
4 inputs with interrupt function
Outputs
8, transistor, NPN
1 circuit
Connection method
1x24pin + 1x40pin connector
Status display
LED
750 mA, 5 VDC

150 mA, 24 VDC
4.5..26.4 VDC
177
Units
CS1 Counter Unit (Continued)

Specification
for counter inputs
p
p
Specification
p
for p
pulse train outputs
p
Specification
for analogue
p
g outputs
p
Input voltage
Max. voltage input frequency
50 kHz
Line drive input
200 kHz
Max. pulse frequency
200 kHz
Single pulse setting range
0.01..9.999 ms
Output range
1..5 V, 0..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..+10 V
Precision
0.3%
Resolution
4,000 steps
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Specification
for transistor inputs
p
p
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)

Min. 15.2 V
Max. 4.8 V
Input current
5 mA
ON delay
Max. 0.05 ms (00..03); 0.2 ms (04..11)
OFF delay
Max. 0.2 ms (00..03); 1 ms (04..11)
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 0.3 A
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
0.4 V max.
ON delay
Max. 0.1 ms
OFF delay
Max. 1 ms

Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code

see page 434
WS02CXPC1EV3.0
2m
CS1WCN226
6m
CS1WCN626
Programming
g
g cable,,
i i t
(RS 232C)
miniature
peripheral
Accessories,
cables etc.
Technical
Documentation
178
Description
Model code
C500CE241
C500CE242
C500CE243
C500CE404
C500CE405
C500CE403
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
CS1WCT021/041
Operation Manual
W902E2
CS1WHIO01/HPC22/HCA11
Operation Manual
W376E1
Units
Counter Unit
One 7digit
7 digit counter
delivery package
terminal blocks,, see p
page
g 465
Counter Unit
Two 7digit counters
delivery package
terminal blocks
blocks, see page 465
Programmable
Logic Contr.
C200H_ Counter Unit

Model code
C200HCT001V1
C200HCT002
Operating modes
Linear counter
Ring counter
Gate counter
Memory counter
Sample counter
Counter set value specification
Counter input signals

C200HCT001V1
C200HCT002
Per counter A, B, pulse input Z

5, 12 or 24 VDC
Line driver (RS422 level)
Input signal types
Out of phase input pulses

Separate forward and backward counting
pulses
Pulse and direction input
Frequency multiplication
2/4x (for inputs with out of phase signals)
75 kHz line driver input

50 kHz voltage signal input
Control inputs
Input voltage
2
5, 12 or 24 VDC
Number of outputs
Output voltage
Switching capacity
8, transistor
5..24 VDC
Max. 80 mA/26.4 VDC
300 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
C200HCT021
Operating modes
Linear counter
Ring counter
Gate counter
Memory counter
Sample counter
Counter set value specification
Counter input signals
Per counter A, B, pulse input Z

12 or 24 VDC
Line driver (RS422 level)
Input signal types
Out of phase input pulses

Separate forward and backward counting
pulses
Pulse and direction input
Frequency multiplication
2/4x (for inputs with out of phase signals)
75 kHz line driver input

50 kHz voltage signal input
Control inputs
Input voltage
2
12 or 24 VDC
Number of outputs
Output voltage
Switching capacity
8, transistor
5..24 VDC
Max. 80 mA/26.4 VDC
400 mA, 5 VDC

Accessories,
cables etc.
Technical
Documentation
Description
Model code
C500CE404
C500CE405
40pin connector, ribbon cable
C500CE403
German
D
Documentation
t ti
English
g
doc mentation
documentation
Product
Title
Model code
C200HCT001
Technical Manual
W141D1
C200HCT021
Technical Manual
W311D1
C200HCT001V1/CT002
Operation Manual
W141E1
C200HCT021
Operation Manual
W312E1
179
Units
CS1 NC Position Control Unit

The NC Units for the CS1 series have been developed for precise
positioning on pick and place machines, and for the use of cutting
XW2Z_JB5
PLC
CS1
SmartStep
SmartStep
Servomotor X

C200HWNC213
X counter
clockwise limit
X
XW2Z_JA17
X origin point
XW2B40J62B
X clockwise
limit
Servomotor Y
24 VDC
Emergency
stop
Y clockwise
limit

Please select cable and terminal
blocks using the OMNUC
O
CS
Servo
package.
180
Y origin
point
Output
Model code
1 axis, open collector output
CS1WNC113
CS1WNC213
CS1WNC413
1 axis, line driver output
CS1WNC133
CS1WNC233
CS1WNC433
Y counter
clockwis limit
Units
CS1WNC113
CS1WNC213
CS1WNC413
Number of axes
1 axis
2 axes
4 axes
Position functions
Separate
Speed controlled
1 axis
1 axis
1 axis
2 axes
Max. 2 axes
2 axes
2 axes
4 axes
Max. 4 axes
4 axes
4 axes
Positioning
Number of positions
Range
100 per axis

1,073,741,823..1,073,741,823 pulses
Number of speeds
Range
100 per axis

1 Hz..500 kHz
Range
9 per axis, for acc/dec each.

0..250 s

Origin search
Jogging operation
Dwell times
Ranges
Teach operation
Deceleration stop
Emergency stop
Data storage
External I/O
Inputs
Outputs

Origin compensation: 1,073,741,823..1,073,741,823 pulses
Range flag is activated, if the actual position is located within a specified range. Three ranges can be
specified for each axis.
The actual position data can be transferred with an instruction from the PLC.
The stop instruction causes a deceleration within a deceleration time.
Pulse output is stopped via an input signal.
The instruction "PRESENT POSITION PRESET" is used to change the actual position to a different specified
position.
Clockwise and counterclockwise, proximity to origin, origin, emergency stop, positioning completed signal,
clockwise/counterclockwise pulse outputs or pulse and direction outputs
Depending on the mode, it is possible to choose between error counter reset or zero point adjustment.
Self diagnosis
Error detection
250 mA at 5 VDC
Input
p specifications
p
Voltage
24 VDC 10%
Current
5.1 mA at 24 V
ON voltage
Min. 17.4 VDC
OFF voltage
Max. 5.0 VDC
ON delay
Max. 1 ms (max. 0.1 ms interrupt input and origin inputs)
OFF delay
Max. 1 ms
30 mA at 4.75..26.4 VDC (NPN)

7 mA at 4.75..26.4 VDC (NPN)
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 0.6 V
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Specifications (CS1 NC Position Control Unit)
380 mA at 5 VDC
181
Units
Programming, Accessories and Documentation (CS1_ NC Position Control Unit)

Programming
Description
Model code
CXPosition. Parameterisation software for Position Control Units.

see page 448
WS02NCTC1E
Accessories,
cables etc.
Description
Model code

For connection to the CS1WNC Unit, cables and terminal blocks are available for all
OMNUC Servo packages.
FCN361J048DPACK
Technical
Documentation
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
182
Product
Title
Model code
CS1WNC113/213/413
CS1WNC133/233/433
Operation Manual
W376E1
CXPosition
Operation Manual
W398E1
Units
The NC Units for the CS1 series have been developed for precise
positioning on pick and place machines, and for the use of cutting
Programmable
Logic Contr.
C200H_ NC Position Control Unit

PLC
C200HE/HG/HX
SmartStep
Servo Drive Y
SmartStep
Servo Drive X
Servomotor X

C200HWNC
X counter
clockwise limit
X
XW2Z_JA9
XW2Z_JB5
Y
X origin point
XW2B40J62B
X clockwise
limit
Servomotor Y
24 VDC
Emergency
stop
Y clockwise
limit

delivery package
Please select cable and terminal blocks
using
i the
h OMNUC S
Servo package.
k
Y origin
point
Output
Model code
1 axis
C200HWNC113
2 axes
C200HWNC213
4 axes
C200HWNC413
Y counter
clockwise limit
Only applicable for the C200HX/HG/HE Controller.

183
Units
Specifications (C200H_ NC Position Control Unit)

C200HWNC113
C200HWNC213
C200HWNC413
Number of axes
1 axis
2 axes
4 axes
Position functions
Separate
Speed controlled
1 axis
1 axis
1 axis
2 axes
Max. 2 axes
2 axes
2 axes
4 axes
Max. 4 axes
4 axes
4 axes
Positioning
Number of positions
Range
100 per axis

9,999,999..9,999,999 pulses
Number of speeds
Range
100 per axis

1 Hz..500 kpps
Range
9 per axis, for acc/dec each

0..250 s

Origin search
Jogging operation
Dwell times
Ranges
Teach operation
Deceleration stop
Emergency stop
Data storage
External I/O
Inputs
Outputs

Origin compensation: 9,999,999..9,999,999 pulses
Range flag is activated, if the actual position is located within a specified range. Three ranges can be speci
fied for each axis.
The actual position data can be transferred with an instruction from the PLC.
The stop instruction causes a deceleration within a deceleration time.
Pulse output is stopped via an input signal.
The instruction "PRESENT POSITION PRESET" is used to change the actual position to a different specified
position.
Clockwise and counterclockwise limits, proximity to origin, origin, emergency stop, positioning completed
signal, clockwise/counterclockwise pulse outputs
Depending on the mode, it is possible to choose between error counter reset or zero point adjustment.
Self diagnosis
Error detection
300 mA at 5 VDC
Input
pu spe
specifications
s
Voltage
24 VDC 10%
Current
4.3 mA at 24 V
ON voltage
Min. 17.4 VDC
OFF voltage
Max. 5.0 VDC
ON delay
Max. 1 ms (max. 0.1 ms interrupt and origin inputs)
OFF delay
Max. 1 ms
30 mA at 4.75..26.4 VDC (NPN)

7 mA at 4.75..26.4 VDC (NPN)
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 0.6 V

184
500 mA at 5 VDC
Units
Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code
SYSMAC NCT. Parameterisation software for Position Control Units

For WINDOWS 95
WS01NCTF1E
Accessories,
cables etc.
Description
Model code

For connection to the C200HWNC Unit, cables and terminal blocks are available for
all OMNUC Servo packages.
FCN361J048DPACK
Technical
Documentation
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
C200HWNC113/213/413
Operation Manual
W334E1
NCT Support Tool
Operation Manual
W324E1
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Programming, Accessories and Documentation (C200H_ NC Position Control Unit)

185
Units
CS1 Motion Control Unit

The new NC Units for the SYSMAC CS1 series have been developed
for precise positioning, as is necessary in robot applications, pick and
place machines and positioning systems, for example. Up to four axes
can be controlled dependently or independently of one another.
Programming is in the G language using convenient software under
Windows.
PLC
CS1
R88ACPW_M2
Omnuc W
Servo Drive Y
Omnuc W
Servo Drive X
Servomotor X

CS1WMC221
X counter
clockwise
End position
X
XW2Z100JF1
X origin point
XW2B20J66
X return
End position
Servomotor Y
24 VDC
Emergency
stop
Y return
End position

Up to 76 axes per PLC
186
Y origin
point
Y counter
clockwise
End position
Output
Model code
2 axes
CS1WMC221
4 axes
CS1WMC421
Units
CS1WMC221
CS1WMC421
Compatible PLCs
SYSMAC CS1 series
Number of axes
2 axes
Number of axes per PLC
Up to 76 axes
Programming
G language
External connections
Teach console, manual pulse generator (MPG)

Programming via CS1 CPU
Drivers to be actuated
All speedcontrolled drivers with analogue actuation (e.g. OMNUC U or frequency converter series)
Control/regulation
Position control with incremental or absolute encoder feedback
Positioning
Circular interpolation
Spiral interpolation
Interrupt positioning
4 axes
2 axes
2 axes on one plane
2 axes on one plane + 1 vertical axis
Traverse to a position after an interrupt input for
each axis
4 axes
2 axes on one plane
2 axes on one plane + 1 vertical axis
Traverse to a position after an interrupt input for
each axis
Speed control
2 axes
1..2,000,000 pulse/s
4 axes
1..2,000,000 pulse/s
Encoder/MPG input
Max. 500 kHz
Programmable units
Smallest units
Units
1; 0.1; 0.01; 0.001; 0.0001

mm, inches, degrees, pulses
Maximum range of values

Travel speed
Advance
Interpolation
Task program size and
management
Number of tasks
Number of programs and size
Number of registers
Number of positions
Subroutine levels
Initialisation time
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Specifications (CS1 Motion Controller Unit)
39.999.999..39.999.99
(depending on the set unit)
Example: 36.86 m/min max.
(Condition: encoder resolution 2.048, motor speed: 4,500 rpm, unit: 0.001 mm/pulse)
Example: 36.86 m/min max.
(Condition: encoder resolution 2.048, motor speed: 4,500 rpm, unit: 0.001 mm/pulse)
2 max.
Number depends on the number of tasks
1 task: 100 programs/2,000 blocks
2 tasks: 50 programs/1,000 blocks
32
max. 2,000 (for one axis)
max. 5
max. 12 ms
4 max.
Number depends on the number of tasks
1 task: 100 programs/2,000 blocks
2 tasks: 50 programs/1,000 blocks
3 tasks: 33 programs/666 blocks
4 tasks: 25 programs/500 blocks
32
max. 2,000 (for one axis)
max. 5
max. 8 ms
187
Units
Programming, Accessories and Documentation (CS1_ Motion Control Unit)

Programming
Accessories,
cables etc.
Description
Cable length
Model code
CXMotion. Parameterisation software for Motion Control Units

see page 440
WS02MCTC1E
Connecting
g cable,,
PLC (RS232C)
(RS 232C) <> PC (RS232C)
(RS 232C)
Peripheral port
0.1 m
CS1WCN118
2m
CS1WCN226
6m
CS1WCN626
Teach console
CVM1PRO01E
ROM cartridge
CVM1MP702
Terminal block for 2 axes
XW2B20J66
Terminal block for 4 axes
XW2B40J67
Connecting cables,
MC Unit <> Terminal block
1m
XW2Z100JF1
1m
2m
1m
2m
R88ACPW001M1
R88ACPW002M1
R88ACPW001M2
R88ACPW002M2
Connecting cables,
MC Unit <> OMNUC W
For one axis
For two axes
Technical
Documentation
188
English
g
D
Documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
CS1WMC421/221
Operation Manual
W359E1
Units
C200HWMC402_ Motion Control Unit

The C200HWMC402 Unit is a position controller, which can control up
to 4 axes with or without interpolation. Programming is in BASIC using
easy to operate WINDOWS software. The current operating system
allows up to 5 BASIC programs to be run simultaneously using
multitasking. The C200HMC402s multitasking function allows
sections of complex applications to be developed and tested

independently of one another. The Unit has 16 inputs and 8 freely
programmable outputs. This allows direct evaluation of both reference
and limit switch signals.
R88ACMUK001J3E2
CS1
OMNUC W
Servo Drive
Cutting height
C200HWMC402E
R88ACMX001SE
OMNUC W
Servo Drive
Saws
OMNUC W
Servo Drive
Linear guide
R88ACMX001J1E
Emergency
stop
Y clockwise,
limit
Terminal block
R88ATC04E
Y origin
point
Y counter
clockwise,
limit
24 VDC
R88ACMUK001J3E2
Servomotor
Cutting height
X counter
clockwise limit
X origin point
OMNUC W
Servo Drive
Workpiece feed
Servomotor
Saws
Servomotor
Linear selection
X clockwise
limit
Longitudinal cutting of
workpiece
Servomotor
Workpiece feed
Motion Control Unit

RS232C port
g capability
p
y
Multitasking
Output
Model code
4 axes
C200HWMC402E
189
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Specifications (C200H_ Motion Control Unit)

Number of axes
4 axes
Programming
PC: RS232C
External connections
Multitasking, Basic via WINDOWS software
CPU, internal speed
Texas Instrument TMS320C32, 40 MHz
Memory capacity
128 kB RAM for programs and data
Drivers to be actuated
All speedcontrolled drivers with analogue actuation 10..10 V) and encoder output
(e.g. OMNUC U or frequency converter series)
Displays
10 LEDs: Run LED

Axis Status LED
8 LEDs to be assigned via software
Monitoring functions
Watchdog timer
Interactive debugger/monitor using MotionPerfect software
Control
Position control with encoder feedback
Positioning
Linear interpolation up to 4 axes

Circular interpolation with 2 axes
Spiral interpolation with 3 axes
Electronic transmission
CAM profiles
Position registration interrupt
Speed control
4 axes
Interrupt inputs
4 (1 per axis, input 0..3)
Digital inputs
16 (galvanically isolated)
Input voltage: 24 VDC nominal + 20% max.
Input impedance: 6.8 k
Input current: 3.2 mA at 24 VDC
H level: >12 VDC
L level <5 VDC
Type: PNP
Digital outputs
8 (galvanically isolated), 0..24 VDC, 250 mA

Overcurrent and overtemperature protection
Total switching capacity: 100 mA per output (max. 1 A for all outputs)
Max. voltage: 24 VDC nominal + 20% max.
Wiring: NPN
Analogue outputs
4 channels 10 Volt
Encoder inputs
4 channel line driver input (incremental), max. 250 kpps
Power consumption
<500 mA at 5 VDC
Control inputs
Forward limit switch, reverse limit switch, origin switch
190
Units
Units
Programming
Accessories,
cables etc.
Technical
Documentation
Description
Cable length
Model code
Motion Perfect Software. Programming, Monitoring and

Debugging Software for the R88AMCW151 and
C200HWMC402 units.
For WINDOWS 95/98/2000/NT4.0
(Included in the Motion Tools CD)
Motion Perfect
EDS Files. DeviceNet Electronic Data Sheet.

_.EDS
Motion Tools CD. Comprehensive Omron software tools and

technical information.
MOTION TOOLS
Programming cable
2m
R88ACCM002P4E
Terminal block,
MC Unit <> Servo Drives
R88ATC04E
Connecting cable,
terminal block <> MC Unit for I/O Signals
1 cable per MC Unit, 26pin
1m
R88ACMX001SE
Connecting cable,
terminal block <> MC Unit (servo axes),
1 cable per MC Unit, 40pin
1m
R88ACMX001J1E
Connecting cable,
MC Unit <> OMNUC W
1 cable per axis
1m
R88ACMUK001J3E2
Connector for MC Unit, 26pin, with solder terminals for

I/O Signals
10126 3000 VE
Connector for MC Unit, 40pin, with solder terminals for

axis control
10140 3000 VE
Housing for 26pin connector
10326 52F0008
Housing for 40pin connector
10340 55F0008
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
C200HWMC402E
Operation Manual
W903E2
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Programming, Accessories and Documentation (C200H_ Motion Control Unit)
191
Units
C200H_ BASIC Units

BASIC Unit
Programmable in BASIC and
Assembler
32 bit CPU
Realtime clock
Model code
C200HASC11
Model code
C200HASC21
Model code
C200HASC31
Communication mode
Half duplex
Synchronisation
Start/stop
Ports
C200HASC11
C200HASC21
C200HASC31
2x RS232C
1x RS232C and 1x RS422/RS485
3x RS232C
Port transmission rate
300..38,400 Baud
Memory capacity
Program data area
Memory area
200 kB RAM (battery buffer)

200 kB Flash EEPROM
Transmission capacity
Per PLC cycle
90 words
Timer functions
Realtime clock with date
Status display
LED

C200HASC11
C200HASC21
C200HASC31
250 mA
300 mA
300 mA
PLC with C200HASC11 Unit
(RS232C)
Port 1
Port 1/Port 2
Barcode reader
Personal Computer
Printer
Control terminal

Accessories,
cables etc.
Technical
Documentation
192
Description
Model code
Buffer battery
C200HBAT09
SYSMAC WAY interface library
HLMaster.mts
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
C200HASC/21/31
Operation Manual
W306E1
SYSMAC ALT
Operation Manual
W360E2
SYSMAC WAY Library
Operation Manual
W906E2
Units
Programmable
Logic Contr.
CS1 Communication Units
Ethernet the link between production and administration

Ethernet Unit
Ethernet Unit
Model code
CS1WETN01
Ethernet connection
10Base5 via transceiver
Connection method
15pin Dsub connector
Status display
LED
400 mA, 5 VDC
20.4..26.4 VDC, 0.3 A
Output for transceiver
12 VDC, 0.4 A
Model code
CS1WETN11
Ethernet connection
10BaseT via hub
Connection method
RJ45
Status display
LED
400 mA, 5 VDC
For further information on Ethernet, see page 218.
Controller Link the industrial network for manufacturing cell

2wire connection
Model code
CS1WCLK21
Connection method
Screw terminals
Status display
LED
330 mA, 5 VDC
For further information on Controller Link, see page 221.
Optical ControllerLinkBus and ControllerLinkRingSystem for high security requirements

Optical fibre link

Optical fibre link
Model code
CS1WCLK12
Connection method
Screw terminals
HPCF optical fibre
Operating voltage
24 VDC
Status display
LED
520 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
CS1WCLK52
Connection method
Screw terminals
GI optical fibre
Operating voltage
24 VDC
Status display
LED
648 mA, 5 VDC
For further information on Optical ControllerLink, see page 224.
193
Units
CS1 Communication Units (Continued)
SYSMAC WAY the inexpensive network solution with serial interfaces

Communication Unit
For CS1
SYSMAC WAY slave
With protocol macro SYSMAC WAY
master function
Model code
CS1WSCU21
Connection method
9pin Dsub connector
Status display
LED
290 mA + n, 5 VDC

Ports
CS1WSCU21
2x RS232C
Transmission rate
300..115,000 baud
16
For further information on SYSMAC WAY (Host Link), see page 227.
Specifications for the communication modules will be found on page 133.

DeviceNet Unit
Master and I/O link function
Explicit Messages
Package
g includes screw terminal
block connector
For further information on DeviceNet, see page 231.
194
Model code
CS1WDRM21
Number of I/O points

maximum
2048
32.000

maximum
32
4.800
Message function
200 bytes
Status display
LED
Connection method
290 mA, 5 VDC
30 mA, 11..25 VDC
Max. number of units

Preconfigured per CPU
maximum
3
16
Units
Programmable
Logic Contr.
C200H_ Communication Units

CompoBus/S
p
Master Unit
Supports HighSpeed and
LongDistance mode
No programming required
Model code
C200HWSRM21V1
I/O
Max. 256 I/O

max. 32
Status Value
Warning output
Current consumption
150 mA at 5 VDC
Number of Units per CPU
5/16
Model code
C200HWPRM21
Max. data area
2 input and 2 output areas
Data area size
300 words
Number of masters per PLC

with configurator
10 (or 16)
Current consumption
600 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
C200HWPRT21
Number of I/O words
1+1..100+100
C200HE/HG/HX and CS1G/HCPUs
All
Current consumption
250 mA, 5 VDC
Bus and Unit status display
LED
Accessories
GSD file on disk
For further information on CompoBus/S, see page 256.

PROFIBUSDP Master
PROFIBUS I/O Link Unit
For further information on PROFIBUSDP, see page 264.
CAN: Controller Area Network the fast fieldbus connection

CAN Communication Unit
Model code
C200HWCORT21V1
Transmission rate
10..1000 kbit/s
(each baud rate is adjustable)
Protocol
Userdefined incl. CANopen
Display
7 segment error code
Current consumption
250 mA, 5 VDC
Status display (bus status)
LED
For further information on CAN, see page 268.
195
196
Units
SYSMAC Board C200PCISA

General
Performance Data
SYSMAC Board
Specifications
Expansion Racks
Power Supplies
Dimensional Drawings
Drivers for ISA Bus Port
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Slot PLC
Page
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
199
199
199
200
202
203
205
205
206
207
207
209
211
197
Slot PLC
198
Slot PLC
Programmable
Logic Contr.
General
The Slot PLC SYSMAC Board from OMRON combines the hardware of
a C200HE/HG/HX and a fieldbus master on a single PC plugin
board for the ISA bus. Either DeviceNet or CompoBus/S is available as
a fieldbus.
PC based controllers have the advantage of being able to execute
control tasks together with display software and other standard data
processing software. The main advantage of the Slot PLC is its high
reliability, realtime capability, deterministics, data remanence and its
independence from the PC. If the PC crashes or fails the PLC
continues to run on the ISA board, preventing disruptions to the
production process.
The PLC is fully compatible with the triedandtested
C200HE/HG/HX. All existing programs can be run on the Slot PLC.
The board can also be programmed on the integrated serial port with
older or existing PLC program packages.
Racks of the C200H can be connected, allowing the use of all
functional modules such as motion controllers, temperature controllers,
electronic cam controller or PROFIBUSDP Master.
FINS gateway drivers are available for the PC port these can be
accessed with any ActiveX compatible software such as Microsoft
Word, Excel, Access or Visual Basic.

C200PCISA03_
C200PCISA13_
Local inputs/outputs
(704)*
(1104)*
Decentralized I/O
256 CompoBus/S
max. 4800 DeviceNet
256 CompoBus/S
max. 4800 DeviceNet
0.15 s
0.1 s
Program Memory
15.2 kwords
31.2 kwords
Data words
12 kwords
24 kwords
Input interrupts
1 (10 ms..10 s)
1 (10 ms..10 s)
C200PCISA03/13DRM
C200PCISA03/13SRM
Controller Link (network)
Host Link SYSMAC WAY (network)
Yes
Yes
Master incorporates 800 inputs and 800 outputs

(without configurator)
(Yes)*
(Yes)*
Master incorporates 128 inputs and 128 outputs
ASI BUS (open fieldbus)
(Yes)*
(Yes)*

* When using a C200H expansion rack
199
Slot PLC
PC Expansion Board
The Slot PLC SYSMAC Board is a PCcompatible
expansion board for the ISA Bus. The board only
requires I/O area addresses and memory in the PC.
No interrupt is needed. Plug and Play functions are
not supported.
The necessary hardware resources in the PC
depend on the software that is used.
WINDOWS95/98 and NT operating systems can
be used for the FINS gateway drivers.
The board driver for Microsoft C/C++ Version 7.0 is
also supplied.
C200PCISA Board
PLC program
I/O memory
Panel PC/IPC
ISA Bus
Up to 4 Slot PLC SYSMAC Boards can be

installed in a PC. The WINDOWS NT 4.0
operating system is a requirement.
DeviceNet
The integral DeviceNet fieldbus master provides all
the functions of the C200HWDRM21V1 Unit.
The Unit can be used to connect the following field
devices:
digital inputs and outputs
analogue inputs and outputs
temperature sensor inputs
combined modules of the Multi Remote System
with special functions such as rapid counter,
relay outputs
for connection with converters, temperature
controllers and other PLC systems or PCs
also allows many modules of other manufacturers
to be connected.
The maximum length of the DeviceNet is up to
500m (125 kbaud) or 100 m (500 kbaud), up to 63
nodes can be addressed.
For DeviceNet see Networks on page 231.
C200PCISA Board
PLC program
I/O memory
Panel PC/IPC
ISA Bus
Digital/Analogue Input Modules
Digital/Analogue Output Modules
Special Bus Modules
Multi Remote System

DeviceNet interface Module
Digital/Analogue Modules
Special I/O Modules
PLC I/O Link Modules
Converter
3G3_V
Devices of other
manufacturers
200
Slot PLC
Programmable
Logic Contr.

CompoBus/S
The SYSMAC Board for the fast OMRON
CompoBus/S fieldbus is available instead
of a DeviceNet Master.
C200PCISA Board
PLC program
I/O memory
The version of the CompoBus/S Master can drive

digital and analogue input and output modules in
highspeed mode. The bus is particularly fast, with
a maximum cycle time of 0.8 ms for all inputs and
outputs.
Panel PC/IPC
ISA Bus
Cables can be up to 100 m long and 128 inputs

and 128 outputs can be connected.
For CompoBus/S see Networks on page 256.
Transistor
I/O Modules
Sensor Modules
Relay Output Modules
Bus terminating adapter
Expansion rack
Expansion racks of the C200HE/HG/HX can be
connected to the SYSMAC Board.
All standard I/O Units, special I/O Units and multi
I/O Units in Group 2 can be used on it. The
functions of the network Units can be implemented
with a PC.
C200PCISA Board
PLC program
I/O memory
Panel PC/IPC
ISA Bus
Special I/O Units are available for a wide range of

functions, e.g.:
Highspeed counter
Positioning, motion controller
Electronic cam controller
Temperature control
PROFIBUSDP fieldbus
C200PCCN221
C200HE/HG/HX
Expansion Units
201
Slot PLC
Supplement card C200PCEXP01
The supplement card offers an additional RS232C
serial port. Control terminals or other devices that
have direct access to a PLC can be connected.
Supplement card
C200PCEXP01
C200PCISA Board
Panel PC/IPC
The interface supports the following protocols:
ISA Bus
Host Link (standard)

Active (no protocol)
1:1 CPU Link
(for connection to another Omron PLC)
NT Link (1:1 , 1:n).
The peripheral port is brought out with conventional
plug connectors of the C200HE/HG/HX.
PC
Control terminal
Series NT
Supplement card C200PCPD024

The supplement card ensures PLC operation even
when the PC is not in use.
Supplement card
C200PCPD02
C200PCISA Board
Panel PC/IPC
External power supply 24 VDC.

ISA Bus
Power supply 24 VDC
SYSMAC Board
Slot PLC
Equivalent to C200HGCPU43E
For 2 expansion racks
Slot PLC
DeviceNet Fieldbus Master
Master*
* For further information on DeviceNet, see page 231.
202
Model code
C200PCISA03E
Local I/O
704
Decentralised I/O
Via Unit
0.15 s
Program Memory
15 kwords
Data words
12 kwords
Model code
C200PCISA03DRME
Local I/O
704
Decentralised I/O
4800 Master integrated
Execution time
0.15 s
Program Memory
15 kwords
Data words
12 kwords
Slot PLC
Slot PLC
Master**
CompoBus/S Fieldbus Master
Slot PLC
Equivalent to C200HXCPU64E
DeviceNet Fieldbus Master
Master*
Slot PLC
Equivalent to C200HXCPU64E
Master**
CompoBus/S Fieldbus Master
Model code
C200PCISA03SRME
Local I/O
704
Decentralised I/O
128E/128A Master integrated
Execution time
0.15 s
Program Memory
15 kwords
Data words
12 kwords
Model code
C200PCISA13DRME
Local I/O
1104
Decentralised I/O
max. 4800 Master integrated
Execution time
0.1 s
Program Memory
31.2 kwords
24 kwords
Model code
C200PCISA13SRME
Local I/O
1104
Decentralised I/O
128E/128A Master integrated
Execution time
0.1 s
Program Memory
31.2 kwords
24 kwords
Programmable
Logic Contr.
SYSMACBoard (Continued)
* For further information on DeviceNet, see page 231.

** For further information on CompoBus/S, see page 256.

Designation
C200PCISA03DRME/SRME
C200PCISA13DRME/SRME
704
1104
SRM: 128
SRM: 128
DRM: 4800
SRM: 128
SRM: 128
DRM: 4800
ms
0.15
0.1
Program memory
kwords
15.2
31.2
Data words
kwords
12
24
Aux. flag
bits
(words)
6784
(424)
6624
(414)
Hold flag
bits
(words)
1600
(100)
1600
(100)
Timer/Counter
512
512
CPU ports
Peripherals, RS232C (RS422 with converter)
I/O processing
Process diagram, cyclic edit
14 basic and 231 special instructions with edge detection
Data backup
Buffer battery (5 years at 25C)
Program security
Buffer battery (5 years at 25C) or Memory Module (EEPROM, EPROM)
Program protection
Password
1 (1 ms..10 s)
Local max. I/O

Decentralized
Inputs
Outputs
I/O
Execution time
per instruction
Macro
Change RS232C configuration
I/O Refresh
indirect addressing
ASCII/HEX
Arithmetic
Subroutine
203
Slot PLC
Supply voltage
limits
5 VDC
4.875..5.25 VDC
Current consumption
Max. 0.5 A, 0.8 A with supplement card
Noise immunity
1.500 Vss; pulse width: 0.1..1 s; rise time: 1 ns
10..57 Hz, 0.075 mm amplitude, 57..150 Hz

Acceleration 9.8 m/s2 (1 g) on X, Y and Z axis for 80 min each, 0.3 g when installed in slot.
Shock resistance
147 m/s2 (15 g), 3 times each on X, Y and Z axis
Ambient temperature
Operation: 0..55 C; storage: 20..75 C
Environmental Conditions
Must be free from corrosive fumes
Programming Options
Programming with own panel PC or IPC
The CXProgrammer programming software can
access the SYSMAC Board over the ISA Bus.
C200PCISA Board
Panel PC/IPC
Programming software
CXProgrammer
This makes programming and online editing easy

and convenient.
ISA Bus
The ES100CT023202 special cable can be

used to connect up the RS232C port on the panel
PC or industrial PC (IPC) with the SYSMAC Board.
C200PCISA Board
Panel PC/IPC
SYSWIN or
CXProgrammer
The SYSWIN and CXProgramme programming

software can access the SYSMAC Board in this
way.
ISA Bus
RS232C
Cable: ES100CT023202
Programming using a separate PC or laptop

The ES100CT023202 special cable can be used
to access the SYSMAC Board from the RS232C
port of a PC or laptop so as not to interrupt
operations on the panel PC or IPC in which the
SYSMAC Board is fitted.
Laptop
The CXProgrammer programming software can be

used for programming or online editing.
Panel PC/IPC
ISA Bus
Panel PC/IPC
Programming
software SYSWIN or
CXProgrammer
RS232C
Cable: ES100CT023202
204
C200PCISA Board
Slot PLC
Programming
Accessories,
cables etc.
Technical
Documentation
Description
Cable length
Model code

see page 434
WS02CXPC1EV2.1
Special cable SYSMAC Board <> RS232C port,

9pin Dsub connector
2m
ES100CT023202
Special cable SYSMAC Board <> RS232C port,

2m
ES100CT021202
Supplement card with peripheral and RS232C port
C200PCEXP01
Supplement card for power supply

Input voltage 24 VDC, output voltage 50 VDC
C200PCPD024
FINS gateway drivers for Windows 95/98/NT4.0
SDRVCPCE
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
C200HE/HG/HX
Programming Manual
W303E1
C200PCISA
Operation Manual
V202E1
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Expansion Racks
Expansion racks of the C200_ can be connected to the SYSMAC
The table below lists the maximum number of Units and racks that can
Board. All standard I/O Units, special I/O Unit and multi I/O Units of
be used.
Group 2 can be used except for the network Units C200HSNT32,
PCU_, PCS_, SLK_ and CLK_. The functions of these Units can be
implemented with the PC.
The interrupt input functions cannot be used.
Unit Type
Unit
C200PCISA03
C200PCISA13
Rack
Host Link
C200HLK201, LK202
PC Link (Special I/O Module)
C200HLK401
Multi I/O Module Group 2
C200HID216
C200HOD218, OD21B
16
16
C200HID218, OD219
C200HTS, TC, CT,

C200HNC, ASC
15
C200HMC
PROFIBUS Master
C200HWPRM21
15
DeviceNet Master when using configura

tor with 256 CompoBus/S I/O
C200HWDRM21
9(8)
15(14)
CompoBus/S Master
C200HWSRM21
Analogue/special I/O Modules
205
Slot PLC
Expansion Racks (Continued)
Expansion Racks
Expansion racks are used to mount:
Power supply units
Functional modules
The individual racks are interconnected using bus connection cables. The bus connectors (2 off)
are on the lefthand side of the rack.
Rack for 3 slots
C200HWBI031
Rack for 5 slots
C200HWBI051
Rack for 8 slots
C200HWBI081
Rack for 10 slots
C200HWBI101
Connecting
g cable for expansions
p
0.3 m
C200HCN311
0.7 m
C200HCN711
2.0 m
C200HCN221
5.0 m
C200HCN521
10.0 m
C200HCN131
0.3 m
C200PCCN221
Bus cable
Connecting cable to the C200PCISA board
Power Supplies
Power supply
pp y
For more power supplies, see page 135.
206
Model code
C200HWPA204
Input voltage
100..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Range
85..264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Output power
Max. 120 VA
Model code
C200HWPA204S
Input voltage
100..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Range
85..264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Output power
max. 120 VA
24 VDC, 0.8 A
Model code
C200HWPD024
Input voltage
24 VDC
Range
19.2..28.8 VDC
Output power
Max. 50 W
Slot PLC
C200PCISA
Programmable
Logic Contr.
Dimensions (mm)
C200PCEXP01
106.7
106.7
128.7
163
C200PCPD024
106.7
105.9
Drivers for ISA Bus Port

Drivers in C language
The board is supplied with drivers for Microsoft
C/C++, Version 7.0. These drivers are written for
the DOS environment and cannot be used under
Windows NT.
C200PCISA Board
Panel PC/IPC
The source code files contain the following

Cfunctions:
pcinit()
defines the I/O area addresses and the
basic address in the common memory between
the SYSMAC Board and the PC
pcopen()
initialises and starts communication
between the SYSMAC Board and the PC
pcclose()
closes communication between the
SYSMAC Board and the PC
pcmode()
changes the mode of the Slot PLC
(STOP/PROGRAM, MONITOR, RUN)
pcstat()
provides access to the error and status
information of the Slot PLC
pcread()
reads data from the memory of the
SYSMACBoar d
pcwrite()
writes data to the memory of the
SYSMACBoar d
ISA Bus
User program with

functions for C language
pcopen ( )
pcread ( )
207
Slot PLC
Drivers for ISA Bus Port (Continued)
FINS Gateway drivers for WINDOWS 95/98
and WINDOWS NT4.0
There are drivers for the various OMRON networks,
which have a standard interface to the user. These
drivers are called FinsGateway. The SYSMAC Board
with the ISA Bus connection is treated like one of the
networks (Controller Link, Ethernet or Host Link). The
advantage for the user is that once it is written, his
software will also run on other OMRON networks.
WINDOWS NT
WINDOWS 95/98
Applications
Fins Gateway
Event memory
The FINS Gateway drivers are designed so that a

very fast data throughput can be achieved.
They consists of two parts:
FINS Message Communication routes the FINS
instruction to the CPU or bus interface and passes
the FINS answer to the users software
Event Memory Data areas are cyclically
exchanged so that the PLC and the PC each
receive the same image. With the help of a FINS
Gateway SDK (Software Developers Kit) new data
can also be automatically detected in the Event
Memory and signalled with the WINDOWS
operating system.
If he only uses the Message Communication of the
FINS Gateway drivers, the user must program the
entire FINS instruction handling and answer
evaluation himself.
The Compolet driver is available to make this
easier, or alternatively a display software such as
CXSupervisor can be used. The FINS Gateway
drivers are contained in the CXServerLite.
CXServer Lite, ActiveX Driver

This standardised interface greatly reduces the
amount of programming needed.
The PLC memory can be accessed directly with
software products that have an ActiveX interface
expansion. This includes (Microsoft) programs such
as Visual Basic 6.0 professional and all packages
with VBA such as Microsoft Word, Excel and Access
in the Office 97 package, or Delphi.
ActiveX is an OLE device (Object Linking and
Embedding) and is the successor to DDE
(Dynamic Data Exchange). Users of this software
require no programming knowledge of network
software or any special knowledge of FINS
commands.
Example of a command line:
Private Sub Command1_Click(0)
Text 1 = Hex (SYSMAC_C1.DM(0))
End Sub
Note that WINDOWS 95 provides only partially
effective safety mechanisms for the reliability of
programs running in parallel.
It is therefore recommended that WINDOWS NT be
used as an operating system.
208
FINS Message
Communication
CPU
SYSMAC Board
SYSMAC Link
Controller Link
Host Link
DeviceNet
PC, IBM compatible

WINDOWS NT
WINDOWS 95/98
Visual Basic, User Application
ActiveX
Compolet Driver
FINS Gateway for SYSMAC Board
SYSMAC Board
Slot PLC
C200PCISA03
without supplement card C200PCEXP01
C200PCISA03/13
with supplement card C200PCEXP01
Yes
Yes
Active RS232C
Yes
1:1 CPU Link
Yes
1:1 NT Link
Yes
1:n NT Link
Yes
Programmable
Logic Contr.
SYSMAC WAY (Host Link)

SYSMAC WAY and Host Link is the name of the
protocol for the normal programming interface of
the OMRON Programmable Logic Controllers.
Panel PC/IPC
ES100CT023202
Laptop
The protocol is a simple masterslave protocol and

is described in Manual W143.
The interface runs in the Host Link slave mode as
default and can be addressed by a PC or Control
Terminal.
Up to 32 Host Link slaves can be integrated in a
SYSMAC WAY network using the RS422 interface.
C200PCISA
without supplement card
Panel PC/IPC
RS232C cable
CBL2092M
Laptop
CQM1CIF02
C200PCISA
with supplement card
Panel PC/IPC
NTAL001
RS422 cable
CS1
CS1WSCB41
CJ1H +
CJ1WSCU41
C200PCISA
CPM1 +
CPM1CIF11
209
Slot PLC
Active RS232C
The RS232C interface on the supplement card
can be changed to the active RS232C Mode by
the Host Link slave.
Panel PC/IPC
RS232C cable
ASCII character strings can be sent and received

via TXD and RXD. Peripherals such as modems,
printers or bar code readers can be operated in
this way.
Modem
Printer
Bar code reader

C200PCISA
1:1 CPU Link

Up to 64 words can be continuously exchanged
between two PLC CPU Modules on the RS232C
port with the 1:1 CPU Link and with no
programming required.
Panel PC/IPC
RS232C cable
CQM1H
CPM2C
C200PCISA
CPM1(A)
1:1 NT Link zl
Various Control Terminals, from functionkeys to the
NT Series graphicscapable touchscreen colour
terminal, are available to the user as man/machine
interface.
Panel PC/IPC
Data is exchanged very quickly between a Control

Terminal and the Slot PLC via the 1:1 NT Link
protocol.
Touchscreen
control terminal
C200PCISA
210
RS232C cable
Functionkey
control terminal
Slot PLC
Programmable
Logic Contr.

1:n NT Link
A number of NT Series Control Terminals can be
connected to the Slot PLC with an RS422 network.
NTAL001
Panel PC/IPC
RS422 cable
Up to 8 Control Terminals can be connected.

OMRON control terminal
OMRON control terminal

NT21 via NSAL002
C200PCISA
Panel PC/Control PC
Conventional application
A program that runs on a PC is used for display

purposes and to operate the machine. Instead of
installing a PLC in its own housing in a separate
control cubicle, the Slot PLC with fieldbus
connection is simply plugged into the same PC.
PC
with display
Machine
PLC
Fieldbus
Application with Slot PLC

Panel PC
with display
Slot PLC
Machine
Fieldbus
211
Slot PLC
212
Page
Industrial
Comm.
Industrial Communication Overview . . . 215

FINS Factory Interface Network Service
Ethernet
Controller Link, Industrial Network
Optical Controller Link, Industrial Network
SYSMAC WAY (Host Link), Programming Interface
DeviceNet, Open Fieldbus
Multiple I/O System
CompoBus/S, Fieldbus
PROFIBUSDP, Open Fieldbus
ASi, Standard Fieldbus
CAN, Controller Area Network
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
217
218
221
224
227
231
249
256
264
267
268
213
There is an increasing trend towards distributed intelligent control. Manufacturing cells that are small
and manageable are tomorrows industrial solutions. Whether you are creating a factorywide
information system, interconnecting a number of manufacturing cells or simply linking up a controller to
a host computer, OMRON offers you a full product range of advanced and innovative networking
components.
Solutions that will help you monitor and control your production processes.
The efficiency and ease of use of OMRON networks is appreciated by users from all over the world, in
all thinkable applications. The network solutions are designed for highspeed data exchange and
simple operation.
Direct memory access and transparent, straightforward data communication will lighten your workload.
The socket service on our CJ1 and CS1 systems enables sending and receiving various data with
UDP/IP or TCP/IP using standard protocols for Ethernet. This enables communications with a wide
range of devices that support Ethernet communications, including control devices, workstations,
personal computers, and Ethernet units from other manufacturers. FINS is also supported. FINS is
OMRONs unique protocol, and is a safe and fast option for crossnetwork controlling, operating and
monitoring.
Controller Link also supports the same crossnetwork protocol, FINS. Controller Link is Omrons ideal
network for manufacturing cells and large plants alike. Using FINS it provides automatic data exchange
or selective data transfer, utilising either a 2wire cable, or fibre optic connections.
SYSMAC WAY is OMRONs serial RS232C or RS422 interface protocol and is supported by all
OMRON controllers.
DeviceNet is an open field bus based on CAN (Controller Area Network, ISO 11898, Part A) and
globally supported by more than 250 manufacturers of industrial automation equipment.
For highspeed processes, OMRON offers CompoBus/S. With a fixed cycle time of 0.8 ms for 256 I/O,
it is probably the fastest bitbus on the market.
Modules from each PLC family are available to connect OMRON control systems to the European
fieldbus, PROFIBUSDP.
Powerful
communication
Versatile
networking
functions
Sales
Logistics
Host computer
Production
Marketing
Purchasing
Development
CAD modification
Programming station
Component assembly
Transport
Assembly
214
Inspection
Controlling
Warehouse management
Overview
Industrial
Comm.
Production planning
1st Manufac
turing cell
2nd Manufac
turing cell
Ethernet
Management
level
Controller Link
1:n NT Link
1:1 NT Link
Field level
DeviceNet
CompoBus/S
PROFIBUSDP
Thirdparty devices
Thirdparty
devices
DeviceNet
SYSMAC WAY
(Host Link)
ASi
1:1 NT Link
CompoBus/S
215
Overview
Differences between the Various Networks

Description
Speed Max.
Cable length
max.
Dig./ana.
decentralized I/Os
Multi Master
supported
PC interface supported
Ethernet
Information network
10 Mbps
Yes
Controller Link
Industrial network for the

manufacturing cell
2 Mbps
1 km (2wire)
20 km (optical fi
bre)
Yes
Host Link
(SYSMAC WAY)
Serial
network solution
115.2 kbps
1 km
Yes
DeviceNet
Open fieldbus
500 kbps
500 m
Yes
Yes
Yes
CompoBus/S
Highspeed fieldbus
750 kbps
500 m
Yes
Yes
PROFIBUSDP
Open fieldbus
12 Mbps
1200 m
Yes
Yes
ASInterface
Open bitbus
166 kbps
100 m
Yes
CANopen
Open fieldbus
1 Mbps
10 km
Yes
PLC program
upload and
download
PLC to PLC
data exchange
FINS
commands
Send email
Programming
effort
Configurator
required
Ethernet
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Medium
Controller Link
Yes
Yes
Yes
Low
Host Link
(SYSMAC WAY)
Yes
Yes
Low
DeviceNet
Yes
Yes
Yes
Low
Optional
CompoBus/S
Yes
Very low
PROFIBUSDP
Yes
Medium
Yes
ASInterface
Medium
No
CANopen
Yes
CANopen:
Medium
Userdefined
CAN: High
Yes
OMRON products for different networks

CS1
CJ1
CQM1H
CPM
NS terminals
Inverter
Temperature
Controller
I/O terminals
Other
manufacturers
Ethernet
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Controller Link
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes2
Host Link
M/S1
M/S1
M/S1
DeviceNet
M/S
M/S
M/S
CompoBus/S
PROFIBUSDP
M/S
M/S
ASInterface
CANopen
(M)/S
(M)/S
M = Master
S = Slave
1 = With COM module and protocol driver
2 = NS10 and NS12 only
216
FINS
General
The FINS system can be used to program a second controller with a serial cable
connection to the first controller. PLC1 detects that the commands received are intended
for a different controller and sends them via the network to PLC2 which is located
xxmeters away. In this manner it is possible to address not only complete PLCs but also
Special I/O units on a CJ1 or CS1 PLC system. If the serial port of PLC1 is connected to
a modem, all the networked controllers can be monitored remotely via a modem link.
Programming and monitoring with FINS
Information
network
Every PC or laptop can directly access every

CS1/CJ1CPU, CS1/CJ1Special I/O Unit or
every CS1/CJ1 Compact Flash card by
Ethernet, Controller Link, Host Link, DeviceNet
or Modem.
PC
PC
Host Link
Industrial
network
Ethernet
Modem
CJ1
CS1
Send
email
Laptop
Telephone line
Special I/O
Unit
e.g.
CJ1WMC
Host Link
Host Link
Modem
DeviceNet
Controller Link
Decentralised
control
CS1
CJ1
Remote
I/O
CJ1
CJ1
DeviceNet
DRT1_
Multiple I/O system

CJ1
217
Industrial
Comm.
FINS stands for Factory Interface Network Service and is OMRONs unique
crossnetwork protocol. It enables very transparent communication, as messages can
be sent over several of these networks. As a result, devices on different networks can
communicate with each other.
FINS
Factory Interface
Network Service
Ethernet
General
Ethernet is in widespread use for computer communication. Although exceptionally fast,
it meets no realtime requirements. But Ethernet is useful for transmitting large amounts
of data to an HMI terminal, SCADA or Office environment, and non timecritical data
between PLCs.
Data transfer with SEND and RECEIVE commands
FINS communication functions
Can send preconfigured emails to the mail server
No load on the control CPU
Networks with 2..100 nodes
Transfer rate: 10 Mbit/s
Ethernet
the link between
production and
administration
PC
HMI terminal NS7/NS10/NS12_01
Ethernet 10BaseT
PC/Workstation
Hub/Switch
Ethernet 10Base5Segment, max. 500 m
Ethernet 10Base5, coaxial cable
Transceiver
Terminator
Hub/Switch
Ethernet 10Base5Segment, max. 100 m
Transceiver cable
50 m
10BaseT, twistedpair cable
CS1
Open Network
Controller
CS1WETN01
Ethernet Unit
(10Base5)
CJ1
CS1
CJ1
CJ1WETN11
Ethernet Unit
(10BaseT)
CS1WETN11
Ethernet Unit
(10BaseT)
CJ1WETN11
Ethernet Unit
(10BaseT)
Specifications
Communication process
CSMA/CD (Carrier Sense Multiple Access/Collision Detect)
Transmission rate
10 Mbit/s
Protocol
TCP/IP, FTP and UDP/IP (Socket Service)
Function
File transfer (with FTP server on Compact Flash card)

FINS Communication (Factory Interface Network Service)
Send email with SMTP
Selfdiagnostic and commissioning support functions
Continuity with Controller Link and DeviceNet networks
10BaseT
Network topology
Star
Transmission medium
Unshielded twisted pair
Max. segment length
100 m
Max. node distance
Max. number of nodes
Cable length to transceiver
218
Terminator
Ethernet
Ethernet Unit
Ethernet Unit
CS1 Bus Unit
max number of units: 4
max.
Switch settings for addressing: 0..F
Ethernet Unit
CJ1 Bus Unit
max number of units: 4
max.
Switch setting for addressing: 0..F
NS Terminal
Touchscreen
SNT colour display, 256 colours
Communication:
1 1 NT Link
1:1
1:n NT Link
FINS
Model code
CS1WETN01
Ethernet connection
10Base5 via transceiver
Connection method
Status display
LED
400 mA, 5 VDC
20.4..26.4 VDC, 0.3 A
Output for transceiver
12 VDC, 0.4 A
Suitable CPU types
All
Model code
CS1WETN11
Ethernet connection
10BaseT via Hub/Switch
Connection method
RJ45
Status display
LED
400 mA, 5 VDC
Suitable CPU types
All
Model code
CJ1WETN11
Ethernet connection
10BaseT via Hub/Switch
Connection method
RJ45
Status display
LED
380 mA, 5 VDC
Suitable CPU types
All
Model code
Housing in beige
Housing in black
NS7SV01
NS7SV01B
Display size
160.42x121.06 mm
Number of screen pixels
640x480 pixel
Number of lines/characters
60/80
Number of touch fields
768 (32x24)
Memory
6 MB
Ports
2x RS232C
expansion port
Network
Ethernet, 10BaseT
Operating voltage
24 VDC (20.4..27.6 V), 20 W
IP65 (front side)
Industrial
Comm.
Network Components
219
Ethernet
Network Components (Continued)

NS Terminal
Touchscreen
TFT colour display, 256 colours
Communication:
1 1 NT Link
1:1
1:n NT Link
FINS
NS terminal
Touchscreen
Communication:
1 1 NT Link
1:1
1:n NT Link
FINS
Model code
Housing in beige
Housing in black
NS10TV01
NS10TV01B
Display size
211.2x158.4 mm
640x480 pixel
60/80
1200 (40x30)
Memory
4 MB (with 8/16 MB expandable)
Ports
2x RS232C
expansion port
Network
Ethernet, 10BaseT
Operating voltage
24 VDC (20.4..27.6 V), 20 W
IP65 (front side)
Model code
Housing in beige
Housing in black
NS12TS01
NS12TS01B
Display size
246.0x184.5 mm
800x600 pixel
75/100
1900 (50x38)
Memory
4 MB (with 8/16 MB expandable)
Ports
2x RS232C
expansion port
Network
Ethernet, 10BaseT
Operating voltage
24 VDC (20.4..27.6 V), 20 W
IP65 (front side)

Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code

see page 434
WS02CXPC1EV3.0
Adapter
p cable,,
miniature
i i t
peripheral
i h l portt PLC (RS232C)
(RS 232C) <> PC (RS232C)
(RS 232C)
Technical
Documentation
220
2m
CS1WCN226
6m
CS1WCN626
NS Designer. Programming software for NS HMI terminals.

see page 452
NSNSDC1EV2
Programming cable,
HMI terminal <> PC, RS232C
2m
XW2ZS002
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
Ethernet Units
Operation Manual
W343E1
NS Series
Setup Manual
V072E1
Programming Manual
V073E1
Operation Manual
V074E1
Macro Reference
V075E1
Quick Start Manual
V081E1
Controller Link
General
Controller Link is the ideal network for manufacturing cells and large plants alike. Nodes
communicate via a fibre optic connection or shielded 2core bus cable. Each node can
communicate with every other node. The data transfer rate can be set from
500kbit/s..2Mbit/s.
Controller Link can send and receive large data packets easily and flexibly between
Omron C200H, CS1, CJ1 or CQM1 PLCs, and PCs. Controller Link supports datalinks
that enable data sharing and a message service that enables sending and receiving
data when required. Data link areas can be freely set to create a flexible data link system
and effectively use data areas.Large quantities of data can be sent and received at
highspeeds to enable the easy creation of a widerange network encompassing both
lower and higher network levels.
The FINS protocol (Factory Interface Network Service) ensures that all of the PLCs that
are on the network can be addressed from other networks or from the serial ports
installed in the PLCs.
Twistedpair cable system
CS1
CS1WCLK21
PC
HMI terminal NS10/NS12
with NSCLK21
CQM1H
Open Network
Controller
3G8F5/3G8F7CLK21E
Network
expansion board
CQM1H
CLK21
CJ1W
CLK21
3G8F5/3G8F7CLK21E
Network
expansion board
Max. cable length 1 km at 500 kbps and 500 m at 2 Mbps, up to 32 nodes
Specifications
Token Bus (n:n communication)
Communication mode
Manchester code, baseband
Communication path
Bus
Data transmission rate
2 Mbps, 1 Mbps, 500 kbps
Transmission medium
Shielded 2core bus cable
Medium length
Max. 1 km at 500 kbps, 800 m at 1 Mbps, 500 m at 2 Mbps
Number of nodes
32 nodes
Message length
2012 bytes (max. 256 words)
Link words
Max. 8000 words per PLC

Total network max. 32,000 words
Functions
Data Link Service

Message Service
Continuity with Ethernet networks
Status message and service
Status area, error logging, network manager, backup
Data backup
Selfdiagnostic, CRC check
221
Industrial
Comm.
Controller Link
the industrial network
for the manufacturing cell
Controller Link
Network Components
2wire connection
CJ1 Special CPU Unit
Max. number of units: 4

2wire connection
CJ1 Special CPU Unit

2wire connection
Controller Link PC board

2wire connection
Controller Link interface

2wire connection
222
Model code
CS1WCLK21
Connection method
Screw terminals
Status display
LED
330 mA, 5 VDC
Suitable CPU types
All
Model code
CJ1WCLK21
Connection method
Screw terminals
Status display
LED
350 mA, 5 VDC
Suitable CPU types
All
Model code
CQM1HCLK21
Connection method
Screw terminals
Status display
LED
290 mA, 5 VDC
Suitable CPU types
CQM1HCPU51/CPU61
Model code
3G8F7CLK21E
Connection method
Screw terminal connector
Status display
LED
350 mA, 5 VDC
Suitable CPU types
Intel Celeron 400 MHz or higher
Operating system
WINDOWS 98/2000/NT4.0
Service Pack 3 and higher
Slot
PCI bus
Model code
NSCLK21
Connection method
Suitable terminal types
NS10TV00/01
NS12TS00/01
Slot
Expansion interface
Controller Link
Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code

see page 434
WS02CXPC1
Adapter
p cable,,
miniature
i i t
peripheral
i h l portt <> PC
2m
CS1WCN226
6m
CS1WCN626
Accessories,
cables etc.
CXServer Lite/CXServer OPC. Server for PLC to PC Link.

For WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4
95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0SP5/XP
0SP5/XP
see page 444
Technical
Documentation
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Industrial
Comm.
CXServer Lite
CXServer OPC
Product
Title
Model code
Operation Manual
W309
Controller Link Support

Boards for PCI Bus
Installation Guide
W388

Boards for PCI Bus
Operation Manual
W383
223
Controller Link with Optical Fibre
General
Optical ControllerLinkBus
and ControllerLinkRing
System
for high security
requirements
The optical Controller Link is a fibre optic network designed to satisfy high security
demands for data transfer between controllers.
As well as a long transmission distance, the industrialgrade fibreoptic cable offers
high transfer security in even the harshest environments. The system also features
accurate network function diagnostics and versatile support software.
Programming, monitoring and troubleshooting functions are all supported by the
programming software.
Token Ring Mode
PC
CS1
3G8F7CLK12/52
Network
expansion board
CS1
CS1WCLK12/52
Optical fibre
CS1WCLK12/52
CS1
CS1
CS1WCLK12/52
CS1WCLK12/52
Power supply 24 VDC
Token Bus Mode
CS1
CS1WCLK12/52
Power supply 24 VDC
224
PC
CS1
Open Network
Controller
CS1WCLK12/52
in Token Bus Mode
3G8F5/3G8F7CLK21E
Network
expansion board
Optical fibre
3G8F7CLK12/52
Network
expansion board
Specifications
Token Bus (n:n communication)
Token Ring (n:n communication)
Communication mode
2 Mbit/s
Max. data volume
1,000 words per node

12,000 words per CPU (send/receive)
62,000 words per network
Max. message length
2012 bytes
Functions
Data Link Service

Message Service
Continuity with Ethernet networks
Network topology
Bus or Ring
Transmission medium
Optical fibre: HPCF
Optical fibre: GI 62.5/125 um, or 50/125 um
Max. transmission length
20 km
30 km
Max. node distance
Crimped: 800 m
Bonded: 1 km
62.5/125 m: 2 km
50/125 m: 1 km
Industrial
Comm.
Network Components
Controller Link PC board
Model code
CS1WCLK12
Connection method
Screw terminals
HPCF optical fibre
Operating voltage
24 VDC
Status display
LED
520 mA, 5 VDC
Suitable CPU types
All
Model code
CS1WCLK52
Connection method
Screw terminals
GI optical fibre
Operating voltage
24 VDC
Status display
LED
648 mA, 5 VDC
Suitable CPU types
All
Model code
3G8F7CLK12E
Connection method
HPCF optical fibre
Operating voltage
24 VDC
Status display
LED
540 mA, 5 VDC
Max. number of units per PC
Suitable CPU types
Operating system
Slot
PCI Bus
225

Controller Link
PC board
b
d
Model code
3G8F7CLK52E
Connection method
GI optical fibre
Operating voltage
24 VDC
Status display
LED
600 mA, 5 VDC
Suitable CPU types
Operating system
Slot
PCI Bus

Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code

see page 434
WS02CXPC1
Adapter
p cable,,
miniature
i i t
peripheral
i h l portt <> PC
Accessories,
HPCF cables etc.
CS1WCN626
Colour
Cable length
Model code
Optical
fibre without connector
p
Black
10 m
S3200HCCB101
50 m
S3200HCCB501
100 m
S3200HCCB102
500 m
S3200HCCB502
1000 m
S3200HCCB103
10 m
S3200HCCO101
50 m
S3200HCCO501
100 m
S3200HCCO102
500 m
S3200HCCO502
1000 m
S3200HCCO103
With lock
S3200COCF2011
Plug
g connector with connection to
it
units
226
CS1WCN226
Description
Orange
g
Technical
Documentation
2m
6m
Without lock
S3200COCF2511
Coupling for plug connector
S3200COIAT2000
Tool for making up optical fibre sets
S3200CAK1062
Tester for testing optical fibre link
S3200CAT2700
Test adapter
S3200CAT2001H
Software
For ActiveX data transfer
CXServer Lite
For OPC and ActiveX data transfer
CXServer OPC
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
Operation Manual
W309E1

Boards for PCI Bus
Installation Guide
W388E1

Boards for PCI Bus
Operation Manual
W383E1
General
Every OMRON PLC has an integrated serial port. This programming interface supports
OMRONs Host Link protocol. This serial protocol can be used to connect control
systems with each other and to exchange data with PCs.
Host Link commands can be sent from a host computer to perform many operations,
such as reading and writing I/O memory or controlling the operation mode of the PLC.
Unsolicited commands can be sent from the PLCs to the host computers.
FINScommands are wrapped in Host Link headers and terminators automaticly when
SEND, RECV, or CMND instructions are executed.
Industrial
Comm.
SYSMAC WAY
the inexpensive
network solution with
serial interfaces
RS232C, for programming, operation and display
PC
PC
CPM1CIF01
CPM1A
PC
PC
CPM2A/CPM2C
PC
CJ1
CQM1H
CS1
RS422, for programming, operation, display or data exchange

Master
Slave
RS422, multiple spur (4wire)
CPM1A/2A
CPM1CIF11
CPM2C
CPM2CCIF11
CQM1H
CQM1HSCB41
CJ1
CJ1WSCU41
PC
RS422
Alternative
CS1
CS1WSCB41
CS1 with C200HASC21 or

Communication Module with protocol macro function
227
Specifications
CPM1A
CPM2A/2C
RS232C/422, Master/Slave
Network structure
1:n (RS422), 1:1 (RS232C)
Protocol
Open OMRON protocol in ASCII format
Number of nodes
Max. 32
Cable length
RS 422: 500 m,
m RS232C:
RS 232C: 15 m
RS422:
CQM1H
CJ1
CS1
Data backup
1. Parity, 2nd FCS
Max. number of Host Link interfaces
4*
34*
36*
Max. data transfer rate
19.2 kbps
19.2 kbps
19.2 kbps
115.2 kbps
115.2 kbps
Max. number of Host Link Units
16
16
Max. number of ASCII Units as Host Link

Master
16
* Including Communication Modules
Network Components
ASCII Units
For CS1 and
C200HE/
HG/ HX
C200HE/HG/HX
For CS1
SYSMAC WAY slave
With p
protocol macro
SYSMAC WAY master
function
* n = Power consumption per port when port in use
228
Model code
C200HASC11
Model code
C200HASC21
Model code
C200HASC31
Connection method
9pin Dsub connector
Status display
LED
C200HASC11
C200HASC21
C200HASC31
250 mA + n, 5 VDC*
300 mA + n, 5 VDC
300 mA + n, 5 VDC
Ports
C200HASC11
C200HASC21
C200HASC31
2x RS232C
1x RS232C + 1x RS422/485
3x RS232C
Transmission rate
300..38,400 baud
Communication type
Half duplex
Synchronisation
Start/Stop
Data transfer to the CPU per PLC cycle
90 words
Timer function
Realtime clock with date
16/10
Model code
CS1WSCB21
Model code
CS1WSCB41
Connection method
9pin Dsub connector
Status display
LED
CS1WSCB21
CS1WSCB41
280 mA + n, 5 VDC
360 mA + n, 5 VDC
Ports
CS1WSCB21
CS1WSCB41
2x RS232C
1x RS232C + 1x RS422/485
Transmission rate
300..38,400 baud
Communication Unit
For CS1
SYSMAC WAY slave
With protocol macro
Model code
CS1WSCU21
Connection method
9pin Dsub connector
Status display
LED
290 mA + n, 5 VDC
Ports
Communication Unit
For CJ1
SYSMAC WAY slave
With protocol macro
CJ1 Bus Unit
max.
units: 16
max number of units
Switch setting
for addressing:
g 0..F
Communication Unit
For CJ1
SYSMAC WAY slave
With protocol macro
CJ1 Bus Unit
Switch setting
for addressing: 0
0..F
F
For CQM1HCPU51/CPU61
SYSMAC WAY slave
With protocol macro
CS1WSCU21
2x RS232C
Transmission rate
300..115,000 baud
16
Model code
CJ1WSCU41
Connection method
9pin Dsub connector
Status display
LED
380 mA, 5 VDC + 150 mA,

when using AL001
Ports
1x RS232C, 1x RS422/485
Transmission rate
300..115,000 baud
16
Model code
CJ1WSCU21
Connection method
9pin Dsub connector
Status display
LED
380 mA, 5 VD
Ports
2x RS232C
Transmission rate
300..115,000 baud
16
Model code
CQM1HSCB41
Connection method
9pin Dsub connector
Status display
LED
200 mA + n, 5 VDC
Ports
1x RS232C
1x RS422/485
C200HLK201V1
C200HLK202V1
Industrial
Comm.
Transmission rate
300..19,200 baud
* n = Power consumption per port when port in use

Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code

for WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0SP5/XP
see page 434
WS02CXPC1EV3.0
CXProtocol. Programming software for Protocol Macro

for WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0
see page 438
WS02PSTC1E
2m
CS1WCN226
6m
CS1WCN626
Adapter
p cable,,
miniature
i i t
peripheral
i h l portt <> PC
229

Accessories,
cables etc.
Description
For CPM1A_, CPM2A_, C200HE/HG/HX
Peripheral port <> RS232C converter
9pin Dsub connector
CPM1CIF01

Peripheral port <> RS422 converter
Screw terminals
CPM1CIF11
For CQM1H_
Miniature peripheral port <> RS422 converter
Screw terminals
CQM1HCIF11
For CPM2C_
Miniature peripheral port <> RS232C
+ Miniature peripheral converter
9pin Dsub connector + DDK
CPM2CCIF01
For CPM2C_
Miniature peripheral port <> RS422/485 and
RS232C converter
9pin Dsub connector + screw terminals
CPM2CCIF11
For CPM2C_ protocol function for temperature

controller and digital display devices
Miniature peripheral port <> RS422/485 +
RS232C converter, RS422/485 with protocol
function, 9pin Dsub connector and screw terminals
CPM2CCIF21
For CJ1 protocol function for temperature controller

and digital display devices
RS232C for CPU communication,
RS422/485 with protocol function
CJ1WCIF21
Converter Unit
5 VDC voltage supply from the RS232C port

RS232C <> RS422/485
9pin Dsub connector and screw terminals
NTAL001
5 VDC voltage supply from the RS232C port

RS232C <> RS422/485
9pin Dsub connector and screw terminals
NSAL002
100..240 VAC supply

RS232C (USB) <> RS422/485
Screw terminals
K3SC10 100..240VAC
24 VAC/VDC supply
RS232C (USB) <> RS422/485
Screw terminals
K3SC10 24VAC/DC
Backup battery
for C200HASC_
C200HBAT09
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
CS1WSCB21/41/SCU21
Operation Manual
W336E1
CS1WSCB21/41/SCU21
Operation Manual
W342E1
WS02PSTC1E
Operation Manual
W344E1
SYSMAC WAY
Operation Manual
W143E1
SYSMAC WAY Interface

Library
Operation Manual
W906E2
CJ Series Simple
Communication Unit
Operation Manual
W400E1
Technical
Documentation
230
Model code
DeviceNet
General
Industrial
Comm.
DeviceNet is an open fieldbus based on CAN (Controller Area Network, ISO 11898,
PartA). DeviceNet uses the hardware layer of CAN, which has proven qualities of speed
and immunity to interference. DeviceNet employs an intelligent protocol to overcome the
disadvantages of CAN, such as its complex configuration and virtual lack of
troubleshooting functions. The messages on DeviceNet have graded priorities, allowing
vital data to be transmitted fast.
DeviceNet
open fieldbus
Many other manufacturers also offer products for DeviceNet, such as PCinterfaces,
diagnostic and parameter setup software, bar code readers or valve islands.
Note: In some Omron documents DeviceNet is also referred to as CompoBus/D.
CS1
CJ1
C200PCISA
PC
DeviceNet Master Unit
DeviceNet Master Slot PLC
Bus
Digital Modules
Bus
Analogue Modules
Decentralized
I/O Modules
Interface Digital
Module
Multiple I/O
Modules
Analogue
Multiple I/O
Modules
Multiple I/O
Special
Modules
Multiple I/O System
CPM1/CPM2
CQM1H
CS1
DRT2_D
Temperature
Controller
Frequency
Inverter
NT
Terminals
Sensors
Third
party
devices
I/O Link
Unit
I/O Link
Unit
I/O Link
Unit
Digital I/O
Modules
231
DeviceNet
Specifications
Network structure
The DeviceNet media has a linear bus topology. Terminating resistors are required oneach end of the trunk line.
Drop lines as long as 6 m (20 feet) each are permitted, allowingone or more nodes to be attached.
DeviceNet allows branching structures only on thedrop line.
PLC Master
CJ1, CS1, Slot PLC or ONC (Open Network Controller)
Cable length
Up to 500 m, 125 kbps

Up to 100 m, 500 kbps
Transmission rate
500 kbit/s
250 kbit/s
125 kbit/s
Max. length of trunk line
100 m
250 m
500 m
Drop line
Max. 6 m
Max. 6 m
Max. 6 m
Maximum length
39 m
78 m
156 m
Data backup
CRC, bitstuffing, duplicate MacID check.
DeviceNet, EN 50325, Part A
Network structure
Trunk with multiple drop lines
500 kbit/s, 250 kbit/s and 125 kbit/s
Number of nodes
Max. 64
Transfer cycle time
9.3 ms with 32 I/O terminals and 500 kbit/s
Network Components
DeviceNet Unit
Explicit Messages
Package
g includes open
p style
y
connector
DeviceNet Unit
Explicit Messages
g includes open
p style
y
Package
connector
CJ1 bus unit
Switch setting of addressing: 0
0..F
F
3 units can be used without being
configured as master
232
Model code
CS1WDRM21

maximum
2048
32.000

maximum
32
4.800
Max. number of I/O points per slave
3.200
Message function
200 bytes
Status display
LED
Connection method
Open style connector
290 mA, 5 VDC
30 mA, 11..25 VDC

maximum
3
16
Model code
CJ1WDRM21

maximum
2048
32.000

maximum
32
4.800
Max. number of I/O points per slave
3.200
Message function
200 bytes
Status display
LED
Connection method
330 mA, 5 VDC
30 mA, 11..25 VDC

maximum
3
16
DeviceNet
Slot PLC with DeviceNet Master

Master function
Explicit Messages
Package includes open style
connector
Shared Specifications
Model code
C200PCISA03DRME
Local I/O
704, in 2 expansion racks
Program Memory
15 kwords
Data Memory
12 kwords
Model code
C200PCISA13DRME
Local I/O
Program Memory
31 kwords
Data Memory
24 kwords
DeviceNet I/O points
Preconfigured
maximum
1600
4800
Number of I/O points per slave
Max. 512
Message function
160 bytes
Connection method
500 mA, 5 VDC
45 mA, 11..25 VDC
CPM2CCPU Unit
Programmable through DeviceNet
DIN rail mounting
M
Max. 3 E
Expansion
i Units
U it
24pin front connector
Pulse output
p
Explicit Messages
connector
Model code
CPM2CS110CDRT
Inputs
6 DC inputs
1 circuit, 6 inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, PNP
Shared Specifications
Model code
CPM2CS100CDRT
Inputs
6 DC inputs
1 circuit, 6 inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, NPN
Preconfigured
maximum
DeviceNet Unit
I/O link function
connector
DeviceNet Unit
I/O link function
connector
256
1024
CompoBus/S Master
128 inputs
128 outputs
Status display
LED
Connection method
DeviceNet
Industrial
Comm.
Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
Model code
CQM1DRT21
32
Status display
LED
Connection method
80 mA, 5 VDC
40 mA, 11..25 VDC
3/5
Model code
CPM1ADRT21
64
Status display
LED
Connection method
233
DeviceNet

Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code
DeviceNet Configurator. Network configuration software.

For WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0, see page 460
WS02CFDC1E
NetXserver. Monitoring software.

For WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0
Accessories,
cables etc.
WS02NXD1E

For WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0SP5/XP, see page 434
Programming
g
g cable,,
Mi i t
Miniature
peripheral
i h l portt <> PC
Terminal block
Technical
Documentation
WS02CXPC1EV3.0
2m
CS1WCN226
6m
CS1WCN626
For 3 connections
DCN11C
For 5 connections
DCN13C
Bus connection resistor
DRS1T
Connector for Sensor Module DRT1HD/ND
XS8A0441
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
CS1 DeviceNet
Operation Manual
W380E1
DeviceNet Configurator
Operation Manual
W382E1
DRT2 Slaves
Operation Manual
W404E1
3G8F5DRM21 ISA Board

3G8F2DRM21 PCMCIA Board
Operation Manual
V202E1
Open Network Controller

ITNCEIS01/EIS01CST
Operation Manual
V203E1
SYSMAC CPM2CS
CPM2CS100C/S110C/
S100CDRT/S110CDRT
Operation Manual
W377E1
Overview: DRT1 DeviceNet Bus Modules

Description
Model code
Page
8 inputs, 24 VDC, PNP
DRT1ID081
235
8 inputs, 24 VDC, NPN
DRT1ID08
*1
8 outputs, transistor, 24 VDC, 0.3 A, PNP
DRT1OD081
235
8 outputs, transistor, 24 VDC, 0.3 A, NPN
DRT1OD08
*1
16 inputs, 24 VDC, PNP, for G70D Module
DRT1ID16X1
236
16 inputs, 24 VDC, NPN, for G70D Module
DRT1ID16X
*1
16 outputs, 24 VDC, PNP, for G70D Module
DRT1OD16X1
236
16 outputs, 24 VDC, NPN, for G70D Module
DRT1OD16X
*1
16 inputs, 24 VDC, PNP, with 3wire connection
DRT1ID16T1
236
16 inputs, 24 VDC, NPN, with 3wire connection
DRT1ID16T
*1
16 outputs, transistor, 24 VDC, 0.5 A, PNP, with 3wire connection
DRT1OD16T1
236
16 outputs, transistor, 24 VDC, 0.5 A, NPN, with 3wire connection
DRT1OD16T
*1
8 inputs and 8 outputs, transistor, 24 VDC, 0.5 A, PNP,

with 3wire connection
DRT1MD16T1
236
8 inputs and 8 outputs, transistor, 24 VDC, 0.5 A, NPN,

with 3wire connection
DRT1MD16T
*1
Digital
g
I/O Modules for
sensors
2x8 sensor inputs, 24 VDC, NPN
DRT1HD16S
237
8 sensor inputs and 8 changeover outputs, transistor, 24 VDC, 20 mA, NPN
DRT1ND16S
237
4 inputs, 10 V, 0..20 mA, 15 bit
DRT1AD04H
237
Temperature
Sensor
p
M d l
Modules
4 inputs, thermocouples
DRT1TS04T
238
4 inputs, Pt100 sensor
DRT1TS04P
238
Digital
g I/O Modules
Digital
I/O Modules with
g
ibb cable
bl connector
t
ribbon
for G70D Modules
Digital
g
I/O Modules
with
ith 3wire
3 i connection
ti
234
DeviceNet
Digital
I/O Modules,,
g
d
t ti IP67
degree
off protection
4 inputs, 24 VDC, PNP, IP67
DRT1ID04CL1
238
8 inputs, 24 VDC, PNP, IP67
DRT1ID08CL1
238
4 inputs, 24 VDC, NPN, IP67
DRT1ID04CL
*1
8 inputs, 24 VDC, NPN, IP67
DRT1ID08CL
*1
4 outputs, transistor, 24 VDC, 0.5 A, PNP, IP67
DRT1OD04CL1
238
8 outputs, transistor, 24 VDC, 0.5 A, PNP, IP67
DRT1OD08CL1
238
4 outputs, transistor, 24 VDC, 0.5 A, NPN, IP67
DRT1OD04CL
*1
8 outputs, transistor, 24 VDC, 0.5 A, NPN, IP67
DRT1OD08CL
*1
Wireless DeviceNet
Mod les
Modules
Wireless DeviceNet Master
WD30ME
239
Wireless DeviceNet Slave
WD30SE
239
Special
p
Network
Components
Multiple I/O system interface module
DRT1COM
249
2x RS232C interface
DRT1232C2
239
HMI interface module
NTDRT21
239
Autotuning temperature controller
E5EKAA2DRT
*2
E5ZE8_D1_B
*4
Sensor controlling unit
E3XDRT21
*5
Vision system F150
F150C10E3DRT
*3
DeviceNet interface for Inverter 3G3MV
3G3MVPDRT1SINV
*6
DeviceNet interface for Inverter 3G3FV/PV/RV
3G3FVPDRT1SIN
*7
Motion controller (1.5 axes)
R88AMCW151DRT
*8
* Information on these units can be found in the technical manuals:

1
3
5
7
= W267E1
= Z142E1
= E323E1
= I525E1
2
4
6
8
= H099E1
= H098E1
= I529E1
= on application
Network Components DeviceNet

Digital I/O Modules
Bus Input Module
DIN rail mounting
or screw mounting
Model code
8 inputs, PNP
DRT1ID081
24 VDC, max. 70 mA
Ambient temperature
0.. 55C without condensation
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Bus output module

DIN rail mounting
or screw mounting
24 VDC
Min. 15 VDC
Max. 5 VDC
Input current
10 mA at 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
Max. 1.5 ms
Galvanic isolation
Optocoupler
Status display
LED
Model code
8 outputs, PNP
DRT1OD081
24 VDC, max. 90 mA
Ambient temperature
0.. 55C without condensation
Switching capacity
total
24 VDC, 0.3 mA
Max. 2.4 A
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.2 VDC
Galvanic isolation
Optocoupler
Status display
LED
235
Industrial
Comm.
Overview: DRT1 DeviceNet Bus Modules (Continued)
DeviceNet
Network Components DeviceNet (Continued)

Digital I/O Modules with ribbon cable connector
Bus input adapter
For G70D MOS FET
FET and relay
modules
DIN rail mounting
or screw mounting
Model code
16 inputs, PNP
DRT1ID16X1
24 VDC, max. 90 mA
Ambient temperature
0..55 C without condensation
For G70D I/O Modules
G7TCID165, G7TCIA165
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Bus output adapter

For G70D MOS FET
FET and relay
modules
DIN rail mounting
or screw mounting
24 VDC
Min. 15 VDC
Max. 5 VDC
Input current
0.8 mA at 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
Max. 14.5 ms
Galvanic isolation
Optocoupler
Status display
LED
Model code
16 outputs, PNP
DRT1OD16X1
24 VDC, max. 90 mA
Ambient temperature
For I/O modules
G70DSOC16, G70DFOM16
G7TCOC16, G7TCOC08
G70AZOC164
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 30 mA
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.2 VDC
Galvanic isolation
Optocoupler
Status display
LED
Model code
16 inputs, PNP
DRT1ID16T1
Model code
16 outputs, PNP
DRT1OD16T1
Digital I/O Modules with 3wire connection

Bus I/O module
3wire
3
wire connection
Model code
8 inputs, PNP
8 outputs, PNP
DRT1MD16T1
Inputs
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
24 VDC
Min. 15 VDC
Max. 8 VDC
Input current
6 mA at 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
Max. 1.5 ms
Outputs
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 0.5 A
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.2 VDC
ON/OFF delay
Max. 1.5 ms
Status display
236
LED
DeviceNet

Digital I/O modules for sensors and actuators
Model code
2x8 inputs for 2, 3 and 4wire
selfdiagnostic sensors
DRT1HD16S
Model code
8 inputs and 8 outputs for 2, 3 and
4wire sensors with profile switch
function
Industrial
Comm.
Bus Sensor Module

DIN rail mounting
or screw mounting
DRT1ND16S
24 VDC, max. 60 mA
Ambient temperature
Inputs
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
24 VDC
Min. 12 VDC
Max. 4 VDC
Input current
10 mA at 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
Max. 1.5 ms
Galvanic isolation
Optocoupler
Outputs
Bus Analogue
g Input
p Module
DIN rail mounting
or screw mounting
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 20 mA
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.0 VDC
Galvanic isolation
Optocoupler
Status display
LED
Model code
DRT1AD04H
Range of 2 inputs each
Voltage
Current
0..5 V, 1..5 V
0..10 V,
0..20 mA, 4..20 mA
Resolution
1/30,000
Conversion cycle
250 ms, for all inputs

0.3% at 25 C
Overall accuracy
Max. input signal
Voltage
Current
15 V
30 mA
Input resistance
Voltage
Current
1 M
250
Galvanic isolation
Optocoupler
24 VDC, max. 130 mA
Ambient temperature
Status display
LED
237
DeviceNet

Temperature Sensor Modules
Bus Temperature
p
Sensor
Mod le
Module
DIN rail mounting
or screw mounting
Model code
DRT1TS04T
Number of inputs
Types
4 thermocouples
R, S, K1, K2, J1, J2, T, E, B, N, L1, L2, U,
W, PL II
Accuracy
B below 400C
0.5% of measured value

or 2.0 C, 1 digit
No standard defined
Model code
DRTTS04P
Number of inputs
Types
4 RTDs
Pt100, JPt100
Accuracy
0.5% of measured value

or 1.0 C, 1 digit
Power supply specification
20.4..26.4 VDC
Power consumption
50 mA
80 mA
Communication
Module
Galvanic isolation
between inputs and DeviceNet interface,

and between inputs individually
Ambient temperature
Conversion cycle
250 ms for 4 inputs
Status display
LED
Model code
DRT1ID04CL1
Number of inputs
Type
4
PNP, galvanically isolated
Connection method
Round connector M12*
Model code
DRT1ID08CL1
Number of inputs
Type
8
Connection method
Digital I/O Modules, Degree of Protection IP67

Digital
Input
g
p Modules
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Digital
g
Output
p Modules
* Accessories, see page 241.
238
24 VDC
Min. 15 VDC
Max. 5 VDC
Input current
1 mA at 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
Max. 1.5 ms
Model code
DRT1OD04CL1
Number of inputs
Type
4
Connection method
Model code
DRT1OD08CL1
Number of inputs
Type
8
Connection method
Switching capacity
24 VDC, 0.5 A
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.2 VDC
Switching delay
Max. 0.5 ms
OFF delay
Max. 1.0 ms
Status display
LED
DeviceNet
Wireless DeviceNet Master
Wireless DeviceNet Slave
Bus RS232C
I t f
Interface
Module
M d l
DIN rail mounting
or screw mounting
g
B
Bar code
d readers
d
or
ID systems can be
connected
HMI Interface Module
Model code
WD30ME01
Max. number of wireless slaves
64
Max. number of inputs
1600
Max. number of outputs
1600
Single range
60 m
Range with wireless slaves functioning

as relay stations
Max. 240 m
Transmission rate
100 kbit/s
Communication mode
half duplex
Frequency band
2.4 GHz, 2400..2483.5 MHz
Number of channels
34
Power consumption
120 mA, 24 VDC
Model code
WD30SE01
Communication function
I/O communication,
explicit messaging
Power consumption
120 mA, 24 VDC
Model code
DRT1232C2
Number of ports
2x RS232C
Data length
Max. 151 bytes (explicit message)
Transmission rate
1200 bit/s..19,200 bit/s
Transmission code
ASCII (7 bits), JIS (8 bits)
Send/receive buffer
2x1024 bytes
Handshake signals
RTS/CTS signal
Lead length
Max. 15 m
Model code
NTDRT21
I/O communication
64 words
of which 5 + 3 NT control + status
Explicit messages
Table contents write/read
Suitable HMI devices
NT31_, NT631_
Power supply
24 VDC, 30 mA from the PSU
Industrial
Comm.
Special I/O Modules
239
DeviceNet
Dimensions (mm)
125 max.
DRT1ID081
DRT1OD081
(32.8)
50 max.
40
(5.1)
DRT1HD16S
DRT1ND16S
DRT1TS04T
DRT1TS04P
150 max.
(32.8)
50 max.
40
(5.1)
50
max.
Pin 1..10
(32.8)
85
max.
DRT1ID16X1
DRT1OD16X1
40
5.1
DRT1ID16T1
DRT1OD16T1
DRT1MD16T1
58
DRT1ID04CL1
DRT1OD04CL1
DRT1ID08CL1
DRT1OD08CL1
240
DeviceNet
Dimensions (mm)
Industrial
Comm.
DRT1232C2
NTDRT21

Accessories,
cables etc.
Description
Cable length
Model code
DeviceNet
Comm nication Cable for
Communication
Bus Modules with
IP66/IP67
Cable with a male and female sealed micro connector
0.5 m
DCA15CNC5W1
1m
DCA15CN01W1
2m
DCA15CN02W1
3m
DCA15CN03W1
5m
DCA15CN05W1
10 m
DCA15CN10W1
0.5 m
DCA15CNC5F1
1m
DCA15CN01F1
2m
DCA15CN02F1
3m
DCA15CN03F1
5m
DCA15CN05F1
10 m
DCA15CN10F1
0.5 m
DCA15CNC5H1
1m
DCA15CN01H1
2m
DCA15CN02H1
3m
DCA15CN03H1
5m
DCA15CN05H1
Female sealed micro connector on one end
Male sealed micro connector on one end
I/O Connection for

IP66/IP67 Bus
B Modules
M d l
10 m
DCA15CN10H1
Shielded Tbranch connector with one male and 2 female micro

connectors
(can be directly connected to the IP66 Bus Module)
DCN21
Shielded male micro connector with terminating resistor
DRS21
Shielded female micro connector with terminating resistor
DRS22
Cable with male connector on one end
1m
XS2HD421C80A
Connector assembly, solder type
XS2GD422
Waterproof cover
XS2Z12
241
DeviceNet
Accessories and Documentation (Continued)

External Voltage
g Supply
pp y
Connection for
Bus Modules with
IP66/IP67
Cable with one female connector at one end
2m
XS2FD422D80A
Connector assembly, female solder type
XS2CD424
Tbranch connector
XS2RD4275
Cable with male and female connector
1m
XS4WD421101A
2m
XS4WD421102A
5m
XS4WD421105A
10 m
XS4WD421110A
1m
XS4FD421101A
2m
XS4FD421102A
5m
XS4FD421105A
10 m
XS4FD421110A
1m
XS4HD421101A
2m
XS4HD421102A
5m
XS4HD421105A
Cable with female connector at one end
Cable with male connecor at one end
Technical
Documentation
242
10 m
XS4HD421110A
Tbranch connector female/female/male
XS4RD4245
Female connector with cable
0.5 m
XS4PD4211C5A
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
3G8F5DRM21 ISA Board

3G8E2DRM21 PCMCIA Card
Operation Manual
V202E1
Open Network Controller

ITNCEIS01/EIS01DRM/
EIX01/EIX01DRM/EIX01CST
Operation Manual
V203E1
DeviceNet
Interface Unit NTDRT21
Operation Manual
V066E1
DeviceNet Slaves
Operation Manual
W347E1
DeviceNet Multiple I/O Terminal

DRT1COM GT1 Series
Operation Manual
W348E1
SYSMAC CPM2CS,
CPM2CS100C/S110C/S100CDRT/
S110CDRT
Programmable Controller
Operation Manual
W377E1
SYSMAC CS1/CJ1 Series

DeviceNet Unit CS1WDRM21
Operation Manual
W380E1
DeviceNet Configurator Ver2.x

WS02CFDC1E DeviceNet
Configurator
Operation Manual
W382E1
DRT2
DeviceNet Slaves
Operation Manual
W404E1
Wireless DeviceNet
Operation Manual
H113E1
DeviceNet
General
OMRONs DRT2 I/O modules have several intelligent functions builtin. They actively
support maintenance and help reduce downtimes. The name of each Module and each
I/O point can be stored in the Module and viewed on the configurator screen.
To aid preventive maintenance, a Modules hours of operation, the number of switching
operations or the execution time of operations can be counted, measured and
automatically signalled when limits are reached. During operation, the supply voltage is
measured and signalled on the Module. Faults are recorded in logfiles.
Module replacement is simplified by the automatic adaption of the communication rate
and by the use of cage clamp open style connectors. The enclosure of the IP67 modules
is resistant to welding spatter. The shortcircuit proof power supply to the sensors in IP67
Input Modules is provided by the bus supply. Sensor short circuit or disconnection is
signalled.
The switching capacity of the IP67 Output Modules is 24 V, 1.5 A, with shortcircuit
protection.
DRT2 and DRT1 Modules are compatible in their basic I/O functions. Differences are the
described intelligence in the DRT2, and that the DRT2 16 point modules can be
extended with additional 8 or 16 point modules on the same network node.
Overview: DRT2 DeviceNet Bus Modules

Digital,
g , expandable
p
I/O Modules
M d l that
th t supportt
preventive maintenance
Digital
g
expansion
p
I/O Modules
M d l for
f
DRT2 D16
DRT2_D16
Analogue
g I/O Modules
with intelligent signal
processing
Description
Model code
Page
DRT2ID161
244
DRT2ID16
DRT2OD161
244
DRT2OD16
XWTID081
244
XWTID08
XWTOD081
244
XWTOD08
XWTID161
244
XWTID16
XWTOD161
244
XWTOD16
4 inputs, 10 V, 0..10 V, 0..5 V, 1..5 V, 4..20 mA, 0..20 mA, 1/6000
DRT2AD04
245
2 inputs, 10 V, 0..10 V, 0..5 V, 1..5 V, 4..20 mA, 0..20 mA, 1/6000
DRT2DA02
245
DRT2ID08C1
246
DRT2ID08C
DRT2OD08C1
246
DRT2OD08C
DRT2HD16C1
246
DRT2HD16C
Digital
g
I/O Modules,,
d
degree
off protection
t ti IP67,
IP67
that support preventive
maintenance
* Information on these units can be found in the technical manuals W404E1
243
Industrial
Comm.
DRT2 I/O Modules

with Preventive
Maintenance
DeviceNet
Network Components DeviceNet

Digital I/O Modules
Bus Input Module
DIN rail mounting
With maintenance functions
Automatic baudrate detection
Model code
16 inputs, PNP
DRT2ID161
Expansion Input Module

DIN rail mounting
Model code
16 inputs, PNP
8 inputs, PNP
XWTID161
XWTID081
Bus voltage supply
11..25 VDC supplied from the commu

nications connector
Input voltage supply
20.4..26.4 VDC, 24 VDC, 15..+10%
Ambient temperature
10..55 C
Galvanic isolation
500 VAC, min. 20 M
Status display
LED
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Input current
0.6 mA at 24 VDC
Switchon/switch off delay
Max. 1.5 ms
Status display
LED
Bus Output Module

DIN rail mounting
Model code
16 outputs, PNP
DRT2OD161
Expansion Output Module

DIN rail mounting
Model code
16 inputs, PNP
8 inputs, PNP
XWTOD161
XWTOD081
Bus voltage supply
11..25 VDC with bus connection
Output voltage supply
20.4..26.4 VDC, 24 VDC, 15..+10%
Ambient temperature range
10..55 C
Galvanic isolation
500 VAC, min. 20 M
Status display
LED
Specification for outputs
Switching capacity
total
244
24 VAC
min. 15 VDC
max. 5 VDC
24 VAC, 0.5 A
max. 4.0 A/common
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.2 VDC
Status display
LED
DeviceNet

Model code
DRT2AD04
1..4 (settable)
Ranges
Voltage
Current
Resolution
1/6000
Conversion cycle
4 ms (all 4 inputs)
0.3% at 25C
Overall accuracy
Bus Input
p Module
DIN rail mounting
0..5 V, 1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..+10 V

0..20 mA, 4..20 mA
Max. input signal
Voltage
Current
15 V
30 mA
Input resistance
Voltage
Current
1 M
250
Galvanic isolation
Optocoupler
24 VDC, 80 mA
Ambient temperature
10..55 C (without condensation)
Status display
LED
Model code
DRT2DA02

Ranges
2
Voltage
Current
0..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..+10 V

0..20 mA, 4..20 mA
Resolution
1/6000
Conversion cycle
4 ms (all 4 outputs)
0.4% at 25C
Overall accuracy
Load impedance limits
Industrial
Comm.
Bus Input
p Module
DIN rail mounting
Voltage
Current
1 M
600
Galvanic isolation
Optocoupler
24 VDC, 150 mA
Ambient temperature
10..55 C (without condensation)
Status display
LED
245
DeviceNet

Digital I/O Modules, Degree of Protection IP67
Digital I/O Modules
Automatic baudrate
detection
Model code
16 inputs, PNP
DRT2HD16C1
Model code
8 inputs, PNP
DRT2ID08C1
Model code
8 outputs, PNP
DRT2OD08C1
External voltage supply

Inputs
Outputs
10..55 C
Ambient temperature
Power consumption
DRT2HD16C1
DRT2ID08C1
DRT2OD08C1
190 mA, plus sensor consumption

115 mA, plus sensor consumption
60 mA
Connection
DRT2HD16C1
M12 connector,
8x sensors, 1x communication
M12 connector,
8x sensors, 1x communication
M12 connector,
8x actuators, 1x communication
7/8" connector, 1x actuator
DRT2ID08C1
DRT2OD08C1
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Input current
15..25 VDC with communication plug

20..26.4 VDC with additional plug
24 VDC
Min. 9 VDC
Max. 5 VDC
11 mA at 24 VDC
Switching capacity
total
24 VDC, 1.5 A
Max. 8 A
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.2 VDC
ON delay
Max. 0.5 ms
OFF delay
Max. 1.5 ms
Preventive Maintenance Functions
246
Function
Input
Output
Counter for switching cycles of connected devices
Yes
Yes
Counter for operating hours of connected devices
Yes
Yes
Naming of slaves and connected devices
Yes
Yes
Communication and network voltage monitoring
Yes
Yes
Monitoring of I/O power
Yes
Communications error histories
Yes
Yes
Input filter
Yes
Surge protection for sensors
Yes
Shortcircuit protection for sensor power supply
Yes
Shortcircuit protection for external load
Yes
Detection of sensor disconnection
Yes
Automatic baud rate detection
Yes
Yes
No wiring of unit power supply
Yes
Yes
Sensor power supplied from DeviceNet network power

supply.
Yes
DeviceNet
Dimensions (mm)
Industrial
Comm.
DRT2ID161
DRT2ID16
DRT2OD161
DRT2OD16
XWTID161
XWTID16
XWTOD161
XWTOD16
XWTID081
XWTID08
XWTOD081
XWTOD08
DRT2AD04
DRT2DA02
DRT2HD16C1
DRT2HD16C
DRT2ID08C1
DRT2ID08C
247
Dimensions (mm) (Continued)

DRT2OD08C1
DRT2OD08C
248
DeviceNet
Multiple I/O System
General
Up to 8 I/O Modules with a maximum of 1024 inputs/outputs can be connected to a
Communication Interface Module. The connecting cable between two Multiple I/O
Modules must not be more than 1 m long, with the total length of all connecting cables
not exceeding 3m.
Industrial
Comm.
Multiple I/O System

the flexible I/O Expansion
for DeviceNet and
PROFIBUSDP
Communication
Interface Module
Multiple I/O connecting cable

GCN1100
see page 255
Multiple I/O Modules
Multiple I/O Modules
Multiple
p I/O DeviceNet
Interface Module
Mod le
DIN rail mounting
Multiple
p I/O PROFIBUSDP
Interface Module
Mod le
DIN rail mounting
Model code
DRT1COM
Communications port
DeviceNet
Number of Multiple I/O Modules
Max. 8
Number of I/Os
512 inputs and 512 outputs
Total length of the

Max. 3 m
Model code
PRT1COM
Communications port
PROFIBUSDP
Max. 8
Number of I/Os
Total length of the

Max. 3 m
249
Multiple I/O System
Overview: Multiple I/O System Interface Modules

Description
Model code
Page
16 inputs, 24 V, PNP
GT1ID161
250
16 inputs, 24 V, NPN
GT1ID16
250
32 inputs, plug connection, PNP
GT1ID32ML1
250
32 inputs, plug connection, NPN
GT1ID32ML
250
16 outputs, transistor, 0.5 A, PNP
GT1OD161
251
16 outputs, transistor, 0.5 A, NPN
GT1OD16
251
32 outputs, transistor, 0.5 A, plug connection, PNP
GT1OD32ML1
251
32 outputs, transistor, 0.5 A, plug connection, NPN
GT1OD32ML
251
8 outputs, relay: G2R1SN, 5 A
GT1ROP08
251
16 outputs, relay: G6D1A, 2 A
GT1ROS16
251
4 analogue inputs, (10 V, 0..10 V, 1..5 V, 0..5 V, 0..20 mA, 4..20 mA)
GT1AD04
252
8 analogue outputs, (10 V, 0..10 V, 1..5 V, 0..5 V, 0..20 mA, 4..20 mA)
GT1AD08MX
4 analogue outputs, (10 V, 0..10 V, 1..5 V, 0..5 V, 4..20 mA)
GT1DA04
4 analogue outputs, (10 V, 0..10 V, 1..5 V, 0..5 V)
GT1DA04MX
Temperature
Sensor
p
M d l
Modules
4 thermocouple inputs
GT1TS04T
253
4 Pt100 inputs
GT1TS04P
253
Special I/O Module
1 highspeed counter input, 50 kHz
GT1CT01
253
Digital
g
I/O Modules
Analogue
g I/O Modules
Multiple I/O System Modules

Digital I/O Modules
Multiple I/O Input Modules
DIN rail mounting
Model code
16 inputs with terminal block, PNP
GT1ID161
16 inputs with terminal block, NPN
GT1ID16
32 inputs with plug connection, PNP
GT1ID32ML1
32 inputs with plug connection, NPN
GT1ID32ML
24 VDC, max. 55 mA
Power consumption
Max. 55 mA
Ambient temperature
Connection type
GT1ID16(1)
GT1ID32ML(1)
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
250
Terminal block, M3 screws

Connector: 40pin Fujitsu
or terminal block: see Accessories
24 VDC
Min. 15 VDC
Max. 5 VDC
Input current
10 mA at 24 VDC
ON/OFF delay
Max. 1.5 ms
Galvanic isolation
Optocoupler
Status display
LED
252
Multiple I/O System
Multiple I/O System Modules (Continued)
Multiple I/O Transistor

Output
p Module
DIN rail mounting
Model code
16 outputs with terminal block, PNP
GT1OD161
16 outputs with terminal block, NPN
GT1OD16
32 outputs with plug connection,

PNP
GT1OD32ML1
32 outputs with plug connection,

NPN
GT1OD32ML
24 VDC, max. 65 mA
Power consumption
Max. 65 mA
Ambient temperature
Connection type
Multiple
p I/O Relay
y
O tp t Module
Output
Mod le
DIN rail mounting
Replaceable
relayy
p
Multiple
p I/O Relay
y
O tp t Module
Output
Mod le
DIN rail mounting
Replaceable
relayy
p
GT1ID16(1)
GT1ID32ML(1)
Industrial
Comm.
Digital I/O Modules

Connector: 40pin Fujitsu
or terminal block: see Accessories
Switching capacity
total
24 VDC, 0.5 A
Max. 4 A (GT1OD16..)
Max. 2 A (GT1OD32..)
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.2 VDC
Galvanic isolation
Optocoupler
Status display
LED
Model code
GT1ROP08
Number of outputs
8, relays
24 VDC, max. 350 mA
Ambient temperature
Connection method
OMRON relay
G2R1SN
Switching capacity
250 VAC, 5A; 30 VDC, 5 A
Model code
GT1ROS16
Number of outputs
16, relays
24 VDC, max. 250 mA
Ambient temperature
Connection method
OMRON relay
G6D1A
Switching capacity
250 VAC, 2A; 30 VDC, 2 A
251
Multiple I/O System

Multiple I/O Analogue Input
Module
Internal averaging
DIN rail mounting
Model code
4 inputs, terminal block
GT1AD04
8 inputs, plug connection
GT1AD08MX
8 or 4
24 VDC, max. 50 mA
Ambient temperature
Range of each of 2 inputs

Voltage
Current
Multiple I/O Analogue Output

Module
DIN rail mounting
Resolution
1/6.000
Conversion cycle
1 ms per input
Overall accuracy
0.4% at 25 C
Max. input signal
Voltage
Current
15 V
30 mA
Input resistance
Voltage
Current
1 M
250
Galvanic isolation
Optocoupler
Status display
LED
Model code
4 outputs, terminal block
GT1DA04
4 outputs, plug connection
GT1DA04MX
24 VDC, max. 50 mA
Ambient temperature
Range of 2 outputs
(GT1DA04 only)
Voltage
Current
0..5 V,1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..+10 V

4..20 mA
Resolution
1/6.000
Conversion cycle
4 ms for all outputs

0.4% at 25 C
Overall accuracy
Load impedance limit
252
(Separately adjustable)
0..5 V, 1..5 V, 0..10 V, 10..+10 V
0..20 mA, 4..20 mA
Voltage
Current
Min. 5 k
Max. 600
Galvanic isolation
Optocoupler
Status display
LED
Multiple I/O System
Multiple
p I/O Temperature
p
Sensor
Mod le
Module
DIN rail mounting
Package includes communica
tion cable (40 mm)
Model code
GT1TS04T
Number of inputs
Types
4 thermocouples
Accuracy
K and T above 100C
L
R and S below 200C
B below 400C
0.3% of measured value or

2 C, 1 digit
2 C, 1 digit
3 C, 1 digit
No standard defined
Model code
GT1TS04P
Number of inputs
Types
4x Pt100
Pt100, JPt100
Accuracy
200..+200C
thereafter
0.3% of measured value or

0.5 C, 1 digit
0.8 C, 1 digit
20.4..26.4 VDC
Power consumption
Multiple
p I/O Counter Module
DIN railil mounting
ti
Internal
Communication
80 mA
50 mA
Isolation
Between communication and the input

circuitry
Ambient temperature
Conversion cycle
250 ms for 4 inputs
Status display
LED
Model code
GT1CT01
Number of counter inputs
1, 50 kHz
Number of digital inputs
1, 24 VDC
Number of digital outputs
2, 24 VDC/0.5 A (NPN)
24 VDC, max. 90 mA
Ambient temperature
Connection method
Galvanic isolation
Optocoupler
Status display
Counter Specifications
Industrial
Comm.
Special I/O Modules
LED
Counter type
Input signal
Input modes
Count range
Linear counter, max. 50 kHz

24 V shaft encoder (A, B and Z)
Differential phase mode
8.388.608..8.388.607 (24 bit)
253
Multiple I/O System
Dimensions (mm)
DRT1COM
PRT1COM
35
65
12.5
4
66
GT1ID16(1)
GT1OD16(1)
140 max.
80 max.
(88.3)
GT1ID32ML(1)
GT1OD32ML(1)
65 max.
110 max.
60 max.
(69.3)
GT1ROP08
65 max.
160 max.
GT1ROS16
254
68 max.
(81.2)
Multiple I/O System
Industrial
Comm.
GT1AD04
GT1DA04
GT1TS04T
GT1TS04P
GT1CT01
Approx. 70

Accessories,
cables etc.
Description
Cable length
Model code
Multiple I/O Connecting Cables
1m
GCN1100
Multiple I/O Connecting Cables

(included in module package)
0.05 m
GCN1004A
I/O cable with MOLEX plug connector
1m
GCN1MX010A
I/O cable with MOLEX coupling
0.5 m
GCN1MX050A
40pin
p terminal block
DIN rail mounting for
I/O Units with plug connection
M2.5 screw
XW2B40G4
M3.5 screw
XW2B40G5
Connecting
g cable for terminal block
0.5 m
XW2Z050B
1m
XW2Z100B
2m
XW2Z200B
Technical
Documentation
German
D
Documentation
t ti
English
g
D
Documentation
t ti

Peripheral port <> RS232C converter
9pin Dsub connector
CPM1CIF01
Product
Title
Model code
DeviceNet
Technical Manual
W267D1
Multiple I/O System
Operation Manual
W348E1
DeviceNet
Operation Manual
W267E1
PROFIBUSDP
Operation Manual
W900E2
255
CompoBus/S
General
CompoBus/S
a highspeed fieldbus for 128
inputs and 128 outputs
CompoBus/S, probably the fastest bit bus on the market. CompoBus/S

is a very fast, and easy to install highspeed bus for use with sensors
and actuators. It requires no special software tools or programming
effort. The bus allows digital and anlogue I/O signals to be exchanged
between a master and the distributed I/O slaves over a flat cable or
standard twisted cable over max. 500 meters. Within a total lenght of
200 meters, you can also branch freely to connect slaves wherever
needed.In the 100 meter highspeed mode there is a fixed
communication cycle time of 0.8 msec for 256 remote I/O, providing
CompoBus/S with an unprecedented performance.The amount of
wiring that is required is minimal, making CompoBus/S ideal for
machine control.
The SRT series Digital and Analogue Bus Modules are connected to
the Master by 4core cable. No configuration software is needed to
commission the fieldbus system.
DIP switches are used to set the address of the I/O Module from 0..31,
thereby assigning the Slave Module an address in the master.
The fieldbus setting is subject to the following constraints:

Fieldbus setting
Highspeed
mode
Longdistance
mode
Bus length with VCTF cable*

Total length
Length of one branch
Total length of the branches
100 m
3m
50 m
500 m
6m
120 m
Bus length with ribbon cable

Total length
Length of one branch
Total length of the branches
50 m
3m
30 m
Bus cycle time

For 16 I/O Modules
For 32 I/O Modules
0.5 ms
0.8 ms
4 ms
6 ms
* 2wire twisted pair cable

CompoBus/S
Master
CompoBus/S Master
CompoBus/S Master
CompoBus/S Master
CompoBus/S Master
CPM2C
CQM1H
CJ1
CS1
Slot PLC
C200PCISA
Transistor
I/O Modules
Analogue
I/O Modules
Sensor Modules
Bus terminating adapter
Specifications
CompoBus/S protocol
Network structure
Multipoint, Tbranch
Transmission rate
750 kbit/s, 93.75 kbit/s
Communication mode
Max. number of connectable modules
SRM1, C200PCISA, CS1: 32 (16 input and 16 output modules)

CQM1H: 16 (8 input and 8 output modules)
Number of I/O
256 (128 inputs and 128 outputs), with a max. number of 32 connectable modules
128 (64 inputs and 64 outputs), with a max. number of 16 connectable modules
Communication function
Cyclical transmission
Bus length
Highspeed mode: Max. 100 m

Longdistance mode: Max. 500 m
256
CompoBus/S
CompoBus/S
p
Master Unit
Supports Highspeed and
Longdistance modes
No configuring required
For CS1 and 200H_
200H
Model code
C200HWSRM21V1
I/O
Max. 256 I/O

Max. 32
Status Value
Warning output
Power consumption
150 mA at 5 VDC
5..16,
depending on PLC type and
communication mode
CompoBus/S Master Unit

S
Supports
pports Highspeed
High speed and
Longdistance mode
CJ1 special I/O Unit
Max number of Units: 40
Max.
g
Switch setting
for
00..95,
f addressing:
dd
i
00 95
when using two CJ1 special I/O
unit addresses: 00..94
Model code
CJ1WSRM21
I/O
Max. 256 I/O

Max. 32
Status value
Warning output
Internal power supply
150 mA, 5 VDC
Slot PLC with CompoBus/S

p
Master
Masterfunction
Explicit messages
Package includes CompoBus/S
connector
Model code
C200HPCISA03SRME
Local I/O
Program memory
15 kwords
Data memory
12 kwords
Model code
C200HPCISA13SRME
Local I/O
Program memory
31 kwords
Data memory
24 kwords
256 I/O
Connection method
Connector
500 mA, 5 VDC
45 mA, 11..25 VDC
Max. number of Units per PC
Model code
CQM1SRM21V1
Number of I/O
DIP switch settings:

Max. 32
Power consumption
180 mA
3 (CPU11/21), 5 (CPU51/61)
Shared specifications
CompoBus/S
p
Master Unit
Supports Highspeed mode and
Longdistance mode
Industrial
Comm.
Network Components CompoBus/S
257
CompoBus/S
Network Components CompoBus/S (Continued)

CPM2CCPU Unit
DIN railil mounting
ti
24pin
p front connector
V
Voltage
l
supply
l 24 VDC
Pulse output
Explicit messages
connector
Model code
CPM2CS110CDRT
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, PNP
Model code
CPM2CS100CDRT
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, NPN
Specifications:
Bus connection
CPM2CCPU Unit
DIN rail mounting
Max.
Max 3 Expansion Units
pin front connector
24
24pin
Pulse output
Specifications:
Bus connection
CompoBus/S
p
I/O Link Unit
Preconfigured
maximum
CompoBus/S Master
128 inputs
128 outputs
Connection type, DeviceNet
Plugin open style
Status display
LED
Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
Model code
CPM2CS110C
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, PNP
Model code
CPM2CS100C
Inputs
6 DC inputs
Outputs
4, transistor, NPN
CompoBus/S Master
128 inputs
128 outputs
Status display
LED
Data backup
Battery
Realtime clock
Yes
Model code
Number of link bits
CPM2CSRT21
Inputs
Outputs
Number of Link Units per CPU
CompoBus/S
p
I/O Link Unit
Number of Link Units per CPU
8
8
3/5
Model code
Number of link bits
258
256
1024
CPM1ASRT21
Inputs
Outputs
8
8
3
CompoBus/S
Terminals
Description
Model code
Page
Digital Bus Input Modules 4 DC inputs,

PNP
24 VDC, common reference point

Highspeed mode and Longdistance mode
SRT2ID041
261
4 DC inputs,
NPN

SRT2ID04
8 DC inputs,
PNP

SRT2ID081
261
8 DC inputs,
NPN

SRT2ID08
16 DC inputs,
PNP

SRT2ID161
261
16 DC inputs,
NPN

SRT2ID16
4 transistor outputs,
PNP
24 VDC, 0.3 A, common reference point,

SRT2OD041
261
NPN

SRT2OD04
PNP

SRT2OD081
261
NPN

SRT2OD08
PNP

SRT2OD081
261
NPN

SRT2OD16
8 relay outputs
24 VDC, 3 A, common reference point,

SRT2ROC08
261
16 relay outputs
24 VDC, 3 A, common reference point

SRT2ROC16
261
16 DC inputs,
PNP
24 VDC, 3wire connection,

SRT2ID16T1
261
16 DC inputs,
NPN
24 VDC, 3wire connection,

SRT2ID16T
PNP
24 VDC, 0.3 A, 3wire connection,

SRT2OD16T1
261
NPN
24 VDC, 0.3 A, 3wire connection,

SRT2OD16T
8 DC inputs
PNP, 3wire connection,

SRT2MD16T1
261
8 DC inputs
NPN, 3wire connection,

SRT2MD16T
4 inputs
0..5 V, 10..+10 V, 0..20 mA,

SRT2AD04
262
2 outputs
4..5 V, 10..+10 V, 0..20 mA,

SRT2DA02
262
4 DC inputs,
PNP
24 VDC, galvanically isolated

M12 connector
SRT2ID04CL1
262
4 DC inputs,
NPN

M12 connector
SRT2ID04CL
8 DC inputs,
PNP

M12 connector
SRT2ID08CL1
262
8 DC inputs,
NPN

M12 connector
SRT2ID08CL
Digital Bus Output

Modules
Digital Bus I/O Modules

for 3wire
3 wire connection
Analogue Bus Modules
Digital Bus Input

Modules IP67
I/O Type
* Information about these Units will be found in the technical manual W266E1
259
Industrial
Comm.
Overview: CompoBus/S Modules
CompoBus/S
Overview: CompoBus/S Modules (Continued)

Digital Bus Output
Modules IP67
PNP
24 VDC, 0.5 A, galvanically isolated,

M12 connector
SRT2OD04CL1
262
NPN

M12 connector
SRT2OD04CL
PNP

M12 connector
SRT2OD08CL1
262
NPN

M12 connector
SRT2OD08CL
* Information on these Units will be found in the technical manual W266E1
260
CompoBus/S
I/O Modules
Model code
4 DC inputs, PNP
SRT2ID041
8 DC inputs, PNP
SRT2ID081
16 DC inputs, PNP
SRT2ID161
Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
Transistor Output Modules

High
Highspeed
speed mode and
Longdistance mode

High
Highspeed
speed mode and
Longdistance mode
24 VDC
Min. 15 VDC
Max. 5 VDC
Input current
Max. 6 mA
ON/OFF delay
Max. 1.5 ms
Status display
LED
Model code
4 transistor outputs, PNP
SRT2OD041
SRT2OD081
SRT2OD081
Switching capacity
24 VDC/0.3 A
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 0.6 V
Status display
LED
Model code
8 relay outputs
SRT2ROC08
16 relay outputs
SRT2ROC16
Industrial
Comm.
Transistor Input Modules

High
Highspeed
speed mode and
Longdistance mode
Switching capacity
maximum
minimum
Relay type
electrical life
mechanical life
Digital bus I/O Modules
for 3wire connection
h
d mode
d and
d
Hi
Highspeed
Longdistance mode
250 VAC/3 A (730 VA)

30 VDC/3 A (90 W)
5 VDC/10 mA
G6D1A
Min. 100,000 operations
Min. 20,000,000 operations
Model code
16 DC inputs, PNP
SRT2ID16T1
SRT2OD16T1
8 DC inputs and
SRT2MD16T1

Input voltage
ON level
OFF level
24 VDC
Min. 15 VDC
Max. 8 VDC
Input current
Max. 6 mA
ON/OFF delay
Max. 1.5 ms

Switching capacity
24 VDC/0.5 A
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.2 V
ON/OFF delay
Max. 1.5 ms
Status display
LED
261
CompoBus/S
I/O Modules (Continued)

Analogue
g Input
p Module
Highspeed mode and
Longdistance mode
Model code
SRT2AD04

Ranges of each of 2 inputs
4
Voltage
Current
Analogue
g Output
p Module
Highspeed mode and
Longdistance mode
Resolution
1/6.000
Conversion cycle
1 ms per input
Overall accuracy
0.3% at 25 C
Maximum input signal
Voltage
Current
15 V
30 mA
Input impedance
Voltage
Current
1 M
250 k
Galvanic isolation
Optocoupler
Status display
LED
Model code
SRT2DA02
Ranges per output
Voltage
Current
1/6.000
Conversion cycle
1 ms per output
Load impedance limits
0.4% at 25 C
Voltage
Current
Optocoupler
Status display
LED
Model code
4 DC inputs, PNP
SRT2ID04CL1
8 DC inputs, PNP
SRT2ID08CL1
Input type
Isolated
Connection method

ON level
OFF level
* Accessories, see page 263.
262
5 V
600 mA
Galvanic isolation
Input voltage
Transistor Output Modules

Degree of protection IP67
0..5 V, 1..5 V
0..10 V, 10..+10 V
4..20 mA
Resolution
Overall accuracy
Transistor Input Modules

Degree of protection IP67
0..5 V, 1..5 V
0..10 V, 10..+10 V
0..20 mA, 4..20 mA
24 VDC
Min. 15 VDC
Max. 5 VDC
Input current
Max. 1 mA
ON/OFF delay
Max. 1.5 ms
Status display
LED
Model code
SRT2OD04CL1
SRT2OD08CL1
Input type
Isolated
Connection method
Switching capacity
24 VDC/0.5 A
Leakage current
Max. 0.1 mA
Residual voltage
Max. 1.2 V
ON delay
Max. 0.5 ms
OFF delay
Max. 1.0 ms
Status display
LED
CompoBus/S
Accessories,
cables etc.
Description
CompoBus/S
p
Technical
Documentation
German
d
documentation
t ti
English
documentation
Cable length
Model code
Flat cable, 4core
100 m
SCA14F10
Bus extension adapter for flat cable
SCN1TH4E
Branch adapter for flat cable
SCN1TH4
Terminator for flat cable
SCN1TH4T
Terminator for VCTF cable
SRS1T
Connector for SRT1 Sensor Modules

0.3..0.5mm 2
XS8A0441
Connector socket assembly with 90 degree

angle
XS2CD424
Connector with cable with a female socket
10 m
XS2FD421J80AZ
Connector with cable with a female socket,

90 degree angle
2m
XS2FD422D80A
Connector plug assembly with 90 degree

angle
XS2GD422
Connector with cable with a male plug
1m
XS2HD421C80A
Cable with coupling (angled)

and connector (straight)
2m
XS2WD424D81A
Blank cover for unused I/Os IP6
XS2Z12
Dust cap
XS2Z15
Connector with terminating resistor IP67
SRS21
Tbranch
XS2RD4275
Product
Title
Model code
CompoBus/S
Technical Manual
W266D1
CompoBus/S
Operation Manual
W266E1
Industrial
Comm.
263
PROFIBUSDP
General
PROFIBUS is a vendorindependent, open fieldbus standard for a wide range of
applications in manufacturing, process, and building automation. Vendor independence
and openness are guaranteed by the PROFIBUS standard EN50170. With PROFIBUS,
devices of different manufacturers can communicate without special interface
adjustments.
PROFIBUSDP
open fieldbus standard
The PROFIBUS Master Unit features are:

100 I/O words for direct CPU access is preconfigured
Flexible assignment of the I/O words with configurator software
Bus transmission can be synchronised with the PLC
Userfriendly support for SYNC/FREEZE
One PLC can serve a number of PROFIBUS Master Units
Multiple I/O System

Interface
Module
CS1
Digital
Multiple I/O
Modules
Analogue
Multiple I/O
Modules
Multiple I/O
Special
Modules
Thirdparty suppliers
C200HWPRM21
CJ1
CJ1WPRT21
CS1
CQM1H
CQM1HPRT21
C200HWPRT21
CPM1APRT21
Specifications
Applicable standard
EN50170 Part 2 (PROFIBUSDP)
Network topology
Bus, max. 125 nodes
Connector
Female Dsub 9pin
Transmission rate
9.6, 19.2, 93.75, 187.5, 500 kbit/s

1.5, 3, 6, 12 Mbit/s
Cable lengths
1200 m at 9600 bit/s, 100 m at 12 Mbit/s, with 3 repeaters up to 4800 m
Communication cable
Shielded, twisted pair, conforms to EN50170 Part 2
Communication cycle time
From 1 ms at 12 Mbit/s min.
Supported functions
As requester
As responder
264
Data_Exchange,
Slave_Diag
SET_PRN
CHK_CFG
Global_Control
Get_MasterDiag
asynchronous or synchronous
with configurator software, with IOWR/IORD
automatic
automatic
Multicast + Broadcast of Sync, Freeze and ClearData
F150PRT
PROFIBUSDP
PROFIBUSDP Master
f C200H and
for
d CS1

f C200H and
for
d CS1

f CJ1
for

f CQM1(H)
for

f CPM1A/2A
for
Multiple
p I/O PROFIBUSDP
Interface Module
Mod le
DIN rail mounting
Further information about the
Multiple I/O system will be
found on page 249.
Model code
C200HWPRM21
Max. data area
2 input and 2 output areas
Data area size
300 words

without configurator

with configurator
10 (or 16)
Power consumption
600 mA, 5 VDC
Model code
C200HWPRT21
Number of I/O (selectable)
8+8..1600+1600
1+1..100+100
C200HE/HG/HX and CS1G/HCPUs
All
Power consumption
250 mA, 5 VDC
LED
Accessories
GSD file on disk
Model code
CJ1WPRT21
100/100, 180 words max. in all
Max. 200 words
Usable CPU types
CJ1G/H/M
Power consumption
400 mA, 5 VDC
LED
Accessories
GSD file (OC_0602GSD) on disk
Model code
CQM1PRT21
32+32..128+128
2+2..8+8
CQM1H
all (8+8 with CPU51/CPU61 only)
Power consumption
285 mA
LED
Bus status message
24 VDC, 2 A, relay
Data exchange with the CPU
Max. 0.16 ms
Accessories
GSD file on disk
Model code
CPM1APRT21
Number of inputs
2 byte
Number of outputs
2 byte
Usable CPU types
CPM1A30/40CD_, CPM2A, all
Power consumption
100 mA, 5 VDC
LED
Accessories
GSD file (OC_0658GSD) on disk
Model code
PRT1COM
Communications port
PROFIBUSDP to EN50170, Part 2
Max. 8
Number of I/Os
Length of I/O connecting cable
Max. 3 m
Industrial
Comm.
Network Components
265
PROFIBUSDP
Programming and Documentation

Programming
Technical
Documentation
266
Description
Model code
PROFIBUS Configurator. Network configuration software.

see page 462
WS02PDC2E
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
PROFIBUSDP Master Unit
Operation Manual
W349E2
Multiple I/O PROFIBUSDP
Operation Manual
W900E2
Operation Manual
W901E2
CS1W,
Operation Manual
W408E2
ASInterface
General
The ASInterface, which is also known as the ASi Bus, is a fieldbus for components.
It allows sensors to be connected directly to the IP67 Bus. The ASi Master Unit of the
CQM1H PLC corresponds to ASi Profile V1.5 according to EN50295.
Industrial
Comm.
ASInterface
standard fieldbus direct
for components
ASI PSU
24 VDC
aux. voltage
CQM1ARM21
(yellow)
(black)
Digital inputs
ASInterface Master Module

ASI, open fieldbus standard
Installation using ICD method
Sl
Slave M
Modules
d l protected
t t d to
t IP67
Bus length max. 100 m
Digital outputs
Model code
CQM1ARM21
Number of assigned words
Min. 6
Max. 16 (variable)
Transmission medium
Special flat cable
Max. 31 (4 bit ON + 4 bit OFF each)
Transfer time
5 ms (with 31 Bus Modules)
Power consumption
300 mA
1 (CPU11/12), 2 (CPU51/61)
Documentation
Technical
Documentation
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
CQM1ARM21
Operation Manual
W357E1
267
CAN
General
CANopen is a networking system based on the serial bus CAN (Controller Area
Network). CANopen was originally designed for motionoriented industrial control
systems, such as handling systems. But CANopen networks are also used in other
application fields, e.g. public transportation, offroad vehicles, medical equipment,
maritime electronics, and building automation. Many of those specific applications areas
do not use CAN, but use a CAN protocol, specificly developed for that industry or
application.
CAN
Controller Area Network
the multipurpose
fieldbus connection
The C200HWCORT21V1 Unit can be operated either with the standard CANopen
protocol or with different protocols as specified by the user.
CS1
C200HE/HG/HX
CS1
C200HE/HG/HX
C200HW
CORT21V1
C200HW
CORT21V1
CANopen
Userdefined CAN
Devices with CAN

interface and a
proprietary protocol:
Thirdparty
devices
Aplications are:
Test equipment
Drives
Cranes
Lifts
Tractors
Frequency Inverter
Network Components
CAN Communication Unit
Model code
C200HWCORT21V1
Transmission rate
10..1000 kbit/s
(each baud rate is adjustable)
Protocol
CANopen or user defined CAN
Power consumption
250 mA, 5 VDC
Display
7 segment error code and LED
Documentation
Technical
Documentation
268
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
C200HWCORT21V1
Operation Manual
W904E2
Advanced Touchscreen Terminals (NS series)
Page
271
Programmable Touchscreen Terminals (NT series)
Page
305
Programmable Functionkey Terminals (NT series)
Page
331
269
Programmable
Terminals
Programmable Terminals
Programmable Terminals
270
Advanced Touchscreen Terminals

(NS Series)
Programmable HMI Terminals
Page
Advanced HMI Terminal NS7

Product Overview
Specifications
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
275
276
278
279
283
284

Product Overview
Specifications
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
285
286
288
288
293
294

Product Overview
Specifications
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
295
296
298
298
303
304
Programmable
Terminals
Advanced Touchscreen Terminals Overview . . . 273
271

(NS Series)
HMI Terminals
for industrial
applications
The new generation of touchscreen Terminals are available with 7", 10" and 12" screens. NS Terminals
are ideal both as universal control units for individual machines and for the operation of networked
systems. The NS series brings advanced information processing to the factory floor in a manageable
and reliable manner.
1:1 NT Link, 1:n NT Link, controller link and FINS protocols ensure outstanding communication
performance in OMRON networks. The design of the enclosure is extremely flat so space requirements
are minimal compared to the effective area. The terminals low weight and compact dimensions allow
lightweight, inexpensive bracket and housing solutions.
TFT (NS12/10) and STN technology (NS7)

256 colours, high luminosity, wide viewing angle
Flexible software programming allows the NS application to support most language requirements.
Local communication with 2x RS232C ports
Network communication via Ethernet or CLK
Memory card for program and data transfer
Data transfer from and to data formats such as RTF, CSV, TXT, BMP, JPEG
Macro programming for expanded functionality
Flat and lightweight construction, protection class IP65(F)
Video camera input (optional)
Password protection
Programming with NS Designer
NT user programs can be converted easily
Screensize
NS12
NS10
NS7
Further Information
NS7
NS10
NS12
Page 275
Page 285
Page 295
Functionality
272
Overview
NS7
NS10
NS12
STN display
Yes
TFT display
Yes
Yes
160.4x121.1
215.2x162.4
246.0x184.5
Display size
mm
640x480
640x480
800x600
60/80
60/80
75/100
Number of keys/touch fields
768 (32x24)
1200 (40x30)
1900 (50x38)
Memory
6 MB
4 MB (+ 16 MB with expansion)
4 MB (+ 16 MB with expansion)
Max. screen pages
4000
4000
4000
Numeric input/text input
Yes/Yes
Yes/Yes
Yes/Yes
Bar graph
Yes
Yes
Yes
Trend/line diagram
Yes
Yes
Yes
Alarm handling
Yes
Yes
Yes
Popup windows
Yes
Yes
Yes
Realtime clock/date
Yes
Yes
Yes
Video input
With NSCA001 Module
With NSCA001 Module
RS232C
2x RS232C
2x RS232C
2x RS232C
NT Link
1:1, 1:n
1:1, 1:n
1:1, 1:n
FINS
Yes
(Ethernet type)
Yes
(Ethernet type or CLK Module)
Yes
(Ethernet type or CLK Module)
Macro programming
Yes
Yes
Yes
Ethernet
10BaseT
10BaseT
10BaseT
Controller Link
With NSCLK21 Module
With NSCLK21 Module
PLC driver
OMRON
OMRON
OMRON
Number of screen dots
pixels
Programmable
Terminals
Overview of Advanced Touchscreen Terminals
NS Designer Programming Software

System requirements:
Pentium 400 MHz
32 MB of RAM
200 MB of hard disk space
See page 452

273

(NS Series)
274
Overview
Programmable
Touchscreen Terminals
NS7
General
The NS7 is equipped with an STN colour screen of 7.7" screen
diagonal. A 640x480 resolution and 256 colours produce images of
very good graphics quality. The touch fields are based on a
closemeshgrid that provides generous scope for the design of
buttons andspaces..
The use of Memory Cards not only enables user programs to be
exchanged between the Control Terminal and a PC, but also buffered
alarm lists, operating data and process parameters for the creation of
reports can be transferred to the Memory Card.
Programmable
Terminals
Excellent communication with PLCs across serial interfaces or

networks.
Graphic character display for use worldwide
Local communication via 2x RS232C ports
Network communication by Ethernet
Data transfer from/to data formats: RTF, CSV, TXT, BMP, JPEG
Macros for expansion of functionality
Password protection
NT user programs are easily convertible

NS7SV00_
NS7SV01_
TFT display (256 colours)
STN display (256 colours)
Yes
Yes
Terminal size
232x177x49 mm
232x177x49 mm
Display size
160.42x121.06 mm (7.7 inches)
160.42x121.06 mm (7.7 inches)
640x480 pixel
640x480 pixel
60/80
60/80
768 (32x24)
768 (32x24)
Memory
6 MB
6 MB
Max. screen pages
4000
4000
Popup windows
Yes
Yes
Numerical entry
Yes
Yes
Text entry
Yes
Yes
Bar graph/analogue meter
Yes
Yes
Trend/line diagram
Yes
Yes
Alarm handling
Yes
Yes
Data block management
Yes
Yes
Arithmetic
Yes
Yes
Realtime clock/date
Yes
Yes
PLC programming/monitoring
With NSEXT01. Ladder monitor software
With NSEXT01. Ladder monitor software
Serial port
2x RS232C, port A and B
Ethernet
10BaseT
Controller Link
Macro programming
Yes
Yes
Multilingual user program
Yes
Yes
Password
5 levels
5 levels
275
Programmable
NS7
Communication
NS7SV00_
NS7SV01_
DeviceNet
Host Link
1:1 NT Link
Port A and B, with RS232C
1:n NT Link
Port A or B
Port A or B
FINS
Ethernet, 10BaseT
PLC driver
OMRON
OMRON
1:1 NT Link
RS232C
High speed data exchange between the HMI

Terminal and an OMRON PLC with the aid of the
1:1 NT Link communication protocol.
Both serial ports, port A and port B, can use the
1:1NT Link protocol simultaneously.
NS7
CQM1H
The following OMRON PLC systems feature a

1:1NT Link:
CPM1A
CPM2A
CPM2C
CQM1H
CPM2C
NS7 +
Adapter NSAL002
CPM2A
RS232C
Port A
CPM1A
NS7
Port B
1:n NT Link and high speed 1:n NT Link

1:n NT Link can be used on port A or port B. The
other port can use 1:1 NT Link at the same time.
1:nNT Link:
CQM1H with CQM1HSCU41
max. 8 Terminals
CJ1 with NSAL002 or CJ1WSCU41
max. 8 Terminals
CS1 with CS1WSCB41
max. 8 Terminals
RS232C
NS7 +
Adapter NSAL002
CS1
CJ1
NS7 +
Adapter NSAL002
CQM1H + CQM1HSCB41*
RS232C
NS7 +
Adapter NSAL002
Port A, 1:1 NT Link

Port B, 1:n NT Link
276
* not highspeed
1:n NT Link
Programmable
NS7

Ethernet
Ethernet
Use of Ethernet allows N:M connection, i.e. multiple

NS terminals can communicate with multiple PLCs
simultaneously.
On a serial interface 1:n NT Link can be used at the
same time.
10BaseT
NS7
CS1
The following OMRON PLC systems feature FINS or

Ethernet:
CS1 with CS1WETN11
CJ1 with CJ1WETN11
Ethernet
10BaseT + HUB
Programmable
Terminals
CJ1
NS7/NS10/NS12
Ethernet
10BaseT
NS7
RS232C
277
Programmable
NS7
Product Overview
NS Control Terminal
Touchscreen
STN colour display, 256 colours
Communication:
1 1 NT Link
1:1
1:n NT Link
NS Control Terminal
Touchscreen
STN colour display, 256 colours
Communication:
1 1 NT Link
1:1
1:n NT Link
Ethernet
278
Model code
Housing in beige
Housing in black
NS7SV00
NS7SV00B
Display size
160.42x121.06 mm (7.7 inches)
640x480 pixel
60/80
768 (32x24)
Memory
6 MB
Ports
2x RS232C
Expansion port
Operating voltage
24 VDC (20.4..27.6 V), 20 W
IP65 (front side)
Model code
Housing in beige
Housing in black
NS7SV01
NS7SV01B
Display size
160.42x121.06 mm (7.7 inches)
640x480 pixel
60/80
768 (32x24)
Memory
6 MB
Ports
2x RS232C
Expansion port
Network
Ethernet, 10BaseT
Operating voltage
24 VDC (20.4..27.6 V), 20 W
IP65 (front side)
Programmable
NS7
Specifications
System data
NS7SV00
Display
Highresolution SNT colour display

256 colours
640x480 pixels
Active area: 160.42x121.06 mm
Screen diagonal: 7.7 inch
Viewing angle
Horizontal: 50, Vertical: +40..30
Backlighting
40.000 hours to 50% brightness

Brightness: adjustable on 3 levels
Fault message
Function displays (LED)
Green, continuous
Green, flashing
Orange, continuous
Orange, flashing
Red, flashing
Touchscreen
Ports
Max. 1900 touch fields per screen page, 50 (horizontal) x 38 (vertical), pressure sensitive
Min. pressure force
100 g
Life expectancy
Expansion Memory Board
Memory Card
1 slot for ATA Compact Flash 8..48 MB

Storage and transfer of user programs, such as alarm and operating data
Expansion port
For future function expansions
Ethernet
1:n NT Link
Normal operation
Data transfer with Memory Card completed normally
Fault in backlighting detected after poweron
System check
Battery discharged
Offline mode
Data transfer with Memory Card active
Data transfer with Memory Card failed
Touch type
Serial port
1:1 NT Link
NS7SV01
Programmable
Terminals
Display
specification
2x RS232C (9pin Dsub female), convertible to RS485 with NSAL002 (screw terminals)
Standard
Medium
Connector
Distance
IEEE 802.3, 10BaseT

Twisted line, 2core
RJ45
100 m, node <> hub, hub <> hub
RS232C, RS485
Connection
Serial port A: 9pin Dsub female, RS232C; with NSAL002 RS485

Serial port B: 9pin Dsub female, RS232C; with NSAL002 RS485
Number of devices
Transmission distance
Max. 15 m (RS232C), max. 500 m (RS485)
RS485 or RS232C (n=1)
Connection
2wire (RS485),
serial port A or B via NSAL002 (screw terminals)
Number of devices
1..8
Max. 15 m (RS232C), max. 500 m (RS485)
M:N Network
communication
Networks
Ethernet
Barcode reader
RS232C
Communication
settings
Start/stop synchronisation
Communication speed:
Data length:
Stop bits:
Parity:
Data flow control:
Connection
Serial port A or B: 9pin Dsub female, RS232C
Number of devices
Max. 15 m
Communication protocol
Noprotocol" mode
Data Format
<STX> <0..40 byte> <ETX>
Power supply
Internal on pin 6, 5 V 5%, max. 250 mA
4800, 9600, 19200 baud

7 or 8 bit
1 or 7 bits
none, even, uneven
RTS/CTS
279
Programmable
NS7
General data
Operating voltage
24 VDC (20.4..27.6 VDC), 15%
Power consumption
20 W max.
Battery life
5 years at 25C
SRAM and realtime clock buffering 5 days after "Battery low" display
5 minutes after removing the old batteries during battery replacement
Display, RUN
LED, orange
Noise immunity
According to IEC 6100044, 2 kV
10..57 Hz with 0.075 mm amplitude

57..150 Hz with IG acceleration (9.81 m/s2) for 30 min on X, Y and Z axes
Shock resistance
147 m/s2, 3 times on X, Y and Z axes
Ambient temperature
Operation
Storage
0..50 C (see graphic Reduced Temperature Range" and Operating Conditions")

20..+60 C
Ambient humidity
0..40 C
40..50 C

Operating environment
No corrosive gases
Front plate: IP65F
Approvals
CE, UL
Dimensions
232x177x48.5 mm
Panel cutout
220.5x165.5 mm, sheet thickness 1.6..4.8 mm
Weight
Max. 2.0 kg
Reduced Temperature Range

For an installation angle between 0..30
the temperature range is reduced to 0..45.
Temperature range
050 C
3090
Temperature range
045 C
030
(Side view)
Operating Conditions
Operation and storage depend on ambient
temperature and humidity.
95%
Operation
85%
60
60%
Storage
Relativehumidity(%)
50
40
35%
30
20%
20
10
20
10
20
30
40
Temperature C
280
40%
50
60
10%
70
Programmable
NS7
Display
p y
specification
specification,
function objects
Number
1024 function objects per screen can be assigned in windows and tables
Touch fields for bit control
Format:
Mode:
Rectangle, circle, 2colour rectangle, style selectable

Scanning, On/Off, On, Off
Touch fields for word control
Format:
Mode:
Value range:
Rectangle, style selectable

Numerical entry, increment, decrement, popup menu display
Word, double word, floating point number
Touch fields for command

function
Mode:
Screen changeover, keyboard switch, popup window control,

system menu display, buzzer off, Return
Lamps with bit control
Format:
Single line rectangle, single line circle

Double line rectangle, double line circle, style selectable
Lamps with word control
Format:

Up to 10 colours can be triggered
Colours:
Numeric display and input
Format:
Input:
Up to 25 digits, 15 predecimal point and 10 postdecimal point digits

(postdecimal point digits only if specified and for floatingpoint numbers)
Keyboard or command keys
Graphic character display

and input
Format:
Input:
Multibyte code (Shift+JIS), unicode up to 256 characters

Keyboard, command keys or barcode reader
Text objects
Fixed text display or indirectly controlled, 256 characters

File name:
8 characters + .TXT
Pick list objects
File name:
Format:
Thumbwheel
Format:
Programmable
Terminals
Softwaredependent system data
8 characters + .LST
Function by selection, display/hide
Store selected number of lines of numbers under spec. address
Store selected number of lines of text characters under spec. address
Max. number of displayed lines 1024
Input:

+ and switch
Analogue display
Orientation:
Tendency:
Format:
Format:
Up, down, left, right

Rising clockwise/counterclockwise
Quarter circle, semicircle, circle
Coloured area, display pointer
Bar graph
Orientation:
Bottom up, top down,

Right to left, left to right
Line diagram
Max. number of points per line diagram: 256

Max. number of graphs per diagram: 256
Bit maps
Supported data formats: BMP, JPEG (no RLE and progressive JPEG)
Max. data quantity: 1 MB
Alarm/event display
Fixed text display or continuous text

Max. number of displayed objects: 500
Alarm/event history
Display:
Date display
Date display (year, month, day), 27 display formats
Time display
Time display (hours, minutes, seconds), 8 display formats
Data logging diagrams
Number of measurement points: 1..100

Data log per project: 32 groups
Max. number of addresses for 1 log group: 16
Max. number of addresses for 1 standard log: 50
Fixed graphic
Rectangles, circles, ellipses, quadrants, polygons, lines, polygonal lines
Window
Max. 10 per screen page

Max. 256 functional objects per window
(the total number of functional objects must not exceed 1024 screen page)
Tables
Horizontal:
30 columns
Vertical:
40 lines
Function objects per table: max. 256
Number of tables:
arbitrary
(provided that the number of function objects does not exceed 1024 screen page)
Libraries
Up to 4096 libraries can be stored
Current alarm/events
Alarm/event history: 2048 entries
281
Programmable
NS7
Display
specification,
p
,
f
ti objects
bj t
function
Specification
p
for
di l elements
display
l
t
Text attributes
Flashing
Screen pages of
user program
Max. 4000 screens (including popup screens) per project.

Up to 3 popup screens can be superimposed
Tables
Max. 10 tables per project

Max. 10 tables per screen
Max. 1024 function and fixed objects per table
Title block for touch switch
Up to 16 per touch switch
Background graphics
Supported data formats: BMP, JPEG (no RLE or progressive JPEG)

Background colours
256
User program
Created with NS Designer and transferred to the terminal with Data Transfer function
Text characters
Fixed and proportional fonts
Fixed fonts
Course resolution
Latin, Katakana
8x8 pixel
Zoom: 1x1, 1x2, 2x1, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 8x8
Standard resolution
Latin, Katakana
JIS 1st and 2nd standard
8x16 pixel
16x16 pixel
Zoom: 1x1, 1x2, 2x1, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 8x8

Zoom: 1x1, 1x2, 2x1, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 8x8
Fine resolution
Latin, Katakana
16x32 pixel
32x32 pixel
Zoom: 1x1, 1x2, 2x1, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 8x8

Zoom: 1x1, 1x2, 2x1, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 8x8
Proportional fonts
(only for text objects)
All fonts, attributes and sizes that can be displayed by the NS Designer
Colours
256
Font style
Bold, italic
Vertical position
Top, centre and bottom
Horizontal position
Left, centre, right
Function objects
Function objects and fixed objects of 10 different flash sequences can be selected
Flashing speed and range adjustable
Fixed objects
3 different flash sequences can be selected

Unit/scaling settings
Up to 1000
Alarm/event settings
500
Display colours
256
Numeric display and memory formats
Decimal
Can be stored as BCD or real number

1 word with sign:
32 768..32 767
Without sign:
0..65 535
Double word with sign:
2 147 483 648...2 147 483 647
Without sign:
0..42 949 667 295
Hexadecimal Cannot be stored as BCD or real number

1 word:
0..FFFF
Double word:
0..FFFF FFFF
Binary
Cannot be stored as BCD or real number

1 word:
0..1111 1111 1111 1111
Double word:
0..1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111
Octal

1 word:
0..177 777
Double word:
0..37 777 777 777
Date display
27 different formats
Time display
8 different formats
Special functions
Input buzzer
Settings by system menu: PT Operation Settings or NS Designer System Settings

ON: Short interval buzzer when touch key is pressed
OFF: No buzzer when touch key is pressed
282
3 buzzer types: Continuous, short interval, long interval

Control via memory addresses: $SB12..$SB14
Buzzer OFF with "Buzzer Stop" command key or by deleting $SB12..$SB14
ON: Buzzer in fault condition or if $SB12..$SB14 set
OFF: No buzzer
ERR ON: Buzzer only in fault condition
Programmable
NS7
Setting and monitor functions
Monitoring of system settings: The status of the system settings can be displayed in the system
menu
Communication test: With simple data transfer
Initialise data: The user program stored in the Control Terminal can be deleted from the system
menu
Operating messages / fault messages / alarm/event list / data logging: Settings for logging and
logged data can be displayed
Display function for user program / screen pages: The user program / screen pages can be
displayed in the system menu
Batterybacked data
Operating messages / fault messages / alarm/event list / data logging: Calendar, clock,
settings
Calendar clock
Current date and time display: Display and setting: Control Terminal system menu or
NSDesigner
Programmable
Terminals
Hardware test: Hardware functions can be tested
Max. monthly deviation: 39..+65 s at 25C ambient temperature

PLC monitoring
CPM2A, CPM2C, CQM1, CQM1H, C200HS/HE/HG/HX, CS1G/H and CJ1G/H
Data transfer
System software: Upload or download in Memory Cards

User software: Upload or download in Memory Cards or NS Designer
History storage
Operating messages / fault messages / alarm/event list / data logging: Can be stored in
Memory Cards

Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code
NS Designer. Programming software for NS Control Terminals.

see page 452
NSNSDC1
Programming cable,
Control Terminal <> PC, RS232C
XW2ZS002*
Description
Size
Model code
Flash Memoryy Card
15 MB
HMCEF172
30 MB
HMCEF372
64 MB
HMCEF672
PCMCIA
HMCAP001
Antiglare hood reduces reflected glare to less than 3%
NS7KBA04
Protective cover against chemical substances
NS7KBA05
Backup battery
CPM2ABAT01
Converter Unit, RS232C
NSAL002
Replacement set of mounting clamps
NT20SATT01
Connecting
g cable,,
C t lT
Control
Terminal
i l <> SYSMAC PLC,
PLC RS232C
RS 232C
2m
XW2Z200T*
5m
XW2Z500T*
Memory
y Card
PC adapter
Accessories,
cables etc.
Technical
Documentation
English
g
D
Documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
Programmable
Terminal
g
NS7/10/12
Quick Start Manual
V081E1
Setup Manual
V072E1
Programming Manual
V073E1
Operation Manual
V074E1
283
Programmable
NS7
Dimensions (mm)
NS7
220
165
177
180
5
232
42
107.4
43.5
74.3
284
38.7
42
188
Programmable
NS10
General
The NS10 has the same panel cut as the NS12 but has a 10.4 inch
screen diagonal. The 640x480 pixel TFT colour screen provides a
highly luminous, contrastrich image that is easy to read even from
extreme viewing angles. The touch fields are based on a closemesh
grid that provides generous scope for the design of buttons and
spaces. The use of memory cards not only enables user programs to
be exchanged between the control terminal and a PC, but also
buffered alarm lists, operating data and process parameters for the
creation of reports can be transferred to the Memory Card.
Programmable
Terminals

networks with FINS commands. Control via serial ports or via networks.
Password protection

NS10TV00_
NS10TV01_
Yes
Yes
Terminal size
315x241x49 mm
315x241x49 mm
Display size
211.2x185.4 mm (10.4 inch)
211.2x185.4 mm (10.4 inch)
640x480 pixel
640x480 pixel
60/80
60/80
1200 (40x30)
1200 (40x30)
Memory
4 MB (expandable up to 20 MB)
Max. screen pages
4000
4000
Popup windows
Yes
Yes
Numerical entry
Yes
Yes
Text entry
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Trend/line diagram
Yes
Yes
Alarm handling
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Arithmetic
Yes
Yes
Realtime clock/date
Yes
Yes
With NSEXT0. Ladder Monitoring software
With NSEXT0. Ladder Monitoring software
Serial port
Ethernet
10BaseT
Controller Link
With NSCLK21 Module
With NSCLK21 Module
Printer interface
Macro programming
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Password
5 levels
5 levels
Video camera input
With NSCA001 Module
With NSCA001 Module
285
Programmable
NS10
Communication
NS10TV00_
NS10TVS01_
DeviceNet
Host Link
1:1 NT Link
1:n NT Link
Port A or B, with RS232C n=1
FINS
NSCLK21
(via optional module)
Ethernet, 10BaseT, NSCLK21

ASCII protocol
PLC driver
OMRON
OMRON
1:1 NT Link
RS232C
High speed data exchange between the HMI

Terminal and an OMRON PLC with the aid of the
1:1 NT Link communication protocol.
CQM1H
NS10

1:1NT Link:
CPM1A
CPM2A
CPM2C
CQM1H
CPM2C
NS10 +
Adapter NSAL002
CPM2A
RS232C
Port A
CPM1A
NS10
Port B

RS232C
1:nNT Link can be used on port A or port B. The

The following OMRON PLC systems feature
1:nNTLink:
max. 8 Control Terminals
CS1 with CS1WSCB41
NS10 +
Adapter NSAL002
CS1
CJ1
NS10 +
Adapter NSAL002
CQM1H + CQM1HSCB41*
RS232C
Port A, 1:1 NT Link

NS10 +
Adapter NSAL002
286
Port B, 1:n NT Link
* no highspeed
1:n NT Link
Programmable
NS10

Network configuration
Ethernet or Controller Link
Ethernet

simultaneously.
NS10

Ethernet:
Ethernet
10BaseT + HUB
CS1 with CS1WETN11

CJ1 with CJ1WETN11
The following OMRON PLC systems feature FINS
with Controller Link:
CS1 with CS1WCLK21
CJ1 with CJ1WCLK21
CQM1H with CQM1HCLK21
CS1
CJ1
Programmable
Terminals

same time.
10BaseT
NS7/NS10/NS12
CQM1H
only Controller Link
Controller Link
2wire
NS10/NS12
Ethernet
10BaseT
RS232C
NS10
287
Programmable
NS10
Product Overview
NS Control Terminal
Touchscreen
Communication:
1 1 NT Link
1:1
1:n NT Link
NS Control Terminal
Touchscreen
Communication:
1 1 NT Link
1:1
1:n NT Link
Ethernet
Model code
Housing in beige
Housing in black
NS10TV00
NS10TV00B
Display size
211.2x158.4 mm (10.4 inch)
640x480 pixel
60/80
1200 (40x30)
Memory
4 MB (expandable with 8/16 MB)
Ports
2x RS232C
Expansion port
Operating voltage
24 VDC (20.4..27.6 V), 20 W
IP65 (front side)
Model code
Housing in beige
Housing in black
NS10TV01
NS10TV01B
Display size
211.2x158.4 mm (10.4 inch)
640x480 pixel
60/80
1200 (40x30)
Memory
Ports
2x RS232C
Expansion port
Network
Ethernet, 10BaseT
Operating voltage
24 VDC (20.4..27.6 V), 20 W
IP65 (front side)
Specifications
System data
NS10TV00
Display
specification
Display
Highresolution TFT colour display

256 colours
640x480 pixels
Viewing angle
Backlighting
50,000 hours until 50% brightness

Fault message
Green, continuous
Green, flashing
Orange, continuous
Orange, flashing
Red, flashing
Touchscreen
288
NS10TV01
Normal operation
System check
Battery discharged
Offline mode
Touch type
Min. pressure force
100 g
Life expectancy
Programmable
NS10
NS10TV00
1 slot for Memory Expansion Cards

User data storage can be expanded by 8 or 16 MB
Memory Card

Expansion port
For future function expansions (Video, CLK)
Serial port
2x RS232C (9pin Dsub female) with NSAL002 in

2x RS485 (screw terminals) convertible
Ethernet
1:1 NT Link
Standard
Medium
Connector
Distance
IEEE 802.3, 10BaseT

Twisted line, 2core
RJ45
RS232C, RS485
Connection

Serial port B: 9pin Dsub female, RS232C; with NSAL002 RS485
Number of devices
Max. 15 m (RS232C), max. 500 m (RS485)
RS485 (n=1..8)
RS485 or RS232C (n=1)
Connection
2wire (RS485),
Number of devices
1..8
Max. 15 m (RS232C), max. 500 m (RS485)
N:M Network
communication
Networks
Barcode reader
RS232C
Communication settings
Data length:
Stop bits:
Parity:
Data flow control:
1:n NT Link
Programmable
Terminals
Ports
NS10TV01
Ethernet, Controller Link with additional

module
4800, 9600, 19200 baud

7 or 8 bits
1 or 7 bits
none, even, uneven
RTS/CTS
Connection
Number of devices
Max. 15 m
Noprotocol" mode
Data Format
Power supply
Internal on pin 6, 5 V 5%, max. 250 mA, max. cable length 2 m

External depending on barcode reader specification
289
Programmable
NS10
General data
Operating voltage
24 VDC (20.4..27.6 VDC), 15%
Power consumption
20 W max.
Battery life
5 years at 25C
Display, RUN
LED, orange
Noise immunity

Shock resistance
Ambient temperature
Operation
Storage

20..+60 C
Ambient humidity
0..40 C
40..50 C

No corrosive gases
Front plate: IP65F
Approvals
CE, UL
Dimensions
315x241x48.5 mm
Panel cutout
302x228 mm, sheet thickness 1.6..4.8 mm
Weight
Max. 2.5 kg

Temperature range
050 C
3090
Temperature range
045 C
030
(Side view)
95%
Operation
85%
60
60%
Storage
Relativehumidity(%)
50
40
35%
30
20%
20
10
20
10
20
30
40
Temperature C
290
40%
50
60
10%
70
Programmable
NS10
Display
p y
specification
specification,
function objects
Number
Format:
Mode:

Format:
Mode:
Value range:


functions
Mode:

Format:

Format:

Colours:
Format:
Input:


and input
Format:
Input:

Text objects

File name:
8 characters + .TXT
Pick list objects
File name:
Format:
Thumbwheel
Format:
Programmable
Terminals
8 characters + .LST
Max. number of displayed lines 1024
Input:

+ and Switch
Analogue display
Orientation:
Tendency:
Format:
Format:

Bar graph
Orientation:

Left to right, right to left
Line diagram

Bit maps

Alarm/event display

Alarm/event history
Display:
Date display
Time display
Data logging
diagrams

Fixed graphic

(display in every position)
Window

Tables
Horizontal:
30 columns
Vertical:
40 lines
Number of tables:
arbitrary
Libraries
291
Programmable
NS10
Display
specification,
p
,
F
ti objects
bj t
Function
Specification
p
for
di l elements
display
l
t
Text attributes
Flashing
Screen pages of
user program
Max. 4000 screens (including popup screens) per project

Tables

Background graphics

Background colours
256
User program
Text characters
Fixed fonts
Course resolution
Latin, Katakana
8x8 pixel
Zoom: 1x1, 1x2, 2x1, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 8x8
Standard resolution
Latin, Katakana
8x16 pixel
16x16 pixel
Zoom: 1x1, 1x2, 2x1, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 8x8

Zoom: 1x1, 1x2, 2x1, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 8x8
Fine resolution
Latin, Katakana
16x32 pixel
32x32 pixel
Zoom: 1x1, 1x2, 2x1, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 8x8

Zoom: 1x1, 1x2, 2x1, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 8x8
Proportional fonts
Colours
256
Font style
Bold, italic
Vertical position
Horizontal position
Left, centre, right
Function objects
Fixed objects

Up to 1000
500
Display colours
256
Decimal

1 word with sign:
32 768..32 767
Without sign:
0..65 535
2 147 483 648..2 147 483 647
Without sign:
0..42 949 667 295

1 word:
0..FFFF
Double word:
0..FFFF FFFF
Binary

1 word:
0..1111 1111 1111 1111
Double word:
0..1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111
Octal

1 word:
0..177 777
Double word:
0..37 777 777 777
Date display
Time display
8 different formats
Special functions
Input buzzer

292

OFF: No buzzer
Programmable
NS10
Setting
g and monitor
functions
Monitoring of system settings: The status of the system settings can be displayed in the system menu
Initialise data: The user program stored in the Control Terminal can be deleted from the system menu
Operating messages / fault messages / alarm/event list / data logging: Settings for logging and logged data can be
displayed
Display function for user program / screen pages: The user program / screen pages can be displayed in the system
menu
Batterybacked data
Operating messages / fault messages / alarm/event list / data logging: Calendar, clock, settings
Calendar clock
Current date and time display: Display and setting: Control Terminal system menu or NS Designer
Programmable
Terminals

PLC monitoring
Data transfer

History storage
Operating messages / fault messages / alarm/event list / data logging: Can be stored in Memory Cards

Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code
NS Designer. Programming software for NS Control Terminals

see page 452
NSNSDC1
Programming cable,
2m
XW2ZS002*
Description
Size
Model code
Flash Memoryy Card
30 MB
HMCEF372
Memory
y Card
64 MB
HMCEF672
PC adapter
PCMCIA
HMCAP001
Expansion
p
Memory
y
B
Board
d
User program
p g
8 MB
NSMF081
16 MB
NSMF161
Expansion
Module
p
NSCLK21
Video camera input
NSCA001
Cable for F150 Vision Mate Controller
2m
F150VKP
5m
Accessories,
cables etc.
Technical
Documentation
NS12KBA04
NS12KBA05
Backup battery
C500BAT08
Converter Unit, RS232C
NSAL002
NT20SATT01
Connecting
g cable,,
C t lT
Control
Terminal
i l <> SYSMAC PLC,
PLC RS232C
RS 232C
2m
XW2Z200T*
5m
XW2Z500T*
English
g
D
Documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
Programmable
Terminal
g
NS7/10/12
Quick Start Manual
V081E1
Setup Manual
V072E1
Programming Manual
V073E1
Operation Manual
V074E1
293
Programmable
NS10
Dimensions (mm)
NS10
301
140
241
227
249
264
7
315
42
323
115.5
42
20
45
60
103
NS10 with Controller Link interface

NSCLK21
NS10 with Video Input Module

NSCA001
32
20.4
172.6
227
89.3
249
10.5
294
42
42
227
249
Programmable
NS12
General
Programmable
Terminals
The NS12 with its 12 inch screen diagonal is the largest in the
NSAdvancedHMI Terminal family. The 800x600 pixel TFT colour
screen provides a highly luminous, contrastrich image that is easy to
read even from extreme viewing angles. The touch fields are based on
a closemesh grid that provides generous scope for the design of
buttons and spaces.
The use of memory cards not only enables user programs to be
exchanged between the control terminal and a PC, but also buffered
alarm lists, operating data and process parameters for the creation of
reports can be transferred to the Memory Card.
networks with FINS commands. Control via serial ports or via networks.
Password protection

NS12TS00_
NS12TS01_
Yes
Yes
Terminal size
315x241x49 mm
315x241x49 mm
Display size
246.0x184.5 mm (12.1 inches)
246.0x184.5 mm (12.1 inches)
800x600 pixel
800x600 pixel
75/100
75/100
1900 (50x38)
1900 (50x38)
Memory
Max. screen pages
4000
4000
Popup windows
Yes
Yes
Numerical entry
Yes
Yes
Text entry
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Trend/line diagram
Yes
Yes
Alarm handling
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Arithmetic
Yes
Yes
Full graphics capabilities
Yes
Yes
Realtime clock/date
Yes
Yes
With NSEXT01, Ladder Monitoring software
With NSEXT01, Ladder Monitoring software
Serial port
Ethernet
10BaseT
Controller Link
With NSCLK21 Module
With NSCLK21 Module
Macro programming
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Password
5 levels
5 levels
Video camera input
With NSCA001 Module
With NSCA001 Module
295
Programmable
NS12
Communication
NS12TS00_
NS12TS01_
DeviceNet
Host Link
1:1 NT Link
1:n NT Link
FINS
NSCLK21
Ethernet, 10BaseT, NSCLK21

PLC driver
OMRON
OMRON
1:1 NT Link
RS232C
High speed data exchange between the

HMIT erminal and an OMRON PLC with the aid of
the 1:1 NT Link communication protocol.
CQM1H
NS12

1:1NT Link:
CPM1A
CPM2A
CPM2C
CQM1H
CPM2C
NS12 +
Adapter NSAL002
CPM2A
RS232C
Port A
CPM1A
NS12
Port B

RS232C
1:nNT Link can be used on port A or port B. The

The following OMRON PLC systems feature a 1:n
NT Link:
CS1 with CS1WSCB41
NS12 +
Adapter NSAL002
CS1
CJ1
NS12 +
Adapter NSAL002
CQM1H + CQM1HSCB41*
RS232C
Port A, 1:1 NT Link

NS12 +
Adapter NSAL002
296
Port B, 1:n NT Link
* not highspeed
1:n NT Link
Programmable
NS12

Network configuration
Ethernet or Controller Link
Ethernet

simultaneously.
NS12

Ethernet:
Ethernet
10BaseT + HUB
CS1 with CS1WETN11

CJ1 with CJ1WETN11
The following OMRON PLC systems feature FINS
with Controller Link:
CS1 with CS1WCLK21
CJ1 with CJ1WCLK21
CQM1H with CQM1HCLK21
CS1
CJ1
Programmable
Terminals

same time.
10BaseT
NS7/NS10/NS12
CQM1H
only Controller Link
Controller Link
2wire
NS10/NS12
Ethernet
10BaseT
RS232C
NS12
297
Programmable
NS12
Product Overview
NS Control Terminal
Touchscreen
Communication:
1 1 NT Link
1:1
1:n NT Link
NS Control Terminal
Touchscreen
Communication:
1 1 NT Link
1:1
1:n NT Link
Ethernet
Model code
Housing in beige
Housing in black
NS12TS00
NS12TS00B
Display size
246.0x184.5 mm (12.1 inch)
800x600 pixel
75/100
1900 (50x38)
Memory
Ports
2x RS232C
Expansion port
Operating voltage
24 VDC (20.4..27.6 V), 20 W
IP65 (front side)
Model code
Housing in beige
Housing in black
NS12TS01
NS12TS01B
Display size
246.0x184.5 mm (12.1 inch)
800x600 pixel
75/100
1900 (50x38)
Memory
Ports
2x RS232C
Expansion port
Network
Ethernet, 10BaseT
Operating voltage
24 VDC (20.4..27.6 V), 20 W
IP65 (front side)
Specifications
System data
NS12TS00
Display
specification
Display
Highresolution TFT colour display

256 colours
800x600 pixels
Viewing angle
Backlighting
Life min. 50,000 h

Fault message
Green, continuous
Green, flashing
Orange, continuous
Orange, flashing
Red, flashing
Touchscreen
298
NS12TS01
Normal operation
System check
Battery discharged
Offline mode
Touch type
Min. pressure force
100 g
Life expectancy
Programmable
NS12
System data
1 slot for Expansion Memory Boards

User data storage can be expanded by 8 or 16 MB
Memory Card

Expansion port
for future function expansions (Video, CLK)
Serial port
2x RS232C (9pin Dsub female) with NSAL002 in

2x RS485 (screw terminals) convertible
Ethernet
1:1 NT Link
NS12TS01
Standard
Medium
Connector
Distance
IEEE 802.3, 10BaseT

Twisted line, 2core
RJ45
RS232C, RS485
Connection

serial port B: 9pin Dsub female, RS232C; with NSAL002 RS485
Number of devices
Max. 15 m (RS232C), max. 500 m (RS485)
RS485 or RS232C (n=1)
Connection
2wire (RS485),
Number of devices
1..8
Max. 15 m (RS232C), max. 500 m (RS485)
M:N Network
communication
Networks
FINS
Ethernet, Controller Link with additional module
Barcode reader
RS232C
Data length:
Stop bits:
Parity:
Data flow control:
1:n NT Link
Programmable
Terminals
NS12TS00
Ports
4800, 9600, 19200 baud

7 or 8 bit
1 or 7 bits
none, even, uneven
RTS/CTS
Connection
Number of devices
Max. 15 m
Noprotocol" mode
Data Format
Power supply
Internal on pin 6, 5 V 5%, max. 250 mA
299
Programmable
NS12
General data
Operating voltage
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC), 15%
Power consumption
20 W max.
Battery life
5 years at 25C
Display, RUN
LED, orange
Noise immunity

Shock resistance
Ambient temperature
Operation
Storage

20..+60 C
Ambient humidity
0..40 C
40..50 C

No corrosive gases
Front plate: IP65F
Approvals
CE, cUL
Dimensions
315x241x48.5 mm
Panel cutout
302x228 mm, sheet thickness 1.6..4.8 mm
Weight
Max. 2.5 kg

Temperature range
050 C
3090
Temperature range
045 C
030
(Side view)
95%
Operation
85%
60
60%
Storage
Relativehumidity(%)
50
40
35%
30
20%
20
10
20
10
20
30
40
Temperature C
300
40%
50
60
10%
70
Programmable
NS12
Display
p y
specification
specification,
function objects
Number
Format:
Mode:

Format:
Mode:
Value range:


function
Mode:

Format:

Format:

Colours:
Format:
Input:


and input
Format:
Input:

Text objects

File name:
8 characters + .TXT
Selection list objects
File name:
Format:
Thumbwheel
Format:
Programmable
Terminals
8 characters + .LST
Maximum number of displayed lines 1024
Input:

+ and Switch
Analogue display
Orientation:
Tendency:
Format:
Format:

Bar graph
Orientation:

Right to left, left to right
Line diagram

Bit maps

Max. data quantity: 1MB
Alarm/event display

Alarm/event history
Display:
Date display
Time display
Data logging
diagrams

Fixed graphic

(display in every position)
Window

Tables
Horizontal:
30 columns
Vertical:
40 lines
Number of tables:
arbitrary
Libraries
301
Programmable
NS12
Display
specification,
p
,
f
ti objects
bj t
function
Specification
p
for
di l elements
display
l
t
Text attributes
Flashing
Screen pages of
user program
Max. 4000 screens (including popup screens) per project.

Tables

Background graphics

Background colours
256
User program
Text characters
Fixed fonts
Course resolution
Latin, Katakana
8x8 pixel
Zoom: 1x1, 1x2, 2x1, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 8x8
Standard resolution
Latin, Katakana
8x16 pixel
16x16 pixel
Zoom: 1x1, 1x2, 2x1, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 8x8

Zoom: 1x1, 1x2, 2x1, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 8x8
Fine resolution
Latin, Katakana
16x32 pixel
32x32 pixel
Zoom: 1x1, 1x2, 2x1, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 8x8

Zoom: 1x1, 1x2, 2x1, 2x2, 3x3, 4x4, 8x8
Proportional fonts
Colours
256
Font style
Bold, italic
Vertical position
Horizontal position
Left, centre, right
Function objects
Fixed objects

Up to 1000
500
Display colours
256
Decimal

1 word with sign:
32 768..32 767
Without sign:
0..65 535
2 147 483 648..2 147 483 647
Without sign:
0..42 949 667 295

1 word:
0..FFFF
Double word:
0..FFFF FFFF
Binary

1 word:
0..1111 1111 1111 1111
Double word:
0..1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111
Octal

1 word:
0..177 777
Double word:
0..37 777 777 777
Date display
Time display
8 different formats
Special functions
Input buzzer

302

OFF: No buzzer
Programmable
NS12
Setting
g and monitor
functions
Monitoring of system settings: The status of the system settings can be displayed in the system menu
Initialise data: The user program stored in the Control Terminal can be deleted from the system menu
Operating messages / fault messages / alarm/event list / data logging: Settings for logging and logged data can be
displayed
Display function for user program / screen pages: The user program / screen pages can be displayed in the system
menu
Batterybacked data
Operating messages / fault messages / alarm/event list / data logging: Calendar, clock, settings
Calendar clock
Current date and time display: Display and setting: Control Terminal system menu or NS Designer
Programmable
Terminals

PLC monitoring
Data transfer

History storage
Operating messages / fault messages / alarm/event list / data logging: Can be stored in Memory Cards

Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code
NS Designer. Programming software for NS Control Terminals

see page 452
NSNSDC1
Programming cable,
2m
XW2ZS002*
Description
Size
Model code
Flash Memoryy Card
30 MB
HMCEF372
Memory
y Card
64 MB
HMCEF672
PC adapter
PCMCIA
HMCAP001
Expansion
p
Memory
y
B
Board
d
User program
p g
8 MB
NSMF081
16 MB
NSMF161
Expansion
Module
p
NSCLK21
Video camera input
NSCA001
Cable for F150 Vision Mate Controller
2m
F150VKP
5m
Accessories,
cables etc.
NS12KBA04
NS12KBA05
Backup battery
C500BAT08
NT20SATT01
2m
XW2Z200T*
5m
XW2Z500T*
Connecting
g cable,,
C t lT
Control
Terminal
i l <> SYSMAC PLC,
PLC RS232C
RS 232C
Technical
Documentation
English
g
D
Documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
Programmable
Terminal
g
NS7/10/12
Quick Start Manual
V081E1
Setup Manual
V072E1
Programming Manual
V073E1
Operation Manual
V074E1
303
Programmable
NS12
Dimensions (mm)
NS12
301
140
241
227
249
264
7
315
42
323
115.5
42
20
45
60
103
NS12 with Controller Link interface

NSCLK21
NS10 with Video Input Module

NSCA001
32
20.4
172.6
227
89.3
249
10.5
304
42
42
227
249

(NT series)
Page
Programmable HMI Terminal NT21

Product Overview
Specifications
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
309
310
310
311
314
314
Programmable HMI Terminal NT31C/NT31

Product Overview
Specifications
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
315
316
317
318
321
322
Programmable HMI Terminal NT631C/NT631

Product Overview
Specifications
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
323
324
325
326
329
330
Programmable
Terminals
Programmable Touchscreen Terminals Overview . . . 306
305

(NT series)
HMI Terminals
for industrial use
The human/machine interface (HMI) is becoming increasingly important, with particular emphasis
being placed on aspects such as safety, clarity and ease of operation. Plain text messages (error
messages), symbols and graphics to clearly represent the machine or systems current status can be
displayed. It is also possible to define control and input functions. With the new generation of terminals,
this can of course all be done in colour. Fast and efficient communication between the terminals and
the PLC allows inching operation for positioning tasks and the display of rapidly changing servo
positioning data. All this information is created with easy to use software.
The NT21/31/631 Series Programmable HMI Terminals can be selected by their screen size and type
according to the requirements of the application. All the Terminals are operated using touch screen
functionality.
Key features:
Fully graphical display of trends, system components, production and error status
Creation of images on a PC, program transfer possible in both directions
Import of bitmap objects
Monochrome STN, colour STN and electroluminescent (EL) LCD displays
Highcontrast screens in various sizes
Replaceable backlight
Fast and easy communication
Centronics printer port
IP65F protection
NT631
Screensize
NT31
NT21
Further Information
NT21
NT31
NT631
Page 309
Page 315
Page 323
Functionality
306
Overview
NT21
NT31/NT31C
NT631/NT631C
LC display
Yes
Yes
EL display
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
mm
117x63
118.2x89.4
229x172
pixel
TFT display
Display size
260x140
320x240
640x480
8/32
30/40
60/80
Number of buttons/touch fields
91 (7x13)
192 (12x16)
768 (24x32)
Memory
512 kB
1 MB
1 MB
Max. screen pages
3999
3999
3999
Number/text input
Yes/Yes
Yes/Yes
Yes/Yes
Bar graph
Yes
Yes
Yes
Trend/line diagram
Yes
Yes
Yes
Alarm handling
Internal
Internal
Internal
Popup windows
Yes
Yes
Yes
Realtime clock/date
External (PLC)
Internal
Internal
Printer port
Yes
Yes
RS232C
Yes/Yes, with adapter
Yes/Yes
Yes/Yes
NT Link
1:1, 1:n (n=1..8)
1:1, 1:n (n=1..8)
1:1, 1:n (n=1..8)
Programmable
Terminals
NT Series Programmable Touchscreen Terminals
The NT Shell software collection

contains all programming software
packages for OMRON Functionkey
and Touchscreen Terminals
NTST
NTFKST
NT2SST
See page 454
NTST
307

(NT series)
308
Overview
NT21
General
In addition to various graphic functions and plain text displays, special
display and notification images created for the relevant operating and
fault conditions provide for reliable dialogue between operating
personnel and the machine.
Programmable
Terminals
Fast and efficient communication between the Terminals and the PLC
allows inching operation for positioning tasks and the display of
rapidly changing servo positioning data. The small dimensions,
installation depth of 54mm, high degree of protection to IP65F (front
side) and the excellent value for money make NT21 series terminals
perfect even for use in simple machines.
Protection class IP65F (without protective cover)
Backlighting can be replaced very easily
Touchscreen for reliable, userdefined inputs
Graphic display of production and fault conditions
Good contrast, even in very bright conditions.

NT21ST121_E
LC display
Yes
EL display
Terminal size
190x110x54 mm
Display size
117x63 mm
260x140 pixel
Up to 50
91
Memory
0.5 MB
Max. screen pages
3999
Popup windows
Number input
Yes
Character input
Yes
Yes
Trend/line diagram
Yes
Alarm handling
Yes
Yes
Maths
Yes
Full graphic illustration
Yes
Yes
Barcode interface
Yes
Communication
Host Link
Yes
1:1 NT Link
Yes
1:n NT Link
Yes
Highspeed 1:n NT Link
Yes (with CS1G/H, CJ1M/G/H)
ASCII protocol
Yes
309
NT21
1:1 NT Link
Data is exchanged quickly between the Control
Terminal and an OMRON PLC using the 1:1 NT Link
communication protocol.
RS232C
Communication method RS232C can be used.

1:1NTLink:
CPM1A
CPM2A
CPM2C
CQM1H
XW2Z200T
XW2Z500T
(Please compare
these articles with the
selection available in
your country.
NT21
CQM1H
CPM2C*
CPM2A*
* A cable adapter may be

required, depending upon
CPU.
CPM1A*

1:nNTLink:
CQM1H, max. 8 Control Terminals
CJ1, max. 8 Control Terminals
CS1, max. 8 Control Terminals
NT21 + NSAL002
CS1 + CS1WSCB41
CJ1 + CJ1WSCU41
NT31
CQM1H + CQM1HSCB41*
* no highspeed
1:n NT Link
NT631
Product Overview
NT HMI Terminal
Touchscreen
Monochrome STN display, blue on
white
Comm
Communication:
nication
Host Link
1:1 NT Link
1:n NT Link
Memory Link
310
Model code
Housing in beige
Housing in black
NT21ST121E
NT21ST121BE
Display size
117x63 mm
260x140 pixel
8/32
91
Memory
512 kB
Interfaces
2x RS232C
Supply voltage
24 VDC
IP65F (front side)
NT21
Specifications
NT21
Display elements
Data memoryy
capacity
Display
specification
Touch type
91 touch fields per screen page, 7 (horizontal) x 38 (vertical) matrix, pressure sensitive
Min. pressure force
1N
Life expectancy
Min. 1,000,000 switching operations
Characters
Half size:
Normal size:
Symbols:
Image data
Library data:
Image colours
Monochrome
Zoom functions
Horizontal, vertical, 2x, 3x, 4x, 8x
Filtering function
Can be used for 4times zoom factor and higher
Character display attributes
Normal, inverted, flashing, inverted flashing, transparent
Graphics
Polygonal lines, circles, arcs, sectors, rectangles, polygons
Graphic display attributes
Line types
4 line types (continuous, dashed, dotted, dotdash)
Image data
Freely definable pixel graphic with a min. size of 8x8 pixel to max. 320x240 pixel in intervals of
8x8 pixel
Library data
Combination of characters and graphics with a variable, size from min. 1x1 dot to
max.320x240 pixel in 1x1 dot intervals
Tiling pattern
10 different types
Character strings
Max. 2000 character strings with 40 characters each
Numeral string data
Max. 2000 values with 10 digits each
Bit data
Max. 1000 with one bit each
Symbols (marks)
Max. 224, each with a resolution of 16x16 pixel
Image data
3999
Library data
12.288
Display
NT21ST121:
Number of pixels:
Actual display area:
Backlighting:
LCD backlight life:
8x8 pixel, letters and symbols

16x16, 32x32, 64x64 pixel, userdefined
8x8..320x240 pixel, userdefined in 8x8 pixel steps
1x1..320x240 pixel
Screen saver:
Contrast setting:
Display
p y capacity
p
y
Viewing angle
NT21:
Function displays
Two displays:
POWER
RUN
Programmable
Terminals
Touchscreen
Monochrome LCD (STN) dot matrix

260 (horizontal) x 140 (vertical)
117 mm (horizontal) x 63 mm (vertical)
White cold cathode tube, brightness adjustable via system menu
Min. 50 000 hrs.
(operation hours at room temperature up to 50% brightness)
Disabled: No switch off
Enabled:
1..255 min
100 levels adjustable via system menu
top/bottom 30, left/right 30

Green
Green
Orange
Red
Lights up when power supply is switched on

RUN mode
RUN mode, battery power run down
Stop, battery power too low
Characters
Display of arbitrary characters (screen page allocation)
Graphics
Polygonal lines (kinked, solid lines) and circles, rectangles, polygons, sectors
String display
256 per screen page, 40 bytes per string
Numeric display
256 per screen page with max. 10 digits each
Numerical input
Max. 256 numeric input keys and max. 64 thumbwheels per screen page
Bar graph display
50 per screen page, range display, % display
311
NT21
Display
p y capacity
p
y
(continued)
Screen p
page
g
General
312
Analogue meter
Trend graph
Max. 50, 1 per screen page
Line graph
1 frame per screen page, max. 256 graphs, max. 320 pixels per graph
Lamps
Touch fields
Max. 256 per screen page, selectable functionality and basic attributes,
7.4 mm (horizontal) x 7.4 mm (vertical)
Character string input
Alarm memory
Output either by call up frequency or call up sequence
Alarm list
Max. 4 groups per screen page
One per screen page
Normal screen pages
Screen page display
Overlapping screen pages
Max. 8 screen pages may be superimposed
Windows
At any one time, one global and two local windows can be opened.
Graphic elements, touch keys, numeric inputs and character string inputs can be programmed
Display history pages
Output either by call up frequency (for max. 1023 screens)

or call up sequence (for max. 255 screens)
Screen attributes
Alarm, continuous buzzer, intermittent buzzer, bit function keys, bit touch keys,
display protocol log
Number of stored screen

pages
Max. 3999 (depending upon screen page content)
Screen page numbers
0:
1..3999:
Storing screen pages
Possible to transfer data from a PC to the Terminal and vice versa
Buzzer
Three buzzer types: Continuous or short interval and long interval

Settings:
Setting (Key Press Sound) to ON in the
"Memory Switch" function in the Maintenance menu. Setting (ERR ON) to
ON switches the buzzer on in case of an incoming error message.
ON:
The buzzer sounds after each key input, after receiving an instruction
from the host and calling up a screen page with an active buzzer status
OFF:
The buzzer is switched off by pressing the buzzer key, when receiving an
appropriate instruction from the host or calling up a screen page with a
disabled buzzer status.
The buzzer sounds three times for a nonpermissible input.
Input buzzer setting
If the input buzzer is set to ON in the Memory Switch" memory settings menu, a tone lasting
approx. 0.2 s sounds when a function key, a system key or a touch field is pressed.
Data maintenance function
Selftest for memories, touch fields etc.

Confirmation of status setting regarding communications and other conditions.
Simple monitoring of communications
Battery backup
Data for the display history or alarm history is stored using a battery.
Duration of data backup: 5 years, battery can be replaced with Device switched on.
Backup of:
Numerical and character string tables
Display and alarm history
Time and date
Restart behaviour
Restoration of numeric data and text data following reconnection of power.

Restart behaviour is set in the system menu under "MEMORY SWITCH MENU".
Resume function: for ON, the previous data is displayed again.
Programming console
function
Allows all functions of the C200HPRO27E PLC programming console to be executed.
Monitoring function
Enables display of the various memory areas of the PLC Controller
No display
Userdefined screen pages (screens 9000..9002, 9020 and 9999 are
reserved for special functions)
NT21
1:1 NT Link
1:n NT Link
Barcode reader
Communication method
RS232C
C series SYSWAY (1:1)
Data length:
Stop bit:
Parity:
9600, 19200 bps

7 bits
2 bits
even
Connection
Serial port A: 9pin Dsub female, RS232C

Serial port B: 9pin Dsub female, RS232C
Number of devices
Max. 15 m at RS232C
RS232C
Connection

Number of devices
Max. 15 m
2x RS232
Connection

Number of devices
1..8
Max. 15 m
RS232C
Data length:
Stop bits:
Parity:
Data flow control:
Programmable
Terminals
Host Link Direct

communication
4800, 9600, 19200 baud

7 or 8 bit
1 or 7 bits
none, even, uneven
RTS/CTS
Connection
Number of devices
Max. 15 m
Noprotocol" mode
Data format
Supply voltage
20.4..26.4 VDC (24 VDC, 15%..+10% )
Power consumption
7 W max.
EMC
Electrostatic discharge:
Intensity 3 (IEC 100042) in air 8 kV, contact 6 kV, indirect 7 kV
Electromagnetic field intensity:
10 V/m (IEC 100043)
Transients:
Power supply lines 2 kV (IEC 100044)
Control lines 0.25 kV
Noise immunity
Between power supply and panel:

Normal:
Pulse width:
Pulse rise time:

57..150 Hz with IG acceleration (9.8 m/s2) for 60 min in X, Y and Z directions
Shock resistance
147 m/s2, 3 times in X, Y and Z directions
Ambient temperature
0 C..50 C
Ambient humidity
No corrosive gases
Storage temperature
20 C..+70 C
Front plate: IP65F
Approvals
CE, cUL
Weight
Max. 1 kg
1000 Vss
300 Vss
100 ns..1s
1 ns
313
NT21

Programming
Accessories,
cables etc.
Description
Cable length
Model code
NT Shell. Programming software for Control Terminals

see page 454
NT Shell
Programming cable,
2m
XW2ZS002*
Programming device for reading/writing of two NT21/NT31/NT631

programs without PC
(e.g. for servicing purposes)
NTMF261
Cold cathode tubes for backlighting
NT20SCFL01
Antireflection protective cover, reduces light reflection to less

than3%
NT20MKBA04
NT20SKBA01
Replacement set of fastening clips
NT20SATT01
PLC communication cable,

RS232C, 9pin, Dsub <> miniature periphery port
2m
NTCN221
Connecting
g cable,,
C t lT
Control
Terminal
i l <> SYSMAC PLC,
PLC RS232C
RS 232C
Backup battery (for alarm lists/histories only)
Technical
Documentation
English
g
D
t ti
Documentation
2m
XW2Z200T*
5m
XW2Z500T*
C500BAT08
Product
Title
Model code
Programmable Terminal
NT21
Setup Manual
V068
Dimensions (mm)
NT21ST_
100
110
190
178
314
4,5
53,5
NT31C/NT31
General
The OMRON NT31C/NT31 Control Terminals represent an ideal
human/machine interface for small to midsize machines. In addition
to various graphic functions and plain text displays, special display
and notification images created for the relevant operating and fault
conditions provide for reliable dialogue between operating personnel
and the machine. Fast and efficient communication between the
Terminal and the PLC allows inching operation for positioning tasks
and the display of rapidly changing servo positioning data.
Programmable
Terminals
The small dimensions, max. installation depth of 70 mm, high degree

of protection to IP65F (front side) and the excellent value for money
make NT31 series terminals ideal for use in both simple machines and
also for more extensive applications.
Integrated clock with date and time
Backlighting can be replaced very easily
NT31 terminals with high contrast STN colour or monochrome LCD

NT31ST121_EV2
NT31CST141_EV2
Monochrome STN display
Yes
Colour STN display (8 colours)
Yes
Terminal size
195x142x54 mm
195x142x54 mm
Display size
118.2x89.4 mm
118.2x89.4 mm
320x240 pixel
320x240 pixel
Up to 30/40
Up to 30/40
192 (16x12)
192 (16x12)
Memory
1 MB
1 MB
Max. screen pages
3999
3999
Popup windows
Number input
Yes
Yes
Text input
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Trend/line diagram
Yes
Yes
Alarm handling
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Arithmetic
Yes
Yes
Realtime clock/date
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Printer interface
Yes
Yes
Barcode interface
Yes
Yes
315
NT31C/NT31
Communication
DeviceNet
Yes (with NTDRT interface)
Host Link
Yes
Yes
1:1 NT Link
Yes
Yes
1:n NT Link
Yes
Yes
ASCII protocol
Yes
Yes
PLC drivers
For PLCs from: Siemens with HMI adapter, Rockwell, Mitsubishi, GEFAnuc and Modicon
1:1 NT Link
RS232C

1:1NTLink:
XW2Z200T
XW2Z500T
(Please compare
your country.
CPM1A
CPM2A
CPM2C
CQM1H
NT31C/NT31
CQM1H
CPM2C*
CPM2A*

CPU.
CPM1A*

With the RS485 communication method, several
Control Terminals can be networked via
1:nNTLink.
1:nNTLink:
NT21 + NSAL002
CS1 + CS1WSCB41

NT31
CJ1 + CJ1WSCU41
CQM1H + CQM1HSCB41*
NT631
316
* no highspeed
1:n NT Link
NT31C/NT31

PLC drivers
The Control Terminal can be operated with different
PLC drivers.
These include the drivers from the following PLC
manufacturers:
Siemens S7300 and S7400: MPI protocol
HMI adapter 6ES79720CA110XA0
from Siemens or SSW7HMI, 7007519VK11
from Helmholz is required
RS232C
RS485
PLC
NT31C/NT31
Rockwell/AllenBradley SLC 500: DF1 protocol

Programmable
Terminals
Mitsubishi MELSEC A and MELSEC FX

GE Fanuc 9020 and 9030: SNPX protocol
Modicon: modbus protocol
Product Overview
NT Terminal
Touchscreen
Monochrome STN display, black/white
Communication:
Host Link
1:1 NT Link
1:n NT Link
ASCII protocol
NT Terminal
Touchscreen
Colour STN display, 8 colours
Communication:
Host Link
1:1 NT Link
1:n NT Link
ASCII protocol
Model code
Housing in beige
Housing in black
NT31ST121EV2
NT31ST121BEV2
Display size
118.2x89.4 mm
320x240 pixel
Up to 26/35
192 (16x12)
Memory
1 MB
Interfaces
RS232C and RS485

printer, barcode reader
Supply voltage
24 VDC
IP65F (front side)
Model code
Housing in beige
Housing in black
NT31CST141EV2
NT31CST141BEV2
Display size
118.2x89.4 mm
320x240 pixel
Up to 26/35
192 (16x12)
Memory
1 MB
Interfaces
RS232C and RS485

Supply voltage
24 VDC
IP65F (front side)
317
NT31C/NT31
Specifications
NT31C
Touchscreen
Display elements
Data memoryy
capacity
Display
specification
NT31
Touch type
Max. 192 touch fields per screen page, 12 (horizontal) x 38 (vertical) matrix, pressure sensitive
Min. pressure force
100 g
Life expectancy
Characters
Half size:
Normal size:
Symbols:
Image data
Library data:
Image colours
8 colours (red, green, blue, yellow, magenta,

cyan, white and black)
Monochrome
Colour specification
Selectable: foreground, background and

frame colour for objects
Zoom functions
Horizontal, vertical, 2x, 3x, 4x, 8x
Filtering function
Usable for 4times zoom factor and higher
Graphics
Line types
Image data
Freely definable pixel graphic with a min. size of 8x8 pixel to max. 320x240 pixel in steps of
8x8 pixel
Library data
Combination of characters and graphics with a variable, size from min. 1x1 dot to
max.320x240 pixel in 1x1 pixel intervals
Tiling pattern
10 different types
Character strings
Numeral string data
Bit data
Symbols (marks)
Image data
4095
Library data
12.288
Display
NT31CST141:

8x8..320x240 pixel, userdefined in 8x8 pixel steps
1x1..320x240 pixel
NT31ST121:
Number of pixels:
Backlighting:
Life expectancy:
LCD
Backlighting
Screen saver:
Contrast setting:
318
Colour LCD (STN) dot matrix, 8 colours (red, blue, green,

magenta, cyan, yellow, white, black)
Monochrome LCD (STN) dot matrix
320 (horizontal) x 240 (vertical)
White cold cathode tube, brightness adjustable via system menu
Min. 50,000 hrs.
Min. 25,000 hrs, can be replaced by user
Disabled: no switch off
Enabled:
1..255 min
100 levels adjustable via system menu
Viewing angle
NT31: top 20, bottom 30, left 30, right 20

NT31C: top/bottom 50, left 60, right 45
Function displays
Two displays:
POWER
RUN
Green
Green
Orange
Red

RUN mode
Stop, battery power too low
NT31C/NT31
Screen p
page
g
General
Characters
Graphics
String display
Numeric display
Numerical input
Max. 256 numeric input keys and max. 64 thumbwheels per screen page
Bar graph display
50 per screen page, range display, % display
Analogue meter
Trend graph
Line graph
1 frame per screen page, max. 256 graphs, max. 320 pixels per graph
Lamps
Touch fields
Max. 256 per screen page, selectable functionality and basic attributes,
Alarm memory
Output either by call up frequency or call up sequence
Alarm list
Time display
Either by output from Controller realtime clock or output from Terminals integrated realtime
clock
One per screen page
Normal screen pages
Screen page display
Windows
Graphic elements, touch switches, numeric inputs and character string inputs can be
programmed
Output either by call up frequency (for max. 1023 screens)

or call up sequence (for max. 255 screens)
Screen attributes
Alarm, continuous buzzer, intermittent buzzer, bit function keys, bit touch switches,
Number of stored screen

pages
Screen page numbers
0:
1..3999:
Storing screen pages
Possible to transfer data from a PC to the Terminal and vice versa
Buzzer
Three buzzer types: Continuous or short interval and long interval

Settings:
Setting (Key Press Sound) to ON in the
"Memory Switch" function in the Maintenance menu. Setting (ERR ON) to
ON switches the buzzer on in case of an incoming error message.
ON:
OFF:
The buzzer is switched off by pressing the buzzer key, when receiving an
appropriate instruction from the host or calling up a screen page with a
approx. 0.2 s sounds when a function key, a system key or a touch field is pressed.

Battery backup
Data for the display history or alarm history is stored using a battery.
Backup of:
Time and date
Programmable
Terminals
Display
p y capacity
p
y
No display
Userdefined screen pages (screens 9000..9002, 9020 and 9999 are
reserved for special functions)
319
NT31C/NT31
General
(continued)
Restart behaviour

Restart behaviour is set in the system menu under "MEMORY SWITCH MENU".
Screen hardcopy
Functions:
Prints a hard copy of the current screen content
Prints the display/alarm history
Settings:
ESP/P Tone, monochrome printing with 8 grey levels in accordance with ESC/P 24J83C
ESP/P Color, colour printing in accordance with ESC/P 24J83C
PR201H Tone, monochrome printing in accordance with PCPRH201PL
PR201H Color, colour printing in accordance with PCPRH201PL
PLC 5 Tone, monochrome printing with 8 grey levels in accordance with PLC 5
Note: The NT31 only supports monochrome printing.
Host Link Direct

communication
1:1 NT Link
1:n NT Link
Printer
Barcode reader
320
Programming console
function
Allows all functions of the C200HPRO27E PLC programming console to be executed.
Monitoring function
RS232C
Data length:
Stop bit:
Parity:
9600, 19200 bps

7 bits
2 bits
even
Connection

Serial port B: 25pin Dsub female, RS232C and RS485
Number of devices
Max. 15 m with RS232C
RS232C, RS485
Connection

Number of devices
Max. 15 m, max. 500 m for RS485
RS232C, RS485
Connection

Number of devices
1..8
Centronics (parallel), 20pin female connector
Connection
Mini SCSI, 20pin
RS232C
Data length:
Stop bits:
Parity:
Data flow control:
4800, 9600, 19200 baud

7 or 8 bit
1 or 7 bits
none, even, uneven
RTS/CTS
Connection
Number of devices
Max. 15 m
Noprotocol" mode
Data Format
NT31C/NT31
Supply voltage
20.4..26.4 VDC (24 VDC, 15%..+10%)
Power consumption
15 W max.
EMC
Intensity 3 (IEC 100042) in air 8 kV, contact 6 kV, indirect 7 kV
10 V/m (IEC 100043)
Transients:
Noise immunity

Normal:
Pulse width:
Pulse rise time:

57..150 Hz with IG acceleration (9.8 m/s2) for 60 min in X, Y and Z directions
Shock resistance
Ambient temperature
0 C..50 C
Ambient humidity
No corrosive gases
Storage temperature
20 C..+60 C
Front plate: IP65F
Approvals
CE, UL, CSA
Weight
Max. 1 kg
Programmable
Terminals
1000 Vss
300 Vss
100 ns..1s
1 ns

Programming
Accessories,
cables etc.
Description
Cable length
Model code

see page 454
NT Shell
Programming cable,
2m
XW2ZS002*

programs without PC
NTMF261
NT31CCFL01
Antireflection protective cover, reduces light reflection to <3%
NT30KBA04
Printer connecting cable
1.5 m
NTCNT121
NT20SATT01
Backup battery
3G2A9BAT08

2m
NTCN221
Connecting
g cable,,
C t lT
Control
Terminal
i l <> SYSMAC PLC,
PLC RS232C
RS 232C
DeviceNet interface
2m
XW2Z200T*
5m
XW2Z500T*
NTDRT21
321
NT31C/NT31

Technical
Documentation
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
Multivendor: Mitsubishi
V042
NT31/NT31C
Operation Manual
V043
NT31_/NT631_
Multivendor:
Siemens, GE Fanuc
Rockwell, Allen Bradley
Operation Manual
V060
NT31_/631_
Reference Manual
V064
DeviceNet interface
User Manual
V066
Dimensions (mm)
NT31C/NT31
130.5
142
5
195
183.5
322
54
NT631C/NT631
General
The OMRON NT631C/NT631 Control Terminals represent an ideal
human/machine interface for midsize to large machines. In addition to
various graphic functions and plain text displays, special display and
notification images created for the relevant operating and fault
conditions provide for reliable dialogue between operating personnel
and the machine. Fast and efficient communication between the
Terminal and the PLC allows inching operation for positioning tasks
and the display of rapidly changing servo positioning data.
Programmable
Terminals
The small dimensions, max. installation depth of 71 mm, high degree

of protection to IP65F (front side) and the excellent value for money
make NT631 series terminals ideal for use in both simple machines
and also more extensive applications.
Extremely high contrast
Integrated clock with date and time
Backlighting can be replaced very easily (LCD type)
Displays with colour STN, colour TFT or monochrome EL technology
Performance data (max. values)

NT631CST141_EV2
NT631CST151_EV2
NT631ST211_EV2
Monochrome EL display
Yes
Colour STN display (8 colours)
Yes
Colour TFT display (8 colours)
Yes
Terminal size
315x250x54 mm
315x250x54 mm
315x250x54 mm
Display size
229x172 mm
211x158 mm
211x158 mm
640x480 pixel
640x480 pixel
640x480 pixel
Up to 60/80
Up to 60/80
Up to 60/80
768 (32x24)
768 (32x24)
768 (32x24)
Memory
1 MB
1 MB
1 MB
Popup windows
Max. screen pages
3999
3999
3999
Number input
Yes
Yes
Yes
Text input
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Trend/line diagram
Yes
Yes
Yes
Alarm handling
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Arithmetic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Realtime clock/date
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Printer interface
Yes
Yes
Yes
Barcode reader interface
Yes
Yes
Yes
323
NT631C/NT631
Communication
DeviceNet
Host Link
Yes
Yes
Yes
1:1 NT Link
Yes
Yes
Yes
1:n NT Link
Yes
Yes
Yes
ASCII protocol
Yes
Yes
Yes
PLC drivers
For PLCs from: Siemens with HMI adapter, Rockwell, Mitsubishi, GEFAnuc and Modicon
1:1 NT Link
RS232C

1:1NTLink:
CPM1A
CPM2A
CPM2C
CQM1H
NT631C/NT631
XW2Z200T
XW2Z500T
(Please compare
your country.
CQM1H
CPM2C*
CPM2A*

CPU.
CPM1A*

1:nNTLink.
1:nNTLink:
NT21 + NSAL002
CS1 + CS1WSCB41

CJ1 + CJ1WSCU41
NT31
CQM1H + CQM1HSCB41*
NT631
324
* no highspeed
1:n NT Link
NT631C/NT631
System Configuration(Continued)
PLC drivers
Several drivers can be installed on the
programmable terminal enabeling it to communicate
with the following PLCs:
RS485
PLC
NT631C/NT631

Programmable
Terminals

Modicon: modbus protocol
Product Overview
NT Terminal
Touchscreen
Monochrome EL display, orange on
black
nication
Comm
Communication:
Host Link
1:1 NT Link
1:n NT Link
ASCII protocol
NT Terminal
Touchscreen
Colour STN display, 8 colours
Communication:
Host Link
1:1 NT Link
1:n NT Link
ASCII protocol
NT Terminal
Colour TFT display, 8 colours
Touchscreen
Communication:
Host Link
1:1 NT Link
1:n NT Link
ASCII protocol
Model code
Housing in beige
Housing in black
NT631ST211EV2
NT631ST211BEV2
Display size
211x158 mm
640x480 pixel
53/80
768 (32x24)
Memory
1 MB
Interfaces
RS232C, RS485
Supply voltage
24 VDC
IP65F (front side)
Model code
Housing in beige
Housing in black
NT631CST141EV2
NT631CST141BEV2
Display size
229x172 mm
640x480 pixel
53/80
768 (32x24)
Memory
1 MB
Interfaces
RS232C, RS485
Supply voltage
24 VDC
IP65F (front side)
Model code
Housing in beige
Housing in black
NT631CST151EV2
NT631CST151BEV2
Display size
211x158 mm
640x480 pixel
53/80
768 (32x24)
Memory
1 MB
Interfaces
RS232C, RS485
Supply voltage
24 VDC
IP65F (front side)
325
NT631C/NT631
Specifications
NT631CST141_EV1
Touchscreen
Display elements
Data memoryy
capacity
Display
specification
326
NT631CST151_EV1
NT631ST211_EV1
Touch type
Max. 768 touch fields per screen page

24 (vertical) x 32 (horizontal) matrix, pressure sensitive
Max. pressure force
100 g
Life expectancy
Characters
Half size:
Normal size:
Symbols:
Image data
Library data:
Image colours
8 colours (red, green, blue, yellow, magenta, cyan, white and

black)
Monochrome
Colour specification
Selectable: foreground, background and frame colour for

objects
Zoom functions
Horizontal, vertical (2x, 3x, 4x, 8x)
Filtering function
Can be used for 4times zoom factor and higher
Normal, inverted, flashing, inverted flashing, translucent
Graphics
Line types
Image data
Freely definable pixel graphic with a min. size of 8x8 pixel to max. 640x480 pixel in 1x1 pixel
intervals
Library data
Combination of characters and graphics with a variable, size from min. 1x1 pixel to
max.640x480 pixel in 1x1 pixel intervals
Tiling pattern
10 different types
Character string
Numeral string data
Bit data
Symbols (marks)
Image data
4095
Library data
12.288
Display
Colour STN dot matrix dis

play:
8 colours (red, blue, green,
magenta, cyan, yellow,
white, black)
Number of pixels: 640x480
229x172 mm
Life expectancy:
LCD, min. 50,000 hrs.
Backlighting:
min. 25,000 hrs. (white cold
cathode tubes, can be re
placed by user)
Screen saver:
Enabled: 1..255 min.
Function displays
POWER Green
RUN
Green
Orange:
Red

8x8..640x480 pixel, userdefined in 8x8 pixel intervals
1x1..640x480 pixel
Colour TFT:
8 colours (red, green, blue,
yellow, magenta, cyan,
white, black)
211x158 mm
Display life expectancy:
Min. 50,000 hrs.
Screen saver:

RUN mode
STOP, battery power too low
Electroluminescent display
211x158 mm
Display colour:
yellow and orange
Life expectancy:
average 30,000 hrs.
(with 30% loss of bright
ness)
Screen saver:
NT631C/NT631
Display
p y capacity
p
y
Screen p
page
g
Characters
Graphics
String display
Numeric display
Bar graph display
Max. 50 per screen page, range display, % display
Analogue meter
Trend graph
Line graph
1 frame per screen page, max. 256 graphs, max. 512 display values per graph
Lamps
Touch fields
Alarm memory
Output either by call up intervals or call up sequence
Alarm list
Time display
Either by output from Controller realtime clock or

output from Terminals integrated realtime clock
One per screen page
Normal screen pages
Screen page display
Windows
Graphic elements, touch switches, numeric inputs and character string inputs can be
programmed
Output either by call up frequency (for max. 1023 screens) or call up sequence
(for max. 255 screens)
Attributes
Alarm, continuous buzzer, intermittent buzzer, bit function keys, bit touch switches,
Number of stored
screen pages
Screen page numbers
0:
1..3999:
Storing of screen pages
Possible to transfer data from a PC to the terminal and vice versa
Programmable
Terminals
No display
Userdefined screen pages, screens 9000..9002, 9020 and 9999
are reserved for special functions
327
NT631C/NT631
General
General
Buzzer
Three buzzer types: Cntinuous or short interval and long interval

Settings:
Setting (Key Press Sound) to ON in the "Memory Switch" function in the
Maintenance menu. Setting (ERR ON) to ON switches the buzzer on in
case of an incoming error message.
ON:
OFF:
The buzzer is switched off by pressing the buzzer key, receiving an
appropriate instruction from the host or by calling up a screen page with a

Battery backup
Data for the display history/alarm history is stored using a battery.

Backup of:
Time and date
approx. 0.2 s sounds when a function key, a system key or a touch field is pressed
Restart behaviour

Setting of restart behaviour is performed in the system menu under "MEMORY SWITCH
MENU".
Screen hardcopy
Functions:
Prints a hard copy of the current screen content
Prints the display/alarm history
Settings:
ESP/P Tone, monochrome printing with 8 grey levels in accordance with ESC/P 24J83C
ESP/P Color, colour printing in accordance with ESC/P 24J83C
PR201H Tone, monochrome printing in accordance with PCPRH201PL
PR201H Color, colour printing in accordance with PCPRH201PL
PLC 5 Tone, monochrome printing with 8 grey levels in accordance with PLC 5
Note: The NT631 only supports monochrome printing
Programming console
function
Allows all functions of the C200HPRO27E PLC programming console to be executed
Monitoring function
Supply voltage
24 VDC (20.4..26.4 VDC)
Power consumption
18 W max.
EMC
18 W max.
Intensity 3 (IEC 100042)

in air: 8 V, contact: 6 kV, indirect: 7 kV
10 V/m (IEC 100043)

Transients:
328
30 W max.
Immunity

Normal:
Pulse width:
Pulse rise time:
1000 Vss
300 Vss
100 ns..1 s
1 ns
(in operation)

57..150 Hz with 1 g acceleration (9.8 m/s2) for 60 min in X, Y and Z directions
Shock resistance
(in operation)
Ambient temperature
0 C..40 C
Ambient humidity
35%..85%
No corrosive gases
Storage temperature
20 C..+60 C
Front plate: IP65F
Approvals
CE, UL, CSA
Weight
2.5 kg
0 C..50 C
NT631C/NT631
1:1 NT Link
1:n NT Link
Printer
Barcode reader
RS232C
Communication speed: 9600, 19200 bps
Data length:
7 bits
Stop bit:
2 bits
Parity:
even
Connection
Serial port A:
Serial port B:
Number of devices
RS232C, RS485
Connection
Serial port A:
Serial port B:
Number of devices
RS485
Connection
2wire (RS485)
Number of devices
Max. 1..8
Centronics (parallel), 20pin female connector
Connection
Mini SCSI, 20pin
RS232C
Communication speed: 4800, 9600, 19200 baud
Data length:
7 or 8 bits
Stop bits:
1 or 7 bits
Parity:
none, even, uneven
Data flow control:
RTS/CTS
Connection
Number of devices
Max. 15 m
Noprotocol" mode
Data Format
9pin Dsub female, RS232C

9pin Dsub female, RS232C and RS485 via screw terminals
9pin Dsub female, RS232C

9pin Dsub female, RS232C and RS485 via screw terminals

Programming
Description
Cable length
Model code
NT Shell. Programming software for Control Terminals.

see page 454
NT Shell
Programming cable,
2m
XW2ZS002*

programs without PC
NTMF261
329
Programmable
Terminals
Host Link Direct

communication
NT631C/NT631

Accessories,
cables etc.

(for NT631CST141E only)
NT631CCFL02
Antireflection protective cover, reduces light reflection to less

than3%
NT610CKBA04
NT20SATT01
NT625KBA01
Printer connecting cable
1.5 m
NTCNT121
Backup battery
3G2A9BAT08

2m
NTCN221
Connecting
g cable,,
C t lT
Control
Terminal
i l <> SYSMAC PLC,
PLC RS232C
RS 232C
2m
XW2Z200T*
5m
XW2Z500T*
NTDRT21
DeviceNet interface
Technical
Documentation
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
Multivendor: Mitsubishi
V042
NT31_/NT631_
Multivendor:
Siemens, GE Fanuc
Rockwell, Allen Bradley
Operation Manual
V060
NT31_/631_
Reference Manual
V064
DeviceNet interface
User Manual
V066
Dimensions (mm)
NT631C
NT631
250
315
302.5
330
237.5
54

(NT series)
Page
Programmable HMI Terminal NT2S

Product Overview
Specifications
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
335
336
337
337
339
340
Programmable HMI Terminal NT4S

Product Overview
Specifications
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
341
342
344
345
347
348
Programmable
Terminals
Programmable Functionkey Terminal Overview . . . 332
331

(NT series)
HMI Terminals
for industrial use
The Functionkey HMI Terminals have established themselves in all industries.

The low cost NT2S Terminal is established at the lower end of the application spectrum.
It can be used to implement simple control structures quickly. The NT2S can be connected directly to
the peripheral port of OMRON PLC systems. This means that the PLC RS232C port can be used for
other tasks.
The NT4S series has good allround properties. Integrated functions such as data block management
and alarm management allow it to be used for a varied range of applications.
Screensize
With the NT4S series, the colour of the insert strips and the front layout can be changed according to
customer preferences.
NT4SSF121
NT2SSF123
NT2SSF122
NT4SSF122
NT2SSF121
Further Information
NT2S
NT4S
Page 335
Page 341
Functionality
332
Overview
Overview of Programmable Functionkey Terminals

LC display
Display size
mm
NT2SSF_
NT4SSF_
Yes
Yes
56x11
74x23
5x7 (per character)
2/16
4/20
Number of control keys
11 or 30
Memory size
8 kB
256 kB
Number input
Yes
Yes
Text input
Yes
Bar graph
Yes
Trend/line diagram
Alarm handling
Yes
Realtime clock/date
Yes (NT2SSF121 only)
Yes
Printer interface
Yes (not NT2SSF123)
Yes
RS232C
Yes
Yes
NT Link
Yes
ASCII protocol
Yes
pixel
Programmable
Terminals
5x7 (per character)
The NTShell software collection

contains all programming
software packages for OMRON
Functionkey and Touchscreen
Terminals
NTST
NTFKST
NT2SST
NT Shell
See page 454
333

(NT series)
334
Overview
Programmable
Functionkey Terminals
NT2S
General
The NT2S series low cost Control Terminals are designed as a
human/machine interface for simple control tasks. Their small
dimensions and low installation depths ensure that they will fit into any
machine.
Programmable
Terminals
Of the three NT2S types, two can be connected directly to the

peripheral port and one can be connected to OMROM PLCs via an
RS232C port.
Easy programming
Small size and installation depth
IP65 protection
Realtime clock
Printer connection
Excellent value for money

NT2SSF121BEV2
NT2SSF122BEV2
NT2SSF123BEV2
Programmable
Yes
Yes
No (PLC controlled)
Terminal size
108x60x43 mm
108x60x43 mm
108x60x43 mm
Display size
56x11 mm
56x11 mm
56x11 mm
5x7 pixel/character
5x7 pixel/character
5x7 pixel/character
2/16
2/16
2/16
Number of function/control keys
Memory
8 kB for applications
8 kB for applications
PLC memory is used
Max. screen pages
250
250
Depending on PLC memory
Number input
Yes
Yes
Yes
Bar graph
Yes
Yes
Yes
Trend/line diagram
Alarm handling
Realtime clock/date
Yes
Printer interface
Yes
Yes
Host Link
Yes (RS232C)
Yes (peripheral port)
Yes (peripheral port)
1:1 NT Link
1:n NT Link
ASCII protocol
Communication
335
Programmable
NT2S
Host Link
Terminal and an OMRON PLC using the Host Link
protocol.
Peripheral port
The RS232C communication method can be used.

The following OMRON PLC systems feature the
Host Link protocol:
CPM1A
CPM2A
CQM1H
CJ1
CS1
NT2SSF121B
NT2SCN223V1
for CS1,CJ1, CQM1H
CS1
RS232C port
CJ1
RS232C cable
for CPM1A, CPM2C
(CIF adapter required)
Peripheral port
CQM1H
NT2SCN212/215
for CPM1A, CPM2A
CPM2C
CPM2A
CPM1A
Power supply: 24 VDC, external
port
NT2SSF122B
NT2SSF123B
NT2SCN224V1
CS1
CJ1
CQM1H
CPM2C
Peripheral port
NT2SCN222V1
NT2SCN225V1
CPM2A
CPM1A
Power supply: from the PLC, via port connection
336
Programmable
NT2S
NT Terminal
Programmable using software
Realtime clock
Printer port
PLC connection via RS232C port
S
Supply
l voltage
lt
24 V
NT Terminal
Programmable using software
Printer port
PLC connection via peripheral port
Supply voltage connection via
peripheral port
NT Terminal
Functions are controlled using the
PLC
PLC connection via peripheral port
Supply voltage connection via
peripheral port
Model code
NT2SSF121BEV2
Display size
108x60x43 mm (WxHxD)
5x7 pixel/character
2/16
Memory
8 kB Flash memory
for applications
Supply voltage
24 VDC
IP65F (front side)
Model code
NT2SSF122BEV2
Display size
5x7 pixel/character
2/16
Memory
8 kB Flash memory
for applications
IP65F (front side)
Model code
NT2SSF123BEV2
Display size
5x7 pixel/character
2/16
Memory
PLC memory is used
IP65F (front side)
Programmable
Terminals
Product Overview
Specifications
NT2SSF121BEV2
NT2SSF122BE
NT2SSF123BE
Function keys
Key type
Membrane keyboard
Key function
As well as fixed or system functions, functions can be assigned dynamically using software (Softkeys), while global,
i.e. screenindependent, keys can also be defined
Display elements
Characters
5x7 pixel/character
Image colours
Monochrome
Normal, flashing (entire screen)
Display specification
Display
LED backlit LCD Module, 2x16 characters, 5x7 pixel/character

Character size 4.35 mm
Extended ASCII character set (semigraphic)
Function displays
2 status LEDs, programmable via PLC
337
Programmable
NT2S
NT2SSF121BEV2
NT2SSF122BEV2
NT2SSF123BEV2
From Controller
From Controller
Display capacity
String display
Entire display area can be used
Numeric display
Bar graph display
Alarm list
Time display
Either by output from Controller

realtime clock or output from
Terminals integrated realtime clock
Screen page
Number of stored
screen pages
Max. 250
Screen page numbers
1..250
Transfer of data from a PC to the

Terminal
Transfer of data from a PC to the

Terminal
All programming in the PLC
Battery backup
Data backup in EEPROM
Data backup in EEPROM
Supply voltage
10..30 VDC
via PLC
via PLC
Power consumption
approx. 1.5 W
Immunity

Normal:
Pulse width:
Pulse rise time:
(in operation)
10..61.2 Hz with 0.1 mm amplitude

61.2..150 Hz with an acceleration of 1.5 g in X, Y and Z directions 4 times for 8 minutes each
Shock resistance
(in operation)
147 m/s@, 3x in X, Y and Z directions
Ambient temperature
0 C..50 C
Ambient humidity
35%..85%
No corrosive gases
Storage temperature
20 C..60 C
Front side: IP65F

Rear side: IP20
Approvals
CE, cUL
Weight
400 g
General
338
1700 Vss
480 Vss
100 ns..1 s
1 ns
400 g
400 g
Programmable
NT2S
Printer
NT2SSF122BEV2
NT2SSF123BEV2
RS232C
Peripheral port
Communication speed: 9600 bps
Data length:
7 bits
Stop bit:
2 bits
Parity:
even
Connection
2x 9pin DSUB female for PLC,

SW download/printer
Number of devices
ASCII protocol printer
No
Connection
Serial RS232C port
No
1x9pin Dsub female for

PLC
Programming and Accessories

Programming
Accessories,
cables etc.
Description
Cable length
Model code
NT Shell. Programming software for Control Terminals.

see page 454
NT Shell
Connecting
g cable,
NT2S SF121B <
NT2SSF121B
<>
> PLC (peripheral port)
2m
NT2SCN212
5m
NT2SCN215
2m
NT2SCN222V1
5m
NT2SCN225V1
Connecting cable,
NT2SSF121B <> PLC (miniature peripheral port)
2m
NT2SCN223V1
Connecting cable,
NT2SSF122/123B <> PLC (miniature peripheral port)
2m
NT2SCN224V1
Adapter cable,
miniature peripheral port <> PLC (peripheral port)
2m
CS1WCN114
Connecting
g cable,,
NT2S SF122/123B <> PLC ((peripheral
NT2SSF122/123B
i h l port)
t)
339
Programmable
Terminals
Host Link
Direct communication
comm nication
NT2SSF121BEV2
Programmable
NT2S
Dimensions (mm)
NT2S
60
109
92
340
44
36
Programmable
NT4S
General
Programmable
Terminals
The NT4S Series Control Terminals are specially designed for the
display of alphanumeric characters in harsh industrial environments.
The display on all NT4S models consists of four lines, each of
20characters. The LCD display is easily readable even in bright
conditions. Data block management can be used to input or edit
parameters and download them to the PLC. All Control Terminals are
equipped with function keys, which can be individually marked using
insert strips.
Easy programming
Small size and installation depth
IP65 protection
Realtime clock
Printer connection
RS232C and RS485 port

NT4SSF121BE
NT4SSF122BE
LC display
Yes
Yes
Terminal size
144x96x43 mm
120x168x40 mm
Display size
74x23 mm
74x23 mm
5x7 pixel/character
5x7 pixel/character
4/20
4/20
Number of function keys
Memory
256 kbytes for applications

(640 kB total)
256 kbytes for applications

(640 kB total)
Max. screen pages
9999
9999
Number input
Yes
Yes
Text input
Yes
Bar graph
Trend/line diagram
Alarm handling
Yes
Yes
Operating time meter
Realtime clock/date
Yes
Yes
Printer interface
Yes
Yes
Host Link
Yes
Yes
1:1 NT Link
Yes
Yes
1:n NT Link
Yes
Yes
ASCII protocol
Yes
Yes
2 control keys
4 function keys with LED and insert strip
1 special key without LED
2 special keys with LED
2 editing keys
6 control keys
6 function keys with LED and insert strip
3 special key without LED
2 special keys with LED
13 editing keys
Communication
341
Programmable
NT4S
Host Link
Terminal and an OMRON PLC using the Host Link
transmission protocol.
HostLink:
CPM1A
CPM2A
CPM2C
CQM1H
CJ1
CS1
RS232C
NT4SSF121
CS1
CJ1
NT4SSF122
CQM1H
CPM2C
CPM2A

CPU
CPM1A
1:1 NT Link
1:1NTLink:
CPM1A
CPM2A
CPM2C
CQM1H
RS232C
NT4SSF121
CQM1H
CPM2C*
NT4SSF122
CPM2A*

CPU
342
CPM1A*
Programmable
NT4S

1:nNTLink.
NT4SSF121
CS1 + CS1WSCB41

Bus length: 500 m
CJ1 + CJ1WSCU41
NT4SSF122
Programmable
Terminals

1:nNTLink:
CQM1H + CQM1HSCB41*
NT21 + NSAL002
* no highspeed
1:n NT Link
PLC driver
The Terminal can be operated with different PLC
drivers.
These include the drivers from the following PLC
manufacturers:
RS232C
RS485
NT4SSF121

PLC

NT4SSF122

RS232C
RS485
343
Programmable
NT4S
Product Overview
NT Terminal
7 keys + 4 function keys
LED backlit LCD
Communication:
Host Link
1:1 NT Link
1:n NT Link
ASCII protocol
t
l
NT Terminal
24 keys + 6 function keys
LED backlit LCD
Communication:
Host Link
1:1 NT Link
1:n NT Link
ASCII protocol
t
l
344
Model code
NT4SSF121BE
Display size
5x7 pixel/character + cursor
4/20
11
Memory
256 kB Flash memory for applications

256 kB Flash memory for firmware
128 kB stat. CMOS RAM for variables
Interfaces
RS232C, RS485
TTY/20 mA
Supply voltage
24 VDC
Front side IP65

Rear side IP20
Model code
NT4SSF122BE
Display size
4/20
30
Memory
256 kB Flash memory for applications

256 kB Flash memory for firmware
128 kB stat. CMOS RAM for variables
Interfaces
RS232C, RS485, TTY/20 mA
Supply voltage
24 VDC
Front side IP65

Rear side IP20
Programmable
NT4S
Specifications
NT4SSF121BE
NT4SSF122BE
Key type
Short travel keys
Membrane keypad
Key travel
0.5 mm
0.3 mm
Key function
As well as fixed or system functions, functions can be assigned dynamically using software (Softkeys),
Global, i.e. screenindependent, keys can also be defined.
Key LEDs
In addition to the systemspecific functions, the actuation of the key LEDS can also be programmed by the user or
controlled via the PLC.
Programmable
Terminals
Touchscreen
Display elements
Characters
Image colours
Monochrome
Normal, flashing
Data memory capacity

Character string
Max. 9999 message texts with up to 255 characters
Numerical data
Unlimited within the max. possible 255 elements per screen
Bit data
Unlimited within the max. possible 255 elements per screen
Display specification
Display
Function displays
Status LEDs for

Data release
Help
LED bakclit LCD Module, 4x20 characters, 5x7 pixel/character + cursor

Max. character size 4.3 mm
Extended ASCII character set (semigraphic)
Screen saver:
Enabled: adjustable in 0.1 s steps
Display capacity
String display
Numeric display
Bar graph display
Alarm list
Messages can be displayed sorted by priority or date/time.

Parallel message system: Display of messages according to the bit status in the PLC, as long as the status is active
Serial message system: Storage of a message list; messages deleted by the operator or the PLC
Time display
Either by output from Controller realtime clock or output from Terminals integrated realtime clock
Screen page
Number of stored
screen pages
Max. 9999
Screen page numbers
1..9999
Transfer of data from a PC to the Terminal
345
Programmable
NT4S
NT4SSF121BE
NT4SSF122BE
General
Battery backup
A builtin lithium battery backs up the data in the RAM memory and provides the power for the realtime clock
The battery capacity is constantly monitored by the system
Data blocks
Data block data can be stored in the Terminal. New data records can be created or existing records can be
edited or deleted. Data exchange between the PLC and the Terminal can be triggered by the user or controlled by a
PLC program.
Data block data can be transferred between the Terminal and the PLC in both directions.
A data block can consist of a maximum of 255 variables.
The data block data can be backed up or printed out by connecting a PC to the Terminal.
Password system
Password protection for displaying and editing data.

Definition of 9 authorisation levels for different users.
Switching language
The user interface can be programmed in several languages, which can be switched online.
Help function
Each screen can have a help screen assigned to it, as can each input variable.
Supply voltage
24 VDC, ripple p.p. max 10% (19.2..30.2 V)
Power consumption
<0.3 A
<0.3 A
Peak current (10 ms)
<0.5 A
<0.5 A
Power consumption
10 W max.
10 W max.
EMC
EC directive on EMC 89/336/EWG, EN55011 Limit value class B,

EN55022, EN500811, Table A1, EN500822, EN6100042..46
Immunity

Normal:
Pulse width:
Pulse rise time:
(in operation)
10..61.2 Hz with 0.1 mm amplitude

61.2..150 Hz with 1.5 g acceleration for 8 min in X, Y and Z directions
Shock resistance
(in operation)
147 m/s2, 3x in X, Y and Z directions
Ambient temperature
0 C..50 C
Ambient humidity
35%..85%
No corrosive gases
Storage temperature
20 C..+60 C
Front side IP65

Rear side IP20
Approvals
CE, cUL
Weight
400 g
346
1700 Vss
480 Vss
100 ns to 1s
1 ns
550 g
Programmable
NT4S
Host Link
Direct communication
1:1 NT Link
Printer
RS232C, RS485, TTY/20 mA (active or passive possible)
Communication speed: 9600, 19200 bps
Data length:
7 bits
Stop bit:
2 bits
Parity:
even
Connection
25pin DSUB female for all electrical communication methods
Number of devices
Max. 15 m at RS232C
Max. 400 m with RS485
Max. 100 m with TTY/20 mA
RS232C, RS485, TTY/20 mA (active or passive possible)
Connection
25pin Dsub female for all electrical communication methods
Number of devices
Max. 15 m at RS232C
Max. 400 m with RS485
Max. 100 m with TTY/20 mA
ASCII protocol printer
Connection
Serial port RS232C
Programmable
Terminals

Programming
Technical
Documentation
Description
Cable length
Model code

see page 454
NT Shell
Programming cable, with piggyback connector

2m
NTFKCN321
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
NT4S/NT15S/NT18S
Operation Manual
V056E1
347
Programmable
NT4S
Dimensions (mm)
NT4SSF121
96
88
144
43
138
NT4SSF122
160
168
120
112
348
40
Motion Control and Drive Technology
Page
352
Motion & Servo Drives/Motors
Page
357
Frequency Inverters
Page
399
Frequency
Inverters
Motion and
Servos
Technical Information
349
Application and Product Overview

Frequency Inverters
The Omron range offers the user diverse
application functionality across a wide power
range.
3G3JV (0.1..4.0 kW)

Cost effective micro drive range,
specifically aimed at simple applications
3G3MV (0.1..7.5 kW)
Sensorless flux vector control for dynamic
speed control and low power applications
3G3PV (0.4..300 kW)
An inverter range designed with
functionality to suit the variable torrque
market
3G3RV (0.4..300 kW)
A drive to suit the vast majority of
applications. Has both sensorless and
closed loop functionality
Servo drives/motors
A comprehensive range of servo drives,
motors and controllers to suit diverse
application needs.
SmartStep
Cost effective servo drive + motor
combination, designed with ease of use in
mind
OMNUC W series
A full range of complementary drives and
motors, providing the user with functionality
to suit the majority of applications. Optional
units enchance the servo features with
Motion Control and conectivity.
Optional units
MCW151
Advanced 1.5 axis Motion Control Unit.
Multitasking, Electronic CAMs and
synchronisation features
NCW152
DeviceNet Option Unit with Positioning
functionality
NS500
PROFIBUS Option Unit with Positioning
functionality
NS600
Versatile PoittoPoint Positioning controller
The following diagram is intended to guide you towards the right product for your application.
Application
Motion & Drives Product Positioning

Advanced Motion Control
Continuous Path Control
Electronic CAMs
CxxWMC
MCW151
Point to Point Positioning

Feed Equipment
Indexers
W
Series
NCW152
NS500
NS600
CxxWNC
Winders
Lifts
Cranes
Extruders
Full Flux Vector
Pressure Regulatores
Pumps
Fans
Compressors
Energy Saving
Door Controllers
Palletizers
Basic Positioning
Sensorless
Flux Vector
Covenyors
Pumps
Fans
Smart
Step
RV
PV
MV
JV
Basic
Speed
Control
Dynamic
Speed
Control
Process
Control
Inverters
Torque
Control
ServoBased
Motion
Controller
PLCBased
Motion
Controller
Basic
Servo
Control
Advanced
Servo
Control
Motion & Servos
Features
350
Selection Diagram
Start
Inverter
application
N
N
High
starting torque
>7.5 kW
3G3JV
3G3MV
3G3PV
3G3MV
Frequency
Inverters
Fieldbus
Motion and
Servos
>7.5 kW
3G3RV
&
Flux vector
application
>100%
Stop torque
3G3RV
&
Torque control
3G3RV
&
Servo
application
Highly dynamic
N
N
With Motion
Controller or
network
Y
>750W
Servo Drive
W series or
SmartStep
Servo Drive
W series
Servo Drive
W series with
Optional units
351
Useful Formulae
Motion equations for uniformly
accelerated motion.
Your Omron representative should be
contacted if you have any doubts
regarding these formulae.
Translating
Rotating
P stat + F
Velocity (m/s)
t + 2
ms
a + vt +
v2
2
+2
+a
2
a + wt +
s
t2
t2 +
Energy (Joule)
W+1
2
v2
2
f+
w2
2
rad
s
f
w
2
+a
2
Energy (Joule)
v2
W+1
2
w + vr + 2p
352
t + 2
2
t2
Distance (rad)
v
2
f
w+ t +a
Angular acceleration
Distance (m)
s+
wAb
Angular velocity(rad/s)
v + st + a
Acceleration
dw Ab
dt
P Dyn + J Ab
w2
t2 +
w2
2
Useful Formulae (Continued)

Static
Static and dynamic

power requirements
Dynamic
P stat + F
F+m
dw Ab
dt
P Dyn + J Ab
g " Fz
w Ab + vr
mtr
J Ab + m) 1
2
Motor with
transmission
JAb,
wAb
r2
m Rad
m Rad
Ab
w Ab + vr
F +" F z
Fz
i
J Ab + m) 1
2
r2
Frequency
Inverters
z = number of wheels
JAb,
Ab
Fz
w Ab + vs
F +" F z
2ps ) 12 m
2
J Ab + m
Sp
r 2 Sp
JAb,
Ab
Fz
Rotary table
J Ab + 1
2
F +" F z
r2
w Ab
v+r
r
JAb,
Ab
Maximum required power
P+h
P Dyn " P Stat
Maximum required braking power
1
P+h
P Dyn " P Stat
Motor torque
M Mot +
Transformed inertia of mass
J Antr +
P
w Ab
Motion and
Servos
J Ab
i2
353
Machine Data
Required machine parameters for drive
dimensioning
In order to dimension an optimum drive
solution for a particular application, the
machine data listed below should be known.
Spindle drive, horizontal

Table mass
Counterforce
Coefficient of friction
Efficiency
Transmission ratio
Mass inertia, transmission and clutch
Spindle pitch
Spindle diameter
Spindle length
Spindle mass
kg
N
kgm2
mm
mm
mm
kg
Spindle drive, vertical

Mass, table
Mass, counterforce
Efficiency
Transmission ratio
Spindle pitch
Spindle diameter
Spindle length
Spindle mass
kg
kg
kgm2
mm
mm
mm
kg
Motor with
transmission
Motor with
Travelling table
transmission with spindle
Stroke/lift drive
Mass, load
Mass, counterforce
Efficiency
Transmission ratio
Mass inertia, roller
Diameter, roller
Counter
weight
Load
kg
N
kgm2
kgm2
mm
kgm2
kgm2
mm
Motor with
transmission
Load
Travelling table
with spindle
Belt drive
Mass, load
Counterforce
Efficiency
Transmission ratio
Diameter, roller
kg
kg
Feed drive
Pressure force
Tensile force
Roller diameter
Efficiency
Transmission ratio
N
N
mm
Counter
weight
Rotary table
Efficiency
Transmission ratio
Mass inertia, table
kgm2
kgm2
kgm2
kgm2
Pressure force
Rotary
table
Tensile force
Motor with
transmission
Motor with
transmission
Motor with
transmission
Other information
Motor speed
Machine speed
Maximum speed
Load cycle
Braking, acceleration time
Positioning time
354
rpm
m/s
m/s
s
s
s
Installation in Line with EMC Regulations
Improper installation increases this risk!

As a consequence, certain basic
requirements for the installation of Inverters
and mains filters should be outlined.
Observing these requirements in facility
planning and installation creates the essential
framework for electromagnetically compatible
operation of electronic equipment in terms of
its interference emissions and immunity.
In order to ensure capacitive decoupling of

cables, the cables should be divided by
function into power supply branches, signal
cables and instrument types.
The distance between these groups should
be at least 20..30 cm, otherwise shielded
cable, ducts or metal conduits may have to
be used.
The filter base plate and the mounting plate
must have direct galvanic contact (bare
metal).
Installation of mains filters
The supply voltage line running into the

control cabinet from outside should be as
short as possible and be shielded. The
shielding must be fixed to the base plate
with metallic clips on both sides (bare
metal, contact all the way around).
In order to conform to the valid EMC

directives, the use of the appropriate mains
filters is required.
The electrical contact between the filter

and the mounting plate must be ensured
by the use of tooth lock washers.
Mains filters and Frequency Inverters

should be mounted on a common metallic
base plate.
All metal components in the control

cabinet, such as the frame, tracks etc.,
must have a good contact, i.e. be
connected to one another with low
impedance.
The maximum distance between them

should be 20 cm (this is ensured
automatically with OMRON Inverters with
footprint mounted filters)
With larger distances, it may be necessary
to shield the cable between the Inverter
and the filter.
Frequency Inverters and filters should each
be connected to the (metallic) mounting
plate with a short, wide earthing strap.
Motion and
Servos
Frequency Inverters emit wiring dependent

and nonwiring dependent interference. This
results in the possibility that the functioning of
electronic equipment running in the
immediate vicinity could be impaired.
Measures in the control cabinet
Frequency
Inverters
Installation of Frequency Inverters and

mains filters
Cable between Frequency Inverter and

motor
As well as the voltage required to operate the
motor with frequencies of 0..400 Hz, voltages
and currents with frequencies of up to several
MHz can also be measured at the output of a
Frequency Inverter.
As a motor cable can act as a transmitting
antenna, it is essential that countermeasures
are put in place.
Use of shielded motor leads (earthed at
both inverter and motor end).
All round fixing of the shielding to the
motors terminal box using PG screwed
connections.
Creation of an earth terminal on the motor
housing with wide copper tape.
Crosssection min. 10 mm2
Use of an output filter if necessary.
Contact your local Omron representative for more information concerning this topic.
355
356
Motion and Servos
Motion and Servos
Page
Motion Control and Servo Systems Overview . . . 358
SmartStep
Specifications
Connection Diagram
Accessories
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
359
359
360
363
364
365
366
OMNUC W
Specifications
Connection Diagram
Accessories
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
369
369
373
378
380
384
384
...
...
...
...
389
393
395
397
...
...
...
...
97
120
180
183
Motion and
Servos
Servo Systems
Servo Based Controllers

Motion Controller Unit R88AMCW151
DeviceNet Option Unit R88ANCW152
PROFIBUS Option Unit JUSPNS500
Indexer Option Unit JUSPNS600
PLC Based Controllers
Point to Point Position Control
CJ1MCPU22/23
CJ1WNC_
CS1WNC_
C200HWNC
Continous Motion Control

CS1WMC221/421 . . . 186
C200HWMC402E . . . 189
357
Overview
Motion and Servos

The OMNUC W and SmartStep series are fully digital Servo Drives
(servomotor and servo driver) that have been created to meet the
most exacting requirements. The servo drivers and servomotors are
fully matched and compatible. The Online Autotuning function
controls the settings of the drive according to the changes of the load.
Features:
Speed control range >1:5000
300% starting torque
Motors with and without mechanical holding brake
Easy to wire with prefabricated cable sets
Can be programmed and optimised with control terminal or
computer via an RS232C port.
Servo Systems
SmartStep
230 V system (power range: 30 W..750 W)
Positioning control with pulse input
Parameters can be set via DIP switches
Autotuning online feature
Applicationneeds
OMNUC W Series
400 V system (power range: 450 W..15 kW)
230 V system (power range: 30 W..1.5 kW)
Speed and torque control via analogue Input
Positioning control with pulse input
Optionally expandable (Networking, Motion Control)

R88AMCW151(DRT)E Advanced Motion Control Unit
Easy to program (BASIC)
Registration, CAM and synchronisation function
Multitasking
Supports Host Link protocol and DeviceNet bus
R88ANCW152 for DeviceNet and Positioning Control
Up to 63 OMNUC W drives can be networked
Positioning features and trace function
JUSPNS500 for PROFIBUS and Positioning Control
PROFIBUS network connectivity
Positioning functionality
JUSPNS600 Indexing Unit
Versatile point to point Positioning Contoller

A full range of position and motion controllers are available as PLC
modules. The functionality extends from single axis point to point
control through to multiple axes complex motion control
NCs Point to Point

Positioning Control
MCs Advanced Motion Control
Motion and Servos

R88AMCW151 Advanced Motion Control and DeviceNet
R88ANCW152 DeviceNet and Positioning Control
JUSPNS500 PROFIBUS and Positioning Control
JUSPNS600 Positioning Control
W series
SmartStep

Advanced Servo Control
Easy Servo Control
Product Functionality
358
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Motion and Servos SmartStep
General
The SmartStep series has been designed to address the requirements
of the low cost pointtopoint motion market. These include fast
response, accuracy and reliability. The SmartStep is an ideal
alternative to stepper motors.
The controller features Positioning Control with pulse input.
The power range of this series ranges from 30 W..750 W, equivalent to
0.318..2.39 Nm of torque at 3000 rpm. The supply voltage is 230 V
(50/60 Hz; singlephase).
Characteristics:
Very compact design of motor and drive
Max. motor speed 4500 rpm, speed control range >1:5000
Rapid commissioning with the Online Autotune function
Motors available with and without mechanical holding brake
Parameters can also be set via DIP switches
300% acceleration torque
Easy to wire with prefabricated cable sets
Low weight
Convenient to operate from a control terminal
Computer programmable via RS232C port
Motion and
Servos
System layout for simple positioning application.
PLC
CS1
Servo Drive Y
Servo Drive X
Servomotor X
Positioning Unit
C200HWNC213
CS1WNC213
X counter
clockwise limit
X
XW2Z_JA9
XW2Z_JB5
Y
X origin point
XW2B40J62B
X clockwise
limit
Servomotor Y
24 VDC
Emergency
stop
Y clockwise
limit
Y origin
point
Y counter
clockwise limit
359
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

Systems without holding brake (3000 rpm motors)
Power
Rated torque
Servomotor
Servo driver
Line filter (footprint)
30 W
0.095 Nm
R7MA03030S1
R7DAPA3H
R88AFIW104E
50 W
0.159 Nm
R7MA05030S1
R7DAPA5H
R88AFIW104E
100 W
0.318 Nm
R7MA10030S1
R7MAP10030S1
R7DAP01H
R88AFIW104E
200 W
0.637 Nm
R7MA20030S1
R7MAP20030S1
R7DAP02H
R88AFIW104E
400 W
1.27 Nm
R7MA40030S1
R7MAP40030S1
R7DAP04H
R88AFIW107E
750 W
2.39 Nm
R7MA75030S1
R7MAP75030S1
R7DAP08H
R88AFIW115E
Systems with holding brake (3000 rpm motors)

Power
Rated torque
Servomotor
Servo driver
30 W
0.095 Nm
R7MA03030BS1
R7DAPA3H
R88AFIW104E
50 W
0.159 Nm
R7MA05030BS1
R7DAPA5H
R88AFIW104E
100 W
0.318 Nm
R7MA10030BS1
R7MAP10030BS1
R7DAP01H
R88AFIW104E
200 W
0.637 Nm
R7MA20030BS1
R7MAP20030BS1
R7DAP02H
R88AFIW104E
400 W
1.27 Nm
R7MA40030BS1
R7MAP40030BS1
R7DAP04H
R88AFIW107E
750 W
2.39 Nm
R7MA75030BS1
R7MAP75030BS1
R7DAP08H
R88AFIW115E
Encoder cable/motor cable without holding brake: R7ACEAxxxS

Encoder cable/motor cable with holding brake: R7ACEAxxxB
xxx = Cable length (see Accessories, page 364).
Specifications
Servo driver
R7DAPA3H
R7DAPA5H
R7DAP01H
R7DAP02H
R7DAP04H
R7DAP08H
Motor capacity
30 W
50 W
100 W
200 W
400 W
750 W
Maincircuit power supply
Singlephase 200..230 V, 15..+10%, 50/60 Hz (Threephase 200/230 V can be used with the 750 W model)
Control power supply
Singlephase 200..230 V, 15..+10%, 50/60 Hz
Rated output current
rms
0.42 A
0.6 A
0.89 A
2.0 A
2.6 A
4.4 A
Max. output current
rms
1.3 A
1.9 A
2.8 A
6.0 A
8.0 A
13.9 A
Approx. 0.8 kg
Approx. 1.1 kg
Approx. 1.7 kg
Control method
PWM method based on IGBT
Input signals
PWM frequency
11.7 kHz
Command Pulse response
250 kHz
Motor feedback
Incremental encoder with 2000 pulses/rev.
Vibration/shock loading
Max. 4.9 m/s2
Ambient temperature
0..55 _C
Storage temperature
20..+85 _C
Humidity
<90% (without condensation)
Weight
Approx. 0.8 kg
360
Servo enable
Pulse input (open collector/line driver)
Deviation counter reset
Alarm reset
Approx. 0.8 kg
Approx. 0.8 kg
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Servomotor
R7M
A03030S1
A03030BS1
A05030S1
A05030BS1
A10030S1
A10030BS1
A20030S1
A20030BS1
A40030S1
A40030BS1
A75030S1
A75030BS1
Rated output
30 W
50 W
100 W
200 W
400 W
750 W
Rated torque
0.095 Nm
0.159 Nm
0.318 Nm
0.637 Nm
1.27 Nm
2.39 Nm
Peak torque
0.29 Nm
0.48 Nm
0.96 Nm
1.91 Nm
3.82 Nm
7.1 Nm
Rated current
rms
0.42 A
0.6 A
0.87 A
2.0 A
2.6 A
4.4 A
Max. current
rms
1.3 A
1.9 A
2.8 A
6.0 A
8.0 A
13.9 A
Rated speed
3000 rpm
Max. speed
4500 rpm
Torque constant
0.255 Nm/A
0.286 Nm/A
0.408 Nm/A
0.355 Nm/A
0.533 Nm/A
0.590 Nm/A
Rotor inertia
kgm2
1.7 x106
2.2 x106
3.6 x106
1.19 x105
1.87 x105
6.67 x105
Max. load inertia
kgm2
100x rotor inertia
Power rate
5.31 kW/s
11.5 kW/s
28.1 kW/s
34.1 kW/s
86.3 kW/s
85.6 kW/s
Inertia moment
Time constant
1.2 ms
0.8 ms
0.5 ms
0.4 ms
0.2 ms
0.3 ms
Inductive time constant
1.5 ms
1.8 ms
1.9 ms
5.4 ms
6.4 ms
13 ms
Winding resistance
15.8
9.64
6.99
1.34
1.23
0.45
Winding inductivity
23.1 mH
16.9 mH
13.2 mH
7.2 mH
7.9 mH
5.7 mH
6W
7.0 W
7.0 W
7.7 W
Motion and
Servos
Cylindrical design motors without/with holding brake
Specification for cylindrical design motors with holding brake

Brake holding voltage
24 VDC 10% (no polarity)
Brake rating
6W
Brake inertia
kgm2
0.85
6W
x106
0.85
x106
0.85
x106
6.4
x106
6.4
x106
1.7 x105
Brake current
consumption
0.25 A
0.25 A
0.25 A
0.29 A
0.29 A
0.32 A
Brake holding torque
0.2 Nm
0.2 Nm
min. 0.34 Nm
min. 1.47 Nm
min. 1.47 Nm
min. 2.45 Nm
Brake continuous duty
100% CD
100% CD
100% CD
100% CD
100% CD
100% CD
Brake insulation class
Weight without brake

Weight with brake
0.3 kg
0.6 kg
0.4 kg
0.7 kg
0.5 kg
0.8 kg
1.1 kg
1.6 kg
1.7 kg
2.2 kg
3.4 kg
4.3 kg
361
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Cube design motors (without/with holding brake)
Servomotor
R7M
AP10030S1
AP10030BS1
AP20030S1
AP20030BS1
AP40030S1
AP40030BS1
AP75030S1
AP75030BS1
Rated output
100 W
200 W
400 W
750 W
Rated torque
0.318 Nm
0.637 Nm
1.27 Nm
2.39 Nm
Peak torque
0.96 Nm
1.91 Nm
3.82 Nm
7.1 Nm
Rated current
rms
0.89 A
2.0 A
2.6 A
4.1 A
Max. current
rms
2.8 A
6.0 A
8.0 A
13.9 A
Rated speed
3000 rpm
Max. speed
4500 rpm
Torque constant
0.392 Nm/A
0.345 Nm/A
0.535 Nm/A
0.641 Nm/A
Rotor inertia
kgm2
6.5 x106
2.09 x105
3.47 x105
2.11 x104
Max. load inertia
kgm2
100x rotor inertia
Power rate
15.7 kW/s
19.4 kW/s
46.8 kW/s
26.9 kW/s
Inertia moment
Time constant
0.7 ms
0.6 ms
0.7 ms
0.7 ms
Inductive time constant
3.7 ms
7.4 ms
8.5 ms
18 ms
Winding resistance
5.53
1.13
1.04
0.43
Winding inductivity
20.7 mH
8.4 mH
8.9 mH
7.7 mH
Specification for cube design motors with holding brake

Brake holding voltage
24 VDC 10% (no polarity)
Brake rating
6W
5.0 W
7.6 W
7.5 W
2.9 x106
1.09 x105
1.09 x105
8.75 x105
Brake current
consumption
0.25 A
0.21 A
0.32 A
0.31 A
Brake holding torque
min. 0.4 Nm
min. 0.9 Nm
min. 1.9 Nm
min. 3.5 Nm
Brake continuous duty
100% CD
100% CD
100% CD
100% CD
Brake insulation class
Weight without brake

Weight with brake
0.7 kg
0.9 kg
1.4 kg
1.9 kg
2.1 kg
2.6 kg
4.2 kg
5.7 kg
Brake inertia
362
kgm2
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Connection Diagram
SmartStep
Servomotor
U
V
L1
L2
L1C
GND
L2C
Connection for d.c.
choke
Encoder
+1
+2
Motion and
Servos
CN2
CN1
Control outputs
CW pulse
+ CW
1
CW
2
8
7
10
CCW pulse
+ CCW
3
CCW
4
32
33
34
Deviation counter
reset
34
+ ECRS
INP
Position reached
BKIR Interlock,
motor brake
OGND
Z
Zphase
Umax: 30 VDC
Imax: 50 mA
Zphase output:
max. 20 mA
ZCOM
ALM
Alarm output
ALMCOM
5
ECRST
6
22
23
Supply voltage 24 VDC
13
Servo ON
Alarm reset
14
18
20
21
24
TXD+
TXD
RXD+
Line driver
EIARS422A
RXD
RT
Shield
363
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Accessories
Cables and Terminal block connections between SmartStep Servo drive and the PLC Positioning Control Unit.
Without communications support.
PLC
Positioning
Unit
Cable connection to PLC Unit

0.5 m = XW2Z050JA_
1 m = XW2Z100JA_
Terminal block
Cable connection to Servo

drive (1 cable per servo drive)
1 m = XW2Z100JB_
2 m = XW2Z200JB_
C200HNC112
XW2Z_JA4
XW2B20J61B
(1 axis)
C200HNC211
XW2Z_JA5
XW2B40J62B
(2 axes)
C200HWNC113
CS1WNC113
XW2Z_JA8
XW2B20J61B
(1 axis)
C200HWNC213
C200HWNC413
CS1WNC213
CS1WNC413*
XW2Z_JA9
XW2B40J62B
(2 axes)
CS1WNC133
XW2Z_JA12
XW2B20J61B
(1 axis)
CS1WNC233
CS1WNC433*
XW2Z_JA13
XW2B40J62B
(2 axes)
CJ1WNC113
XW2Z_JA16
XW2B20J61B
(1 axis)
CJ1WNC213
CJ1WNC413*
XW2Z_JA17
XW2B40J62B
(2 axes)
CJ1WNC133
XW2Z_JA20
XW2B20J61B
(1 axis)
CJ1WNC233
CJ1WNC433*
XW2Z_JA21
XW2B40J62B
(2 axes)
CQM1HPLB21
CQM1CPU43
XW2Z_JA3
XW2B20J63B
(1 axis)
CJ1MCPU22/23
XW2Z_JA26
XW2B20J68A
(1 axis)
XW2B40J69A
(2 axes)
* 2 Terminal blocks and 2 Cables to the PLC are required for the C_WNC4xx Units (4 axes).
364
XW2Z_JB5
Servo drive
SmartStep
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Accessories (Continued)
Cables and terminal block connections between SmartStep Servo drive and the PLC Positioning Control Unit.
With communications support.
0.5 m = XW2Z050JA_
1 m = XW2Z100JA_
CS1W NC213
CS1WNC413*
XW2Z_JA9
CS1WNC233
CS1WNC433*
XW2Z_JA13
CJ1W213
CJ1W413*
XW2Z_JA17
CJ1WNC233
CJ1WNC433*
XW2Z_JA21
Terminal block
Cable connection to Servo

drive (1 cable per servo drive)
1 m = XW2Z100JB_
2 m = XW2Z200JB_
XW2B40J64A
(2 axes)
XW2Z_JB7
Servo drive
SmartStep
Motion and
Servos
PLC
Positioning
Unit
* 2 Terminal blocks and 2 Cables to the PLC are required for the C_WNC4xx Units (4 axes).
Other accessories
Description
Encoder and p
power cable without
brake
Encoder and p
power cable with
brake
General Control Cable
From servo drive to motor
From servo driver Control I/O

/ to other devices ((open
p end))
Cable length
Model code
3m
R7ACEA003S
5m
R7ACEA005S
10 m
R7ACEA010S
15 m
R7ACEA015S
20 m
R7ACEA020S
3m
R7ACEA003B
5m
R7ACEA005B
10 m
R7ACEA010B
15 m
R7ACEA015B
20 m
R7ACEA020B
1m
R88ACPU001S
2m
R88ACPU002S
Digital Operator
Parameter copy unit with cable
1m
R7APRO02A
Cable for analogue output
Analogue monitoring
1m
R88ACMW001S
External regeneration resistor
For 400 W and 750 W drives
R88ARR22047S
Description
Cable length
Model code
WmonWinE. Parameter Setting and monitoring software tool for

OMNUC servo systems.
For WINDOWS 95/98/2000 or NT4.0/XP
WmonWinE

MOTION TOOLS
Programming cable
2m
R7ACCA002P2

Programming
Technical
Documentation
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
SmartStep
Users Manual
I533E1
SmartStep
Operation Manual
I534E1
365
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Dimensions (mm)
Servo driver, 230 V
W
Model code
55
160
130
R7DAPA3H
55
160
130
R7DAPA5H
55
160
130
R7DAP01H
55
160
130
R7DAP02H
75
160
130
R7DAP04H
90
160
180
R7DAP08H
W
75
Line filter, footprint, 230 V

A
Model code
202
55
33
192
32
R88AFIW104E
202
75
50
192
32
R88AFIW107E
202
90
60
192
32
R88AFIW115E
A D
Servomotors, cylindrical design (without brake), 230 V

A
Model code
25
30
46
40
69.5
R7MA03030S1
25
30
46
40
77
R7MA05030S1
25
30
46
40
94.5
R7MA10030S1
30
14
50
70
60
96.5
R7MA20030S1
30
14
50
70
60
124.5
R7MA40030S1
40
16
70
90
80
145
R7MA75030S1
A
D
D
C
B
Servomotors, cylindrical design (with brake), 230 V

A
Model code
25
30
46
40
101
R7MA03030BS1
25
30
46
40
108.5
R7MA05030BS1
25
30
46
40
135
R7MA10030BS1
30
14
50
70
60
136
R7MA20030BS1
30
14
50
70
60
164
R7MA40030BS1
40
16
70
90
80
189.5
R7MA75030BS1
366
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

Servomotors, cube design (without brake), 230 V
B
Model code
25
50
70
60
62
R7MAP10030S1
30
14
70
90
80
67
R7MAP20030S1
30
14
70
90
80
87
R7MAP40030S1
40
16
110
145
120
86.5
R7MAP75030S1
Servomotors, cube design (with brake), 230 V
Model code
25
50
70
60
91
R7MAP10030BS1
30
14
70
90
80
98.5
R7MAP20030BS1
30
14
70
90
80
118.5
R7MAP40030BS1
40
16
110
145
120
120
R7MAP75030BS1
Motion and
Servos
367
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
368
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Motion and Servos OMNUC W
General
The OMNUC W series is an advanced servo system designed to meet
the demands of machine design. Motors and drives are fully matched
and compatible. The optimum controller setting is continuously
computed during operation by an online selfoptimising function, so
the servo always operates with maximum dynamics irrespective of
load.
The OMNUC W Series offers speed/torque and positioning control in a
single unit. The servo drivers are available with a threephase 400 V
supply in a power range from 200 W..15 kW or singlephase 230 V
supply in a power range from 30 W..1.5 kW.
Characteristics:
Motion and
Servos
AllinOne" compact controller with speed/torque and positioning

control
Expandable with optional slot for positioning, advanced Motion
control and networking
Motor protection class:
200V class, IP55
400V class, IP67, optional IP55
Speeds up to 6000 rpm
High resolution serial encoder, up to 17 bits
Extremely short cycle times for speed and position controller,
producing maximum dynamic response
Example of a system layout for simple motion control application with one CS1.
R88ACPW_M2
PLC
Servo Drive Y
Servomotor X
Servo Drive X
Motion Controller Unit

C200HWMC221/421
CS1WMC221/421
X counter
clockwise limit
X
XW2Z100JF1
X origin point
XW2B20J66
X clockwise
limit
Servomotor Y
24 VDC
Emergency
stop
Y clockwise
limit
Y origin
point
Y counter
clockwise limit
369
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

230V class
Cylindrical design motors
Power
Rated torque
Servomotor
Servo driver
Power cable
30 W
0.0955 Nm
R88MW03030HS1D
R88DWTA3H
R88AFIW104E
R88ACAWAxxxSDE
50 W
0.159 Nm
R88MW05030HS1D
R88DWTA5H
R88AFIW104E
R88ACAWAxxxSDE
100 W
0.318 Nm
R88MW10030HS1D
R88DWT01H
R88AFIW104E
R88ACAWAxxxSDE
200 W
0.637 Nm
R88MW20030HS1D
R88DWT02H
R88AFIW104E
R88ACAWAxxxSDE
400 W
1.27 Nm
R88MW40030HS1D
R88DWT04H
R88AFIW107E
R88ACAWAxxxSDE
750 W
2.39 Nm
R88MW75030HS1D
R88DWT08HH
R88AFIW115E
R88ACAWAxxxSDE

Power
Rated torque
Servomotor
Servo driver
Power cable
30 W
0.0955 Nm
R88MW03030HBS1D
R88DWTA3H
R88AFIW104E
R88ACAWAxxxBDE
50 W
0.159 Nm
R88MW05030HBS1D
R88DWTA5H
R88AFIW104E
R88ACAWAxxxBDE
100 W
0.318 Nm
R88MW10030HBS1D
R88DWT01H
R88AFIW104E
R88ACAWAxxxBDE
200 W
0.637 Nm
R88MW20030HBS1D
R88DWT02H
R88AFIW104E
R88ACAWAxxxBDE
400 W
1.27 Nm
R88MW40030HBS1D
R88DWT04H
R88AFIW107E
R88ACAWAxxxBDE
750 W
2.39 Nm
R88MW75030HBS1D
R88DWT08HH
R88AFIW115E
R88ACAWAxxxBDE
Cube design motors

Power
Rated torque
Servomotor
Servo driver
Power cable
100 W
0.318 Nm
R88MWP10030HS1D
R88DWT01H
R88AFIW104E
R88ACAWAxxxSDE
200 W
0.637 Nm
R88MWP20030HS1D
R88DWT02H
R88AFIW104E
R88ACAWAxxxSDE
400 W
1.27 Nm
R88MWP40030HS1D
R88DWT04H
R88AFIW107E
R88ACAWAxxxSDE
750 W
2.39 Nm
R88MWP75030HS1D
R88DWT08HH
R88AFIW115E
R88ACAWAxxxSDE
1.5 kW
4.9 Nm
R88MWP1k530HS1D
R88DWT15HH
R88AFIW125E
R88ACAWBxxxSDE

Power
Rated torque
Servomotor
Servo driver
Power cable
100 W
0.318 Nm
R88MWP10030HBS1D
R88DWT01H
R88AFIW104E
R88ACAWAxxxBDE
200 W
0.637 Nm
R88MWP20030HBS1D
R88DWT02H
R88AFIW104E
R88ACAWAxxxBDE
400 W
1.27 Nm
R88MWP40030HBS1D
R88DWT04H
R88AFIW107E
R88ACAWAxxxBDE
750 W
2.39 Nm
R88MWP75030HBS1D
R88DWT08HH
R88AFIW115E
R88ACAWAxxxBDE
1.5 kW
4.9 Nm
R88MWP1k530HBS1D
R88DWT15HH
R88AFIW125E
R88ACAWBxxxBDE
Encoder cable for 230V class, R88ACRWAxxxCDE

xxx = Cable length (see Accessories, page 380)
370
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

400V class
Power
Rated torque
Servomotor
Servo driver
Power cable
450 W
2.84 Nm
R88MW45015FS2
R88DWT05HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
850 W
5.39 Nm
R88MW85015FS2
R88DWT10HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
1.3 kW
8.34 Nm
R88MW1k315FS2
R88DWT15HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
1.8 kW
11.5 Nm
R88MW1k815FS2
R88DWT20HF
R88AFIW4010E
R88ACAWDxxxSE
2.9 kW
18.6 Nm
R88MW2k915FS2
R88DWT30HF
R88AFIW4010E
R88ACAWDxxxSE
4.4 kW
28.4 Nm
R88MW4k415FS2
R88DWT50HF
R88AFIW4020SE
R88ACAWGxxxSE
5.5 kW
35.0 Nm
R88MW5k515FS2
R88DWT60HF
R88AFIW4030SE
R88ACAWFxxxSE
7.5 kW
48.0 Nm
R88MW7k515FS2
R88DWT75HF
R88AFIW4030SE
R88ACAWHxxxSE
11.0 kW
70.0 Nm
R88MW11k015FS2
R88DWT110HF
R88AFIW4055SE
R88ACAWHxxxSE
15.0 kW
95.4 Nm
R88MW15k015FS2
R88DWT150HF
R88AFIW4055SE
R88ACAWJxxxSE
Motion and
Servos
Cylindrical design motors


Power
Rated torque
Servomotor
Servo driver
Power cable
450 W
2.84 Nm
R88MW45015FBS2
R88DWT05HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
850 W
5.39 Nm
R88MW85015FBS2
R88DWT10HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
1.3 kW
8.34 Nm
R88MW1k315FBS2
R88DWT15HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
1.8 kW
11.5 Nm
R88MW1k815FBS2
R88DWT20HF
R88AFIW4010E
R88ACAWDxxxSE
2.9 kW
18.6 Nm
R88MW2k915FBS2
R88DWT30HF
R88AFIW4010E
R88ACAWDxxxSE
4.4 kW
28.4 Nm
R88MW4k415FBS2
R88DWT50HF
R88AFIW4020SE
R88ACAWGxxxSE
5.5 kW
35.0 Nm
R88MW5k515FBS2
R88DWT60HF
R88AFIW4030SE
R88ACAWFxxxSE
7.5 kW
48.0 Nm
R88MW7k515FBS2
R88DWT75HF
R88AFIW4030SE
R88ACAWHxxxSE
11.0 kW
70.0 Nm
R88MW11k015FBS2
R88DWT110HF
R88AFIW4055SE
R88ACAWHxxxSE
15.0 kW
95.4 Nm
R88MW15k015FBS2
R88DWT150HF
R88AFIW4055SE
R88ACAWJxxxSE

Power
Rated torque
Servomotor
Servo driver
Power cable
300 W*
0.955 Nm
R88MW30030FS1D
R88DWT05HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWKxxxSDE
650 W*
2.07 Nm
R88MW65030FS1D
R88DWT10HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWKxxxSDE
1.0 kW
3.18 Nm
R88MW1k030FS2
R88DWT10HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
1.5 kW
4.90 Nm
R88MW1k530FS2
R88DWT15HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
2.0 kW
6.36 Nm
R88MW2k030FS2
R88DWT20HF
R88AFIW4010E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
3.0 kW
9.80 Nm
R88MW3k030FS2
R88DWT30HF
R88AFIW4010E
R88ACAWDxxxSE
4.0 kW
12.60 Nm
R88MW4k030FS2
R88DWT50HF
R88AFIW4020SE
R88ACAWDxxxSE
5.0 kW
15.80 Nm
R88MW5k030FS2
R88DWT50HF
R88AFIW4020SE
R88ACAWFxxxSE
* Encoder cable for 300 and 650 W motors, R88ACRWAxxxCDE
Encoder cable for 400V class, R88ACRWBxxxNE

Separate brake cable for 400V class, R88ACRWCxxxBE
371
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

400V class
Power
Rated torque
Servomotor
Servo driver
Power cable
300 W*
0.955 Nm
R88MW30030FBS1D
R88DWT05HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWKxxxBDE
650 W*
2.07 Nm
R88MW65030FBS1D
R88DWT10HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWKxxxBDE
1.0 kW
3.18 Nm
R88MW1k030FBS2
R88DWT10HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
1.5 kW
4.90 Nm
R88MW1k530FBS2
R88DWT15HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
2.0 kW
6.36 Nm
R88MW2k030FBS2
R88DWT20HF
R88AFIW4010E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
3.0 kW
9.80 Nm
R88MW3k030FBS2
R88DWT30HF
R88AFIW4010E
R88ACAWDxxxSE
4.0 kW
12.60 Nm
R88MW4k030FBS2
R88DWT50HF
R88AFIW4020SE
R88ACAWDxxxSE
5.0 kW
15.80 Nm
R88MW5k030FBS2
R88DWT50HF
R88AFIW4020SE
R88ACAWFxxxSE
* Encoder cable for 300 and 650 W motors, R88ACRWAxxxCDE

A separate brake cable is not required for 300 and 650 W motors.
Power
Rated torque
Servomotor
Servo driver
Power cable
1.0 kW
1.59 Nm
R88MW1k060FS2
R88DWT10HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
1.5 kW
2.45 Nm
R88MW1k560FS2
R88DWT15HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
3.0 kW
4.90 Nm
R88MW3k060FS2
R88DWT30HF
R88AFIW4010E
R88ACAWDxxxSE
4.0 kW
6.30 Nm
R88AW4k060FS2
R88DWT50HF
R88AFIW4020SE
R88ACAWDxxxSE

Power
Rated torque
Servomotor
Servo driver
Power cable
1.0 kW
1.59 Nm
R88MW1k060FBS2
R88DWT10HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
1.5 kW
2.45 Nm
R88MW1k560FBS2
R88DWT15HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWCxxxSE
3.0 kW
4.90 Nm
R88MW3k060FBS2
R88DWT30HF
R88AFIW4010E
R88ACAWDxxxSE
4.0 kW
6.30 Nm
R88MW4k060FBS2
R88DWT50HF
R88AFIW4020E
R88ACAWDxxxSE
Cube design motors

Power
Rated torque
Servomotor
Servo driver
Power cable
200 W**
0.637 Nm
R88MWP20030FS1D
R88DWT05HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWKxxxSDE
400 W**
1.27 Nm
R88MWP40030FS1D
R88DWT05HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWKxxxSDE
750 W**
2.39 Nm
R88MWP75030FS1D
R88DWT10HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWKxxxSDE
1.5 kW**
4.77 Nm
R88MWP1k530FS1D
R88DWT15HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWKxxxSDE

Power
Rated torque
Servomotor
Servo driver
Power cable
200 W**
0.637 Nm
R88MWP20030FBS1D
R88DWT05HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWKxxxBDE
400 W**
1.27 Nm
R88MWP40030FBS1D
R88DWT05HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWKxxxBDE
750 W**
2.39 Nm
R88MWP75030FBS1D
R88DWT10HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWKxxxBDE
1.5 kW**
4.77 Nm
R88MWP1k530FBS1D
R88DWT15HF
R88AFIW4006E
R88ACAWKxxxBDE
** Encoder cable for cube design motors, R88ACRWAxxxCDE

A separate brake cable is not required for cube design motors.
Encoder cable for 400V class, R88ACRWBxxxNE

Separate brake cable for 400V class, R88ACRWCxxxBE
372
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Specifications
230V class
Servo driver
R88D
WTA3H
WTA5H
WT01H
WT02H
WT04H
WT08HH
WT15HH
Main circuit power supply
200..230 V, 15..+10%, 50/60 Hz, singlephase
0.44 A
0.64 A
0.91 A
2.1 A
2.8 A
4.4 A
7.5 A
Max. output current
1.3 A
2.0 A
2.8 A
6.5 A
8.5 A
13.4 A
23.0 A
Control method
Motor feedback
Serial encoder, 13 bit incremental or 16 bit absolute
Ambient temperature
0..55 C
Storage temperature
20..+85 C
Humidity
4.9 g/19.6 g
Type coding
Servomotors 200 V
Motion and
Servos
Servo driver
R88MWP100 30 HB O S2D
Shaft end:
[ ]: Straight shaft without slot and key
S1: Straight shaft with slot and key
S2: Straight shaft with key and axial tapped hole
Shaft seal:
[ ]: No seal
S1: Shaft packing, oil tight
S2: Watertight
Motor brake:
[ ]: No brake
S1: 24 VDC brake
Encoder type
H: Incremental, 13 bit
T:
Absolute, 16 bit
Rated speed:
30: 3000 (5000) rpm
Motor output:
030: 30 W
050: 50 W
100: 100 W
200: 200 W
400: 400 W
750: 750 W
1k5: 1.5 kW
Type:
P:
Cube design
[ ]: Long model (Low Inertia)
373
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
230V class
Servomotor, rated speed 3000 rpm (cylindrical design)
Type
R88M
W03030H
W05030H
W10030H
W20030H
W40030H
W75030H
Motor output
30 W
50 W
100 W
200 W
400 W
750 W
Rated torque
0.0955 Nm
0.159 Nm
0.318 Nm
0.637 Nm
1.27 Nm
2.39 Nm
Peak torque
0.286 Nm
0.477 Nm
0.955 Nm
1.91 Nm
3.82 Nm
7.16 Nm
Rated current
0.44 A
0.64 A
0.91 A
2.1 A
2.8 A
4.4 A
Max. current
1.3 A
2.0 A
2.8 A
6.5 A
8.5 A
13.4 A
Max. speed
5000 rpm
Torque constant
0.238 Nm/A
0.268 Nm/A
0.378 Nm/A
0.327 Nm/A
0.498 Nm/A
0.590 Nm/A
Rotor inertia
kgm2
1.66 x106
2.20 x106
3.64 x106
1.06 x105
1.73 x105
6.72 x105
Max. load inertia
kgm2
30x rotor inertia
Encoder resolution
13 bit
Power rate
5.49 kW/s
20x rotor inertia
11.5 kW/s
27.8 kW/s
38.2 kW/s
93.7 kW/s
84.8 kW/s
Servomotor, rated speed 3000 rpm (cube design)

Type
WP10030H
WP20030H
WP40030H
WP75030H
WP1k530H
Motor output
R88M
100 W
200 W
400 W
750 W
1.5 W
Rated torque
0.318 Nm
0.637 Nm
1.27 Nm
2.39 Nm
4.77 Nm
Peak torque
0.955 Nm
1.91 Nm
3.82 Nm
7.16 Nm
14.3 Nm
Rated current
0.89 A
2.0 A
2.6 A
4.1 A
7.5 A
Max. current
2.8 A
6.0 A
8.0 A
13.9 A
23 A
Max. speed
5000 rpm
0.349 Nm/A
0.535 Nm/A
0.691 Nm/A
0.687 Nm/A
x104
4.02 x104
Torque constant
0.392 Nm/A
Rotor inertia
kgm2
x106
4.91
Max. load inertia
kgm2
25x rotor inertia
Encoder resolution
13 bit
Power rate
20.6 kW/s
1.93
x105
3.31
x105
2.1
15x rotor inertia
10x rotor inertia
10x rotor inertia
21.0 kW/s
49.0 kW/s
27.1 kW/s
56.7 kW/s
Motors with absolute encoder and special models are available. Please, contact your local Omron Office.
400V class
Servo driver
Servo driver
R88DWT05HF
Main circuit power supply
3x380..480 V, 15..+10%, 50/60 Hz, threephase
1.9 A
3.5 A
Max. output current
5.5 A
8.5 A
Control method
Motor feedback
Serial encoder, incremental or absolute max. 17 bit
Ambient temperature
0..55 C
Storage temperature
20..+85 C
Humidity
4.9 g/19.6 g
374
R88DWT10HF
R88DWT15HF
R88DWT20HF
R88DWT30HF
5.4 A
8.4 A
11.9 A
14 A
20 A
28 A
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
400V class
Servo driver
R88DWT50HF
Maincircuit power supply
3x 380..480 V, 15..+10%, 50/60 Hz, threephase
16.5 A
20.8 A
Max. output current
40.5 A
55.0 A
Control method
Motor feedback
Serial encoder, incremental or absolute 17 bit
Ambient temperature
0..55 C
Storage temperature
20..+85 C
Humidity
4.9 g/19.6 g
Type coding
Servomotors 400 V
R88DWT60HF
R88DWT75HF
R88DWT110HF
R88DWT150HF
25.4 A
28.1 A
37.29 A
65.0 A
70.0 A
85.0 A
Motion and
Servos
Servo driver
R88MWP450 15 FB O S2
Shaft end:
[ ]: Straight shaft
S1: Straight shaft with key and axial tapped hole
S4: Taper shaft with slot and key
Shaft seal:
[ ]: No seal
O: Shaft packing, oil tight
Motor brake:
[ ]: No brake
B: 24 VDC brake
Encoder type
F:
Incremental
C: Absolute
Rated speed:
15: 1500 rpm
30: 3000 rpm
60: 6000 rpm
Motor output:
200: 200 W
300: 300 W
400: 400 W
450: 450 W
650: 650 W
850: 850 W
1k0: 1.0 kW
1k3: 1.3 kW
1k8: 1.8 kW
2k0: 2.0 kW
2k9: 2.9 kW
3k0: 3.0 kW
4k0: 4.0 kW
4k4: 4.4 kW
5k0: 5.0 kW
5k5: 5.5 kW
7k5: 7.5 kW
11k0: 11.0 kW
15k0: 15.0 kW
Type:
P:
Cube design
[ ]: Long model (Low Inertia)

Type
W45015F
W85015F
W1k315F
W1k815F
W2k915F
Motor output
R88M
0.45 kW
0.85 kW
1.3 kW
1.8 kW
2.9 kW
Rated torque
2.84 Nm
5.39 Nm
8.34 Nm
11.5 Nm
18.6 Nm
Peak torque
8.92 Nm
13.8 Nm
23.3 Nm
28.7 Nm
45.1 Nm
Rated current
1.9 A
3.5 A
5.4 A
8.4 A
11.9 A
Max. current
5.5 A
8.5 A
14 A
20 A
28 A
Max. speed
3000 rpm
Torque constant
1.64 Nm/A
1.65 Nm/A
1.68 Nm/A
1.46 Nm/A
1.66 Nm/A
Rotor inertia
kgm2
7.24 x104
13.9 x104
20.5 x104
31.7 x104
46 x104
Max. load inertia
kgm2
5x rotor inertia
20.9 kW/s
33.8 kW/s
41.5 kW/s
75.3 kW/s
Encoder resolution
17 bit
Power rate
11.2 kW/s
375
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
400V class
Type
R88M
W4k415F
W5k515F
W7k515F
W11k015F
W15k015F
Motor output
4.4 kW
5.5 kW
7.5 kW
11.0 kW
15.0 kW
Rated torque
28.4 Nm
35.0 Nm
48.0 Nm
70.0 Nm
95.4 Nm
Peak torque
71.1 Nm
90.7 Nm
123.0 Nm
175.0 Nm
221.0 Nm
Rated current
16.5 A
20.8 A
25.5 A
28.1 A
37.2 A
Max. current
40.5 A
55.5 A
65.0 A
70.0 A
85.0 A
Max. speed
3000 rpm
2000 rpm
Torque constant
Nm/A
1.82
1.79
2.0
2.56
2.64
Rotor inertia
kgm2
67.5 x104
89.0 x104
125.0 x104
281.0 x104
315.0 x104
Max. load inertia
kgm2
5x rotor inertia
137 kW/s
184 kW/s
174 kW/s
289 kW/s
Encoder resolution
17 bit
Power rate
120 kW/s

Type
W30030F
W65030F
W1k030F
W1k530F
W2k030F
Motor output
R88M
0.30 kW
0.65 kW
1.0 kW
1.5 kW
2.0 kW
Rated torque
0.955 Nm
2.07 Nm
3.18 Nm
4.9 Nm
6.36 Nm
Peak torque
3.82 Nm
7.16 Nm
9.45 Nm
14.7 Nm
19.1 Nm
Rated current
1.3 A
2.2 A
2.8 A
4.7 A
6.2 A
Max. current
5.1 A
7.7 A
8.5 A
14 A
19.5 A
Max. speed
5000 rpm
1.27 Nm/A
1.15 Nm/A
1.12 Nm/A
x104
x104
3.19 x104
97.2 kW/s
127.0 kW/s
Torque constant
0.837 Nm/A
Rotor inertia
kgm2
x104
0.173
Max. load inertia
kgm2
20x rotor inertia
1.02 Nm/A
0.672
x104
1.74
5x rotor inertia
Encoder resolution
13 bit
13 bit
17 bit
Power rate
52.9 kW/s
63.8 kW/s
57.9 kW/s
Type
R88M
W3k030F
W4k030F
W5k030F
Motor output
3.0 kW
4.0 kW
5.0 kW
Rated torque
9.8 Nm
12.6 Nm
15.8 Nm
Peak torque
29.4 Nm
37.8 Nm
47.6 Nm
Rated current
8.9 A
12.5 A
13.8 A
Max. current
28 A
38 A
42 A
Max. speed
5000 rpm
1.07 Nm/A
1.24 Nm/A
Torque constant
1.19 Nm/A
Rotor inertia
kgm2
x104
Max. load inertia
kgm2
5x rotor inertia
Encoder resolution
17 bit
Power rate
137.0 kW/s
376
2.47
9.7
x104
166.0 kW/s
12.3 x104
202.0 kW/s
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
400V class
Type
R88M
W1k060F
W1k560F
W3k060F
W4k060F
Motor output
1.0 kW
1.5 kW
3.0 kW
4.0 kW
Rated torque
1.59 Nm
2.45 Nm
4.9 Nm
6.3 Nm
Peak torque
6.5 Nm
11.0 Nm
21.5 Nm
29.0 Nm
Rated current
2.7 A
4.1 A
8.1 A
9.6 A
Max. current
8.5 A
14 A
28 A
38.5 A
Max. speed
6000 rpm
Torque constant
0.81 Nm/A
0.83 Nm/A
0.81 Nm/A
0.80 Nm/A
Rotor inertia
kgm2
1.74 x104
2.47 x104
7 x104
9.6 x104
Max. load inertia
kgm2
5x inertia moment of motor
24.3 kW/s
34.3 kW/s
41.0 kW/s
Encoder resolution
17 bit
Power rate
14.5 kW/s
Motion and
Servos
Servomotor, rated speed 3000 rpm (cube design)

Type
WP20030F
WP40030F
WP75030F
WP1k530F
Motor output
R88M
0.20 kW
0.40 kW
0.75 kW
1.5 kW
Rated torque
0.637 Nm
1.27 Nm
2.39 Nm
4.77 Nm
Peak torque
1.91 Nm
3.82 Nm
7.16 Nm
14.3 Nm
Rated current
1.4 A
1.4 A
2.6 A
4.5 A
Max. current
4.6 A
4.4 A
7.8 A
13.7 A
Max. speed
5000 rpm
0.994 Nm/A
1.135 Nm/A
x104
4.02 x104
Torque constant
0.481 Nm/A
0.963 Nm/A
x104
x104
Rotor inertia
kgm2
0.193
Max. load inertia
kgm2
15x rotor inertia
Encoder resolution
13 bit
Power rate
21 kW/s
0.331
2.1
7x rotor inertia
5x rotor inertia
49 kW/s
27.1 kW/s
56.7 kW/s
Motors with absolute encoder and special models are available. Please, contact your local Omron Office.
377
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Connection Diagram
OMNUC W
for Positioning Control
CW pulse
+ CW
7
CW
8
25
26
27
CCW pulse
+ CCW
11
CCW
12
28
29
30
Deviation counter
reset
Control outputs
(+) INP
Position reached
() INP
(+) TGON
Motor rotation
() TGON
Umax: 30 VDC
Imax: 50 mA
(+) Ready
() Ready
+ ECRS
15
ECRST
14
31
32
37
38
39
3
13
Alarm output
ALM negated
ALM 0 V
Alarm code 1
Alarm code 2
Umax: 30 VDC
Imax: 20 mA
Alarm code 3
+12 V
1 k
18
Power supply 24 VDC
47
Servo ON
40
Gain switch
41
Forward limit input
Encoder output
33
34
36
42
35
Reverse limit input

43
Alarm reset
19
20
44
A phase (+)
A phase ()
B phase (+)
B phase ()
Z phase (+)
Z phase ()
Current limit, CW
45
Current limit, CCW
46
SEN signal
(for absolute encoder)
Backup battery
2.8..4.5 V
0V
+5 V
21
22
5
9
Comand GND
1
23
Not used
24
48
49
378
FG Frame ground
Line driver
EIARS422A
max. 200
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Connection Diagram (Continued)

OMNUC W
for Speed/Torque Control
9
T. REF 0 V
10
25
26
27
Speed command
S. REF
5
S. REF 0 V
28
Control outputs
(+) INP
Speed reached
() INP
(+) TGON
Motor rotation
() TGON
6
29
30
31
32
37
38
39
3
13
Umax: 30 VDC
Imax: 50 mA
(+) Ready
() Ready
Alarm output
Motion and
Servos
Torque command
T. REF
ALM negated
ALM 0 V
Alarm code 1
Alarm code 2
Umax: 30 VDC
Imax: 20 mA
Alarm code 3
+12 V
1 k
18
Encoder output
Power supply 24 VDC

47
Servo ON
40
Gain switch
41
Forward limit input
33
34
36
35
42
Reverse limit input
43
19
20
A phase (+)
A phase ()
B phase (+)
B phase ()
Line driver
EIARS422A
max. 200
Z phase (+)
Z phase ()
Alarm reset
44
Current limit, CW
45
Current limit, CCW
46
SEN signal
Backup battery
2.8..4.5 V
0V
+5 V
21
22
Command GND
5
9
23
Not used
FG Frame ground
24
48
49
379
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Accessories
Cable and Terminal block connections between OMNUC W Servo drive and te PLC Positioning Control Unit.
PLC Unit

0.5 m = XW2Z050JA_
1 m = XW2Z100JA_
Terminal block
C200HNC112
XW2Z_JA1
XW2B20J61B
(1 axis)
C200HNC211
XW2Z_JA2
XW2B40J62B
(2 axes)
C200HWNC113
CS1WNC113
XW2Z_JA6
XW2B20J61B
(1 axis)
CS1WNC133
XW2Z_JA10
XW2B20J61B
(1 axis)
C200HWNC213
C200HWNC413*
CS1WNC213
CS1WNC413*
XW2Z_JA7
XW2B40J62B
(2 axes)
CS1WNC233
CS1WNC433*
XW2Z_JA11
XW2B40J62B
(2 axes)
CJ1WNC113
XW2Z_JA14
XW2B20J61B
(1 axis)
CJ1WNC213
CS1WNC413*
XW2Z_JA15
XW2B40J62B
(2 axes)
CJ1WNC133
XW2Z_JA18
XW2B20J61B
(1 axis)
CJ1WNC233
CS1WNC433*
XW2Z_JA19
XW2B40J62B
(2 axes)
CQM1HPLB21
CQM1CP43
XW2Z_JA3
XW2B20J63B
(1 axis)
CJ1MCPU22/23
XW2Z_JA27
XW2B20J68A
(1 axis)
XW2B20J69A
(2 axes)
* 2 Terminal blocks and 2 cables to the PLC are required for the C_WNC4xx Units (4 axes).
380
Cable connection to Servo drive

1 m = XW2Z100JB_
2 m = XW2Z200JB_
XW2Z_JB4
Servo drive
R88DW_
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Cable and Terminal block connections between OMNUC W Servo drive and the PLC Motion Controller Units
2 axes
C200HMC221
CS1WMC221
Cable connection PLC Unit I/O

connector
Terminal block I/O signals
XW2Z100JF1
4 axes
CS1WMC421
PLC Unit
XW2B20J66
(2 axes)
XW2B40J67
(4 axes)
Cable connection from PLC axes connector to Servo drive

1 m = R88ACPW001M_
2 m = R88ACPW002M_
2 axes
C200HMC221
CS1WMC221
R88ACPW_M1
(1 axis)
4 axes
CS1WMC421*
R88ACPW_M2
(2 axes)
Servo drive
Motion and
Servos
PLC Unit
R88DW_
* The CS1WMC421 Unit (4 axes) requires 2 cables.
Cable and Terminal block connections between OMNUC W Servo drive and the Advanced Motion Controller Unit C200HWMC402E
PLC Unit
4 axes
C200HWMC402E

I/O cable
R88ACMX001SE
Axis cable
R88ACMX001J1E
Terminal block
Cable connection to
Servo drive R88DW
R88ATC04E
(4 axes)
R88ACMUK001J3E2
381
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Other accessories
Description
Power cable without brake,
230Vclass
230V
class
Motor: 30..750 W
Power cable without brake,,

230Vclass
l
Motor: 1.5 kW
Power cable with brake, 230Vclass

30 750 W
Motor: 30..750

1 5 kW
Motor: 1.5
Encoder cable, 230V class

Motor: 30
30..1.5
1 5 kW
cable 400V class

Encoder cable,
Cylindrical design motors:
3000 rpm, 300 W, 650 W
Cube design motors:
3000 rpm, 0.2..1.5 kW
Power cable without brake,
400Vclass
400V
class
Cylindrical design motors:
3000 rpm, 0.3..0.65 kW
C b design
d i motors:
t
Cube
3000 rpm, 0.2..1.5 kW
C li d i l d
Cylindrical
design
i motors:
t
3000 rpm, 0.3..0.65 kW
Cube design
g motors:
3000 rpm, 0.2..1.5
0 2 1 5 kW
Power cable, 400V class

C li d i l d
Cylindrical
design
i motors:
t
1500 rpm, 450 W..1.3 kW
3000 rpm, 1.0..2.0 kW
6000 rpm,
rpm 1.0..1.5
1 0 1 5 kW
382
Cable length
Model code
3m
R88ACAWA003SDE
5m
R88ACAWA005SDE
10 m
R88ACAWA010SDE
15 m
R88ACAWA015SDE
20 m
R88ACAWA020SDE
3m
R88ACAWB003SDE
5m
R88ACAWB005SDE
10 m
R88ACAWB010SDE
15 m
R88ACAWB015SDE
20 m
R88ACAWB020SDE
3m
R88ACAWA003BDE
5m
R88ACAWA005BDE
10 m
R88ACAWA010BDE
15 m
R88ACAWA015BDE
20 m
R88ACAWA020BDE
3m
R88ACAWB003BDE
5m
R88ACAWB005BDE
10 m
R88ACAWB010BDE
15 m
R88ACAWB015BDE
20 m
R88ACAWB020BDE
3m
R88ACRWA003CDE
5m
R88ACRWA005CDE
10 m
R88ACRWA010CDE
15 m
R88ACRWA015CDE
20 m
R88ACRWA020CDE
3m
R88ACAWK003SDE
5m
R88ACAWK005SDE
10 m
R88ACAWK010SDE
15 m
R88ACAWK015SDE
20 m
R88ACAWK020SDE
3m
R88ACAWK003BDE
5m
R88ACAWK005BDE
10 m
R88ACAWK010BDE
15 m
R88ACAWK015BDE
20 m
R88ACAWK020BDE
3m
R88ACAWC003SE
5m
R88ACAWC005SE
10 m
R88ACAWC010SE
15 m
R88ACAWC015SE
20 m
R88ACAWC020SE
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

C li d i l d
Cylindrical
design
i motors:
t
1500 rpm, 1.8..2.9 kW
3000 rpm, 3.0..4.0 kW
6000 rpm,
rpm 3.0..4.0
3 0 4 0 kW

C li d i l d
Cylindrical
design
i motors:
t
1500 rpm, 4.4 kW

C li d i l d
Cylindrical
design
i motors:
t
1500 rpm, 5.5 kW
3000 rpm, 5.0 kW

C li d i l d
Cylindrical
design
i motors:
t
1500 rpm, 7.5/11 kW

C li d i l d
Cylindrical
design
i motors:
t
1500 rpm, 5.0 kW
Brake cable, 400V class

C
li d i l d
i motors:
t
Cylindrical
design
1500 rpm, 450 W..15 kW
3000 rpm, 1.0..5.0 kW
6000 rpm,
rpm 1.0..4.0
1 0 4 0 kW
Encoder cable, 400V class

C li d i l d
Cylindrical
design
i motors:
t
1500 rpm, 450 W..15 kW
3000 rpm, 1.0..5.0 kW
6000 rpm,
rpm 1.0..4.0
1 0 4 0 kW
3m
R88ACAWD003SE
5m
R88ACAWD005SE
10 m
R88ACAWD010SE
15 m
R88ACAWD015SE
20 m
R88ACAWD020SE
3m
R88ACAWG003SE
5m
R88ACAWG005SE
10 m
R88ACAWG010SE
15 m
R88ACAWG015SE
20 m
R88ACAWG020SE
3m
R88ACAWF003SE
5m
R88ACAWF005SE
10 m
R88ACAWF010SE
15 m
R88ACAWF015SE
20 m
R88ACAWF020SE
3m
R88ACAWH003SE
5m
R88ACAWH005SE
10 m
R88ACAWH010SE
15 m
R88ACAWH015SE
20 m
R88ACAWH020SE
3m
R88ACAWJ003SE
5m
R88ACAWJ005SE
10 m
R88ACAWJ010SE
15 m
R88ACAWJ015SE
20 m
R88ACAWJ020SE
3m
R88ACAWC003BE
5m
R88ACAWC005BE
10 m
R88ACAWC010BE
15 m
R88ACAWC015BE
20 m
R88ACAWC020BE
3m
R88ACRWB003NE
5m
R88ACRWB005NE
10 m
R88ACRWB010NE
15 m
R88ACRWB015NE
20 m
R88ACRWB020NE
Motion and
Servos
Other accessories
383
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Other accessories
General Control Cable
From servo drive control I/O

/ connector to other devices
(
(open
end)
d)
1m
R88ACPW001S
2m
R88ACPW002S
Handheld Parameter Unit
With cable
1m
R88APR02W
Cable for analogue output
Analog monitoring
1m
R88ACMW001S
1.5 axis
Advanced Motion Controller
With Host Link Interface
(see page 389)
R88AMCW151E
1.5 axis
Advanced Motion Controller
With DeviceNet Interface
(see page 389)
R88AMCW151DRTE
DeviceNet Interface Unit
With Positioning Functionality
(see page 393)
R88ANCW152DRTE
PROFIBUS Interface Unit
With Positioning Functionality
(see page 395)
JUSPNS500
Indexer Unit
With versatile Point to Point Positioning
(see page 397)
JUSPNS600
Description
Cable length
Model code

OMNUC servo systems. For WINDOWS 95/98 or NT4.0
WmonWinE

MOTION TOOLS
Programming cable
2m
R88ACCW002P2

Programming
Technical
Documentation
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
OMNUC W
User Manual
I531E2
Dimensions (mm)
Servo driver, 230 V
W
Model code
55
160
130
R88DWTA3H
55
160
130
R88DWTA5H
55
160
130
R88DWT01H
55
160
130
R88DWT02H
75
160
130
R88DWT04H
90
160
180
R88DWT08HH
110
1160
180
R88DWT15HH

A
Model code
202
55
33
192
32
R88AFIW104E
202
75
50
192
32
R88AFIW107E
202
90
60
192
32
R88AFIW115E
291
118
80
281
35
R88AFIW125E
A D
C
B
384
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

Servomotors, cylindrical design (without brake), 230 V
A
Model code
25
30
46
40
69.5
R88MW03030HS1
25
30
46
40
77
R88MW05030HS1
25
30
46
40
94.5
R88MW10030HS1
30
14
50
70
60
96.5
R88MW20030HS1
30
14
50
70
60
124.5
R88MW40030HS1
40
16
70
90
80
145
DD
C
B
R88MW75030HS1
Servomotors, cylindrical design (with brake), 230 V

B
Model code
25
30
46
40
101
R88MW03030HBS1
25
30
46
40
108.5
R88MW05030HBS1
25
30
46
40
135
R88MW10030HBS1
30
14
50
70
60
136
R88MW20030HBS1
30
14
50
70
60
164
R88MW40030HBS1
40
16
70
90
80
189.5
R88MW75030HBS1
Motion and
Servos
DD
C
B
Servomotors, cube design (without brake), 230 V

A
Model code
25
50
70
60
62
R88MWP10030HS1
30
14
70
90
80
67
R88MWP20030HS1
30
14
70
90
80
87
R88MWP40030HS1
40
16
110
145
120
86.5
R88MWP75030HS1
40
19
110
145
120
114.5
R88MWP1k530HS1
Servomotors, cube design (with brake), 230 V

A
Model code
25
50
70
60
91
R88MWP10030HBS1
30
14
70
90
80
98.5
R88MWP20030HBS1
30
14
70
90
80
118.5
R88MWP40030HBS1
40
16
110
145
120
120
R88MWP75030HBS1
40
19
110
145
120
148
R88MWP1k530HBS1
Servo driver, 400 V

W
Model code
110
160
180
R88DWT05HF
110
160
180
R88DWT10HF
110
160
180
R88DWT15HF
110
250
180
R88DWT20HF
110
250
180
R88DWT20HF
135
250
230
R88DWT50HF
230
350
235
R88DWT60F
230
350
235
R88DWT75HF
260
450
285
R88DWT110HF
260
450
285
R88DWT150HF
180
L
385
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

A
Model code
202
118
80
192
32
R88AFIW4006E
291
118
80
281
35
R88AFIW4010E
302
140
114
285
40
R88AFIW4020E
405
230
200
386
50
R88AFIW4030E
505
260
220
487
65
R88AFIW4055E
A D
C
B
Servomotors, 1500 rpm, cylindrical design (without brake), 400 V

A
Model code
58
19
110
145
130
138
R88MW45015FS2
58
19
110
145
130
161
R88MW85015FS2
58
22
110
145
130
185
R88MW1k315FS2
79
35
114.3
200
180
166
R88MW1k815FS2
79
35
114.3
200
180
192
R88MW2k915FS2
79
35
114.3
200
180
226
R88MW4k415FS2
113
42
114.3
200
180
260
R88MW5k515FS2
113
42
114.3
200
180
334
R88MW7k515FS2
116
42
200
235
220
338
R88MW11k015FS2
116
55
200
235
220
457
R88MW15k015FS2

30
14
50
70
60
124.5
R88MW30030FS1*
40
16
70
90
80
145
R88MW65030FS1*
45
24
95
115
100
149
R88MW1k030FS2
45
24
95
115
100
175
R88MW1k530FS2
45
24
95
115
100
198
R88MW2k030FS2
63
28
110
145
130
199
R88MW3k030FS2
63
28
110
145
130
236
R88MW4k030FS2
63
28
110
145
130
276
R88MW5k030FS2
* The 300 and 650 W motors have different connectors than shown in
the picture
45
24
110
130
116
149
R88MW1k060FS2
45
24
110
130
116
175
R88MW1k560FS2
60
28
130
165
155
202
R88MW3k060FS2
60
28
130
165
155
267
R88MW4k060FS2
386
A
D
B
E
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

Servomotors, 1500 rpm, cylindrical design (with brake), 400 V
B
Model code
58
19
110
145
130
176
R88MW45015FBS2
58
19
110
145
130
199
R88MW85015FBS2
58
22
110
145
130
223
R88MW1k315FBS2
79
35
114.3
200
180
217
R88MW1k815FBS2
79
35
114.3
200
180
243
R88MW2k915FBS2
79
35
114.3
200
180
277
R88MW4k415FBS2
113
42
114.3
200
180
311
R88MW5k515FBS2
113
42
114.3
200
180
385
R88MW7k515FBS2
116
42
200
235
220
383
R88MW11k015FBS2
116
42
200
235
220
519
R88MW15k015FBS2
DD
B
E
Motion and
Servos

30
14
57
70
60
164
R88MW30030BS1*
40
16
70
90
80
189.5
R88MW65030BS1*
45
24
95
115
100
193
R88MW1k030FBS2
45
24
95
115
100
219
R88MW1k530FBS2
45
24
95
115
100
242
R88MW2k030FBS2
63
28
110
145
130
237
R88MW3k030FBS2
63
28
110
145
130
274
R88MW4k030FBS2
63
28
110
145
130
314
5k030FBS2
* The 300 and 650 W motors have different connectors than shown in
the picture
45
24
110
130
116
193
R88MW1k060FBS2
45
24
110
130
116
219
R88MW1k560FBS2
60
28
130
165
155
237
R88MW3k060FBS2
60
28
130
165
155
302
R88MW4k060FBS2
Servomotors, 3000 rpm, cube design (without brake), 400 V

A
Model code
30
14
70
90
80
67
R88MWP20030FS1D
30
14
70
90
80
87
R88MWP40030FS1D
40
16
110
145
120
86.5
R88MWP75030FS1D
40
19
110
145
120
114.5
R88MWP1k530FS1D
Servomotors, 3000 rpm, cube design (with brake), 400 V

30
14
70
90
80
98.5
R88MWP20030FBS1D
30
14
70
90
80
118.5
R88MWP40030FBS1D
40
16
110
145
120
120
R88MWP75030FBS1D
40
19
110
145
120
148
R88MWP1k530FBS1D
387
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
388
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

R88AMCW151
General
The R88AMCW151 is a 1.5 axis Motion Controller (MC) Unit that
connects directly to the W series Servo Drive. The MC Unit provides
direct control of the Servo Drive, enables position/speed and torque
control, and offers access to detailed servo drive data.
The Multitasking BASIC motion controller language is used to program
the MC Unit. A total of up to 14 programs can be stored in the Unit,
with up to 3 programs (tasks) running simultaneously. Motion Perfect is
the powerful, userfriendly Windowsbased software that facilitates
highly flexible programming and troubleshooting.
The MC Unit offers functionality including axes synchronisation,
various fast registration inputs, electronic CAMs, interpolated
movements and builtin general purpose inputs/outputs.
Motion and
Servos
The R88AMCW151DRTE unit includes also DeviceNet connection,

providing high system integration.
NT Operator
Terminal
OMNUC W
Servo Drive
R88AMCW151
Rotary cutter
Fast Registration
Input
Servomotor
Printmark
Conveyor belt

1.5 axes
Multitasking
2x RS232C communication ports
Communication port
Model code
RS422A/485 Host Link
R88AMCW151E
DeviceNet
R88AMCW151DRTE
389
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

R88AMCW151

Programming
Accessories,
cables etc.
Technical
Documentation
390
Description
Cable length
Model code
Motion Perfect Software. Programming, Monitoring and Debugging

Software for the R88AMCW151 and C200HWMC402 Units.
For Windows 95/98/2000 or NT4.0.
Motion Perfect
EDS Files. DeviceNet Electronic Data Sheet.

_.EDS
Motion Tools CD. Comprehensive Omron software tools and techni

cal information.
MOTION TOOLS
Programming cable for R88AMCW151,

port 0 <> PC (RS232C)
2m
R88ACCM002P4E
Programming and NT monitor cable for R88AMCW151,

ports 0 and 1 <> PC (RS232C) and NT monitor
1m
R88ACCM001P5E
Description
Model code
I/O connector (included in package)
Weidmler
B2L 3.5/26 SN SW
Power connector (included in package)
Phoenix
MSTB 2.5/3ST5.08
Port 2 connector (included in package)
Phoenix
MSTB 2.5/5ST5.08
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
R88AMCW151E
R88AMCW151DRTE
Operation Manual
I203E2
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

R88AMCW151
Number of axes
1 controlled axis
1 master axis or encoder output axis or virtual axis
1 virtual axis
Programming
MultiTasking, BASIC type
Communication Interfaces
R88AMCW151E
1 RS232C: Motion Perfect software protocol
1 RS232C: Host Link master/slave or ASCII protocol
1 RS422: Host Link master/slave or ASCII protocol/RS485: ASCII protocol
R88AMCW151DRTE
1 RS232C: Motion Perfect software protocol
1 RS232C: Host Link master/slave or ASCII protocol
1 DeviceNet interface
CPU
Texas Instruments TMS320C32, 60 MHz
Available memory
128 kB RAM for programs and data
Drive connection
Connected direct to the DPRAM interface of the W series Servo Drive
Displays
4 LEDs: Controller and Communication status
Commissioning aids
Powerful interactive debugger, monitor and oscilloscope via the Motion Perfect software
Control
Position control in closed loop with encoder feedback (speed and torque control)
Cycle time, position controller
0.5 ms or 1 ms
Positioning functions
Hardware registration inputs
2 (Master axis registration position on the Unit)

1 (Servo axis registration position via W series drive registration input)
Digital inputs
2 inputs can be used as hardware printmark inputs (delay 15 s)
Input voltage 24 VDC nominal +10% max
Input impedance 3.3 k
Input current 3.2 mA at 24 VDC
ON level >11 VDC
OFF level <1 VDC
Type: PNP or NPN
Digital outputs
Overcurrent and overtemperature protection
Current capacity: 100 mA for each output (600 mA total)
Max. voltage: 24 VDC nominal +10% max
Type: PNP
Encoder input (master)
1 Line driver input, max 1500 kpulse/s (6000 kcount/s)
Encoder output
1 Line driver output, max 500 kpulse/s (2000 kcount/s)
Current consumption
170 mA
DeviceNet Features
(R88MCW151DRTE only)
Slave messaging: polling adjustable via DIP switches:

(4 input words, 4 output words or 2 input words, 2 output words)
Explicit messages supported
Supported baud rates: 125 kbps, 250 kbps, 500 kbps
Motion and
Servos
Specifications
Circular interpolation
CAM profile
Electronic axes synchronisation
Axes linked CAM profile
Adding profile between axes
391
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
392

R88AMCW151
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
DeviceNet Option Unit

R88ANCW152
General
The R88ANCW152 provides both DeviceNet communication
functions and the positioning functions of a positioning controller.
These functions can be used very easily in conjunction with the
Wseries servo drivers simply by plugging the Option Unit directly into
the servo driver.
With the NCW152 Unit it is possible to operate up to 63 W series servo
drivers as DeviceNet slaves, allowing a widely distributed control and
information management system to be created. The remote I/O
commands support positioning commands, parameter read / write and
the reading of monitor information. The trace function is available with
explicit messages, enabling the user to monitor specific operation in
detail and perform failure prediction and diagnostics.
Motion and
Servos
A large number of positioning functions are available, including zero

search, pointtopoint positioning, multispeed, indexing, positioning
by table entries and step positioning, feed function, backlash
compensation and positionbased outputs.
CS1/CJ1 series
Data transfer
PC
Slave parameter file
DeviceNet
Remote I/O
communication
W series
Servo Drive
Explicit Message
communication
DeviceNet
Option Unit
R88ANCW152DRT

De
DeviceNet
iceNet comm
communication
nication
Model code
R88ANCW152DRT
393
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

R88ANCW152

Programming
Accessories,
cables etc.
Technical
Documentation
Description
Cable length
Model code
NCW152 Setup Tool. WINDOWSbased Software.

SBCE011
EDS File. DeviceNet Electronic Data Sheet.

_.EDS
Motion Tools CD. Comprehensive Omron software tool and

MOTION TOOLS
Programming cable for Setup Tool,

R88ANCW152 <> PC (RS232C)
2m
R88ACCW002P4
Description
Model code
External I/O connector (CN4)
R88ACNU01R
DeviceNet connector with retaining screws
XW4B05C1H1D
DeviceNet connector for MultiDrop wiring (without screws)
XW4B05C4TD
DeviceNet connector (without screws)
Phoenix
MSTB2.5/5ST5.08AU
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
R88ANCW152DRT
User Manual
I538E1
Specifications
Number of axes
1 axis
Regulation
Semiclosed or fully closed control loop
DeviceNet Features
Slave messaging: Polling explicit messages is supported

Baud rates: 125 kbps, 250 kbps, 500 kbps
RS232C communication
WINDOWSbased setup tool
Driver connection
Direct connection of the W series Servo driver to the DPRAM interface
Displays
2 LEDs: Module and DeviceNet status
Trace function
Precise monitoring of a specific operation for failure predictions and diagnostics
Digital inputs
Input voltage: 24 VDC nominal 1 V
Input impedance: 3.3 k
Input current: 8 mA max. each
Type: NPN
Digital outputs
Current capacitance: max. 50 mA
Voltage: max. 30 VDC
Type: NPN
Encoder input
1 Line driver input
Current consumption
250 mA (Power supplied from servo drive)
394
7 origin search modes

4 types of ramp up/ramp down
16stage speed/positioning blocking
Indexing positioning
50 point tables positioning (speed/position points)
Step positioning
Feeding function
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
PROFIBUS Option Unit

JUSPNS500
General
The JUSPNS500 provides PROFIBUS communications and
positioning functionality. These functions can be added to a WSeries
Servo Driver simply by mounting the option unit directly to it.
With the PROFIBUS option unit it is possible to operate, from a
PROFIBUS master, multiple WSeries Servo Drivers connected as
PROFIBUS slaves. The commands from the host controller include
positioning commands, reading alarm history and canceling
commands.
Motion and
Servos
A variety of positioning functions are available including origin search,

pointtopoint positioning, point table and step positioning, feeding
function, backslash compensation, and two zone signal outputs.
System diagram
CS1/CJ1 Series
PROFIBUS Master
PROFIBUSDP
OMNUC W
OMNUC W
PROFIBUS Unit
JUSPNS500
Servomotor
Servomotor
PROFIBUS Interface Unit

PROFIBUS communications
Servomotor
Servomotor
Model number
JUSPNS500
395
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
PROFIBUS Option Unit

JUSPNS500

Programming
Discription
Cable
length
Model number
NS Setup Tool
For Windows 95/98/2000/NT4.0
NS Tool
Programming cable
2m
R88ACCW002P4
Accessories
External I/O connector (CN4)
Technical
Documentation
English
g
D
Documentation
t ti
R88ACNU01R
Model
Title
Model number
JUSPNS500
Users Manual
SIEC7188
Technical Data/Specifications
Number of axes
1 axis
Regulation
Semiclosed, fullclosed loop
PROFIBUS features
PROFIBUSDP slave: 8 bytes input, 8 bytes output

Baud rates: between 9.6 kbps and 12 Mbps
RS232C communication
Windowsbased setup tool
Driver connection
Connected to the Wseries servo driver directly to the DPRAM port
Indicators
2 LEDs: Module and PROFIBUS status
4 origin search modes

4 types of acceleration/deceleration
16stage speed/position block
PointtoPoint positioning
50 point table positioning (speed/position points)
Step positioning
Feeding function
2 zone outputs
Digital inputs
Galvanic isolation
Input voltage: 24 VDC nominal 1 V
Input impedance: 3.3 K
Type: NPN
Digital outputs
Galvanic isolation
Current capacity: 50 mA DC max.
Voltage: 30 VDC max.
Type: NPN
Encoder input
1 Line driver input
Current consumption
Max. operating current 250 mA. (Power supplied from the servo drive)
396
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Indexer Option Unit

JUSPNS600
General
The indexer unit JUSPNS600 is a servo based positioning controller
that connects directly to the Wseries Servo Drive and provides direct
control of the servo drive eliminating the need of an external axis
controller.
Easy setup and maintenance with the Windows based software tool,
the system is configured using a fillintheblank style settings and do
not requires a specific language programming.
Motion and
Servos
The indexer unit enhances the Wseries features with versatile

pointtopoint positioning, conditional profile execution in response to
a registration input, definable zone signal outputs, builtin routines and
settable positioning condition outputs. Control can be performed using
the builtin I/O and via serial network commands.
System diagram
Serial network control
Discrete I/O control
CS1/CJ1 Series
RS485 serial
communication control
(up to 16 axes)
R88ACTU001N
OMNUC W and
Indexer Unit
JUSPNS600
XW2B40F5P
Servomotor
Servomotor
Servomotor
Indexer Unit
Versatile point
pointtopoint
to point positioning
Builtin I/O and serial control
Servomotor
Model number
JUSPNS600
397
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Indexer Option Unit

JUSPNS600

Programming
Accessories
Discription
Cable
length
Model number
Index Works Setup Tool

For Windows 95/98/2000/NT4.0
Index Works
Programming cable
2m
R88ACCW002P2
Terminal Block
XW2B40F5P
Connecting
g cable from NS600 I/O
/ connector to terminal block
1m
R88ACTU001N
2m
R88ACTU002N
1m
FNDCCX001S
2m
FNDCCX002S
Indexer digital I/O connector (CN4)
R88ACNU01C
Serial communications connectors (CN6, CN7)
R88ACNX01C
Connecting
g cable to I/O
/ connector with open
p end
Technical
Documentation
English
g
D
Documentation
t ti
Model
Title
Model number
JUSPNS600
Users Manual
SIEC7189
Technical Data/Specifications
Number of Axes
1 axis
Regulation
Closed loop using motor feedback encoder (incremental or absolute).
Digital operator interface (CN7)
Full duplex (RS422 or RS232C) up to 16 axes.
Serial command interface (CN6)
Full duplex (RS422, RS485 or RS232C) or Half duplex (RS485), up to 16 axes.
Driver connection
Connected to the WSeries Servo Driver directly to the DPRAM port
Builtin origin search routines

16 preset speeds
128 indexing programmed moves
Indexing moves with or without registration
32 definable signal output zones
Loop linking of index moves
Linking index moves with a combination of events
Settable positioning condition outputs
Builtin routines for single axis applications
Serial network control
Up to 16 addressable station
Axis setup, actuation and monitoring
Immediate interpretation of serial positioning commands
Selection of programmable steps
Open ASCII protocol
Digital inputs
Galvanic isolation
Input voltage: 24 VDC nominal 1V
Input Impedance: 3.3 K
Type: PNP or NPN
Digital outputs
Galvanic isolation
Current capacity: 50 mA DC max.
Voltage: 30 VDC max.
Type: NPN
Current consumption
Max. operating current 500 mA (Power supplied from the servo drive).
398
Frequency Inverters
SYSDRIVE Frequency Inverters
Page
3G3JV
Product Overview
Accessories
Specifications
Connection Diagram
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
401
402
402
403
403
405
406
3G3PV
Product Overview
Accessories
Specifications
Connection Diagram
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
407
408
408
409
410
411
413
3G3MV
Product Overview
Accessories
Specifications
Connection Diagram
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
415
416
416
417
418
420
421
3G3RV
Product Overview
Accessories
Specifications
Connection Diagram
Dimensions
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
423
424
424
425
426
427
429
Frequency
Inverter
Frequency Inverters Overview . . . 400
399
Overview
Frequency Inverters
In terms of drive technology, Omron supplies four compact Frequency
Inverter series for standard three phase motors: 3G3JV, 3G3MV,
3G3PV and 3G3RV. These frequency inverters can be used on all
European and nonEuropean single and three phase mains systems.
The power range is from 0.1..300 kW at mains voltage of 200..460 V
(50/60 Hz). (Dependant on model).
Omron frequency inverters are designed with the application,
ease of use and communication in mind.
General points:
High rated current

Builtin braking transistor up to 18.5 kW
High rated voltage range, 380 V (10%)..460 V (+15%)
High motor starting torque
Short circuit and earth fault protection
Errorfree operation in case of shortterm power failure
Applicationbased:
Integrated PID control

Energy saving algorithms
Flux vector control
Customised application software
Brake management
Configurable multifunction inputs and outputs
Communication and ease of use:
Builtin serial port

Various Bus Links
Standard builtin operator terminal
Parameter setting/monitoring software (Windows based)
Power
Frequency Inverters
3G3PV
3G3RV
Further Information
3G3JV
Page
3G3PV
Page
3G3MV
Page
3G3RV
Page
401
407
415
423
SYSDRIVE Configurator,
see page 456.
3G3MV
3G3JV
Simple
Speed Control
Rapid
Speed Control
Process
Control
Torque
Control
Parameter Setting/
Monitoring Software
Functionality
400
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Frequency Inverter 3G3JV
General
The 3G3JV is a compact, cost effective frequency inverter designed
for low power speed control applications.This inverter has been
designed to provide high starting torque and a tolerance to overload
conditions. The configurable input/output terminals, integrated speed
setting potentiometer, inbuilt operator ensure the 3G3JV is easy to use
and integrate into the sytem. Digital inputs can be wired as NPN or
PNP and analogue I/O is also standard.
Characteristics:
Power range 0.1..4 kW
V/f control
Compact size
Frequency setting signal 0..10 V/4..20 mA
150% overload/60 sec
Overload detection
Motor thermal protection
Freely configurable V/f curve
DC injection
8 configurable fixed frequencies
4 programmable digital inputs
1 programmable relay output
1 programmable analogue output
Optional RS232C/485
PC configuration tool SYSDRIVE Configurator
Approvals: CE, UL, cUL
Frequency
Inverter
In order to conform to the applicable EMC directives, it is necessary to use a mains input filter with frequency inverters.
Power
supply
Control cabinet mounting

on metal plate
Contact surface to
metal plate
Shield
L1
L2
L3
PE
Mains filter,
(footprint style)
Shield
U
V
W
PE
401
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Product overview
Voltage
Max. motor output
Output current
Model code
Singlephase
g p
230 V
0.12 kW
0.8 A
3G3JVAB001
0.25 kW
1.6 A
3G3JVAB002
0.55 kW
3.0 A
3G3JVAB004
1.1 kW
5.0 A
3G3JVAB007
1.5 kW
8.0 A
3G3JVAB015
0.12 kW
0.8 A
3G3JVA2001
0.25 kW
1.6 A
3G3JVA2002
0.55 kW
3.0 A
3G3JVA2004
1.1 kW
5.0 A
3G3JVA2007
1.5 kW
8.0 A
3G3JVA2015
0.25 kW
1.2 A
3G3JVA4002
0.55 kW
1.8 A
3G3JVA4004
1.1 kW
3.4 A
3G3JVA4007
1.5 kW
4.8 A
3G3JVA4015
2.2 kW
5.5 A
3G3JVA4022
3.0 kW
7.2 A
3G3JVA4030
4.0 kW
9.2 A
3G3JVA4040
Threephase
p
230 V
Threephase
p
400 V
Accessories
Mains filter, ferrite rings
Frequency
q
y Inverter
3G3JVAB001
Model code
Mains filter (footprint style)
Ferrite rings
3G3JVPFI1010E
3G3IVPFO OC/1
3G3JVAB002
3G3JVAB004
3G3JVAB007
3G3JVPFI1020E
3G3JVAB015
3G3JVA2001
3G3IVPFO OC/1
3G3JVPFI2010E
3G3IVPFO OC/1
3G3JVA2015
3G3JVPFI2020E
3G3IVPFO OC/1
3G3JVA4002
3G3JVPFI3005E
3G3IVPFO OC/1
3G3JVA2002
3G3JVA2004
3G3JVA2007
3G3JVA4004
3G3JVA4007
3G3JVPFI3010E
3G3JVA4015
3G3JVA4022
3G3JVA4030
3G3IVPFO OC/1
3G3JVPFI3020E
3G3JVA4040
3G3IVPFO OC/2
3G3IVPFO OC/2
Other accessories
RS232C port
3G3JVPSI232JC
RS485 port
3G3JVPSI485J
DIN track adapter

p for installation
without
ith t mains
i filter
filt
3G3EVPSPAT3 (<1.1 kW singlephase)
402
3G3EVPSPAT4 (1.5 kW singlephase,

0.25..2.2 kW threephase)
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

Programming
Technical
Documentation
Description
Cable length
Model code
SYSDRIVE Configurator. Programming software for Frequency

Inverter.
see page 456
SYSDRIVE Configurator
Cable adapter
3G3JVPSI232JC
Connecting cables
3m
3G3IVPCN329E
English
g
D
Documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
3G3JV
User Manual
I528E2
Specifications
230V class
AB001
AB002
AB004
AB007
AB015
Threephase: 3G3JV_
A2001
A2002
A2004
A2007
A2015
Maximum permissible motor output
kW
0.12
0.25
0.55
1.1
1.5
Output
p data
kVA
0.3
0.6
1.1
1.9
3.0
0.8
1.6
3.0
5.0
8.0
Inverter rating
Supply
Max. output voltage
Proportional to input voltage: 0..240 V
Output frequencies
0.1..400 Hz
Rated input voltage

and frequency
200..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Max. voltage deviation
15%..+10%
Max. frequency deviation
+5%
Frequency
Inverter
Singlephase: 3G3JV_
400V class
Threephase, 3G3JV_
A4002
A4004
A4007
A4015
A4022
A4030
A4040
kW
0.25
0.55
1.1
1.5
2.2
3.0
4.0
Output
p data
kVA
0.9
1.4
2.6
3.7
4.2
5.5
7.0
1.2
1.8
3.4
4.8
5.5
7.2
9.2
1.3
1.5
2.0
2.0
Inverter rating
Supply
Max. output voltage
Output frequencies
0.1..400 Hz
Rated input voltage

and frequency
380..460 VAC, 50/60 Hz
15%..+10%
+5%

Weight
kg
1.3
1.3
1.3
403
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
General data
Control
functions
Control methods
PWM, V/f control
Output frequency range
0.1..400 Hz
Frequency
q
y tolerance
Digital set value: 0.01% (10..+50C)

Analogue set value: 0.5% (25 10 C)
Resolution of
frequency set value
Digital set value: 0.01 Hz (<100 Hz), 0.1 Hz (>100 Hz)
Resolution of
output frequency
0.01 Hz
Overload capability
150%/60 s
Frequency set value
0..10 V (20 k), 4..20 mA (250 ), 0..20 mA (250 )
Braking
g torque
q
(short term peak torques)
Up to 200 W
Analogue set value 1/1000 of maximum frequency
150%
550W , 1.1 kW
100%
1.5 kW
50%
>1.5 kW
20%
Continuous braking torque approx. 20% without, 150% with external braking resistor
Protection
functions
Motor overload protection
Electronically adjustable motor protection
Shortterm peak current
Fault tripping at 200% motor current
Overload
Fault tripping at 150% rated current after 60 s
Overvoltage
Fault tripping at 410 V intermediate circuit voltage
Undervoltage
Fault tripping at 160 V intermediate circuit voltage
Mains failure,, adjustable

j
Fault tripping for failure >15 ms

Fault tripping for failure >0.5 s
No fault tripping
Functionality
y
Excess temperature of heat sink
Electronic protection
Stall prevention
Separately adjustable for braking, operation and acceleration
Fan monitoring
Electronic stall prevention
Earth fault
Electronic protection (earth current monitoring)
Digital inputs
4 freely programmable inputs
Digital outputs
1 freely programmable relay output
Analogue output
1 programmable analogue output (0..10 V)
Braking/acceleration times
0..999 s
Display
p y
Optionally frequency, current or set value

Error and status LED
Ambient
conditions
IP20, panelmounting
Cooling
Separate fan for 0.75 kW (3x230 V)
Ambient temperature
p
Open air mounting: 10 C..50 C

Panel mounting:
404
10 C..40 C
Ambient humidity
95% (without condensation)
Storage temperature
20 C..+60 C
Installation
In control cabinet, free of dust and corrosive gases
Installation height
Max. 1000 m
Vibrations
1 g at <20 Hz, 0.2 g at <50 Hz
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Connection Diagram
With singlephase devices, L3 remains free.
Power supply
200..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz or
380..460 VAC, 50/60 Hz,
Threephase
Mains filter
L1(R)
L2/N (S)
L3 (T)
E
AM
Forward start/stop
Multifunction
analogue output
S1
Multifunction input 1
0..10 VDC
S2
AC
0V
S3
S4
S5
MA
MB
MC
NO contact
NC contact
Shared
Frequency
Inverter
Reference potential
Multifunction inputs
SC
Multifunction
relay output
FS
(+12 VDC)
Frequency set value
FR
0..10 V, 4..20 mA
FC
405
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Dimensions (mm)
3G3JVAB_
W
W1
Fig.
Model code
68
56
70
001
68
56
70
002
68
56
112
004
108
96
129
007
108
96
154
015
118
128
3G3JVA2_
68
56
70
001
68
56
70
002
W1
68
56
102
004
68
56
122
007
108
96
129
015
8.5
D
Figure 1
3G3JVA4_
108
96
81
002
108
96
99
004
108
96
129
007
108
96
154
015
108
96
154
022
140
128
161
030
140
128
161
040
118
128
8.5
W1
W
Figure 2
Mains filter 3G3JVPFI
W
W1
H1
Model code
71
51
169
156
45
1010E
111
91
169
156
50
1020E
82
62
194
181
50
2010E
111
91
169
156
50
2020E
111
91
169
156
50
3005E
111
91
169
156
50
3010E
144
120
174
161
50
3020E
H1
W1
W
406
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Frequency Inverter 3G3PV
General
The 3G3PV has been specifically designed for Variable Torque
characteristic loads, such as fans and pumps. These loads can be
found across the Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning markets, as
well as applications in industry. Functionality includes rotating motor
pick up, PID and energy optimisation, the latter automatically setting
the inverters output to match the load demand. Also, high switching
frequencies are possible, ensuring motor noise is kept to a minimum.
Furthermore, units with a power rating of 22 kW or more have inbuilt
DC reactor and can be configured for 12 pulse operation with an
external transformer. Both methods significantly reduce harmonic
distortion. Specific application software such as multipump control is
also available.
Characteristics:
V/f controlled frequency inverter
Frequency setting signal 0..10 V/4..20 mA
Silent operation
Energy saving function
Integrated PID controller
Second analogue input
12 pulse operation
Inbuilt DC reactor
DC injection
Rotating motor pick up
Application firmwares (eg. multipump control)
Optional network cards (DeviceNet, PROFIBUS, CANopen,
InterbusS, LONworks)
Frequency
Inverter
In order to confirm to the applicable EMC directives, it is necessary to fit an EMC filter with each drive.
Footprint style filters up to 18.5 kW
Power
supply

on metal plate
Contact surface to
metal plate
Shield
L1
L2
L3
PE
Mains filter
Shield
U
V
W
PE
407
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Product Overview
Frequency Inverter: 3G3PVA4_
4004E
4007E
4015E
4022E
4037E
3G3PVA
kW
0.55
1.1
1.5
2.2
3.7
Output
p data
kVA
1.4
1.6
2.8
4.0
5.8
1.8 A
2.1
3.7
5.3
7.6
4040E
4055E
4075E
4110E
4150E
4185E
Inverter rating
3G3PVA
kW
4.0
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
Output
p data
kVA
6.6
9.5
13
18
24
30
8.7
12.5
17
24
31
39
Inverter rating
Frequency Inverter: 3G3PVB4_

4220E
4300E
4370E
4450E
4550E
3G3PVB
kW
22
30
37
45
55
Output
p data
kVA
34
46
57
69
85
45
60
75
91
112
Inverter rating
4750E
4900E
411KE
413KE
416KE
3G3PVB
kW
75
90
110
132
160
Output
p data
kVA
110
140
160
200
230
150
180
216
260
304
Inverter rating
Accessories
Mains filter
Frequency Inverters
Rated voltage
Mains filter
Current
3G3PVA4004E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3010SE
10 A
3G3PVA4007E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3010SE
10 A
3G3PVA4015E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3010SE
10 A
3G3PVA4022E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3010SE
10 A
3G3RVA4037E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3010SE
10 A
3G3PVA4040E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3018SE
18 A
3G3PVA4055E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3018SE
18 A
3G3PVA4075E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3021SE
21 A
3G3PVA4110E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3035SE
35 A
3G3PVA4150E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3060SE
60 A
3G3PVB4185E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3060SE
60 A
3G3PVB4220E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3070SE
70 A
3G3PVB4300E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3070SE
70 A
3G3PVB4370E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3100SE
100 A
3G3PVB4450E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3130SE
130 A
3G3PVB4550E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3130SE
130 A
3G3PVB4750E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3170SE
170 A
3G3PVB4900E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3200SE
200 A
3G3PVB411KE
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3400SE
400 A
3G3PVB413KE
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3400SE
400 A
3G3PVB416KE
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3410SE
410 A
408
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Other accessories
Consoles and cables
Fieldbus Module
Description
Model code
LCD programming console, plain text
3G3IVPJVOP160
Programming console LED
3G3IVPJVOP161
Extension cable for programming console, 1 m
3G3IVPCN126
3G3IVPCN326E
DeviceNet*
3G3RVPDRT2
* Other Fieldbus Modules on request (PROFIBUS, CANopen, CC Link, InterbusS, Controlnet, LONworks).
Programming
Technical
Documentation
Description
Cable length
Model code

Inverter.
see page 456
Connecting cables
3m
3G3IVPCN329E
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
SYSDRIVE 3G3PV
Operation Manual
I537E2
Frequency
Inverter
409
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Specifications
Power supply
pp y
Output
p data
Control functions
Protection
f
functions
ti
Inputs
p
and outputs
p
Control Unit
Ambient conditions
410
Rated input voltage and frequency
Threephase, 380..480 V, 50/60 Hz
Permissible voltage deviation
+10%, 15%
Permissible frequency deviation
5%
Max. output voltage
Threephase, 380..480 V (proportional to input voltage)
Output frequency
0.01..120 Hz
Control method
Sinus pulse width modulation (V/f control)
Speed stability
0.2..3%, depending on motor
Frequency control range
Variable torque 0.01..120 Hz
Resolution of frequency set value
0.001 Hz
Overload capacity
Variable torque, 120%/60 s
Frequency set value signal
0..10 V (20 k), 4..20 mA (250.)
0.0..6000 s (2 ramp pairs can be programmed)
Braking torque
approx. 20% without resistance

approx. 125% with resistance
V/f characteristic curve
Can be freely programmed
Overvoltage
Fault tripping at intermediate circuit voltage >820 VDC
Undervoltage
Fault tripping at intermediate circuit voltage <380 VDC
Overload
Fault tripping after 120% rated current over 60 s
Supply voltage interruption
Adjustable options:
Fault tripping
Continued operation, if voltage returns after max. 2 s
Continued operation
Heat sink overheating protection
Monitoring using thermistor, prewarning and disconnection
Stall prevention
Programmed separately for runup, braking and operation
Earth fault
Protection via electronic circuit
Charge display
Charge display illuminates until the intermediate circuit voltage is below 50 V
Software protection, input for thermistor
Digital inputs
7 inputs, of which 5 can be freely programmed (26 functions)
Digital outputs
1 SPDT (fault message), 2 NO contacts can be freely programmed (34 functions)
Analogue inputs
2 analogue inputs, 0..10 V, 4..20 mA switchable
Analogue outputs
2 analogue outputs, 0..10 V, can be programmed with 14 functions
Display
5digit 7segment display, 10 status LEDs, LCD plain text display

optionally in 7 languages
Operation keys
9 keys for parameterisation, jogging, start/stop
Copy function
Integrated into control console
Ambient temperature
IP20: 10 C..+40 C
IP00: 10C..+45 C
Storage temperature
20 C..+60 C
Ambient humidity
95% relative humidity (without condensation)
Installation location
Inside (protected from corrosive gases, liquids and dust)
Vibration
1 g for vibrations of 10..20 Hz, max. 0.2 g for vibrations of 20..50 Hz
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Connection Diagram
3G3PV, 3x400 VAC, 0.4..18.5 kW
380..460 VAC, 50/60 Hz

threephase
Mains
fuse
Mains
Mains filter
protection
+1
+2
U/T1
R/L1
S/L2
V/T2
T/L3
W/T3
M
Threephase
AM
Multifunction
Analogue output 1
0..10 V, 4..20 mA
NPN connection
PNP connection
Forward start/stop
FM
Forward start/stop
S1
S1
Reverse start/stop
Multifunction
Analogue output 2
0..10 V, 4..20 mA
Reverse start/stop
S2
S2
S3
AC
S3
Reference potential
S4
Frequency
Inverter
S4
S5
S5
S6
S6
S7
SP
S7
24 V
Fault notification relay
SN (0 V)
MA
MB
SN (0 V)
SC
SP
SC
E(G)
MC
24 V
NO contact
NC contact
Shared
M1
Multifunction relay 1
M2
M3
Auxiliary voltage 15 V, 20 mA
+V
M4
Main set value input

0..10 V, 4..20 mA
Multifunction analogue input
0..10 V, 4..20 mA
A1
Reference potential
AC
A2
R+
Serial port
RS485/422
Twisted pairs,
shielded
S+
S
E(G)
411
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

3G3PV, 3x400 VAC, from 22 kW
380..460 VAC, 50/60 Hz

threephase
Mains
fuse
Mains
Mains filter
protection
+1
+2
U/T1
R/L1
S/L2
V/T2
T/L3
W/T3
M
Threephase
R1/L11
AM
S1/L21
Multifunction
Analogue output 1
0..10 V 10 V, 4..20 mA
T1/L31
NPN connection
PNP connection
Forward start/stop
FM
Forward start/stop
S1
S1
Reverse start/stop
Multifunction
Analogue output 2
0..10 V 10 V, 4..20 mA
Reverse start/stop
S2
S2
S3
AC
S3
Reference potential
S4
S4
S5
S5
S6
S6
S7
SP
S7
24 V
SN (0 V)
MA
MB
SN
SC
SC
SP
0V
E(G)
MC
24 V
NO contact
NC contact
Shared
M1
M2
M3
+V
M4

0..10 V 10 V, 4..20 mA
Multifunction analogue input
0..10 V 10 V, 4..20 mA
A1
Reference potential
AC
A2
R+
Serial port
RS485/422
Twisted pairs,
shielded
S+
S
E(G)
412
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Dimensions (mm)
Frequency Inverter
3G3PVA4_, 400 V, threephase up to 18.5 kW
W
W1
H1
Weight
kg
Model
code
140
126
280
266
157
A4004E
A4007E
A4015E
140
126
280
266
177
A4022E
A4037E
A4040E
A4055E
200
186
300
285
197
A4075E
A4110E
240
216
350
365
207
10
A4150E
A4185E
H1
W1
Frequency
Inverter
Frequency Inverter
3G3RVB4_, 400 V, threephase, >18.5 kW
W
W1
H1
Weight
kg
Model
code
280
220
450
435
285
21
B4220E
280
220
450
435
285
21
B4300E
329.2 260
550
535
283
36
B4370E
329.2 260
550
535
283
36
B4450E
329.2 260
550
535
283
36
B4550E
454.2 325
725
700
348
88
B4750E
454.2 325
725
700
348
89
B4950E
505.2 370
850
820
358
102
B411KE
505.2 370
850
820
358
120
B413KE
579.2 445
916
855
378
160
B416KE
H1
W1
413
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

Mains filter
3G3RVPFI_, 400 V, threephase, footprint style
up to 18.5 kW
W1
H1
Model
code
141
115
330
313
46
3010SE
141
115
330
313
46
3018SE
206
175
355
336
50
3030SE
236
205
408
390
65
3060SE
H1
W1
D
3G3RVPFI_, 400 V, threephase
from 22 kW
W1
H1
Model
code
80
55
329
314
185
3070SE
90
65
310
295
180
3130SE
120
102
380
365
170
3170SE
130
90
518
498
240
3200SE
H1
W1
W
414
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Frequency Inverter 3G3MV
General
The 3G3MV is a sensorless flux vector control inverter for power sizes
up to 7.5 kW. Vector control provides improved speed holding and
motor torque at low speeds, without the need for an encoder feedback
signal. To enable the 3G3MV to be integrated into systems, there are
configurable digital I/O, configurable analogue I/O plus all digital I/O
can be wired in NPN or PNP.
Characteristics:
Power range 0.1..7.5 kW
Sensorless vector controlled inverter
Compact size
Frequency setting signal 0..10 V / 4..20 mA
150% overload / 60 sec
100% torques at 0.5 Hz
Customised application software
Overload detection
Pulse input
Programmable second analogue input
Integrated PID controller
16 programmable fixed frequencies
DC injection
Inbuilt operator/copy unit
Optional field bus modules (DeviceNet, PROFIBUS, CANopen,
InterbusS)
True PLC functionality as option
Approvals: CE, UL, cUL
Frequency
Inverter
In order to conform to the applicable EMC directives, it is necessary to fit suitable EMC filters and follow the installation guidelines given.
Power
supply

on metal plate
Contact surface to
metal plate
Shield
L1
L2
L3
PE
Mains filter
(footprint style)
Shield
U
V
W
PE
415
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Product Overview
Max. motor output
Output current
Model code
0.12 kW
0.8 A
3G3MVAB001
0.25 kW
1.5 A
3G3MVAB002
0.55 kW
3.0 A
3G3MVAB004
1.1 kW
5.0 A
3G3MVAB007
1.5 kW
8.0 A
3G3MVAB015
2.2 kW
11 A
3G3MVAB022
4.0 kW
17.5 A
3G3MVAB040
0.12 kW
0.8 A
3G3MVA2001
0.25 kW
1.5 A
3G3MVA2002
0.55 kW
3.0 A
3G3MVA2004
1.1 kW
5.0 A
3G3MVA2007
1.5 kW
8.0 A
3G3MVA2015
2.2 kW
11 A
3G3MVA2022
4.0 kW
17.5 A
3G3MVA2040
0.25 kW
1.2 A
3G3MVA4002
0.55 kW
1.8 A
3G3MVA4004
1.1 kW
3.4 A
3G3MVA4007
1.5 kW
4.8 A
3G3MVA4015
2.2 kW
5.5 A
3G3MVA4022
3.0 kW
7.2 A
3G3MVA4030
4.0 kW
9.2 A
3G3MVA4040
5.5 kW
14.8 A
3G3MVA4055
7.5 kW
18.0 A
3G3MVA4075
Singlephase 230 V
Threephase 230 V
Threephase 400 V
Accessories
Mains filter, braking resistors, ferrite rings
Inverter
Model code
Mains filter
(footprint style)
Braking resistors (3% ED)
Ferrite rings
AB001
3G3MVPFI1010E
3G3IVPERF150WJ401 (400 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
AB002
3G3MVPFI1010E
3G3IVPERF150WJ401 (400 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
AB004
3G3MVPFI1010E
3G3IVPERF150WJ201 (200 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
AB007
3G3MVPFI1020E
3G3IVPERF150WJ201 (200 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
AB015
3G3MVPFI1020E
3G3IVPERF150WJ101 (100 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
AB022
3G3MVPFI1030E
3G3IVPERF150WJ700 (70 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
AB040
3G3MVPFI1040E
3G3IVPERF150WJ620 (62 )
3G3IVPFO OC/2
A2001
3G3MVPFI2010E
3G3IVPERF150WJ401 (400 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
A2002
3G3MVPFI2010E
3G3IVPERF150WJ401 (400 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
A2004
3G3MVPFI2010E
3G3IVPERF150WJ201 (200 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
A2007
3G3MVPFI2010E
3G3IVPERF150WJ201 (200 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
A2015
3G3MVPFI2020E
3G3IVPERF150WJ101 (100 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
A2022
3G3MVPFI2020E
3G3IVPERF150WJ700 (70 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
A2040
3G3MVPFI2030E
3G3IVPERF150WJ620 (62 )
3G3IVPFO OC/2
416
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Mains filter, braking resistors, ferrite rings (Continued)
Inverter
Model code
Mains filter
(footprint style)
Ferrite rings
A4002
3G3MVPFI3005E
3G3IVPERF150WJ751 (750 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
A4004
3G3MVPFI3005E
3G3IVPERF150WJ751 (750 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
A4007
3G3MVPFI3010E
3G3IVPERF150WJ751 (750 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
A4015
3G3MVPFI3010E
3G3IVPERF150WJ401 (400 )
3G3IVPLKEB41P5 (400 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
A4022
3G3MVPFI3010E
3G3IVPERF150WJ301 (300 )
3G3IVPFO OC/1
A4030
3G3MVPFI3020E
2x 3G3IVPERF150WJ401 (200 )
3G3IVPFO OC/2
A4040
3G3MVPFI3020E
2x 3G3IVPERF150WJ301 (150 )
3G3IVPFO OC/2
A4055
3G3MVPFI3030E
3G3IVPFO OC/2
A4075
3G3MVPFI3030E
3G3IVPFO OC/2
Description
Cable length
Model code
Connecting cable for 2nd analogue input
3G3MVPCNCN2
3G3EVPSPAT3 (<1.1 kW singlephase)
3G3EVPSPAT4 (>1.1 kW singlephase, 0.25..2.2 kW threephase)
DIN track adapter

p for installation without
mains
i filter
filt
Frequency
Inverter
Other accessories
Option cards
Description
Model code
Option cards for DeviceNet
3G3MVPDRTSINV1
Option cards for:

CANopen
Interbus S
PROFIBUSDP
On request

Programming
Technical
Documentation
Description
Cable length
Model code

Inverter.
see page 456
Connecting cable <> PC
3m
3G3IVPCN329E
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
3G3MV
User Manual
I527E2
417
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Specifications
230 V class
Singlephase: 3G3MV_
Threephase: 3G3MV_
AB001
AB002
AB004
AB007
AB015
AB022
AB040
A2001
A2002
A2004
A2007
A2015
A2022
A2040
kW
0.12
0.25
0.55
1.1
1.5
2.2
4.0
Output
p data
kVA
0.3
0.6
1.1
1.9
3.0
4.2
6.7
0.8
1.6
3.0
5.0
8.0
11.0
17.5
0.8
0.8
1.3
1.5
Inverter rating
Supply
Max. output voltage
Output frequencies
0.1..400 Hz
Rated input voltage

and frequency
200..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
15%..+10%
+5%

Weight
kg
0.5
0.5
0.5
400 V class
Threephase: 3G3MV_
A4002
A4004
A4007
A4015
A4022
A4030
A4040
A4055
A4075
kW
0.25
0.55
1.1
1.5
2.2
3.0
4.0
5.5
7.5
Output
p data
kVA
0.9
1.4
2.6
3.7
4.2
5.5
7.0
11.0
13.8
1.2
1.8
3.4
4.8
5.5
7.2
9.2
14.8
18.0
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
Inverter rating
Supply
Max. output voltage
Output frequencies
0.1..400 Hz
Rated input voltage

and frequency
380..460 VAC, 50/60 Hz
15%..+10%
+5%

Weight
418
kg
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
General data
Control functions
Control methods
Sinus PWM, switchable between V/f and voltage vector control
0.1..400 Hz
Frequency
q
y tolerance
Digital set value: 0.01% (10..+50C)

Analogue set value: 0.5% (25 10 C)
Resolution of frequency
q
y set
value
Digital set value: 0.01 Hz (<100 Hz), 0.1 Hz (>100 Hz)
Resolution of output frequency
0.01 Hz
Overload capability
150%/60 s
Frequency
q
y set value
0..10 V (20 k), 4..20 mA (250 ), 0..20 mA (250 )
Analogue set value: 1/1000 of maximum frequency
Pulse signal
Braking
g torque
q
(short term peak torques)
Up to 200 W
150%
550 W, 1.1 kW
100%
1.5 kW
50%
>1.5 kW
20%
Electronically adjustable motor protection
Shortterm peak current
Fault switch off at 250% motor current
Overload
Fault switch off at 150% rated current after 60 s
Overvoltage
Fault tripping at 410 V (820 V for 400V types) intermediate circuit voltage
Undervoltage
Fault tripping at 160 V (400 V for 400V types) intermediate circuit voltage
Mains failure,, adjustable

j
Fault switch off for failure >15 ms
Frequency
Inverter
Continuous braking torque approx. 20% without, 150% with external braking resistor
Protection
functions
Fault switch off for failure >0.5 s

No fault tripping
Functionality
y
Excess temperature of heat

sink
Electronic protection
Stall prevention
Separately adjustable for braking, operation and acceleration
Fan monitoring
Electronic stall prevention
Earth fault
Electronic protection (earth current monitoring)
Binary inputs
7 freely programmable inputs
Binary outputs
1 relay output, 2 freely programmable open collector outputs
Analogue output
1 programmable analogue output (0..10 V)/pulse output
Analogue inputs
2 analogue inputs, 0..10 V, 4..20 mA, 0..20 mA
Braking/acceleration times
0.01..6000 s
Display
p y
Optionally frequency, current or set value

Error and status LED
Ambient conditions
IP20, wall mounting
Cooling
Cooling fan for 0.75 kW (200 V), 1.5 kW (400 V)
Ambient temperature
p
Open air mounting: 10 C..50 C

Wall mounting:
10 C..40 C
Ambient humidity
95% (without condensation)
Storage temperature
20 C..+60 C
Installation
In control cabinet, free of dust and corrosive gases
Installation height
Max. 1000 m
Vibrations
1 g at <20 Hz, 0.2 g at <50 Hz
419
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Connection Diagram
(On singlephase devices, L3 remains free)
Intermediate circuit
throttle
(optional)
Braking resistor
(optional)
+1
Mains
fuse
+2
B1
B2
Mains
Mains filter
protection
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
M
Threephase
S1
AM
Multifunction
analogue output
0..10 V
AC
Analogue output
0V
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
Multifunction relay
MA
S7
Reference potential
Multifunction inputs
MB
SC
MC
NO contact
NC contact
Shared
E
Pulse set value
RP
+12 V, 20 mA
FS
Analogue set value
FR
P1
P2
PC
Reference potential set value
FC
(R+)
(R)
Multifunction output 1
open collector
Multifunction output 2
open collector
0V
Modbus interface
(S+)
(S)
Multifunction
analogue inputs
420
Digital operator
0..10 V
4..20 mA
2 (N2)
Reference potential
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Dimensions (mm)
3G3MVAB_
W
W1
Fig.
Model code
68
56
76
001
68
56
89
002
68
56
138
004
108
96
140
007
108
96
156
015
140
128
163
022
170
158
180
040
118
128
8.5
W1
W
W1
Fig.
Model code
68
56
76
001
68
56
76
002
68
56
108
004
68
56
128
007
108
96
131
015
108
96
140
022
140
128
143
040
118
Frequency
Inverter
Figure 1
3G3MVA2_
128
8.5
W1
W
Figure 2
421
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

3G3MVA4_
W
W1
Model code
108
96
92
002
108
96
110
004
108
96
140
007
108
96
156
015
108
96
156
022
140
128
143
030
140
128
143
040
180
164
170
055
180
164
170
075
244
260
8.5
W1
W
Mains filter 3G3MVPFI_

W
W1
H1
Model code
71
51
169
156
45
1010E
111
91
169
156
50
1020E
144
120
174
161
50
1030E
174
150
174
161
50
1040E
82
62
194
181
50
2010E
111
91
169
156
50
2020E
144
120
174
161
50
2030E
111
91
169
156
45
3005E
111
91
169
156
45
3010E
W1
144
120
174
161
50
3020E
184
150
304
288
56
3030E
422
H1
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Frequency Inverter 3G3RV
General
The 3G3RV is a drive suitable for almost any application. It can be
configured in standard V/f, open loop vector or closed loop vector to
match the application requirement. It also means only one series of
drives has to be used across applications as diverse as pumps to
extruders and cranes. Torque control is also possible with the 3G3RV.
As standard is an Autotune facility to gather motor data without the
need for expert knowledge. Setup and commisioning are simplified via
plain text LCD display. Should a fault occur, all drive information is
stored to ensure the reason for the fault can be quickly rectified.
Characteristics:
Advanced flux vector controlled frequency inverter
Silent operation
Stand still autotuning
Customised application firmwares
Intelligent dynamic braking
Integrated PID controller with sleep function
Pulse input and output
12 pulse operation
Inbuilt DC reactor
Frequency
Inverter
In order to conform to the applicable EMC directives, it is necessary to fit a suitable EMC filter and follow the installation guidelines given.
Footprint style filters up to 18.5 kW
Power
supply

on metal plate
Contact surface to
metal plate
Shield
L1
L2
L3
PE
Mains filter
Shield
U
V
W
PE
423
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Product Overview
Frequency Inverter: 3G3RVA4_
4004E
4007E
4015E
4022E
4037E
3G3RVA
kW
0.55
1.1
1.5
2.2
3.7
Output
p data
kVA
1.4
1.6
2.8
4.0
5.8
1.8 A
2.1
3.7
5.3
7.6
4040E
4055E
4075E
4110E
4150E
4185E
Inverter rating
3G3RVA
kW
4.0
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
Output
p data
kVA
6.6
9.5
13
18
24
30
8.7
12.5
17
24
31
39
Inverter rating
Frequency Inverter: 3G3RVB4_

4220E
4300E
4370E
4450E
4550E
3G3RVB
kW
22
30
37
45
55
Output
p data
kVA
34
46
57
69
85
45
60
75
91
112
Inverter rating
4750E
4900E
411KE
413KE
416KE
3G3RVB
kW
75
90
110
132
160
Output
p data
kVA
110
140
160
200
230
150
180
216
260
304
Inverter rating
Accessories
Mains filter
Frequency Inverters
Rated voltage
Mains filter
Current
3G3RVA4004E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3010SE
10 A
3G3RVA4007E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3010SE
10 A
3G3RVA4015E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3010SE
10 A
3G3RVA4022E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3010SE
10 A
3G3RVA4037E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3010SE
10 A
3G3RVA4040E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3018SE
18 A
3G3RVA4055E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3018SE
18 A
3G3RVA4075E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3021SE
21 A
3G3RVA4110E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3035SE
35 A
3G3RVA4150E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3060SE
60 A
3G3RVB4185E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3060SE
60 A
3G3RVB4220E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3070SE
70 A
3G3RVB4300E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3070SE
70 A
3G3RVB4370E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3100SE
100 A
3G3RVB4450E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3130SE
130 A
3G3RVB4550E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3130SE
130 A
3G3RVB4750E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3170SE
170 A
3G3RVB4900E
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3200SE
200 A
3G3RVB411KE
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3400SE
400 A
3G3RVB413KE
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3400SE
400 A
3G3RVB416KE
3x400 VAC
3G3RVPFI3410SE
410 A
424
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Frequency Inverters
Rated voltage
Braking module
Number
Brake resistors
Number
Specification
for each Unit
3G3RVA4004E
3x400 VAC
Integrated
3G3IVPLKEB 40P7
750 , 70 W
3G3RVA4007E
3x400 VAC
Integrated
3G3IVPLKEB 40P7
750 , 70 W
3G3RVA4015E
3x400 VAC
Integrated
3G3IVPLKEB 41P5
400 , 260 W
3G3RVA4022E
3x400 VAC
Integrated
3G3IVPLKEB 42P2
250 , 260 W
3G3RVA4037E
3x400 VAC
Integrated
3G3IVPLKEB 43P7
150 , 390 W
3G3RVA4040E
3x400 VAC
Integrated
3G3IVPLKEB 43P7
150 , 390 W
3G3RVA4055E
3x400 VAC
Integrated
3G3IVPLKEB 45P5
100 , 520 W
3G3RVA4075E
3x400 VAC
Integrated
3G3IVPLKEB 47P5
75 , 780 W
3G3RVA4110E
3x400 VAC
Integrated
3G3IVPLKEB 4011
50 , 1040 W
3G3RVA4150E
3x400 VAC
Integrated
3G3IVPLKEB 4015
40 , 1560 W
3G3RVA4185E
3x400 VAC
Integrated
3G3IVPLKEB 4018
32 , 4800 W
3G3RVB4220E
3x400 VAC
3G3IVPCDBR 4030B
3G3IVPLKEB 4022
27,2 , 4800 W
3G3RVB4300E
3x400 VAC
3G3IVPCDBR 4030B
3G3IVPLKEB 4030
20 , 6000 W
3G3RVB4370E
3x400 VAC
3G3IVPCDBR 4045B
3G3IVPLKEB 4037
16 , 9600 W
3G3RVB4450E
3x400 VAC
3G3IVPCDBR 4045B
3G3IVPLKEB 4045
13.6 , 9600 W
3G3RVB4550E
3x400 VAC
3G3IVPCDBR 4030B
3G3IVPLKEB 4030
20 , 6000 W
3G3RVB4750E
3x400 VAC
3G3IVPCDBR 4090B
3G3IVPLKEB 4045
13.6 , 9600 W
3G3RVB4900E
3x400 VAC
3G3IVPCDBR 4090B
3G3IVPLKEB 4045
13.6 , 9600 W
3G3RVB411KE
3x400 VAC
3G3IVPCDBR 4090B
3G3IVPLKEB 4030
20 , 6000 W
3G3RVB413KE
3x400 VAC
3G3IVPCDBR 4090B
3G3IVPLKEB 4045
13.6 , 9600 W
3G3RVB416KE
3x400 VAC
3G3IVPCDBR 4090B
3G3IVPLKEB 4037
13.6 , 9600 W
Other accessories
Encoder Modules
Consoles and cables
Fieldbus Module
Description
Model code
For speed control in V/f mode, 30 kHz, 12 VDC
3G3FVPPGA2
For speed control in V/f mode, 300 kHz, RS422 Line driver
For position synchronisation PGW2
3G3FVPPGD2
LCD programming console, plain text
3G3IVPJVOP160
Programming console LED
3G3IVPJVOP161
3G3IVPCN126
3G3IVPCN326E
DeviceNet*
3G3RVPDRT2
* Other Fieldbus Modules on request (PROFIBUS, CANopen, CC Link, InterbusS, Controlnet).

Programming
Technical
Documentation
Description
Cable length
Model code

Inverter.
see page 456
Connecting cables
3m
3G3IVPCN329E
English
g
d
documentation
t ti
Product
Title
Model code
3G3RV
User Manual
I532E1
425
Frequency
Inverter
Braking module, braking resistors for Frequency Inverters, threephase 400 V
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Specifications
Output
p data
Supply
pp y
Control functions
Control functions
Protection
f
functions
ti
Ambient conditions
426
Max. output voltage
Threephase: 380..480 V (proportional to input voltage)
Output frequency
Constant torque:
Variable torque:
Rated input voltage and frequency
Threephase, 380..480 V, 50/60 Hz
Permissible voltage deviation
+10%, 15%
Permissible frequency deviation
5%
Control method
Sinus pulse width modulation (PWM)
Starting torque
150% at 0.5 Hz
Torque range
1:100 in vector control
Speed stability
0.2% in vector control
Speed response
30 Hz with incremental encoder
Torque limit
Adjustable (with parameters, 4 values can be set)
Torque precision
5%
Torque response
20 Hz with incremental encoder
0.0..400 Hz
Frequency tolerance
Digital set value: 0.01%

Analogue set value: 0.1%
Resolution of frequency set value
Digital set value: 0.01 Hz (below 100 Hz), 0.1 Hz (above 100 Hz)
Analogue set value: 0.03 Hz/60 Hz (11 bit + code)
Actual frequency value resolution
0.01 Hz
Overload capacity
150% of rated output current for 1 min

200% for 1 s
Frequency set value signal
10..10 V, 0..10 V, 4..20 mA
0.0..6000 s
(can be programmed independently, 4 values can be set)
Braking torque
approx. 150% with braking resistor
Undervoltage
If the intermediate circuit voltage falls below 380 V, the motor comes to a stop
Supply voltage interruption
Immediate stop for supply voltage interruption of 15 ms and longer

(default setting)
Continuous operation for 2 s in case of voltage interruption (default)
Heat sink overheating protection
Using thermal switch
Stall prevention
Stall prevention possible during acceleration/deceleration and during constant

frequency operation
Earth fault
Protection via electronic circuit
Charge display
Charge display illuminates until the intermediate circuit voltage is below 50 V
Thermoelectronic overload protection
Shortterm overcurrent
Motor comes to a stop at 200% of rated current for the duration of 1 s
Short circuit
Motor comes to a stop
Overload
After 1 min at 150% of rated current, the motor comes to a stop
Overvoltage
If the intermediate circuit voltage of 820 V is exceeded, the motor

comes to a stop
Ambient temperature
10 C..+45 C (open housing type)
Ambient humidity
90% relative humidity (without condensation)
Storage temperature
20 C..+60 C
Installation location
Inside (protected from corrosive gases and dust)
Vibration
1 G for vibrations of less than 20 Hz, up to 0.2 G for vibrations of 20..50 Hz
150 Hz
400 Hz max.
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Connection Diagram
3G3RV, 3x400 VAC, 0,4..15 kW
Intermediate circuit throttle
380..460 VAC, 50/60 Hz
threephase
Mains
fuse
Mains
Mains filter
protection
Bracking resistor
+1
+2
B1
B2
U/T1
R/L1
S/L2
V/T2
T/L3
W/T3
M
Threephase
AM
NPN connection
PNP connection
Forward start/stop
Forward start/stop
S1
Multifunction
Analogue output 1
0..10 V 10 V, 4..20 mA
S1
Reverse start/stop
Reverse start/stop
S2
FM
S2
S3
Multifunction
Analogue output 2
0..10 V 10 V, 4..20 mA
S3
S4
S4
S5
AC
Reference potential
S5
S6
S6
MP
S7
SP
Frequency
Inverter
S7
24 V
Pulse output
Max. 32 kHz
SN (0 V)
SN
SC
SC
SP
0V
E(G)
Pulse output max. 32 kHz
RP
MA
24 V
MB
MC
NO contact
NC contact
Shared
M1
M2
+V

0..10 V 10 V, 4..20 mA
Multifunction analogue inp.
0..10 V 10 V, 4..20 mA
A1
M3
A2
M4
Reference potential
AC
M5
R+
Serial port
RS485/422
Twisted pairs,
shielded
S+
S
M6
E(G)
427
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

3G3RV, 3x400 VAC, 22 kW
Braking resistor
(optional)
380..460 VAC, 50/60 Hz
threephase
Mains
fuse
Mains
Mains filter
protection
U/T1
R/L1
S/L2
V/T2
T/L3
W/T3
M
Threephase
R1/L11
AM
S1/L21
Multifunction
Analogue output 1
0..10 V 10 V, 4..20 mA
T1/L31
NPN connection
PNP connection
Forward start/stop
FM
Forward start/stop
S1
S1
Reverse start/stop
Multifunction
Analogue output 2
0..10 V 10 V, 4..20 mA
Reverse start/stop
S2
S2
S3
AC
S3
Reference potential
S4
S4
S5
MP
S5
S6
Pulse output
Max. 32 kHz
S6
S7
SP
S7
24 V
SN (0 V)
MB
SN
SC

MA
SC
0V
SP
E(G)
MC
24 V
NO contact
NC contact
Shared
M1
M2
Pulse output max. 32 kHz
RP
+V
M3
M4
0..10 V 10 V, 4..20 mA
Multifunction analogue inp.
0..10 V 10 V, 4..20 mA
A1
A2
M5
Reference potential
AC
M6
R+
Serial port
RS485/422
Twisted pairs,
shielded
S+
S
E(G)
428
Motion Control and

Drive Technology
Dimensions (mm)
Frequency Inverter
3G3RVA4_, 400 V, threephase, up to 18.5 kW
W
W1
H1
Weight
kg
Model
code
140
126
280
266
157
A4004E
A4007E
A4015E
140
126
280
266
177
A4022E
A4037E
A4040E
A4055E
200
186
300
285
197
A4075E
A4110E
240
216
350
365
207
10
A4150E
A4185E
H1
W1
Frequency
Inverter
Frequency Inverter
3G3RVB4_, 400 V, threephase, >18.5 kW
W
W1
H1
Weight
kg
Model
code
280
220
450
435
285
21
B4220E
280
220
450
435
285
21
B4300E
329.2 260
550
535
283
36
B4370E
329.2 260
550
535
283
36
B4450E
329.2 260
550
535
283
36
B4550E
454.2 325
725
700
348
88
B4750E
454.2 325
725
700
348
89
B4950E
505.2 370
850
820
358
102
B411KE
505.2 370
850
820
358
120
B413KE
579.2 445
916
855
378
160
B416KE
H1
W1
429
Motion Control and

Drive Technology

Mains filter
3G3RVPFI_, 400 V, threephase, footprint style
up to 18.5 kW
W1
H1
Model
code
141
115
330
313
46
3010SE
141
115
330
313
46
3018SE
206
175
355
336
50
3030SE
236
205
408
390
65
3060SE
H1
W1
D
3G3RVPFI_, 400 V, threephase
from 22 kW
W1
H1
Model
code
80
55
329
314
185
3070SE
90
65
310
295
180
3130SE
120
102
380
365
170
3170SE
130
90
518
498
240
3200SE
H1
W1
W
430
Software
Software
Page
PLC Programming Software Overview . . . 433
CXProgrammer
PLC Programming Software . . . 434
CXSimulator
PLC Programming Software . . . 436
CXProtocol
Programming Software for Protocol Macro . . . 438
CXMotion
Parameter Setting Software for Motion Controller Units . . . 440
CXSupervisor
Process Visualising . . . 442
CXServer OPC, CXServer Lite
Server for PLC/PC Data Interchange . . . 444
CXProcess Tool, CXProcess Monitor
Parameter Setting Software . . . 446
CXPosition
Parameter Setting Software for Positioning Units . . . 448
Software
Motion Perfect
Programming Software for C200HWMC402 Unit . . . 450
NS Designer
Parameter Setting Software for NS Touchscreen
Programmable Terminals . . . 452
NT Shell
Programming Software for NT Programmable Terminals . . . 454
Programming Software for Frequency Inverters . . . 456
WMonWinE
Parameter Setting Software for OMNUC Servo Systems . . . 458
Fieldbus Configuration Software . . . 460
PROFIBUS Configurator
Fieldbus Configuration Software . . . 462
431
Software
432
Software
CX
Next Generation
Software
Overview
The letters CXstand for the new universal software standard at OMRON. The basis of the new
CXsoftware products is the CXServer communication platform.
This communication platform contains the network communication drivers for all Omron programming
protocols, Ethernet, Controller Link and serial interface.
A range of CXsoftware packages can access the different PLCs and networks simultaneously via
CXServer.
CXSimulator
CXMotion
CXProgrammer
CXProtocol
CXSupervisor
CXServer Lite
CXServer OPC
This makes working with OMRON hardware products convenient and easy.
CXServer
Ethernet
Controller
Link
Serial
Interface
Product
Description
CXServer
compatible
Page
CXProgrammer
32 bit programming software for all PLC systems
Yes
434
CXSimulator
PLC user program test software
Yes
436
CXProtocol
Programming software for Communication Modules and Units that support

protocol macro function
Yes
438
CXMotion
Parameter setting software for Motion Controller Units CS1WMC221/MC421

and C200HMC221
Yes
440
CXSupervisor
Process display for all OMRON networks and protocols
Yes
442
CXServer Lite
CXServer OPC
WINDOWS driver for data interchange between OMRON PLC systems and
Microsoft Office as well as VBA
Yes
Yes
444
CXProcess Tool,
CXProcess Monitor
Programming software for Multi Loop Controller

Monitoring software for Multi Loop Controller
Yes*
446
CXPosition
Parameter setting software for Positioning Units CS1W_/CJ1WNC
Yes*
448
Motion Perfect
Programming tool for the Multitasking Motion

Controller Unit C200HWMC402
450
NS Designer
Programming software of the NS Series
Yes*
452
NT Shell
Programming software of the NT Series
454
Programming tool for configuring and

parameter setting of the SYSDRIVE Frequency Inverters
Yes*
456
WMonWin.E
Programming software for OMNUC systems
458
Fieldbus configuration software
Yes*
460
Fieldbus configuration software
Yes*
462
Software
Overview of the software packages
Will be introduced in 2003
433
PLC Programming Software
CXProgrammer
General
One programming software for all current OMRON PLC series:
The graphic user interface makes working convenient and
efficient. Its clear, straightforward structure and simple, intuitive
handling make it simple and quick to learn. Comprehensive
online help covering CXProgrammer operation and the full list
of PLC functions that are available. Programming languages
include ladder diagram and statement list programming with
Function Block and Structured text available in 2003. Powerful
commenting and test facilities.
All OMRON interfaces and networks are supported with the aid
of the CXServer communication driver. This driver allows a
number of different software packages to access a controller or
its intelligent units via a single interface (SPMA: Single Port
Multiple Access).
CXProgrammer allows project files to contain multiple
PLCs and multiple programs allowing easier control of the
application software.
Standard datatypes are used (BOOL, INT, UINT etc.).
Symbolic names are easy to use with preview (search for
existing names while writing) and selectable from a list.
Automatic address assignment to speed up program
development.
Programs can be developed with symbols only, no PLC
addresses.
User software that has been created with other SYSMAC
programming tools can be converted.
Supported menu languages:
German, English, Spanish, French, Italian, Japanese, Chinese.
I/O comments can be imported from other CXpackages, from
Microsoft Excel or from Tab separated text files.
Allows I/O comments that are stored in CS/CJ PLCs to be
transferred to/from CXProgrammer.
Backward compatibility with older generation software.
General Data
Specification
Supported PLC systems
CS1, CJ1, SRM1, CPM, CQM1, CQM1H, C200H/HS/HX/HG/HE, C1000H, C2000H, CV/CVM1
Communication
Peripheral port and Host Link port via COMx (RS232C)

Controller Link, SYSMAC NET, SYSMAC Link
Ethernet
Modem
Product Overview
Description
Licence agreement
g
Model code
For new customer

1 User with license
WS02CXPC1EV31
3 Users with license
WS02CXPC1E03V31
10 Users with license
WS02CXPC1E10V31
Junior version, 1 license
WS02CXPC1EJV31
For updating customer
434
1 User upgrade with license
WS02CXPC1EUPV31
3 Users upgrade with license
WS02CXPC1EUP03V31
10 Users upgrade with license
WS02CXPC1EUP10V31
Junior version upgrade with license
WS02CXPC1EUPJV31
All V3.0 customers to 3.1

Does not include license number
WS02CXPC1EUPLV31
CXProgrammer
Functions
Programming types
Ladder, statement list

Conversion between programming types is possible
Edit options
Symbolic programming
Simultaneous display of absolute and symbolic addresses

Programming is also possible without absolute addresses
Documentation
User definable comments on all inputs/outputs and internal flags, rungs and sections of all PLC
programs
Import/export for simple processing (e.g. translation to other languages)
Different displays possible (e.g. programming type, crossreferences, symbol list etc.)
Test options
Program power flow monitoring

Forced bit set and reset of flags
Powerful tools to navigate through the PLC program during fault finding to reduce machine down
time
Store blocks of data to allow for easy diagnose of faults
Scan by scan data trace of PLC values to optimise machine performance
Offline and online editing (copy, delete, cut, paste)

Clear program structuring
Find/Find and Replace with various options
Library function to make reusable software blocks
Computer Hardware and Software Requirements

Operating systems
WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0/XP (Service Pack 5.0)
Processor
Min. Pentium 150 MHz (200 MHz or higher recommended)
Memory requirements
40 MB free memory space
32 MB min.
Screen
SVGA graphic, 800x600 or higher
Peripheral connections
CDROM drive
COMx serial port
Mouse
Software
Hard disk
RAM
435
CXSimulator
General
CXSimulator is a tool that supports program development and the
testing of PLC applications in conjunction with CXProgrammer.
It emulates a CS1 PLC on the same PC as the one on which
CXProgrammer is run, and communicates with
CXProgrammer via software interfaces. I/O Units as well as
communication can be simulated. Effective program
development is supported by a number of debugging functions.
Even the connection of OMRON Programmable Terminals
(NTseries) and any other desired peripherals or process
visualisations etc. can be simulated and tested via the
communication interfaces.
The chief benefit is that programs can be developed without
hardware, generating huge savings on time and cost, especially
when a number of developers are working on the same project
but independently of each other and/or at different locations.
General Data
Specification
CS1, CJ1
Product Overview
Program
g
((CD))
D
Documentation
t ti
436
Description
Model code
CXSimulator V1.3 for CS1/CJ1 with Manual
WS02SIMC1E
Operation Manual
W366E1_
CXSimulator
Functions
Edit options
Defining the PLC configuration (digital and special I/O Units, CPU Bus Units, plugin modules)
CPU setup and mode, CPU DIP switches, storage areas
Program processing (task programming)
Setting various debugging functions
Displays
Status display
Data received and sent via serial interfaces
Error messages
Data Trace
Test options
Virtual external I/O

Setting breakpoints
Program execution in singlestep mode
Cycle time override
Simulation of communication via serial interfaces and networks
Data Trace with replay function

Operating systems
WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0/XP (Workstation with Service Pack 3 or higher)
Processor
Memory requirements
Min. 64..256 MB when CXProgrammer is run simultaneously
Screen
CDROM drive
Software
Hard disk
RAM
437
Programming Software for

Protocol Macro
CXProtocol
General
Programming software for protocols in the Communication Modules
and Communication Units of the CS1.
The graphical user interface makes working convenient and
efficient.
Clear, straightforward displays as tree structure and lists make
learning fast and easy.
Powerful test and logging options of send and receive characters
and handshake lines (protocol analysis).
With the CS1/CJ1, all OMRON interfaces and networks are
supported with the aid of the CXServer communication driver. This
driver allows a number of different software packages to access a
controller or its intelligent units via a single interface (SPMA: Single
Port Multiple Access).
Compatability with older generation software products.
General Data
Specification
CS1WSCU21, CS1WSCB21, CS1WSCB41, CJ1WSCU41, C200HWCOM04/5/6, CQM1HSCB41
System protocols
CompoWay/F Master
E5_K Temperature Controller, E5ZE Temperature Controller, E5_J Temperature Controller,
ES100 controller,
V500/V520 barcode reader
Analogue displays
3Z4L laser micrometer
F200/F300/F350 image processing system
V600/V620 identification system
Modem
Hayes compatible
Communication via PLC CPU
Host Link for CS1

Toolbus
Controller Link
SYSMAC Link
Ethernet
Product Overview
Program
g
((CD))
D
Documentation
t ti
438
Description
Model code
CXProtocol
WS02PSTC1E
Operation Manual
W344E1_

Protocol Macro
CXProtocol
Functions
Protocol types
Half and full duplex
Edit options
Edit options (copy, delete, cut, paste)

Straightforward protocol structure
Displays
Tree structure, list
Handshake
Software (Xon/Xoff), Hardware (RTS/CTS), no handshake
Structured protocol
Sequences, steps, send and receive telegrams
Telegram format
Header + address + length + data + checksum, terminator
Checksums
LRC, LRC2, CRCCCITT, CRC16, SUM, SUM1, SUM2
Test options
Monitoring protocol flow

Logging of incoming and outgoing characters via the interface (protocol analysis)
Logging of handshake lines
Error indicator

Operating systems
WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0/XP
Processor
Memory requirements
16 MB min.
Screen
CDROM drive
COMx serial port
Mouse
Software
Hard disk
RAM
439
Parameter Setting Software for

Motion Controller Units
CXMotion
General
Programming tool for configuring and parameter setting of the
Omron PLC MC Units:
The WINDOWS interface makes for simple handling and
convenient working. Project data are displayed in a clear and
easytoread tree structure.
A recording function for the Servo Drives assists parameter
setting. The MC Units are programmed in G language, and the
user can create his own mnemonics for each G code.
Data created with previous MC support software can be
converted and simply inserted into new projects.
Supported menu languages:
German, English, Spanish, French, Italian
Backward compatibility with older generation software.
80
General Data
Specification
CS1WMC421/221, CV500MC421/221, C200HMC221
Communication

Ethernet
Modem
Product Overview
Program
g
((CD))
t ti
D
Documentation
440
Description
Model code
CXMotion
WS02MCTC1E V2.0
Operation Manual
W256E1_

Motion Controller Units
CXMotion
Functions
System setting
Selection of device type, setting of communication parameters
Data input
Test methods/online operation
Transfer and comparison of parameter data

Monitor mode for displaying actual positions, status information
(e.g. status of input/output signals, errors)
Online recording for axis speed or contouring error
Documentation
Clear printout of the programmed parameters, position data, G codes.
Editing of general parameters, position data, ramp up/ramp down, speeds etc.
Programming of position algorithms in G code.
Load, save, delete parameter files, position data etc.
Data management for a number of MC Units

Operating systems
WINDOWS 95/98/NT4.0
Processor
Memory requirements
32 MB min.
Screen
1.44 MB disk drive, COMx serial port, mouse

Parallel printer port (any WINDOWS supported printer)
1 CDROM drive
Software
Hard disk
RAM
441
Process Visualising
CXSupervisor
General
Process visualising with outstanding price/performance ratio
Powerful functions can be used to create animated process
images.
Simple applications can be created rapidly with the aid of a
large number of predefined functions and libraries, and even
very complex applications can be generated with the powerful
programming language (Scripts).
A clear, straightforward structure minimises familiarisation times.
Simple, intuitive handling and high user friendliness
Versatile test and documentation facilities.
OPC allows connections to Version 2 OPC Servers.
Database support for SQL, ODBC, MS Access,
MS Excel, dBase, CSV and more.
Importing ActiveX components makes it
possible to create flexible applications.
General Data
Specification
Number of process points
8,000
Number of process images
No limit
CS1, CJ1, SRM1, CPM, C20, CXxK, CXxH, C20P, CQM1, CQM1H, C200H/HS/HX/HG/HE
C500, C1000H, C2000H, CV/CVM1
Supported OMRON controllers
E5AFA/H, E5EFA/H/BA/BAH, E5AJA, E5AKA/PRR, E5EKA/PRR, E5AXLA/MA/PRR
Communication
Peripheral port and

SYSMAC NET Host Link interface via COMx
Controller Link
Modem
OPC (Client)
SYSMAC Link
Ethernet
DDE
ActiveX
Product Overview
Program
g
D
Documentation
t ti
442
Description
Model code
Development version without Token
CXSUPERVISORV1.1
RunTime software with Token
CXSUPERVISORRUNTOKV1.1
RunTime software with Hardlock
CXSUPERVISORRUNHLV1.1
RunTime Token for the development version
CXSUPERVISORTOKV1.1
RunTime Hardlock for the development version
CXSUPERVISORHLV1.1
Demo Version, 20 points, 1 hour
CXSUPERVISORDEMOV1.1
Demo Version, 50 points, 2 hours
CXSUPERVISORDEMO2V1.1
Upgrade from SCS to CXSupervisor
CXSUPERVISORUPGRV1.1
Documentation
CXSUPERVISORUPGRMANV1.1
Process Visualising
CXSupervisor
Functions
Programming types
Edit options
Toolbars for creating and aligning graphic elements; libraries with a wide choice of
predefined modules (Wizard function)
Project Editor:
Manages the process images you have created
Points Editor:
Creates and manages process points and internal variables
Animation Editor:
Assigns display variables, colour changes, movement etc. to graphic objects
Alarm Editor:
Assigns alarm limits/ranges to process points and internal variables
Data block Editor:
Creates and manages Data block files, online downloading to the PLC
Script Editor:
A powerful programming language with graphic and mathematical functions and
commands for program control, file management etc.
Mathematical functions
trigonometric, logarithmic and arithmetic functions
Math operators
+, , *, /, %, =, <, >, <=, >=, !=, ==
Logical operations
AND, OR, NOT, TRUE, FALSE
Conditional program execution
IFTHENELSE/ELSEIF, SELECT CASE
Display functions
Variables, text, date, time, comprehensive object animation options
Graphic functions
Straight line, rectangle, polygon, circle (outline or filledin); bar chart, trend chart, scatter graph,
display instruments, bitmap, OLE
Special functions
Keyboard input, write/read CSV file, program launch, Data block manager, alarms,
password entry/verification with different authorisation levels, DDE/NetDDE/COM/DCOM/OPClink to
other WINDOWS applications, data logging, parameter transfer with ActiveX events.
Documentation
Userdefinable comments on all process points and internal variables

Printout of process images, variables lists, scripts etc.
Test options
Error Logger, Debugger
Predefined functions and graphic elements (libraries, animation editor)

Script language for solving complex control and data processing tasks
VBA and JAVA scripts can be imported
Active components can be incorporated with the ActiveX property browser
HTML texts can be imported/displayed with Internet Explorer functionality (V.5.0 or higher)
Operating systems
WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0 (Service Pack 4)
Processor
Min. Pentium with 200 MHz or higher
Software
Memory requirements
Hard disk
RAM
40 MB of free memory space

Min. 64 MB, 128 MB recommended
Screen
VGA graphic, SVGA graphic with 1024x768 or higher recommended

443
Server for PLC/PC Data Interchange
CXServer OPC
CXServer Lite
General
CXServer is the link between OMRON PLC systems and the world of
Microsoft Office, Visual BASIC or OPC Server of any manufacturer.
By simply importing the CXServer ActiveX components into your
application you can create a link to the PLC that lets you write
production parameters and read production data, for example.
Allows easy visualisation of machine information.
Easy creation of product reports or machine statistics.
No specialised knowledge of PLC systems or networks is needed. Any
VBA or Visual BASIC user can use CXServer successfully.
The products represent a substantial time saving compared with
conventional programming.
General Data
Specification
CS1, CJ1, C20, CXxK, CXxH, CXxp, SRM1, CPM, CQM1, CQM1H, C200H/HS/HX/HG/HE,
C1000H, C2000H, CV/CVM1
Communication

Ethernet
Modem
Product Overview
Program
g
444
Description
Model code
CXServer Lite
CXServer Lite
CXServer OPC
CXServer OPC
Server for PLC/PC Data Interchange
CXServer OPC
CXServer Lite
Functions
Program integration
Integration in VBA and Visual BASIC via ActiveX components

(requires Microsoft Office 97 or Microsoft Visual BASIC V5.0 or higher)
Supports the use of ActiveX components of other suppliers
The interoperability of CXServer OPC has been tested with numerous commercially available OPC
clients
Edit options
Application
Applicationbased display of PLC and OPC Server data with the features of MS Office products
as well as VBA and Visual BASIC
Setting of network parameters (e.g. IP address table with Ethernet)

Communication parameters for Host Link
Data Link settings for Controller Link
FINS Gateway settings

Operating systems
WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0 (Service Pack 5)/XP
Processor
Memory requirements
64 MB min.
Screen
VGA graphic, 800x600 or higher
COMx or network card for Ethernet or Controller Link, depending on the network used.
Combinations are possible.
Software
Hard disk
RAM
445
Parameter Setting Software
CXProcess Tool
CXProcess Monitor
General
CXProcess Tool is essential for working with the OMRON Process
Control Units CS1WLC001 so as to be able to create function blocks
and set operating and control parameters. Once created, the
application can be loaded into the Unit.
It is possible to create distributed applications with up to
96loop controllers.
Combining CXProcess Tool with CXProcess Monitor
(requires a separate Hardlock) provides the user with a
convenient programming and testing tool for his control
applications.
CXProcess Monitor can be used to monitor function blocks
in the OMRON CS1WLC001 Process Control Units. The
screen interface provides of windows for operating and
settings as well as trend diagrams, status, messages and
alarms.
Data points and other settings created with CXProcess Tool
can also be used.
General Data
Specification
CS1
Communication
FINS Gateway (Host Link, Controller Link, Ethernet)
Product Overview
Description
Program
g
t ti
D
Documentation
Hardlock
446
CXProcess Tool Software
Model code
1 user
WS02LCT1E
2 users
WS02LCT1EL03
3 users
WS02LCT1EL10
Operation Manual, CXProcess Tool
W373E1_
Operation Manual, CXProcess Monitor
W372E1_
CXProcess Monitor Hardlock
1 user
WS02LCT1EL01
2 users
WS02LCT1EL03
3 users
WS02LCT1EL10
CXProcess Tool
CXProcess Monitor
Edit options
CXProcess Tool
Creation of function blocks
Function blocks download/upload/compare
Connecting function blocks with analogue inputs and registers
Creating data points (tags) for use by CXProcess Monitor
Initialising the data for function blocks
CXProcess Monitor
Configuring monitor screens
Editing process parameters
Controlling the system start
Displays
CXProcess Tool
Function blocks
Ladder diagrams
Navigator function block for distributed applications with up to 32 PLC and 96 loop controllers
CXProcess Monitor
Overview
Operation
Tuning
Trend display
Graphic process display
Messages and alarms
Operator and system log
Test options
CXProcess Tool
Run/Stop operation
Analogue signal monitoring
Monitoring the status of function blocks
Monitoring the execution of function blocks
CXProcess Monitor
Monitoring actual values, setpoints and averages
Analogue and digital I/O signal monitoring
Run/Stop operation
Show PLC status
Editing of settings
Auto/Manual mode
Adapting PID parameters
Overriding the execution of selected function blocks
Displaying alarms and saving to the alarm history
Documentation
Printout of:
Function blocks
Block diagrams
Ladder diagrams
Crossreferences
Data points created for CXProcess Monitor
Software
Functions

Operating systems
WINDOWS 95/98/NT4.0 (Workstation with Service Pack 4 or higher)
Processor
Memory requirements
Hard disk
RAM
CXProcess Tool
Min. 32 MB (more recommended)
Screen
CDROM drive
CXProcess Monitor
Min. 64 MB (more recommended)
447

NC Units (CS1WNC)
CXPosition
General
A programming tool for configuring and commissioning the
NCUnits in the new CS1 PLC series.
Convenient and efficient to use with WINDOWS interface.
Its clear, straightforward structure and simple, intuitive handling
make it simple and quick to learn.
Comprehensive online help.
The package includes the FINS Gateway communication driver
that allows either serial or Ethernet communication.
General Data
Specification
CS1WNC113, CS1WNC133, CS1WNC213, CS1WNC233, CS1WNC413, CS1WNC433,

CJ1WNC_
Communication
Peripheral port on the CPU or RS232C on the CPU/Communication Module

Via Ethernet Unit
Product Overview
Description
Model code
Program (CD)
CXPosition
WS02NCTC1E
Documentation
Operation Manual
W398E1_
448

NC Units (CS1WNC)
CXPosition
Functions
System setting
Setting communication parameters
Data input
Editing of general parameters, position data, ramp up/ramp down, speeds, dwell times etc.
Load, save, delete parameter files
Test options/Online operation
Documentation
Clear printout of the programmed parameters with a choice of options

Monitor mode to display instantaneous position, status information and errors
Multimonitor of up to 4 NC Units simultaneously
Automatic search for ONLINE connected NC Units
Errors logged in the NC Unit with their codes and dates can be called

Operating systems
WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0
Processor
Memory requirements
32 MB min.
Screen
CDROM drive
Software
Hard disk
RAM
449

Advanced Motion Controllers
Motion Perfect
General
Programming software for configuring and parameter setting for
the MC Unit C200HMC402E.
Programming is done in BASIC which has been
supplemented with a powerful set of commands especially
adapted for positioning requirements.
A debugging function facilitates testing of created programs.
The 4channel software oscilloscope can be used to display
signals such as rpm, position values, contour errors etc. With
an additional software module the user can load traversing
curves created with CAD programs in DXF format and
convert them directly into a BASIC program code.
All program steps can also be entered in a terminal window
and tested online.
Versatile test and monitor functions.
General Data
Specification
C200HMC402 Unit, R88AMCW151E, R88AMCW151DRTE
Communication
With cable R88ACCM002P4E

Programming
450
Description
Cable length
Model code
Motion Perfect Software. Programming Monitoring and Debugging

Software for the R88AMCW151 and C200HWMC402 Units.
or WINDOWS 95/98/2000 or NT4.0
Motion Perfect
Motion Tools CD. Comprehensive Omron software tools

and technical information.
MOTION TOOLS

Advanced Motion Controllers
Motion Perfect
Functions
System setting
Setting communication parameters
Data input
Editing of general parameters, position data, ramp up/ramp down, speeds etc.
Programming of position algorithms in BASIC

Monitor mode to display the actual position of status information
(e.g. input/output signals, errors)
Online recording of different axis parameters
(e.g. speeds, ramps, positions etc.)
Tools
Windows for axis parameters

Oscilloscope function
Program debugger
I/O status display
Jog mode facility for every axis

Operating systems
Processor
Memory requirements
16 MB min.
Screen
SVGA graphic or higher
CDROM drive, serial port
Software
Hard disk
RAM
451

NS Touchscreen Programmable
Terminals
NS Designer
General
Programming software for NS control terminals
Convenient graphic user interface.
Its clear, straightforward structure and simple, intuitive
handling make it simple and quick to learn.
WINDOWS fonts
Password assignment
Support for multilingual user programs, up to 16 languages
can be edited.
Symbol file import from CXAutomation Suite programs.
Programs created for NT control terminals can be converted
with a Help tool.
Once created, the user program can be tested on the PC
without a terminal.
Versatile project documentation features.
General Data
Specification
Supported control terminals
NS7SV00(B), NS7SV01(B), NS10TV00(B), NS10TV01(B), NS12ST00(B), NS12ST01(B)
Communication
Download/upload of created programs via the Tool interface of the control terminal or the
RS232C/COMx of the computer, or with an Ethernet 10Base T Link (control terminals with Ethernet
connection only).
System software and/or user software transmission between PLC and control terminal with memory
card.
Product Overview
Description
Model code
Program
NS Designer
NSNSDC1EV1
Documentation
Instruction Manual
V077E1_
452

NS Touchscreen Programmable
Terminals
NS Designer
Functions
Programming
Configuration of the control terminal, including communication with the controller

Editing of screen pages
Testing of user programs
Program transfer
User programs in 16 languages with different fonts
Edit options
For text displays, text variables and text entries, also with Asian and Cyrillic fonts
Numerical display and entry
Graphic objects
Data blocks
Macroprograms
Screen buttons for bit, word or command linking
Lamps driven by bit or word variables
Analogue meter and level indicators
Time charts and measuredvalue distribution
Tables
Register
Test options
Function test of the control elements on the PC when the user program has been created

Operating systems
Processor
Memory requirements
Min. 32 MB
Screen
VGA graphic, 600x800, higher is recommended
4speed CDROM drive, COMx serial port, mouse

Software
Hard disk
RAM
453
NT Shell

NT Touchscreen Programmable
Terminals
General
Programming software for all current control terminals in the
NT Series.
Convenient graphic user interface running under the
WINDOWS 95/98 and WINDOWS NT operating systems.
The correct editor is automatically opened for each control
terminal.
Clear management of created screens.
A selection of editors for creating graphic elements and
operating functions.
Its clear, straightforward structure and simple, intuitive handling
make it simple and quick to learn.
Programs created for the M series of control terminals can be
imported.
Versatile project documentation features.
General Data
Specification
Supported control terminals
NT2S, NT4S, NT11S, NT15S/18S, NT20S, NT21, NT600S, NT30/30C, NT620S/620C, NT31/NT31C,
NT631/NT631C
Communication
Download/upload of created programs via the Tool interface of the control terminal
or RS232C/COMx of the computer.
Download/upload of system programs for supported networks and PLCs of other suppliers.
Product Overview
Program (CD)
454
Description
Model code
NT Shell
NT Shell V2.2

NT Touchscreen Programmable
Terminals
NT Shell
Functions
Programming types
Dependent on the type of control terminal

Predefined and flexibly configurable control functions and userdefinable graphic elements such as:
Touch key, keyboard, lamp, alarm list, straight line, rectangle, polygon, circle, bar chart, trend chart,
line chart, bitmap, variables, text, date, time.
Table editors for numeric variables, text variables, bit variables, graphic elements etc. used in the
program, with commenting facility.
Programmed applications can be translated into other languages.
The program package supports the creation and management of translations.
Edit options
Dependent on the type of control terminal

Image Editor:
Creation of pixeloriented graphic elements, BMP file import feature
Symbol (Mark) Editor:
Creation of graphic symbols which can be inserted into texts
(also suitable for creating character sets)
Library Editor:
Creation of composite graphic objects
Management in the library table
Symbol Manager:
Management of composite functions created from different objects
(e.g. keyboards) and which can be used several times in the entire program
Documentation:
Printout of screens, screen list, memory tables, image/library lists,
address crossreferences etc.
Data blocks:
Definition of data blocks, data records and the characteristic of components

Operating systems
Processor
Memory requirements
32 MB min.
Screen
VGA graphic, 640x480, higher is recommended
4speed CDROM drive, COMx serial port, mouse

Software
Hard disk
RAM
455

Frequency Inverters
General
SYSDRIVE Frequency Inverters
The WINDOWS interface makes for simple handling and convenient
working.
The individual parameters are displayed in a clear and easytoread
tree structure. For each parameter the user is given a detailed
description and is told the setting range if he makes an incorrect entry.
Parameters can be transferred to another converted quickly and
easily. The integrated test function makes motor commissioning easy.
A comprehensive monitor window shows information about the
operating status and the status of the digital inputs and outputs.
General Data
Specification
Supported frequency inverters
3G3JV, 3G3EV, 3G3MV, 3G3RV, 3G3PV, 3G3HV, 3G3FV
Communication
RS232C port (additional communication adapters are required for 3G3JV and 3G3EV)
(see Accessories)
Accessories
Frequency inverter
Cable length
Model code
Connecting cable and RS232C adapter
3G3JV
1.5 m
3G3IVPCN329E
3G3JVPSI232
Connecting cable and RS232C adapter
3G3EV
1.5 m
CBL213A
3G3EVPJVOP120E
Connecting cable
3G3MV, 3G3RV, 3G3PV
1.5 m
3G3IVPCN329E
Connecting cable
3G3HV and 3G3FV
1.5 m
3G3FVPCNDW225N
Product Overview
Description
Model code
Program (CD)
Documentation
Comprehensive, detailed Online help
SYSDRIVE
CONFIGURATOR V1
V1.3
3
456

Frequency Inverters
Functions
System setting
Data input

Editing of general parameters, ramp up/ramp down, speeds etc.
Load, save, delete parameter files etc.
Monitor mode
Monitor mode for displaying actual frequency etc.,

status information (e.g. status of input/output signals, errors)
Documentation
Straightforward printout of parameter settings

Operating systems
WINDOWS 95/98/NT4.0
Processor
Memory requirements
32 MB min.
Screen
1.44 MB disk drive

CDROM drive
COMx serial port
Mouse
Software
Hard disk
RAM
457

for OMNUC Servo Systems
WMonWinE
General
OMNUC Servo Systems.
The WINDOWS interface makes for simple handling and
convenient working.
A recording function for the Servo Drives assists parameter
setting and commissioning.
Description of all parameters with setting ranges and factory
settings.
General Data
Specification
Supported servo systems
SmartStep, OMNUC U, OMNUC UE, OMNUC W
Communication
With cable RS232C interface

(for programming cables, see servo driver)

Programming
458
Description
Cable length
Model code

OMNUC Servo Systems.
or WINDOWS 95/98/2000 or NT4.0
WmonWinE
Motion Tools CD. Comprehensive Omron software tools

and technical information.
MOTION TOOLS

for OMNUC Servo Systems
WMonWinE
Functions
System setting
Data input
Editing of all parameters


Monitor mode for displaying actual positions, status information
(e.g. status of input/output signals, errors)
Online recording for axis speed (torque)
Documentation
Clear printout of the programmes parameters and traces
Tools
Oscilloscope function, jog mode monitor

Operating systems
WINDOWS 95/98/NT4.0
Processor
Memory requirements
32 MB min.
Screen
SVGA graphic or higher

1 CDROM drive
Software
Hard disk
RAM
459
Fieldbus Configuration Software
General
The DeviceNet Configurator is a tool that facilitates the userspecific
configuration of the OMRON PLC master and DeviceNet compatible
slaves. Configuring the network at the planning stage simplifies
commissioning. The network can be preconfigured during planning.
Commissioning tasks are simplified and reduced.
Network configuration offline

PLC addresses are freely assignable to the DeviceNet slaves
Several masters on one PLC
Several masters in the network
Monitoring and setting of all parameters in the DeviceNet slaves
Diagnostic help and error displays
Parameter setting assistant guides new users through
all the main setting options.
OMRON DeviceNet PLC Units are supplied with a
standard configuration, and this software tool is
needed when the standard configuration proves
inadequate.
General Data
CS1, CJ1 and C200H DeviceNet master, all slaves
Communication
Serial,
via PLC interface for CS1 for CJ1 master DeviceNet,
via PCMCIA DeviceNet Configurator 3G8E2DRM21E for C200H master C200HWDRM21 and
C200PCISA3DRME
Product Overview
Description
Model code
Program (CD)
DeviceNet Configurator Software
WS02CFDC1E
Documentation
Operation Manual
W382E1_
460
Functions
Edit options
The network can be fully configured offline. All nodes are graphically displayed for this purpose. All
devices can also be fully connected to the PLC and set up, the Configurator then automatically
searches for all installed nodes and displays them graphically.
PLC addresses are normally assigned automatically but they can also be edited manually or set with
the help of an assistant.
Parameter setting options
The graphically displayed network can be loaded into the DeviceNet master of the Omron PLC as an
inquiry list. All other parameters of the master can be displayed and edited: Connection settings
(polled, cyclic, COS, bit strobe), cycle time of the inquiry list, slave function, test requirements for the
slaves.
All DeviceNet slaves allow the user to import the associated EDS files, conveniently view the slaves
parameters together with explanations, edit them and transfer them to the slave as required (e.g. the
resolution of an absolute encoder). The user can also set the network address and baud rate of the
slave via the DeviceNet.
Test options
Status monitoring of all slaves, master status display, as is available in the PLC, the required
communication time in the network is displayed and the masters error log memory.
Documentation
As well as settings and properties, commentaries can also be created for each node and stored in
commaseparated files. Every individual device I/O can also be commented on. All information can be
printed out.

Operating systems
WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0
Processor
Memory requirements
32 MB min.
Screen
CDROM drive
Software
Hard disk
RAM
461
General
The PROFIBUS can only be commissioned with the help of the
Configurator. The bus with all slaves and their I/O assignments and
setting data, PLC address assignments and the characteristic data of
the PROFIBUS are all set using the Configurator. All nodes are also
graphically displayed.
The fact that the user can monitor the status of the bus and of
individual slaves greatly assists debugging. The software can be
installed in German, English or French.
General Data
C200HWPRM21
Communication
Serial, via an interface integrated in the master
Product Overview
Description
Model code
Program (CD)
SYSCON V2.620
WS02PDC2E
Documentation
Described in the Manual for the C200HWPRM21
W349E2_
462
Functions
Edit options
A graphic editor can be used to assemble the PROFIBUS with all slaves. An I/O distribution must be
selected for each slave. The user can also define setting data that are sent to the slave in initialisation.
PLC addresses can be assigned automatically or edited according to the users own requirements. All
the characteristic data of the PROFIBUS can be set with the Configurator. The contents of GSD files
can also be viewed.
Displays
All nodes are also graphically displayed.
Test options
The status of the bus and of the slaves can be monitored individually. The values set in the master can
be compared with the actual values in the slaves so as to identify configuration problems. These
actual configuration identifiers can also be exported from the slaves and imported into the masters
configuration. This is particularly important with modular slaves whose precise current configuration is
not known because it is set by a programmable unit, for example.
Documentation
All information can be saved and printed out.

Operating systems
WINDOWS 95/98/NT4.0 (Workstation with Service Pack 3 or higher)
Processor
Memory requirements
16 MB
Screen
CDROM drive
Software
Hard disk
RAM
463
464
Connecting Cables,
Terminal Blocks and Relay Modules
Terminal Blocks and Connecting Cables
Page
Connecting cables Overview . . . 466

...
...
...
...
...
...
...
467
467
467
471
474
475
476
Cables and
Accessories
Terminal blocks XW2B

Terminal Blocks XW2D
Connecting Cables XW2B and XW2D
Connecting Cables XW2Z
Connectors
Relay Modules G70A
Connecting Cables for Relay Modules
465
Connecting Cables,
Connecting cables
General
Overview:
Connecting cables between PC, PLC or control terminal
Source
Destination
Description
Cable length
Model code
PC
CPM1(A)
CPM2A
CQM1
C200HE/HG/HX
Programming cable,
RS232C, Dsub (9pin)
on peripheral interface with large connector
2m
CQM1CIF02
CPM2C,
(CQM1H, CJ1, CS1)
NT and PC, or NT
and another device
Y adapter cable,
miniature peripheral on RS232C and
peripheral interface with large connector
15 cm
CPM2CCN111
CPM2C, CQM1H,
CJ1, CS1
PC,
NT,
PLC
Adapter cable,
miniature peripheral <> peripheral
5 cm
CS1WCN114
CPM2C, CQM1H,
CJ1, CS1
PC,
NT,
PLC
Adapter cable,
miniature peripheral <> RS232C, Dsub (9pin)
10 cm
CS1WCN118
PC
CPM2C,, CQM1H,,
CJ1 CS1
CJ1,
Programming
g
g cable,,
miniature
i i t
peripheral
i h l <> RS232C,
RS 232C Dsub
D
b (9pin)
(9 i )
PC
All PLC
PC
2m
CS1WCN226
6m
CS1WCN626
Programming cable,
RS232C, Dsub (9pin) <> Dsub (9pin)
2m
XW2Z200SV
XW2Z200SCV
Board PLC,
C200PCISA
Programming cable,
RS232C, Dsub (9pin) <> board connector
2m
ES100CT023202
PC
NT2S, NT20S,
NT600S, NT31_,
NT631_, NS12,
NS10, NS7
Programming cable,
2m
XW2ZS002
PC
NT4S,
NT15S, NT18S
Programming cable,
(Dsub 25 designed as a piggyback connector)
2m
NTFKCN321
NT21,
NT31 NT631
NT31_,
NT631_,
NS12, NS10, NS7
All PLC
Communication cable,
RS
RS232C,
232C Dsub
D sub (9pin)
(9 pin) <>
< > Dsub
D sub (9pin)
(9 pin)
2m
XW2Z200T
5m
XW2Z500T
NT31, NT631
Printer
Printer cable, Miniature Centronics <> Centronics
0.7 m
NTCNT121
NT31 (Port B)_
All PLC
2m
XW2Z200S
NT21, NT31, NT631
CPM2C, CQM1H,
CJ1, CS1
RS232C, Dsub (9pin) <> miniature peripheral inter
face
2m
NTCN121
NT2SSF121
CPM1A,, CPM2A,,
C200HE/ HG/ HX
C200HE/HG/HX
Connecting
g cables,,
NT2S SF121 <> PLC (peripheral)
NT2SSF121
(
i h l)
NT2SSF122,,
NT2S SF123
NT2SSF123
CPM1A,, CPM2A,,
C200HE/ HG/ HX
C200HE/HG/HX
Connecting
g cables,,
NT2S SF122/123 <> PLC (peripheral)
(
i h l)
NT2SSF122/123
NT2SSF121
CPM2C, CQM1H,
CJ1, CS1
NT2SSF121 <> PLC (miniature peripheral)
NT2SSF122,
NT2SSF123
CPM2C, CQM1H,
CJ1, CS1
NT2SSF122/123 <> PLC (miniature peripheral)
2m
NT2SCN212
5m
NT2SCN215
2m
NT2SCN222V1
5m
NT2SCN225V1
2m
NT2SCN223V1
2m
NT2SCN224V1
Accessories
466
Description
Model code
Metallised enclosure for Dsub connector (RS232C) (9pin)

Mounting screws M2.6 for Omron PLC and NT Series
XM2S0911
Male insert (9pin) for Dsub connector (RS232C)
XM2A0901
Female insert (9pin) for Dsub connector (RS232C)
XM2D0901
Connecting Cables,
Terminal Blocks XW2B
XW2B_G4
Terminal blocks for

DIN rail
il mounting
ti
Preterminated cables are available
for connection between terminal
blocks and PLC mod
modules
les
Description
Thread
Model code
20 screw terminals
M3
XW2B20G4
20 screw terminals
M3.5
XW2B20G5
40 screw terminals
M3
XW2B40G4
40 screw terminals
M3.5
XW2B40G5
60 screw terminals
M3
XW2B60G4
60 screw terminals
M3.5
XW2B60G5
XW2B_G5
Terminal Blocks XW2D

Terminal blocks for
DIN rail mounting
(
(small)
ll)
Description
Inputs/
Outputs
Thread
Model code
20 screw terminals
16
M3
XW2D20G6
40 screw terminals
32
M3
XW2D40G6
Connecting Cables for Terminal Blocks XW2B and XW2D

Connecting cables for terminal blocks XW2B20G_ and XW2D20G6
PLC
Units
XW2Z_A
cable
Connection type
Cable length
Model code
1:1 connection
0.5 m
XW2Z050A5
1.0 m
XW2Z100A
1.5 m
XW2Z150A
2.0 m
XW2Z200A
3.0 m
XW2Z300A
5.0 m
XW2Z500A
Cables and
Accessories
PLC Multi I/O Units with 24pin connector
Terminal blocks
XW2B20G_ (standard)
XW2D20G6 (small)
PLC Units
C200HID215
C200HOD215
C200HMD115
C200HMD215
C200HMD501
C200HID501
C200HOD501
CPM2C_CDT
CPM2C_C1DT
CPM2CS1_0C
CPM2C_EDC
CPM2C_EDT(1)C
CPM2C_ET(1)C
GT1ID16ML
GT1ID16ML1
GT1OD16ML
GT1OD16ML1
467
Connecting Cables,
Connecting Cables (Continued)
Connecting cables for terminal blocks XW2B40G and XW2D40G6
PLC Multi I/O Units with 40pin MIL connector
PLC
Units
Connection type
Cable length
Model code
1:1 connection
1.0 m
XW2Z100K
1.5 m
XW2Z150K
2.0 m
XW2Z200K
3.0 m
XW2Z300K
5.0 m
XW2Z500K
Connection type
Cable length
Model code
1:1 connection
0.5 m
XW2Z050B
1.0 m
XW2Z100B
1.5 m
XW2Z150B
2.0 m
XW2Z200B
3.0 m
XW2Z300B
5.0 m
XW2Z500B
XW2Z_K
cable
Terminal blocks
XW2B40G_ (standard)
XW2D40G6 (small)
PLC Units
CJ1WID232
CJ1WID262*
CJ1WOD232
CJ1WOD263*
CJ1WOD233
CJ1MCPU22
CJ1MCPU23
* 2 cables and
2 terminal blocks each
Connecting cables for terminal blocks XW2B40G_ and XW2D40G6

PLC Multi I/O Units with 40pin Fujitsu connector
PLC
Unit
XW2Z_B
cable
Terminal blocks
XW2B40G_ (standard)
XW2D40G6 (small)
PLC Units
C200HID216
C200HOD218
C200HID217
C200HOD219
C200HID213
C200HOD213
C200HOD21B
CQM1ID112
CQM1ID213
CQM1ID214
CQM1OD213
CQM1OD216
468
GT1ID32ML
GT1ID32ML1
GT1OD32ML
GT1OD32ML1
GT1OD32_
CS1WHCA22
CS1WHCP22
CS1WID231
CS1WID261
CS1WOD231
CS1WOD232
CS1WOD261
CS1WOD262
CS1WMD261
CS1WMD262
CJ1WID231
CJ1WID261*
CJ1WOD231
CJ1WOD261*
* 2 cables and
Connecting Cables,
Connecting Cables (Continued)
Connecting cables for terminal blocks 2x XW2B20G_ and 2x XW2D20G6
PLC Unit with 40pin Fujitsu connector or Multi I/O Units (Group 2)
PLC
Unit
(Group 2)
Connection type
Cable length
Model code
1:1 connection
1.0 m
XW2Z100D
1.5 m
XW2Z150D
2.0 m
XW2Z200D
3.0 m
XW2Z300D
5.0 m
XW2Z500D
Connection type
Cable length
Model code
1:1 connection
0.5 m
XW2Z050H1
1.0 m
XW2Z100H1
1.5 m
XW2Z150H1
2.0 m
XW2Z200H1
3.0 m
XW2Z300H1
5.0 m
XW2Z500H1
7.0 m
XW2Z700H1
10.0 m
XW2Z010H1
XW2Z_D
cable
Terminal blocks
XW2B20G (standard)
XW2D20G6 (small)
PLC Units
C200HID216
C200HOD218
C200HID217
C200HOD219
C200HID213
C200HOD213
C200HOD21B
CQM1ID112
CQM1ID213
CQM1ID214
CQM1OD213
CQM1OD216
GT1ID32ML
GT1ID32ML1
GT1OD32ML
GT1OD32ML1
GT1OD32_
CS1WHCA22
CS1WHCP22
CS1WID231
CS1WID261
CS1WOD231
CS1WOD232
CS1WOD261
CS1WOD262
CS1WMD261
CS1WMD262
CJ1WID231
CJ1WID261*
CJ1WOD231
CJ1WOD261*
* 2 cables and
PLC
Unit
XW2Z_H1
cable
Cables and
Accessories
Connecting cables for terminal block XW2B60G

PLC Multi I/O Unit with 60pin connector
Terminal blocks
XW2B60G_
PLC Units
CS1WID291
CS1WOD291
CS1WOD292
CS1WMD291
CS1WMD292
Cable specifications (Connecting cables)

Rated current
1 A at 20 C
Rated voltage
125 VAC
Contact resistance
max. 20 m at 100 mA and max. 20 mV (contact resistance of the connector)
min. 100 M at 500 VDC
Test voltage
500 VAC for 1 minute with a leakage current of 1 mA max. (test voltage of the connector)
Enclosure class
IP 00
Electrical protection
Class 0
Ambient temperature
Operation: 25 C..80 C
469
Connecting Cables,
Connecting Cables
Wiring between CJ1MCPU22/23 and a servomotor
CJ1MCPU22/23
CPU models with builtin I/O
Connecting cable to terminal block

XW2Z100JA26
Connecting cable to SmartStep
XW2Z100JB5 (1 m)
XW2Z200JB5 (2 m)
Servo driver
SmartStep R7D
Servomotor
Terminal block
XW2B20J68A, 1 axis
XW2B40J69A, 2 axes
Connecting cable
R7ACEA_S (without brake)
R7ACEA_B (with brake)
For a connection with connecting cable, please select the components on the previous pages:
Connecting cable XW2Z_K
Terminal blocks XW2B40G5 or XW2D40G6
470
Terminal Blocks
for Servo Drives
Connecting Cables,
Terminal Blocks and
Relay Modules
Connecting Cables XW2Z
Cable and terminal block connections between PLC Units and Servo Drives
Cable lengths for connection A:
0.5 m
XW2Z050JA_
(_= A14..A21 or F1)
1m
XW2Z100JA_
(_= A14..A21 or F1)
PLC Units
Cable lengths for connection B:

1m
XW2Z100JB_
(_= B1, B4, B5 or B7)
2m
XW2Z200JB_
(_= B1, B4, B5 or B7)
Terminal block
Connecting
cable (A)
Servo Drives
Connecting
cable (B)
CJ1, CJ1M, CS1
Switches, sensors,
supply voltage
PLC Unit
Cable connection
to PLC Unit
CS1WNC113
C200HWNC113
C200HW
NC113
(1 axis)
XW2Z_JA16
CS1WNC213 1
C200HWNC213
(2 axes)
CS1WNC413 2
C200HWNC413
(4 axes)
XW2Z_JA7
CS1WNC133
XW2Z_JA10
Terminal block
Cable connection
to servo driver
XW2B20J61B
XW2Z_JA8
XW2B40J62B
XW2Z_JA9
XW2B20J61B
XW2Z_JA12
CS1WNC233 1
CS1WNC433
CS1W
NC433 2
XW2Z_JA11
XW2B40J62B
XW2Z_JA13
CJ1WNC113
XW2Z_JA14
XW2B20J61B
XW2Z_JA16
CJ1WNC213 1
CJ1WNC413
CJ1W
NC413 2
XW2Z_JA15
XW2B40J62B
XW2Z_JA17
CJ1WNC133
XW2Z_JA18
XW2B20J61B
XW2Z_JA20
CJ1MCPU22/23
XW2Z_JA26
XW2B20J68A
(1 axis)
Servo driver
XW2Z_JB4
R88DWT_
XW2Z_JB5
SmartStep R7D_
XW2Z_JB4
R88DWT_
XW2Z_JB5
SmartStep R7D_
XW2Z_JB4
R88DWT
XW2Z_JB5
SmartStep R7D_
XW2Z_JB4
R88DWT
XW2Z_JB5
SmartStep R7D_
XW2Z_JB4
R88DWT_
XW2Z_JB5
SmartStep R7D_
XW2Z_JB4
R88DWT_
XW2Z_JB5
SmartStep R7D_
XW2Z_JB4
R88DWT
XW2Z_JB5
SmartStep R7D_
XW2Z_JB5
SmartStep R7D_
XW2B40J69A
(2 axes)
1
2
2 cables to the servo driver are required for CJ1/CS1WNC213/NC233 Units (2 axes).
2 terminal blocks and 2 cables to the PLC Unit and 4 cables to the servo driver are required for CJ1/CS1WNC413/NC433 Units (4 axes).
471
Cables and
Accessories
CQM1H
Terminal Blocks
for Servo Drives
Connecting Cables,
Terminal Blocks and
Relay Modules
Connecting Cables XW2Z (Continued)
PLC Unit
Cable connection
to PLC Unit
CJ1WNC233 1
CJ1WNC433 2
Terminal block
Cable connection
to servo driver
XW2B40J62B
XW2Z_JA19
XW2Z_JA21
CQM1HPLB21
(2 axes)
XW2Z_JA3
XW2B20J63B
Servo driver
XW2Z_JB4
R88DWT
XW2Z_JB5
SmartStep R7D_
XW2Z_JB4
R88DWT_
XW2Z_JB5
SmartStep R7D_
CS1MC
(1 axis)
XW2Z_JF1
XW2B20J66
R88ACPW001M13
R88ACPW002M13
R88DWT_
CS1MC
(2 axes)
XW2Z_JF1
XW2B20J66
R88ACPW001M23
R88ACPW002M23
R88DWT_
1
2
3
2 cables to the servo driver are required for CJ1/CS1WNC213/NC233 Units (2 axes).
2 terminal blocks and 2 cables to the PLC Unit and 4 cables to the servo driver are required for CJ1/CS1WNC413/NC433 Units (4 axes)
Cable length: 001 = 1 m
002 = 2 m
Cable and terminal block connections between PLC Units and switches, sensors and actuators
PLC Units
Terminal block
Connecting
cable
Switches,
sensors, actuators,
supply voltage
CS1
CQM1H
CPM2C
PLC Unit
C200HID215
C200H OD215
C200HOD215
C200HMD115
C200H
MD115
C200HMD215
C200HMD501
C200HID501
C
00
50
C200H OD501
C200HOD501
CPM2C_CDT
CPM2C CDT
CPM2C_C1DT
CPM2C S1 OC
CPM2CS1_OC
CPM2C
_EDC
CPM2C_EDC
CPM2C_EDT(1)C
CPM2C ET(1)C
CPM2C_ET(1)C
472
Connecting
g cable
t PLC Unit
to
U it
XW2Z_A
_
Connector and terminal block assignment
Terminal block
XW2B20G
PLC
Terminal
PLC
Terminal
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
10
A6
11
B6
12
A7
13
B7
14
A8
15
B8
16
A9
17
B9
18
A10
19
B10
20
Connecting Cables and

Terminal Blocks
Connecting Cables,
Terminal Blocks and
Relay Modules
Connecting
g cable
t PLC Unit
to
U it
C200HID216
C200H OD218
C200HOD218
C200HID217
C200HOD219
C200H ID213
C200HID213
C200HOD213
C200HOD21B
CQM1 ID112
CQM1ID112
CQM1ID213
CQM1ID214
CQM1 OD213
CQM1OD213
CQM1OD216
GT1ID32ML
GT1 ID32ML 1
GT1ID32ML1
GT1OD32ML
GT1OD32ML1
GT1 OD32
GT1OD32_
CS1WHCA22
CS1WHCP22
CS1W ID231
CS1WID231
CS1WID261
CS1WID291
CS1W OD231
CS1WOD231
CS1WOD232
CS1WOD261
CS1W OD262
CS1WOD262
CS1WOD292
CS1WOD291
CS1W MD261
CS1WMD261
CS1W
MD262
CS1WMD262
CJ1WID231
CJ W ID
CJ1WID261
CJ1WOD231
CJ1W
OD231
CJ W OD
CJ1WOD261
XW2Z_B
_
XW2Z_D
_
XW2Z
D
XW2Z_D
Terminal block
XW2B40G
XW2B20G
black
XW2B20G
yellow
CS1WID291
CS1W OD291
CS1WOD291
CS1WOD292
CS1WMD291
CS1W MD292
CS1WMD292
XW2Z_H1
_
XW2B60G
PLC
Terminal
PLC
Terminal
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
10
A6
11
B6
12
A7
13
B7
14
A8
15
B8
16
A9
17
B9
18
A10
19
B10
20
A11
21
B11
22
A12
23
B12
24
A13
25
B13
26
A14
27
B14
28
A15
29
B15
30
A16
31
B16
32
A17
33
B17
34
A18
35
B18
36
A19
37
B19
38
A20
39
B20
40
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
11
B6
11
A7
13
B7
13
A8
15
B8
15
A9
17
B9
17
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
10
B14
10
A15
12
B15
12
A16
14
B16
14
A17
16
B17
16
A18
18
B18
18
A19
B19
A20
B20
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
10
A6
11
B6
12
A7
13
B7
14
A8
15
B8
16
Cables and
Accessories
PLC Unit
473
Connecting Cables and

Terminal Blocks
Connecting Cables,
Terminal Blocks and
Relay Modules
PLC Unit
Connecting
g cable
t PLC Unit
to
U it
CS1WID291
CS1W OD291
CS1WOD291
CS1WOD292
CS1WMD291
CS1W MD292
CS1WMD292
XW2Z_H1
_
XW2Z_H1
Terminal block
XW2B60G
PLC
Terminal
PLC
Terminal
A9
17
B9
18
A10
19
B10
20
A11
21
B11
22
A12
23
B12
24
A13
25
B13
26
A14
27
B14
28
A15
29
B15
30
A16
31
B16
32
A17
33
B17
34
A18
35
B18
36
A19
37
B19
38
A20
39
B20
40
A21
41
B21
42
A22
43
B22
44
A23
45
B23
46
A24
47
B24
48
A25
49
B25
50
A26
51
B26
52
A27
53
B27
54
A28
B28
Connectors
Description
Model code
40pin MIL connector for ribbon cable
XG4M4030T
20pin MIL connector for ribbon cable
XG4M2030T
C500CE241
C500CE242
C500CE243
C500CE321
MR16F
Shell for connector MR16F
MR16L
MR25F
Shell for connector MR25F
MR25L
MR34FG
Shell for connector MR34FG
MR34L
40pin connector, solder terminal, straight shell
C500CE401
40pin connector, crimp contacts, straight shell
C500CE402
40pin connector, solder terminal, angled shell
C500CE404
40pin connector, crimp contacts, angled shell
C500CE405
C500CE403
FCN361J048DPACK
CS1WCE561
CS1WCE562
CS1WCE563
474
Transistor I/O Module G70A
Connecting Cables,
Terminal Blocks and
Relay Modules
General
Transistor I/O Module
For the PLC Output Units with plugandsocket type connections
there are preassembled cable sets to which Relay Modules can be
connected directly.
This increases the output switching capacity up to 8 A.
Relays with changeover contacts can be used.
DIN rail mounting
16 inputs or outputs
Onehanded relay replacement with release lever
Connection cable to OMRON PLC Units with cable lugs
Fingertouch protection from electric shock
10 A changeover output
Optional connecting links (G7816E)
Relays not included
Transistor I/O Module G70A

Input Module
Description
With electromechanical relay
Relay
Relay Module
G2R13S (N), (D)
G70AZIM165
Power consumption
AC: 0.7 W
DC: 0.53 W
Permitted load min.
1 mA at 5 VDC
With semiconductor relay
G3RIDZR1SN
G70AZIM165
DC input
Relay
Relay Module
G2R1SN, (D)
G70AZOC163
Circ itry: NPN
Circuitry:
G70AZOC164
Circuitry: PNP
Description
With electromechanical relay
For PLC Units
Power consumption
DC: 0.53 W
10 A at 250 VAC
10 A at 30 VDC
Coil voltage
24 VDC
With semiconductor relay

With MOSFET relay
G3ROD02SN
G3ROA202SZN
2 A at 4..6 VDC
2 A, 100..250 VAC
G3RZ201SLN
Input voltage
24 VDC
1 A at 3..264 VAC
1 A at 3..125 VDC
Cables and
Accessories
Output Module
G70AZOC164
or
G70AZOC163
G70AZOC164
or
G70AZOC163
Specifications
G70AZOC163
G70AZOC164
G70AZIM165
Circuitry
NPN
PNP
Contact resistance, connector
10 m (without relay volume resistance)
Permitted current
10 A
Dielectric strength
4000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute

between Cable connector and Output Modules
between Output Modules

between Cable connector and Input Modules
between Coil terminals
100 M (at 500 V)
100 M (at 500 V)
100 M (at 500 V)
Shock resistance
200 m/s2 (approx. 20 g)
200 m/s2 (approx. 20 g)
200 m/s2 (approx. 20 g)
Ambient temperature
0 C..55 C
(without icing)
0 C..55 C
(without icing)
0 C..55 C
(without icing)
Suppressor circuit
Diode: 1 A, 400 V
Diode: 1 A, 400 V
Varistor
10 A
100mA
475
Connecting Cables for G70A
Connecting Cables,
Terminal Blocks and
Relay Modules
Connecting Cables for Relay Modules
Connecting cables with lugs for I/O Modules G70A
G70A
I/O Module
Connection length
Cable length
Model code
1:1 connection
1.0 m
G79Y100C
1.0/1.75 m
G79Y150C
2.0 m
G79Y200C
3.0 m
G79Y300C
5.0 m
G79Y500C
Connection length
Cable length
Model code
1:1 connection
0.5 m
G79100C
1.0 m
G79150C
2.0 m
G79200C
3.0 m
G79300C
5.0 m
G79500C
Cable with lugs
PLC Units
C200HID215
C200HOD215
C200HMD115
Connecting cables for I/O Modules G70A
PLC
Units
G70A
I/O Module
Terminal link
PLC Units
G79
Connecting cables
Connecting cables for I/O Modules G70A

PLC Output Units, Group 2
PLC
Units
476
C200HOD215
C200HMD115
CPM2C_T_
G78V02
Page
Technical
Document.
English documentation . . . 479
477
478
in English
English Language Documentation
CPM
Product
Title
Model code
CPM1A
Operation Manual
W317E1
CPM2A
Operation Manual
W352E1
SRM1/CPM
Programming Manual
W353E1
CPM2C
Operation Manual
W356E1
CPM2CS_
Operation Manual
W377E1
CQM1/CQM1H
Dedicated I/O Units
Operation Manual
W238E1
CQM1HCLK21
Operation Manual
W309E1
CQM1HPRO1
Operation Manual
W341E1
CQM1H
Operation Manual
W363E1
CQM1H
Programming Manual
W364E1
CQM1HSCB41
Operation Manual
W365E1
CQM1H
C200H_
_
CS1/CJ1
C200HTS001/TS101
Operation Manual
W124E1
C200HCP114
Operation Manual
W224E1
C200HTC..
Operation Manual
W225E1
C200HAD002
Operation Manual
W229E1
C200HTV..
Operation Manual
W240E1
C200HPID..
Operation Manual
W241E1
C200HASC11/21/31
Operation Manual
W306E1
C200HCT021
Operation Manual
W311E1
C200HWMC221
Introduction
W314E1
C200HWMC221 Detail
Operation Manual
W315E1
C200HAD003/DA003/
DA004/MAD01
Operation Manual
W325E1
C200HWNC113/213/413
Operation Manual
W334E1
C200HWMC402
Operation Manual
W903E2
CS1WSCB/SCU
Operation Manual
W336E1
CS1/CJ1
Operation Manual
W339E1
CS1/CJ1
Instructions
Reference Manual
W340E1
CS1/CJ1 Series
Operation Manual
W341E1
CS/CJ Series
Reference Manual
W342E1
CS1W/CJ1WAD/DA
Analogue I/O Units
Operation Manual
W345E1
CS1WMC221/421
Operation Manual
W359E1
CS1WPTS
Operation Manual
W368E1
CS1WLC001
Operation Manual
W374E1
CS1WLC001
Reference Manual
W375E1
CS1WNC113/433
Operation Manual
W376E1
CS1WHIO01/HCP/HCA
Operation Manual
W378E1
CS1WHIO01/HCP/HCA
Programming Manual
W384E1
CJ1G/HCPU
Operation Manual
W393E1
CS/CJ Series
Programming Manual
W394E1
CJ1M
Operation Manual
W395E1
Technical
Document.
OPERATION MANUAL
479
in English
English Language Documentation (Continued)

Product
Title
Model code
CJ1WTC
Operation Manual
W396E1
CJ1WNC113/433
Position Control Units
Operation Manual
W397E1
CJ Series Simple
Communications Unit
Operation Manual
W400E1
CJ1WCT21
High Speed Counter Unit
Operation Manual
W401E1
CS1WCT021/41
Operation Manual
W902E2
C200PCISA03
SYSMAC Board
Operation Manual
V202E1
Networking
g
HostLink Units
System Manual
W143E1
FINS Commands
Reference Manual
W227E1
CJ1WSRM21V1
CompoBus/S
Operation Manual
W266E1
DeviceNet
Operation Manual
W267E1
CJ1WCLK21
Operation Manual
W309E1
CJ1WETN11
(10BaseT) Ethernet Units
Operation Manual
W343E1
DeviceNet slaves
Operation Manual
W347E1
Multiple I/O Terminal
Operation Manual
W348E1
C200HWPRM21
Operation Manual
W349E2
ASInterface master
Operation Manual
W357E1
Optical Ring CLK
Operation Manual
W370E1
Controller Link PCIBus

Board
Operation Manual
W383E1
CS1WDRM21 DeviceNet
Operation Manual
W380E1
Controller Link Board for

PCIBus
Installation Guide
W388E1
DRT2 Series
DeviceNet slaves
Operation Manual
W404E1
CJ1WPRT21
PROFIBUSDP
Operation Manual
W408E2
PRT1COM
Operation Manual
W900E2
C200HWPRT21
Operation Manual
W901E2
C200HWCORT21V1
Operation Manual
W904E2
MCSS Motion Control

Support Software
Operation Manual
W256E1
CXProtocol Support
Software
Operation Manual
W344E1
ASCII Library Toolkit
Operation Manual
W360E2
CXProgrammer
User Manual
W361E2
CXSimulator
Operation Manual
W366E1
CXProcess Tool
Operation Manual
W372E1
CXProcess Monitor
Operation Manual
W373E1
Operation Manual
W382E1
CXPosition
Operation Manual
W398E1
Host Link Master Software
Operation Manual
W906E2
CXSupervisor
User Manual
W908E2
CS1/CJ1
OPERATION MANUAL
Software
480
in English
English Language Documentation (Continued)
OPERATION MANUAL
Programmable
Terminals
Title
Model code
SYSDRIVE 3G3FV
Installation Manual
CAT.NO.3G3FV/HFINSTALL
SYSDRIVE 3G3FV
User Manual
I516E1
SYSDRIVE 3G3MV
User Manual
I527E1
SYSDRIVE 3G3JV
User Manual
I528E1
SYSDRIVE 3G3RV
Operation Manual
I532E1
SYSDRIVE 3G3PV
Operation Manual
I537E2
SmartStep
User Manual
I533E1
SmartStep
Operation Manual
I534E1
SmartStep
Data Sheet
I807E1
OMNUC W
User Manual
I531E2
OMNUC W
Servo Technical Guide
I801E1
R88AMCW151
Operation Manual
I209E2
R88ANCW152
Operation Manual
I538E1
NT31/NT631
PC Connection
(Mitsubishi Connection)
Operation Manual
V042E1
NT31/31C
Operation Manual
V043E1
NT631/631C
Operation Manual
V044E1
NT4S, NT15/18S
Operation Manual
V056E1
NT4S, NT15/18S
Multi Vendor Connection
Operation Manual
V058E1
NT31/NT631
Multi Vendor Connection
Operation Manual
V060E1
NT31/31C
Setup Manual
V062E1
NT631/631C
Setup Manual
V063E1
NT31_/631_
Reference Manual
V064E1
DeviceNet interface
User Manual
V066E1
NT21
Setup Manual
V068E1
NT21/NT31_/631_
Reference Manual
V069E1
NS Series
Setup Manual
V072E1
Programming Manual
V073E1
Operation Manual
V074E1
Macro Reference
V075E1
Quick Start Manual
V081E1
Technical
Document.
Drive Technology
gy
Product
481
482
in English
Standards, Approvals and

Protection Classes
European Directives and CE Marking

Products and devices sold in the European Community are governed by a range of
directives. There are three particular directives that apply to the products presented in
this catalogue:
Machine
Directive
Date of coming into force: January 1995

98/37/EG
Governs products and machinery supplied in the European Community.
EMC Directive

89/336/EEC
Amendment: 92/31/EEC
Amendment: 93/68/EEC
This directive requires electrical and electronic products to be designed and manufactured
in such a way that:
a) electromagnetic interference generated by the products does not interfere with other
systems, and
b) the performance of the product is not affected by electromagnetic interference within
the environment in which the use of the product is proposed.

72/73/EEC
This directive controls the safety of all electrical products distributed within the European
Community with an operating voltage of 50..1,000 VAC and 75..1,500 VDC.
Standards
Approvals
LowVoltage
Directive
CE Certificates of Conformity for OMRON products are available on request.
483

Protection Classes
Approvals
The mark for an experts report with
process inspection is an appropriate
way of identifying electrical components
which deviate from the statutory
requirements or which can only be
approved for certain applications.
Permission to use this mark may be
made subject to certain conditions
designed to ensure that devices which
contain parts that are marked in this way
comply with the relevant safety
requirements.
VDE (Germany)
Verband der
Elektrotechnik, Elektronik,
Informationstechnik e.
FIMKO (Finland)
Finnish Electrical Safety
Development Association
TV Rheinland
(Germany)
Technical Inspectorate
NEMKO (Norway)
Norges Elektriske
Materiellkontroll
BIA
Berufsgenossenschaft
liches Institut fr
Arbeitssicherheit
BEAB (Great Britain)

British Electrical Approval
Board
UL (USA)
Underwriter Laboratories
Recognized
KEMA KEUR
(Netherland)
Dutch Electrical Approval
Institute
cUL (Canada)
Recognized
EN
UL (USA)
Listed
IEC
International Electrical
Commission
cUL (Canada)
Underwriters Laboratories
of Canada Listed
LR
Lloyds Register of
Shipping
CSA (Canada)
Canadian Standards
Association
SUVA
Schweizerische Unfallversicherungsanstalt
DEMKO (Danmark)
Dansk Elmateriel Kontrol
SEV
Schweizerischer
Elektrotechnischer
Verein
SEMKO (Schweden)
Swenska Elektriske
Material Kontrollen
484
Europische Norm

Protection Classes
IP Protection Classes
The degree of protection afforded by a device against contact with hazardous parts
and against penetration by solid bodies or liquids is identified by
the IP Code (Ingress Protection).
The IP characteristic numeral indicates the level of protection, and includes all
degrees of protection below it.
Classes of Protection
Key to 1st numeral
IP54
Protection against access to hazardous parts

and against solid bodies.
Protection against hazardous
parts
Protection against solid foreign

bodies
Not protected.
Not protected.
Protected against contact with

large body areas.
Protected against foreign bodies

x50 mm .

the finger.

x12.5 mm .

a tool.

x2.5 mm .

a wire.

x1.0 mm .
Protected against dust.
Dusttight
5+6 Total contact protection.
Key to 2nd numeral

Protection against water penetration.
Protection against water

0
Not protected.
Protection against dripping water.
Protection against dripping water

at an enclosure angle of up to 15.
Protection against rainwater.
Protection against splashing water.
Protection against water jets.
Protection against powerful

water jets.
Protection against the effects of

temporary immersion.
Protection against the effects of

continuous immersion.
Standards
Approvals
IP65
485

Protection Classes
486
European Contact
Belgium
Sales office GrootBijgaarden:
OMRON ELECTRONICS NV/SA
Stationsstraat 24
1702 GrootBijgaarden
phone: + 32 2 46 62 48 0
fax: + 32 24 66 06 87
www.omron.be
Czech Republic
Sales office Prague:
OMRON ELECTRONICS spol.s r.o.
Srobarova 6
101 00 PRAHA 10
phone: + 42 2 67 31 12 54
fax: + 42 2 71 73 56 13
www.omron.cz
Finland
Sales office Glostrup:

OMRON ELECTRONICS A/S
Odinsvej 15
2600 Glostrup
phone: + 45 43 44 00 11
fax: + 45 43 44 02 11
www.omron.dk
Sales office Espoo:

OMRON ELECTRONICS OY
Metsnpojankuja 5
02130 ESPOO
phone: + 358 9 5495 800
fax: : + 358 9 5495 8150
www.omron.fi
Sales office Aarhus:

OMRON ELECTRONICS A/S
Bredskiftevej 9
8210 Aarhus V
phone: + 45 86 24 31 99
fax: + 45 86 24 32 99
Sales office Kuopio:

Kaikukatu 90 As. 2
FIN70600 Kuopio
phone: +358 17 282 2140
fax: +358 17 282 2142
Distributors in Denmark:
Jens A. Jacobsen A/S
Hjulmagervej 12
9100 Aalborg
phone: + 45 98 12 50 66
Grene Industri Herning A/S
Gudhjemvej 3
7400 Herning
phone: + 45 97 12 22 55
Grene Industri Aarhus A/S
Edwin Rahrs Vej 52
8220 Brabrand
phone: + 45 70 15 35 00
FH Gruppen A/S
Bjerrevej 9
8700 Horsens
phone: + 45 76 25 44 44
lgod Elektro A/S
Vangsgade 8
6870 lgod
phone: + 45 75 24 48 99
CS Electric ApS
Storegade 88
6700 Esbjerg
phone: + 45 75 13 45 09
Grene Industri Fyn A/S
Bygmestervej 20
5750 Ringe
phone: + 45 63 62 15 27
FJH Automatic A/S
Industriskellet 12
3300 Frederiksvrk
phone: + 45 47 77 03 03
PN elektro ApS
stre All 30
4200 Slagelse
phone: + 45 58 53 30 60
Sales office Lahti:

Niemenkatu 73
FIN15210 Lahti.
phone: +358 3 781 9085
fax: +358 3 781 9885
Sales office Oulu:
Vihikari 10
FIN90440 Kempele
phone: +358 8 554 4261
fax: +358 8 554 4291
Sales office Tampere:
Pispalanvaltatie 133
FIN33270 Tampere
phone: +358 3 345 0766
fax: +358 3 345 0007
Sales office Vaasa:
P.O. Box 206
FIN65101 Vaasa
phone: +358 6 318 2610
fax: +358 6 317 4614
Distributors in Finland:
Arrow Finland Oy
Kalkkipellontie 4, Box 280
FIN02601 ESPOO
phone: +358 9 476 660
fax: +358 9 4766 6327
Auser Oy
Takojantie
FIN48230 KOTKA
phone: +358 5 341 0400
fax: +358 5 341 0490
Addresses
Sales office Vienna:

OMRON ELECTRONICS GmbH
Brunner Strasse 81
1230 Vienna
phone: + 43 1 80 19 00
fax: + 43 18 04 48 46
www.omron.at
Denmark
Hormel Oy
Pajatie 8
FIN40630 JYVSKYL
phone: +358 14 338 8900
fax: +358 14 338 8945
Index
Austria
Instele Oy
Kullervonkatu 2 C
FIN70500 KUOPIO
phone: +358 17 266 2200
fax: +358 17 266 2244
487
Kokkolan Shktarvike Oy
PL 158
FIN67101 KOKKOLA
phone: +358 6 8324 100
fax: +358 6 8301 590
Oy Krikoma Ab
Myrkyntie 42
FIN64140 TIUKKA
phone: +358 6 226 3700
fax: +358 6 222 3730
LSK Electrics Oy
P.O. Box 176
FIN15101 LAHTI
phone: +358 3 817 817
fax: +358 3 8178302
LSK Heinola office:
Villenkatu 36
FIN18200 HEINOLA
phone: +358 3 715 4466
fax: +358 3 714 1639
LSK Hmeenlinna office:
Saaristenkatu 19
FIN13100 HMEENLINNA
phone: +358 3 644 5700
fax: +358 3 644 5701
Oulun Kojeistotarvike Oy
Haarasuontie 12
FIN90240 OULU
phone: +358 8 557 4098
fax: +358 8 557 4089
Radiki Oy
P.O. Box 20
FIN35701 VILPPULA
phone: +358 3 472 8600
fax: +358 3 472 8630
SataAutomaatio Oy
Sammontie 3
FIN28400 ULVILA
phone: +358 2 531 8200
fax: +358 2 531 8201
France
Headquarters:
OMRON ELECTRONICS S.a.r.l
19 rue du Bois Galon, B.P. 33
94121 Fontenay Sous Bois
phone: + 33 1 49 74 70 00
fax: + 33 1 48 76 09 30
www.omron.fr
Sales office Ile de France:
OMRON ELECTRONICS
Im. Le Czanne
35, alle des Impressionnistes
ZAC Paris Nord II Les Pliades
93420 VILLEPINTE
phone: + 33 1 49 38 97 70
fax: + 33 1 48 63 24 38
Sales office West:
OMRON ELECTRONICS
Bt. C Rue G. MARCONI
44812 ST HERBLAIN
phone: + 33 2 51 80 53 70
fax: + 33 2 51 80 70 39
Sales office NorthEast:
OMRON ELECTRONICS
BP 164
11, rue C. ADER
51685 REIMS cedex
phone: + 33 3 26 82 00 16
fax: + 33 3 26 82 00 62
Sales office SouthEast:
OMRON ELECTRONICS
LAtrium, Parc St Exupry
1, rue du Colonel CHAMBONNET
69500 BRON
phone: + 33 4 72 14 90 30
fax: + 33 4 78 41 08 93
TeknoTikka Oy
P.O. Box 22
Sarankulmank. 12
FIN33901 TAMPERE
phone: +358 3 236 0100
fax: +358 3 236 0169
Sales office SouthWest:

OMRON ELECTRONICS
BP 221
High Tech Buro
Bt. C, rue Garance
31677 LABEGE cedex
phone: + 33 5 61 39 89 00
fax: + 33 5 61 39 99 09
Turun Shktukku Oy
Pitkmenkatu 4
FIN20250 TURKU
phone: +358 2 337 661
fax: +358 2 337 6780
Distributors in France:
Distributor in Estonia:
Standel AS
Kiisa 8
EE11313 Tallinn
Estonia
phone: +372 6 558 180
fax: +372 6 558179
488
A.P.S.A.
2, rue Jules Vdrines , ZI de Montaudran
31400 TOULOUSE
phone: + 33 5 62 47 54 75
fax: + 33 5 62 47 54 74
www.a2if.fr
A.D.T
ZI, 1, rue Gay Lussac, BP 1724
27017 EVREUX cedex
phone: + 33 2 32 33 00 00
fax: + 33 2 32 33 68 24
www.adt.fr
APN AUTOMATION
2, avenue Franois Bottau
06100 NICE
phone: + 33 4 92 07 17 27
fax: + 33 4 92 07 01 99
www.apn.automation.com
AULAGNON
47, boulevard Jules Janin
42026 ST ETIENNE
phone: + 33 4 77 47 88 88
fax: + 33 4 77 32 36 22
AUTOMATISMES INDUSTRIE
BP 9 rue JeanBaptiste Charlet
02230 FRESNOYLEGRAND
phone: + 33 3 23 66 02 69
fax: + 33 3 23 09 15 29
BALTZINGER
30, rue SainteHlne
67403 SCHILTIGHEIM cedex
phone: + 33 3 88 20 89 20
fax: + 33 3 88 83 62 99
BELLION TAMPLEU CAPPE
BP 206, rue Henri Becquerel
ZI Kergaradec
29808 BREST cedex
phone: + 33 2 98 41 44 00
fax: + 33 2 98 41 44 11
CAD
15, rue de lIndustrie
68260 KINGERSHEIM
phone: + 33 3 89 50 22 36
fax: + 33 3 89 53 81 83
CAPPE SOREDIS
BP 49 6, rue de la Garenne
44701 ORVAULT cedex
phone: + 33 2 40 16 35 35
fax: + 33 2 40 63 37 85
CGE DISTRIBUTION
Immeuble le Miroir 15/17
bd du Gnral de Gaulle
92542 MONTROUGE cedex
phone: + 33 1 40 92 58 58
fax: + 33 1 40 92 59 48
www.cgedistribution.com
CHAVERIAT
ZI Sud Route de SaintClaude
39260 MOIRANSENMONTAGNE
phone: + 33 3 84 48 11 60
fax: + 33 3 84 42 85 65
COPEL (Dpt SELFCO)
11, rue du Tanin BP 26
67831 LINGOLSHEIM
phone: + 33 3 88 76 54 32
fax: + 33 3 88 76 96 59
D.3.E. ELECTRONIQUE
Parc dActivit Savipol, BP 55
10302 STE SAVINE cedex
phone: + 33 3 25 71 31 50
fax: + 33 3 25 74 38 82
www.d3e.fr
EPAC INDUSTRIE
ZI de la Voivre
88000 EPINAL
phone: + 33 3 29 38 29 20
fax: + 33 3 29 38 29 21
FGET INTERNATIONAL
ZI MiPlaine, BP 354, 17, rue de Genve
69746 GENAS cedex
phone: + 33 4 72 79 64 15
fax: + 33 4 72 79 64 10
www.fget.com
SEIREL
23, rue Scheurer Kestner
42000 ST ETIENNE
phone: + 33 4 77 79 31 21
fax: + 33 4 77 74 66 44
GAB SYSTEM DIFFUSION

3, rue Louis Ganne
75020 PARIS
phone: + 33 1 40 31 22 22
fax: + 33 1 40 31 22 44
SODEMAT
61, chemin de la fabrique
34800 CANET
phone: + 33 4 67 96 74 03
fax: + 33 4 67 88 71 60
GOTELEC
61, rue du ressort
63100 CLERMONTFERRAND
phone: + 33 4 73 16 26 26
fax: + 33 4 73 25 94 05
SOUPLET AUTOMATISMES
ZI, rue le Verrier, BP 44
41353 VINEUL cedex
phone: + 33 2 54 42 84 83
fax: + 33 2 54 42 10 52
www.soupletautomatismes.fr
LENOIR ELEC
avenue Raymond Poincar
54400 LONGWY
phone: + 33 3 82 24 28 94
fax: + 33 3 82 23 94 14
TAMPLEU SPRIET SA
BP 44, ZA rue Henri Spriet
14125 MONDEVILLE cedex
phone: + 33 2 31 35 35 35
fax: + 33 2 31 34 40 20
MEDIA MESURES
ZI les Estroublans, Le Forum, 42e avenue
13127 VITROLLES
phone: + 33 4 42 46 81 10
fax: + 33 4 42 89 11 07
MESNIER
rue Louis Marin, BP 40137
44201 NANTES cedex 02
phone: + 33 2 40 35 02 22
fax: + 33 2 40 08 28 82
MYDIS
15, boulevard Pochet Lagaye
63000 CLERMONTFERRAND
phone: + 33 4 73 28 03 88
fax: + 33 4 73 28 00 65
RADIO RELAIS
18, rue Crozatier
75012 PARIS
phone: + 33 1 43 44 44 50
fax: + 33 1 46 28 66 93
www.radiorelais.fr
RADIOSPARES 60
ZA la Vatine, rue Norman King, BP 453
60031 BEAUVAIS cedex
phone: + 33 3 44 10 15 15
fax: + 33 3 44 10 16 00
www.radiospares.fr
REBOUL SA
72, rue Trpillot, BP 1525
25000 BESANCON
phone: + 33 3 81 50 14 85
fax: + 33 3 81 53 28 00
www.reboul.fr
Germany
Postal code to find the sales offices near you:
01...
18...
Berlin
19...
31...
Hamburg
32...
34...
Dusseldorf
35...
Stuttgart
36...
Dusseldorf
37...
38...
Hamburg
39...
Berlin
40...
59...
Dusseldorf
60...
61...
Stuttgart
63000 63699
Dusseldorf
63700 63999
Munich
64...
65...
Stuttgart
66...
68...
Dusseldorf
69...
79...
Stuttgart
80...
87...
Munich
88...
89...
Stuttgart
90...
97...
Munich
98...
99...
Berlin
Sales office Berlin:

Wittestrae 31
13509 BERLIN
phone: + 49 30 43 55 770
fax: + 49 30 43 55 7777
Sales office Hamburg:

Tempowerkring 6
21079 HAMBURG
phone: + 49 40 7 90 12600
fax: + 49 40 7 90 12599
Sales office Dusseldorf:

ElisabethSelbertStrae 17
40764 Langenfeld
phone: + 49 2 17 36 80 00
fax: + 49 2 17 36 80 04 00
email: info.de@eu.omron.com
www.omron.de
Sales office Stuttgart:

CarlBenzStrae 4
71154 NUFRINGEN
phone: + 49 7032 8 11310
fax: + 49 7032 8 11399
Sales office Munich:

Weihenstephaner Strae 1
85716 Unterschleiheim
phone: + 49 893 79 07 96
fax: + 49 8937 90 79 99
Addresses
SAVOIE AUTOMATISMES
8, rue Berthod
74960 MEYTHET
phone: + 33 4 50 22 23 20
fax: + 33 4 50 22 59 25
www.savoieautomatisme.com
Index
FAURE AUTOMATISME
36, alle Marconi
26000 VALENCE
phone: + 33 4 75 75 99 00
fax: + 33 4 75 41 30 00
www.faureautomatisme.com
SAFIM GDL
Zone Alfred Daney, 2, rue Surcouf, BP 217
33700 BORDEAUX
phone: + 33 5 57 10 62 62
fax: + 33 5 57 10 62 70
489
Distributors in Germany:
HIB Gesellschaft fr
Industrieautomation mbH
Kesselsdorfer Strae 16
01159 DRESDEN
phone: + 49 351 4 17 02 10
fax: + 49 351 4 11 60 28
email: hibdresden@tonline.de
POHL Electronic GmbH
Neuendorfstrae 18b
16761 HENNIGSDORF
phone: + 49 3302 55 92 90
fax: + 49 3302 55 92 99
email: pohl.electronic@tonline.de
TH electronic GmbH
Sondershuser Landstrae 29
99974 MHLHAUSEN
phone: + 49 3601 44 35 10
fax: + 49 3601 44 35 14
email: info@thelectronicmhl.de
Henskes Electronic Components GmbH
Bremer Strae 7
30880 LAATZEN (Rethen)
phone: + 49 5102 93 810
fax: + 49 5102 93 8199
email: henskes@henskes.com
HILLMANN & PLOOG
IvoHauptmannRing 9
22159 HAMBURG
phone: + 49 40 6 45 880
fax: + 49 40 6 45 88440
email: hiploinfo@tonline.de
RFD Electronic GmbH

An der Kanzel 2
97253 GAUKNIGSHOFEN
phone: + 49 9337 9 71 230
fax: + 49 9337 16 88
email: info@rfdelectronic.de
AEM Elektrotechnik GmbH
Seerasen 4
36284 Hohenroda
phone: + 49 667692 160
fax: + 49 667692 1611
email: Info@aemelektrotechnik.de
IEF Werner GmbH
Wendelhofstrae 6
78120 FURTWANGEN
phone: + 49 77239250
fax: + 49 7723925100
email: komponenten@iefwerner.de
BOIE GmbH
Ohmstrae 5
74076 HEILBRONN
phone: + 49 7131 15 50410
fax: + 49 7131 15 50415
email: info@boie.de
www.boie.de
MECHATRONIC
Elektronische Bauelemente GmbH + Co.
Eschenbrnnlestrae 16
71065 SINDELFINGEN
phone: + 49 7031 79 700
fax: + 49 7031 79 7070
email: rhake@mechatronic.net
Horst Hoopmann GmbH

Im Gewerbegebiet 3
26842 OSTRHAUDERFEHN
phone: + 49 4952 54 67
fax: + 49 4952 63 30
email: hoopmannphf@tonline.de
SKATec GmbH & Co. KG

Alemannenstrae 53
77767 APPENWEIER
phone: + 49 7805 9 98 50
fax: + 49 7805 91 02 55
email: info@skatec.com
www.skatec.com
A+H Vertriebsgesellschaft mbH

Borner Strae 31
42897 REMSCHEID
phone: + 49 2191 93 760
fax: + 49 2191 93 7676
email: vertrieb@auhrs.de
uwe electronic Vertriebs GmbH

Inselkammerstrae 10
82008 UNTERHACHING
phone: + 49 89 61 50 15 50
fax: + 49 89 6 11 26 03
email: vertrieb@uweelectronic.de
KBI Vertriebs GmbH

KarlBenzStrae 1
40764 LANGENFELD
phone: + 49 2173 9 01255
fax: + 49 2173 9 01258
email: kbi.vertriebs.gmbh@tonline.de
PA Professional Automation GmbH

Prielwirtstrae 8
85305 JETZENDORF
phone: + 49 8137 80 90 04
fax: + 49 8137 80 90 03
email: pa_gmbh@tonline.de
Robers & Co. GmbH

Am Parir 3
52379 LANGERWEHE
phone: + 49 2423 94 440,
fax: + 49 2423 94 44 23
email: robers.co.robers@tonline.de
RMS Kleine GmbH

Salzstrae 18
82266 INNING
phone: + 49 8143 93 110
fax: + 49 8143 93 11 33
email: rmskleine@tonline.de
Electronic Opto Components

M. Bchner GmbH & Co. KG
Heegwaldring 2
63694 LIMESHAIN
phone: + 49 6047 96280
fax: + 49 6047 322
email: eoc.buechner@tonline.de
Prokot GmbH & Co. KG

Vertrieb elektronischer Erzeugnisse
Osterwalder Str. 8
30827 GARBSEN
phone: + 49 (5131) 92698
fax: + 49 (5131) 7628
490
Hungary
Sales office Budapest:
OMRON ELECTRONICS Kft.
Kiss Erno u. 13.
1046 Budapest
phone: + 36 13 99 30 50
fax: + 36 13 99 30 60
www.omron.hu
Sales office Milan:

OMRON ELECTRONICS SpA
Via Arnaboldi, 1
20149 Milano
phone: + 39 02.32.681
fax: + 39 02 32 68211
www.omron.it
Sales office NorthWest:
Via Arnaboldi, 1
20149 Milano
phone: + 39 02 268 800
fax: + 39 02 268 801
Sales office Bologna:
Galleria Ronzani, 5/3
40033 Casalecchio di Reno BO
phone: + 39 051 61 36 611
fax: + 39 051 61 30 565
Sales office Padua:
Via Pan, 56/ter
35027 Noventa Padovana PD
phone: + 39 049 869 27 11
fax: + 39 049 870 58 73
Sales office Central Italy:
Via dello Stadio, 77
05100 Terni
phone: + 39 0744 54 511
fax: + 39 0744 40 18 65
Distributors in Italy:
For Distributors local branches, please
contact directely their main office
PIEDMONT
ELETTROGRUPPO ZEROUNO SPA
VIA AOSTA 15
10092 BEINASCO TO
phone: +39 11/3987555;
fax: +39 11/3499764
www.egzerouno.com
G.T.M. S.R.L.
VIA DELLA PACE 22
13894 GAGLIANICOBIELLA BI
phone: +39 15/541821;
fax: +39 15/543204
www.gtmbiella.it
LELETTROTECNICA S.N.C.
DI PISANO A.& C.
VIA LONDRA 17
46047 PORTO MANTOVANO MN
phone: +39 376/398126;
fax: +39 376/398268+
www.elettrotecnica.it
LOMBARDY
VENETO
CAI ELECTRIC S.R.L.
VIALE ITALIA 43
20020 LAINATE MI
phone: +39 2/9374310;
fax: +39 2/93570786
www.caielectric.it
DOGMA S.R.L.
VIA VALTORTA 39
20127 MILANO MI
phone: +39 2/26142121;
fax: +39 2/2870250
www.dogmaonline.it
FOGLIANI S.P.A.
VIA PER CASSANO 157
21052 BUSTO ARSIZIO VA
phone: +39 331/696911;
fax: +39 331/686561
www.fogliani.it
SACCHI GIUSEPPE S.P.A.
VIA PRIVATA G. SACCHI 2
23891 BARZANO LC
phone: +39 39/244151;
fax: +39 39/958984
www.sacchi.com
BARCELLA ELETTRO
FORNITURE S.P.A.
VIA S. MARTINO 1
24052 AZZANO S. PAOLO BG
phone: +39 35/539011;
fax: +39 35/533273
www.barcella.it/com
F.E.E.I. 2 S.R.L.
VIA GIRELLI 11/C
25125 BRESCIA BS
phone: +39 30/3582650;
fax: +39 30/3582677
www.feei.it
F.E.E.I. S.R.L.
VIA BERGAMO 28/30
26100 CREMONA CR
phone: +39 372/31532;
fax: +39 372/456324
www.feei.it
F.E.E.I. 3 S.R.L.
VIA LIBERO COMUNE 13/A
26013 CREMA CR
phone: +39 373/;87012
fax: +39 373/87106
www.feei.it
FAST SAS DI ARTERIA
A.BONAFE F.&C
C.SO PAVIA 85/15
27029 VIGEVANO PV
phone: +39 381/345092;
fax: +39 381/345093
www.fast.it
MARCHIOL S.P.A.
VIALE DELLA REPUBBLICA 41
31050 VILLORBA TV
phone: +39 422/4271;
fax: +39 422/421759
www.marchiol.com
MARCHIOL AUTOMAZIONI S.R.L.
VIA ANTONIO DAL LEGNAME 14
31100 TREVISO TV
phone: +39 422/421900;
fax: +39 422/420141
www.marchiol.com
ELETTROVENETA S.P.A
VIALE NAVIGAZIONE INTERNA 48
35129 PADOVA PD
phone: +39 49/8280811;
fax: +39 49/8075902
www.elettroveneta.it
CUSINATI S.R.L.
VIA TORRICELLI 39
37136 VERONA VR
phone: +39 45/9212333;
fax: +39 45/9212300
www.cusinati.com
EMPORIO ELETTRICO S.R.L.
VIA COMBATTENTI ALLEATI
DEUROPA 8
45030 BORSEA RO
phone: +39 425/396111;
fax: +39 425/360846
TRENTINO ALTO ADIGE

CO.RA ELETTROAUTOMAZIONI S.R.L.
VIA DEL LAVORO 3
38068 ROVERETO TN
phone: +39 464/420456;
fax: +39 464/436673
www.elcora.it
EMILIA ROMAGNA
SELFOR PIACENZA SRL
VIA TOSCANA 15
PIACENZA
phone: +39 523/609622
fax: +39 523/609625
Addresses
Italian Headquarters
Viale Certosa 49
20149 Milano
phone: + 39 02.32.681
fax: + 39 02 32 51 54
www.omron.it
TECHNOLOGY BSA S.R.L.

REG. DOTA 16/A
14053 CANELLI AT
phone: +39 141/822122;
fax: +39 141/829921
www.techbsa.com
FABBI IMOLA S.R.L.

VIA ALLENDE 10
40026 IMOLA BO
phone: +39 542/641999;
fax: +39 542/640820
www.fabbimola.it
Index
Italy
491
B.C.R. S.R.L.
VIA PRAGA 7/17
41049 SASSUOLO MO
phone: +39 536/999611;
fax: +39 536/807144
www.bcrsrl.it
ELECTRA COMMERCIALE S.R.L.

VIA S. GIMIGNANO 85
53036 POGGIBONSI SI
phone: +39 577/934536;
fax: +39 577/935958
www.electracommerciale.com
S.A.I. ELECTRIC S.R.L.

VIA DINO FERRARI 46
41053 MARANELLO MO
phone: +39 536/941415;
fax: +39 536/943581
ELFI S.R.L.
VIA PESCIATINA 354
55010 LUNATA LU
phone: +39 583/429429;
fax: +39 583/429352
www.itechsite.com
FRANCHINI LAMBERTO & C S.P.A.

VIA DEL COMMERCIO 72
41058 VIGNOLA MO
phone: +39 59/778711;
fax: +39 59/764127
www.franchini.it
FINPOLO S.P.A.
VIA G.BALLA 11
42040 CELLA RE
phone: +39 522/94041;
fax: +39 522/944100
www.finpolo.it
FEP RIMONDI S.P.A.
VIA NOVI N.24
42047 ROLO RE
phone: +39 51/6165511;
fax: +39 51/752734
www.feprimondi.it
BELLENTANI FRATELLI S.R.L.
VIA OBERDAN 7
42100 REGGIO EMILIA RE
phone: +39 522/381666;
fax: +39 522/791622
www.bellentani.com
ELEGROS S.R.L
VIA LONDRA 3/B
43100 PARMA PR
phone: +39 521/798242;
fax: +39 521/79827
www.elegros.net
LIND.LE ELETTRICA
DI ZERBINI & C.S.N.C.
VIA PIRANDELLO 2
43100 PARMA PR
phone: +39 521/293824;
fax: +39 521/291655
www.industrialelettrica.com
ELFI S.P.A.
VIA RIO BECCA 2/B
47100 FORLI FO
phone: +39 543/754201;
fax: +39 543/756394
www.elfispa.it
TUSCANY
M.E.F. S.R.L.
VIA PANCIATICHI 68
50127 FIRENZE FI
phone: +39 55/4362110;
fax: +39 55/4362173
www.mefsrl.it
492
IMEP S.P.A.
VIA DEL LAZZERETTO 53/55
59100 PRATO PO
phone: +39 574/53341;
fax: +39 574/596824
MARCHE
ELETTROMATIC S.R.L.
VIA G.DIVITTORIO 28/A
60044 FABRIANO AN
phone: +39 732/627487;
fax: +39 732/626727
S.E.I. S.A.S. DI CENCIARINI ADRIANO &
C VIA DIVISIONE ACQUI, 111
61100 PESARO PS
phone: +39 7;
fax: +39 7
TECNOFORNITURE S.R.L.
VIA PASUBIO 32A
FRAZ. P.TO DASCOLI
63039 S.BENEDETTO
DEL TRONTO AP
phone: +39 735/659945;
fax: +39 735/655266
www.tecnoforniture.it
UMBRIA
DIS.M.E.P. S.R.L.
VIA P. SORIANO 51/53
06100 S.ANDREA DELLE FRATTE
PG
phone: +39 75/5289047;
fax: +39 75/5270655
www.dismep.it
LAZIO
FELMEC DI ANGELO TESTANI
LOCALITA PONTE DEL TREMIO
03012 ANAGNI FR
phone: +39 775/767995;
fax: +39 755/769463
www.felmec.it
GIESSE ELETTRONICA S.R.L.
VIA DEI GRECI
04100 LATINA LT
phone: +39 773/268060
fax: +39 773/268010
www.giesseelet@componentielettrici.com
ABRUZZO
C.E.I.T. S.R.L.
VIA CUSTOZA ZONA INDUSTRIALE
66013 CHIETI SCALO CH
phone: +39 871/564947;
fax: +39 871/565034
www.ceit.it
PUGLIA
ACMEI SUD S.P.A.
S.S. 16 KM 810,200
70019 TRIGGIANO BA
phone: +39 80/5495300/22/21;
fax: +39 80/5495324
www.acmei.it
CAMPANIA
MAJORANO S.P.A.
VIA ARGINE 508
80147 NAPOLI NA
phone: +39 81/5914111;
fax: +39 81/5914229
www.majorano.it
Distributors in the Netherlands:

Conelgro B.V. / Location Sneek
Lorentzstraat 21
8606 JP SNEEK
P.O. Box 13
8600 AA SNEEK
phone: +31 515 41 13 11
fax: +31 515 42 36 95
www.conelgro.nl
E.T.G. van de Meerakker B.V.
Copernicusstraat 9
6003 DE WEERT
P.O. Box 245
6000 AE WEERT
phone: +31 495 58 44 44
fax: +31 495 53 97 55
www.meerakker.nl
Local sales branch in Veghel.
Ehrbecker Schiefelbusch B.V.
Takkebijsters 8
4817 BL BREDA
P.O. Box 5505
4801 DG BREDA
phone: +31 76 578 28 28
fax: +31 76 587 26 24
www.ehrbeckerschiefelbusch.nl
Local sales branches in Groningen,
Apeldoorn, Sliedrecht, Hoogvliet Rotterdam,
Tilburg, Eindhoven, sHertogenbosch and
Maastricht.
Electro Automatisering Smelt
Heliumweg 38
3812 RE AMERSFOORT
P.O. Box 1465
3800 BL AMERSFOORT
phone: +31 33 462 50 50
fax: +31 33 462 22 53
www.eas.nl
Leeuwarden, Enschede, Amersfoort,
Benthuizen, Spijkenisse, Roosendaal, Son
and Maastricht.
Elektrotechnische Groothandel Bernard B.V.
Schinkelse Baan 1
P.O. Box 15
2908 LE2900 AA CAPELLE AAN
DEN IJSSEL
phone: +31 10 459 75 55
fax: +31 10 451 75 21
www.bernard.nl
Heerenveen, Emmen, Almelo, Deventer,
Doetinchem, Utrecht, Heerhugowaard,
Diemen, Rijswijk ZH, Monster, Schiedam,
Koopmans en Zwart Elektrotechniek B.V.

Zuiderkruisweg 3
8938 AP LEEUWARDEN
P.O. Box 7574
8903 JN LEEUWARDEN
phone: +31 58 288 70 75
fax: +31 58 288 49 60
www.koopmansenzwart.nl
Local sales branch in Meppel.
Rexel Bolderheij
Huizermaatweg 50
1276 LB HUIZEN
P.O. Box 128
1270 AC HUIZEN
phone: +31 35 526 14 12
fax: +31 35 526 70 40
www.rexelbolderheij.nl
Local sales branches in De Meern
and Arnhem.
Rexel ElectroMetaal
Treubstraat 5
2288 EG RIJSWIJK ZH
P.O. Box 3090
2280 GB RIJSWIJK ZH
phone: +31 70 319 91 00
fax: +31 70 399 84 64
www.rexelelectrometaal.nl
Local sales branches in Amsterdam,
Rotterdam and Etten Leur.
Rexel Oscar Keip
Osloweg 57
9723 BH GRONINGEN
P.O. Box 5063
9700 GB GRONINGEN
phone: +31 50 318 43 97
fax: +31 50 313 83 78
www.rexeloscarkeip.nl
Rexel Rolff
Edisonweg 1
1821 BN ALKMAAR
P.O. Box 47
1800 AA ALKMAAR
phone: +31 72 518 13 00
fax: +31 72 515 76 00
www.rexelrolff.nl
Local sales branch in Zoeterwoude.
Rexel Wolff
James Wattstraat 88a
2809 PA GOUDA
phone: +31 182 53 31 77
fax: +31 182 57 02 51
www.rexelwolff.nl
Local sales branches in Meppel, Harderwijk,
Arnhem, Nieuwegein, Haarlem, Barendrecht,
Breda, Son and Heerlen.
Local sales branches in Nijehaske

(Heerenveen), Assen, Hengelo OV,
Apeldoorn, Veenendaal, Utrecht, Zaandam,
Amsterdam, Alphen aan den Rijn, Rotterdam,
Roosendaal, Eindhoven and Roermond.
Van Egmond Elektrogroothandel B.V.
Logistiekweg 34
7007 CJ DOETINCHEM
P.O. Box 137
7000 AC DOETINCHEM
phone: +31 314 37 53 00
fax: +31 314 37 53 33
www.vanegmond.nl
Waagmeester Elektro B.V.
Kleine Tocht 6
1507 CB ZAANDAM
P.O. Box 1140
1500 AC ZAANDAM
phone: +31 75 655 51 00
fax: +31 75 655 51 55
www.waagmeester.nl
Norway
Sales office Oslo:
OMRON ELECTRONICS NORWAY AS
Ole Deviksvei 4, Postboks 109 Bryn
0611 Oslo
phone: + 47 22 65 75 00
fax: + 47 22 65 83 00
www.omron.no
Sales office Alesund:
Omron div. lesund
Daaeskogen Moa
Pb. 8030 Spjelkavik
Sales office Stavanger:
Omron div. Stavanger
Fabrikkveien 14
4033 Stavanger
Poland
Sales office Warsaw:
OMRON ELECTRONICS Sp.z.o.o.
Jana Sengera Cichego 1
02790 Warsaw
phone: + 48 2 26 45 78 60
fax: + 48 2 26 45 78 63
www.omron.com.pl
Sales office Krakow:
OMRON ELECTRONICS Sp.z.o.o.
Wybickiego 7
31261 Cracow
phone/fax: +48 12 634 51 83
Addresses
Sales office Hoofddorp:

OMRON ELECTRONICS B.V.
Wegalaan 61
2132 JD Hoofddorp
P.O. Box 582
2130 AN Hoofddorp
phone: + 31 23 568 11 00
fax: + 31 23 568 11 88
email: info.nl@eu.omron.com
www.omron.nl
Capelle aan den IJssel, Breda, Tilburg,

sHertogenbosch, Eindhoven, Nijmegen,
Venlo and Heerlen.
Solar Brinkman & Germeraad B.V.

Effect 5
6921 RG DUIVEN
P.O. Box 183
6920 AD DUIVEN
phone: +31 26 319 42 00
fax: +31 26 365 23 95
www.beng.nl
Index
Netherlands
493
Portugal
Sales office Prior Velho:
OMRON ELECTRONICS LDA.
Edifcio OMRON
Rua de So Tom Lote 131
2689510 PriorVelho
phone: + 351 2 19 42 94 00
fax: + 351 2 19 41 78 99
email : info.pt@eu.omron.com
www.omron.pt
GESTEL, LDA.
Av Toms Ribeiro, 30 C Ap. 35
2795183 LINDAAVELHA
phone: +351 21 419 05 73
fax: +351 21 419 34 65
email: gestel@mail.telepac.pt
J. M. M. GONALVES, LDA.
Rua da Boavista, N 40 Lordelo
4815145 LORDELO GMR
phone: +351 252 84 05 00
fax: +351 252 84 05 01
email: electricidade@jmm.pt
Sales office Vila Nova:

OMRON ELECTRONICS LDA.
Edifcio Infante D. Henrique,
Av dos Descobrimentos, 1193 B 2
4400103 VILA NOVA DE GAIA
LAURENTINO OLIVEIRA & C LDA.

Av Conde Margaride, 403
4810535 GUIMARES
phone: +351 253 51 57 86
fax: +351 253 51 39 82
email: rdd49004@mail.telepac.pt
Distributors in Portugal:
N. BELCHIOR, LDA.
Est. da Marinha Grande, Lt. 3 R/c D
2400187 LEIRIA
phone: +351 244 82 45 51
fax: +351 244 81 46 64
email: nbelchior@mail.telepac.pt
CABOTROX, LDA.
Rua Portas do Sol, 4
6000261 CASTELO BRANCO
phone: +351 272 34 09 80
fax: +351 272 34 09 89
email: cabotrox@megamail.pt
CARLOS SILVA & DIAS, LDA.
R. Loteamento, 73 Largo Albergaria
4520603 S. JOO DE VER
STA. MARIA DA FEIRA
phone: +351 256 91 02 90
fax: +351 256 91 02 99
email: csd.geral@mail.telepac.pt
COSTA, LEAL & VICTOR, LDA.
R. Prof. Augusto Lessa, 269
4202801 PORTO
phone: +351 22 550 85 20
fax: +351 225 02 40 05
email: clv@clv.pt
DIFERENCIAL, LDA.
Est. da Murta Ap. 46
3770909 OLIVEIRA DO BAIRRO
phone: +351 234 73 03 60
fax: +351 234 74 77 01
email: diferencial@netvisao.pt
ELECTRAOR, LDA.
Av Antero de Quental, 51A
9500160 PONTA DELGADA
phone: +351 296 20 50 10
fax: +351 296 20 50 19
email: electracor.dpt@electracor.pt
ELECTROAR, LDA.
Est. dos Ciprestes, 88B, Ap. 398
2901896 SETBAL
phone: +351 265 54 12 00
fax: +351 265 54 12 21
email: electroar@netvisao.pt
FLEXBOR, LDA.
E.N. 8, Stio Matadouro, Ap. 190
2564911 TORRES VEDRAS CODEX
phone: +351 261 32 30 64
fax: +351 261 31 20 12
email: flexbor@mail.telepac.pt
494
NEUMAX LUSITANA, LDA.

Urb. Ind. da Carambancha, 9
2580461 CARREGADO
phone: +351 263 85 07 00
fax: +351 263 85 07 19
email: geral@neumax.pt
PIRES & PINA, LDA.
Rua 21 de Agosto, 57 Ap. 184
3501997 VISEU
phone: +351 232 42 34 97
fax: +351 232 42 14 12
email: pirespina@netc.pt
TROFILCTRICA, LDA.
R. Infante D. Henrique, n 527
4785185 TROFA
phone: +351 252 41 68 66
fax: +351 252 42 82 89
email: trofilectrica@mail.telepac.pt
Russia
Representative Office Moscow:
OMRON ELECTRONICS Oy
Sredniy Tishinsky per.28/1, office 523
Moscow, 123557
phone: + 7 095 745 2664/65
fax: + 7 095 745 2680
www.russia.omron.com
Distributors in Russia:
NPF Rakurs Ltd
Khimichesky per.1
RUS198095 St. Petersburg
phone: +7 812 252 4883
fax: +7 812 252 3244
www.rakurs.spb.ru
NTC Privodnaya Technika

ul. Manakova, 351,2
454000 Chelyabinsk
phone: +7 3512 332 995
fax: +7 3512 61 43 95
AO Uraltechmarket
Nachdiva Vasiljeva str. 1 bild 4,
office 707
620028 Ekaterinburg
phone: +7 (3432) 697561
fax: +7 (3432) 69 75 612
Prosoft
108 Profsoyuznaya str.
117437 Moscow
phone: +7 095 234 0636
fax: +7 095 234 0640
JSC TRASCON Technology
Nagatinskaya str. 4a
115230 Moscow
phone: +7 095 234 34 17
fax: +7 095 23 23 392
OMRUS Corporation
Miusskaya Pl. 9, Block 112
125047 Moscow
phone: +7 095 305 1139
fax: +7 095 305 1139
OOO NTCECO
P.O. Box 17
121359 Moscow
phone: +7 095 267 7531
fax: : +7 095 267 7531
OOO Angstrem Avtomatika
Pravdy 7/9, bld. 1A
125040 Moscow
phone: + 7 095 104 8061
fax: +7 095 216 4149
Sales office CATALONIA:

OMRON ELECTRONICS S.A
C/ DOlesa, 1416
08027 BARCELONA
phone: +34 932 140 600
fax: +34 932 140 601
Sales office CENTRE:
C/ Hernndez de Tejada, 9
28027 MADRID
phone: +34 913 777 913
fax: +34 913 777 901
Sales office LEVANT:
OMRON ELECTRONICS S.A:
C/ Guillem de Castro, 8
46001 VALENCIA
phone: +34 963 530 000
fax: +34 963 536 401
Sales office NORTH:
Parque Tecnolgico de Alava
C/ Albert Einstein, 38
01510 Miano Mayor (ALAVA)
phone: +34 945 296 000
fax: +34 945 296 001
Sales office SOUTH:
C/ Carlos de Cepeda, 2
41005 SEVILLA
phone: +34 954 933 250
fax: +34 954 933 251
SUTEINSA
Plaza Compostela, 4 bajo
33208 Gijn ASTURIAS
phone: + 34 985 387 408
fax: + 34 985 391 168
email: suteinsa@netcom.es
www.airastur.es/suteinsa
BOBIMEX
Vicente Aleixandre s/n
06800 Mrida BADAJOZ
phone: + 34 924 314 076
fax: + 34 924 302 802
email: bobimex@infonegocio.com
DIELECTRO BALEAR
Gremio Carpinteros, 43
Polgono Asima
07009 Palma de Mallorca BALEARES
phone: + 34 971 430 486
fax: + 34 971 432 020
email: dielectro@dielectrobalear.com
CAROL AUTOMATISMOS
Cobalt, 1620, nave B
08038 BARCELONA
phone: + 34 933 317 250
fax: + 34 934 226 372
email: carolaut@grupcarol.com
AAGALMACN AUTOMAT.
GRANOLLERS
Carretera de Ribes, 155159
08520 les Franqueses Valles
BARCELONA
phone: + 34 938 463 066
fax: + 34 938 403 675
email: info@aagnet.com
Distributors in Spain:
CAROL AUTOMATISMOS IGUALADA

Tarragona, 47
08700 Igualada BARCELONA
phone: + 34 938 017 370
fax: + 34 938 045 412
email: josepmariafelis@grupcarol.com
DS AUTOMACIN
Arriurdina, 2. P.I. Jundiz
01015 LAVA
phone: + 34 945 121 160
Fax 945 121 161
email: comercial@dsautomacion.com
TECNICAL
Doctor Zamenhof , 27
08240 Manresa BARCELONA
phone: + 34 938 737 100
fax: + 34 938 747 607
email: tecnical@retemail.es
MESSA LA MANCHA
Avda. Cronista Mateos y Sotos, 3234
02006 ALBACETE
phone: + 34 967 216 611
fax: + 34 967 210 807
CAROL AUTOMATISMOS MARTORELL

Can Albareda, 78 El Congost
08760 Martorell BARCELONA
phone: + 34 937 735 680
fax : + 34 937 735 682
INDA LEVANTE
Jos Sanchez Saez 19 bajo
03202 Elche ALICANTE
phone: + 34 966 615 088
fax : + 34 966 613 380
email: indalevante@indalevante.com
www.indalevante.com
DICELMAC AUTOMATISMES
Alcalde J. Abril, 2931
08302 Matar BARCELONA
phone: + 34 937 412 751
fax: + 34 937 572 368
email: automatismes@dicelmac.com
www.dicelmac.com
REGULACIO, TECNICA I CONTROL

P. C. Magarola
Avd. C. Magarola 210 N13
08100 Mollet del Valls BARCELONA
phone: + 34 935 702 644
fax: + 34 935 702 515
email: rtc@grupcarol.com
CAROL INDUSTRIAL
Borrs, 3135
08208 Sabadell BARCELONA
phone: + 34 937 269 700
fax: + 34 937 255 296
EGARA AUTOMATISMES
Prat de la Riba, 175
08226 Terrassa BARCELONA
phone: + 34 937 362 800
fax: + 34 937 842 601
email: caroltegara@grupcarol.com
COEVA VIC
Pg. Prc. Act. Econ. Osona, Lleida, 3
08500 Vic BARCELONA
phone: + 34 938 862 222
fax: + 34 938 866 890
email: info@coevavic.com
NEXPERT
P.I. Can Ferrer II
C/ Portugal 1
08770 St. Sadurni DAnoia BARCELONA
phone: + 34 938 912 903
fax: + 34 938 911 711
email: nexpert@mx3.redest.es
VIELCO ELECTRICITAT INDUSTRIAL
Ronda de Europa, 1315
08800 Vilanova i la Geltr BARCELONA
phone: + 34 938 143 500
fax: + 34 938 143 375
email: compra@vielco_electric.com
www.vielco_electric.com
ELECTRONICA OLPE
Merindad de Montija, Nave 1
Pol. Villalonquejar
09001 BURGOS
phone: + 34 947 298 718
fax: + 34 947 298 724
email: olpe@nexo.es
SUMINISTROS ELECTRONICOS
HERRERA
Pintor Varela, 11
39300 Torrelavega CANTABRIA
phone: + 34 942 894 650
fax: + 34 942 883 101
email: sumherrera@mundivia.es
SUELVI
CaminoViejo CastellnOnda, s/n.
Apdo. de Correos 326
12540 VilaReal CASTELLON
phone: + 34 964 500 100
fax: + 34 964 533 256
email: suelvi@suelvi.es
www.suelvi.es
Addresses
Sales office Madrid:

OMRON ELECTRONICS S.A.
c/Arturo Soria 95
28027 Madrid
phone: + 34 9 13 77 79 00
fax: + 34 9 13 77 79 56
www.omron.es
LEVANTINA DE CUADROS
Sagitario, 13
03006 ALICANTE
phone: + 34 965 111 375
fax: + 34 965 288 687
email: lecusl@infonegocio.com
AC INGENIERA
P.I. Larache, Socullamos, 2325
13005 CIUDAD REAL
phone: + 34 926 210 915
fax: + 34 926 211 227
email: ac@acingenieria.com
Index
Spain
495
DTISA
Conde de Vallellano, 8
14004 CORDOBA
phone: + 34 957 451 063
fax: + 34 957 452 723
email: cordoba@dtisa.com
M. LAGO
Gambrinus, 85 B Pol. La Grela
15008 A CORUA
phone: + 34 981 275 500
fax: + 34 981 274 878
email: mlago@mlago.com
TAGISA
P.I. Montfull de Vilabreix 10
17162 Bescano GIRONA
phone: + 34 972 411 700
fax: + 34 972 411 664
www.tagisa.com
MANXA
Cr. de les Tries, 85
17800 Olot GIRONA
phone: + 34 972 274 528
fax: + 34 972 261 904
email: automatismes@manxa.com
DTISA
Avda. Andaluca, 34 (Adoratrices)
18014 GRANADA
phone: + 34 958 293 551
fax: + 34 958 293 817
email: granada@dtisa.com
GARAPEN
Po. Anduaga 1517
20709 EzkioItsaso GUIPUZCOA
phone: + 34 943 729 006
fax: + 34 943 729 147
email: garapen@adegi.es
www.garapen.com
RECOIN
Diego de Almagro, 14
21002 HUELVA
phone: + 34 959 251 712
fax: + 34 959 257 309
email: recoin@interbook.net
NAVASOLA
Pol. Lucas Mellada
C. Agricultura Nave 5
22006 HUESCA
phone: + 34 974 222 690
fax: + 34 974 243 681
email: navasola@nexo.es
www.navasola.com
MAYPE
Pol. El Segre
Enginyer Pau Agust, 303B, nv. 56
25002 LLEIDA
phone: + 34 973 210 700
fax: + 34 973 211 084
email: tecnico@maype.com
www.maype.com
ELECTROMANTENIMIENTO
Polgono Tejera, Nave 1
26500 Calahorra LA RIOJA
phone: + 34 941 134 429
fax: + 34 941 145 170
email: em@nexo.es
496
ELECTROMATIC PALACIOS
Rey Pastor, 60 bajo
26005 Logroo LA RIOJA
phone: + 34 941 220 554
fax: + 34 941 220 627
BCR AUTOMATISMOS
Agustn de Iturbide, 24
28043 MADRID
phone: + 34 913 824 890
fax: + 34 913 824 891
email: bcr@bcrautomatismos.es
T2S
Av. de Cantuea, 4 Nave 5
28946 Fuenlabrada MADRID
phone: +34 916 214 430
fax: +34 916 422 223
DTISA
P. I. Guadalhorce,
Nave 60 Salazar Chapela, 16
29004 MALAGA
phone: + 34 952 242 492
fax: + 34 952 242 551
email: malaga@dtisa.com
ELECTROMAIN ELEC. IND.
Ctra. MadridCartagena, Km 377
30500 Molina de Segura MURCIA
phone: + 34 968 389 005
fax: + 34 968 611 100
email: electromain@electromain.com
www.electromain.com
IRUA
TECNOLOGAS DE AUTOMATIZACIN
Caada Real, 12
Polgono Berrioplano
31195 Berrioplano NAVARRA
phone: + 34 948 302 321
fax: + 34 948 303 502
email: iruna.@arrakis.es
REITEC
Los Avellanos, 20
35018 LAS PALMAS DE GRAN CANARIA
phone: + 34 928 436 908
fax: + 34 928 436 706
email: reitec@arrakis.es
M. LAGO
Avda. Ricardo Mella, 115B
36331 Vigo PONTEVEDRA
phone: + 34 986 230 668
fax: + 34 986 206 021
email: mlago@mlago.com
MONTAJES ELECTRICOS LUMAR
Camino de Tres Casas, s/n
40196 La Lastrilla SEGOVIA
phone: + 34 921 436 521
fax: + 34 921 442 334
email: lumarsa@lumar.c.telefonica.net
SGA
Ctra. NIV, Km 536, Edificio Eurosevilla
41020 SEVILLA
phone: + 34 954 253 318
fax: + 34 954 673 742
email: sga@sgade.com
TRIMATIK
P. Riu Clar. Parcela 140 Nave 1
C/ Sofre, 11
43006 TARRAGONA
phone: + 34 977 550 909
fax: + 34 977 551 460
email: trimatic@sefes.es
SURAPELSA
Subida Sobradillo 39 A. Edificio Cristian
38108 Taco TENERIFE
phone: + 34 922 614 258
fax: + 34 922 612 035
email: surapel@arrakis.es
SIAPA
Pol. Ind. Yuncos Calle A Nave 95
45210 Yuncos TOLEDO
phone: + 34 925 537 944
fax: + 34 925 537 954
email: siapa1@teleline.es
DME AUTOMATIZACION INDUSTRIAL
Enrique Taulet, 8 Bajo Dcha.
46014 VALENCIA
phone: + 34 963 587 226
fax: + 34 963 170 355
email: dme@dme.es
www.dme.es
AUTOMATISMOS LASER
Gonzalo Vies, 4
46800 Xtiva VALENCIA
phone: + 34 962 275 132
fax: + 34 962 274 563
email: laser@grupoperis.com
www.servidex.com/laser
DISMEVA
Plata 12, nave 8 P. San Cristobal
47012 VALLADOLID
phone: + 34 983 213 131
fax: + 34 983 213 132
email: automatismos@dismeva.es
BILAK
P.I. Ugaldeguren, 1 Parc. 54 Local 6B
48160 Derio VIZCAYA
phone: + 34 944 545 018
fax: + 34 944 544 149
email: bilak@mundivia.es
SUMI3
Leopoldo Romeo 26
50002 ZARAGOZA
phone: + 34 976 415 455
fax: + 34 976 594 521
email: sumi_3@sumi3.com
www.sumi3.com
SUINSA
Casa Rufo Camp Bastida 6 bajos
Andorra PRINCIPAT DANDORRA
phone: + 34 07376 866 838
fax: + 34 07376 866 939
Sales office Boras:

sboholmsgatan 21
SE50451 BORS
phone: + 46 8 632 35 00
fax: + 46 33 44 28 53
Sales office Malmo:
Derbyvgen 6 B
SE21235 MALM
phone: + 46 8632 35 00
fax: + 46 4049 57 10
Sales office Norsjo:
Storgatan 6, P.O. Box 4
SE93521 NORSJ
phone: + 46 8632 35 00
fax: + 46 918102 94
Distributors in Sweden
for Industrial Components:
Ahlsell AB, Div El
Liljeholmsvgen 20
SE11798 STOCKHOLM
phone: + 46 8 685 70 00
fax: + 46 8 685 70 93
www.ahlsell.se
Elektroskandia AB
N Malmvgen 141
SE19183 SOLLENTUNA
phone: + 46 8 92 35 00
fax: + 46 8 92 39 80
www.elektroskandia.se
Elfa AB
Elektronikgrnd 14
SE175 80 JRFLLA
phone: + 46 8 580 942 00
fax: + 46 8 580 943 00
www.elfa.se
IRV Control AB
P.O. Box 13033
SE85013 SUNDSVALL
phone: + 46 60 51 40 75
fax: + 46 60 56 16 45
NEA Gruppen
P.O. Box 1523
SE70115 REBRO
phone: + 46 19 19 67 00
fax: + 46 19 611 19 10
www.nea.se
Selga AB
P.O. Box 103
SE12523 LVSJ
phone: + 46 8 749 38 00
fax: + 46 8 749 52 27
www.selga.se
berg Innovation AB
Kvllsvindsgatan 8
SE65221 KARLSTAD
phone: + 46 54 85 13 00
fax: + 46 54 85 13 01
www.oberginnovation.se
AllStrm Elektriska AB
Sporregatan 3
SE21377 MALM
phone: + 46 40 22 35 75
fax: + 46 40 21 92 82
www.home.swipnet.se//allstrom
Vaasa Automation AB
Glimmervgen 4
SE22478 LUND
phone: + 46 46 23 56 00
fax: + 46 46 23 56 01
www.vaasaautomation.se
Vsters Maskinbyggar Center, VMB
Tallmtargatan 1 C
SE72134 VSTERS
phone: + 46 21 12 08 99
fax: + 46 21 12 78 05
www.vmb.se
Distributor in Lithuania:
Vaasa Automation AB
August Barks gata 23 B
SE42132 VSTRA FRLUNDA
phone: + 46 31 47 60 00
fax: + 46 31 47 60 50
www.vaasaautomation.se
KEMEK elektronika UAB

P.O. Box 1362
LT2056 VILNIUS
phone: +370 2 47 03 01
fax: +370 2 79 39 09
Automatiksystem i Jmtland AB
P.O. Box 3127
SE83103 STERSUND
phone: + 46 63 51 03 65
fax: + 46 63 10 66 31
www.automatiksystem.se
Distributor in Latvia:
Jacobson Engineering AB
Batterivgen 8
SE43232 VARBERG
phone: + 46 340 108 20
fax: + 46 340 108 55
www.jeab.net/storebrosvarvar.htm
J&M Automation AB
Sorterargatan 35
SE162 50 VLLINGBY
phone: +46 8 38 60 50
fax: +48 8 89 40 37
Miltronic SIA
Brivibas 155
LV1012 RIGA
phone: +371 750 19 00
fax: +371 750 19 09
Switzerland
Sales office Steinhausen:
OMRON ELECTRONICS AG
Sennweidstrasse 44
6312 Steinhausen
phone: + 41 4 17 48 13 13
fax: + 41 4 17 48 13 45
www.omron.ch
Knight Industriteknik AB
P.O. Box 451
SE65110 KARLSTAD
phone: + 46 54 14 49 50
fax: + 46 54 21 97 00
www.knight.se
NE Konstruktioner AB
Algotsvgen 2
SE93500 NORSJ
phone: + 46 918 253 90
fax: + 46 918 253 94
Texo Application AB
P.O. Box 602
SE34324 LMHULT
phone: + 46 476 122 50
fax: + 46 476 103 21
www.texoapplication.se
Addresses
Sales office Kista:

OMRON ELECTRONICS AB
Norgegatan 1, P.O. Box 1275
SE16429 Kista
phone: + 46 86 32 35 00
fax: + 46 86 32 35 10
www.omron.se
Distributors in Sweden
for Industrial Systems:
Tyratronic Automation AB
P.O. Box 7
SE43090 CKER
phone: + 46 31 96 74 30
fax: + 46 31 96 88 39
www.tyratronic.se
Index
Sweden
497
Turkey
Sales office Istanbul:
OMRON ELECTRONICS LTD.
Acibadem Caddesi, Palmiye Sokak 12
81020 KadikoyIstanbul
phone: + 90 21 63 26 29 80
fax: + 90 21 63 26 29 79
www.omron.com.tr
Distributors in Turkey:
Arda Mak. Ltd. Sti.
Sanayi Cad. Dogan Sk. No: 1/C
UlusANKARA
phone: + 90 312 312 66 04 309 12 33 fax:
+ 90 312 310 13 53
Branch office : 100.Yil Bulvari 42.Sok. No: 1
Ostim ANKARA
phone: + 90 312 385 80 37 38
fax: + 90 312 385 80 58
Bozkaya A.S
Fuzuli Cad. No : 67/41 Seyhan ADANA
phone: + 90 322 458 78 12
fax: + 90 322 458 78 97
Ceran Otomasyon Ltd. Sti.
Perpa Tic. Merkezi A Blok Kat: 283
Okmeydani ISTANBUL
phone: + 90 212 210 81 81
fax: + 90 212 220 18 03
Duman Elektroteknik Ins. San. ve Tic.
Ltd. Sti.
Cakmak Mah. Nizip Cad. No: 63 / A
GAZIANTEP
phone: + 90 342 325 07 07
fax: + 90 342 323 41 87
Elektrosan San ve Tic. Ltd. Sti.
Istasyon Cad. No : 139 KAYSERI
phone: + 90 352 231 01 59
fax: + 90 352 231 79 13
Erel Elektroteknik Mh. Mak. Taah.
Tic. San. ve Yat. A.S.
Hurriyet Cad. No : 139 IZMIT
phone: + 90 262 322 73 13
fax: + 90 262 321 91 90
Fabrika Aygitlari Sistem Tek. Ltd. Sti.
Hasanpasa Mah. Uzuncayir Cad. Kadikoy
Yapi Is Merkezi E blok No : 1 Kadikoy
ISTANBUL
phone: + 90 216 327 86 66
fax: + 90 216 327 85 93
Hasmak Elk. Oto. Kon. Mlz. Ltd.
Kizilay Cad. No : 109 ADANA
phone: + 90 322 359 39 43
fax: + 90 322 359 97 17
Hatel Elektronik Ltd. Sti.
1201 Sok. No : 13 / D Yenisehir IZMIR
phone: + 90 232 449 21 00
fax: + 90 232 449 04 07
Muhendisler Elk. Ltd. Sti.
Okcumusa Cad. Menevse Is Hani No : 5490
Karakoy ISTANBUL
phone: + 90 212 256 57 50
fax: + 90 212 237 67 26
498
Oneri Elk. San. ve Tic. Ltd.

Okcumusa Cad. No : 21 Karakoy
ISTANBUL
phone: + 90 212 292 51 7273
fax: + 90 212 292 51 75
Saltotomasyon Elk. Elek. San. ve Tic.
Ltd. Sti.
Ferhuniye Mah. Sultansah Cad. No : 24 /
A KONYA
phone: + 90 332 353 06 23
fax : + 90 332 353 59 51
Tiryaki Otomasyon
Okcumusa Cad. Serhattar Han No : 34 Kat :
1/3 Karakoy ISTANBUL
phone: + 90 212 297 62 37
fax: + 90 212 297 62 43
Yildiz Teknik Mak. Elk. Endstri Otomasyon
Ltd. Sti.
Mustafa Pasa Mah. Ibrahimaga Cad. No : 29
GEBZE
phone: + 90 262 641 33 38
fax: + 90 262 641 42 46
United Kingdom
Sales office London:
OMRON ELECTRONICS LTD.
1 Apsley Way Staples Corner
London NW2 7HF
phone: + 44 (0) 870 752 0861
fax: + 44 (0) 870 752 0862
www.omron.co.uk
Omron Distribution Centres

Omron Distribution Centres have a broad
appreciation of the Omron product family and
can provide support and advice in selecting
control components, together with technical
literature to support these products. The focus
of Omron Distribution Centres is the supply of
products, these centres offer stock as well as
other logistic support services, examples may
be kitting, one stop shop and credit card
purchases. To become an Omron Distribution
Centre both internal and external personnel
will have been trained by Omron to ensure
that support can be provided both at base and
on site.
AN Supplies
Bridgend, Mid Glamorgan
01656 767 060
Cardiff, South Glamorgan
02920 483 131
Newport, Gwent
01633 280 494
Swansea, West Glamorgan
01792 774 777
Tredegar, Gwent
01495 711 333
www.ansupplies.co.uk
Applied Automation
Plymouth, Devon
01752 343 300
Bristol, Avon
01179 827 769
www.appliedautomation.co.uk
Automation Technology Ltd

Braunston, Northamptonshire
01788 891 900
www.automatech.co.uk
BPX
Leicester, Leicestershire
01162 999 100
Northampton, Northamptonshire
01604 759 906
Nottingham, Nottinghamshire
01159 704 531
www.bpx.co.uk
Control Components Anglia
Norwich, Norfolk
01603 424140
Peterborough, Cambridgeshire
01733 554 863
www.controlcomponents.co.uk
EPH
Spalding, Lincolnshire
01775 723 546
www.ephsupplies.co.uk
HTEC
Stevenage, North London
01438 728 728
Warrington, North West
01925 231 133
East Kilbride, Scotland
01355 238 641
Bristol, South West
0117 966 5925
Kingswinford, West Midlands
01384 408 292
Normanton, Yorkshire
01924 897173
www.htecontrols.co.uk
Kempston Controls Ltd
Rushden, Northamptonshire
01933 411 411
www.kempstoncontrols.co.uk
More Control
Milton Keynes, Buckinghamshire
01908 364 555
www.morecontrol.com
Nyquist
Hull, East Yorkshire
01482 589 050
www.wfonline.com
Premier Electrical
Stoke On Trent, Staffordshire
01782 202 554
Scattergood & Johnson
Gateshead, Tyne & Wear
0191 460 2233
Hillington, Glasgow
0141 892 0166
Leeds West, Yorkshire
0113 243 0203
Trafford Park, Manchester
0161 876 4337
Sheffield South, Yorkshire
0114 243 1841
www.scatts.co.uk
Sentridge Control
Coventry, West Midlands
02476 553303
Worcester Electrical Distributors

Worcester, Worcestershire
01905 755 110
www.worcesterelectrical.co.uk
Williams Industrial Services
Mallusk, County Antrim
0289 083 8999
www.wisni.com
www.sentridge.com
Omron Technical Centres

Omron Technical Centres deliver a high
degree of technical knowledge, with the ability
to configure and maximise the performance of
Omron products in a wide range of complex
control applications. This knowledge is
backed up by the ability to provide the
products from stock on a next day delivery.
Both internal and external engineers will have
taken part and passed indepth product
training over the full range of Omron products.
Support and advice can be given in
consultation both on site and from the
technical support desk.
Applied Automation
Plymouth, Devon
01752 343 300
Bristol, Avon
01179 827 769
More Control
01908 364 555
www.morecontrol.com
Scattergood & Johnson
Gateshead, Tyne & Wear
0191 460 2233
0113 243 0203
Trafford Park, Manchester
0161 876 4337
Sheffield South, Yorkshire
0114 243 1841
www.scatts.co.uk
Underwoods
High Wycombe, Buckinghamshire
01494 464 464
Southampton, Hampshire
023 8022 5456
www.ued.co.uk
02890 838 999
www.wisni.com
ADM Automation Ltd

Boldon. Tyne & Wear
0191 519 5500
www.admautomation.co.uk
AIC Solutions Ltd
Slough, Berkshire
01753 215 222
www.aicsolutions.com
Ampac Systems Integrators Ltd
Burton upon Trent, Derbyshire
01283 567 888
www.ampac.co.uk
Applied Automation
Plymouth, Devon
01752 343 300
Briggs Automation
Holmes Chapel, Cheshire
01477 544 588
www.briggsplc.co.uk
Control Application
Kieghley North, Yorkshire
01535 634 811
www.controlapplications.co.uk
Custom Control Systems
01132 873 777
www.customcontrolsystems.co.uk
D&G Electrical
Accrington, Lancashire
01254 398 725
Doel Engineering
Witham, Essex
01376 515 515
www.doelengineering.com
E2 Solutions
Eastwood, Nottinghamshire
01773 715 741
E E S Projects Ltd
Rotherham South, Yorkshire
01709 533 333
www.ees.co.uk
Harford Control
Trowbridge, Wiltshire
01225 764 461
www.harfordcontrol.com
More Control
01908 364 555
www.morecontrol.com
Pelican Control Systems Ltd

Grantham, Lincolnshire
01476 577 708
www.pelicansystems.co.uk
Spectra Displays Ltd
Willingham, Cambridgeshire
01954 261 402
www.spectradisplays.co.uk
Westmont Systems Ltd
Inverkeithing, Fife
01383 435 820
www.westmont.co.uk
02890 838 999
www.wisni.com
WMT Logic Control Tech. Ltd
Poole, Dorset
07000 456442
www.wmtlogic.net
Omron Specialist Partners

Omron Specialist Partners provide a high
degree of specialist knowledge of Omron
products and can use this knowledge to
provide unique solutions to control problems.
Omron Specialist Partners are experts in a
specific field of application, for example;
Machine Vision, Motion Control, Machine
Safety, Control Software. Typically they offer
the skills below.
Safety Specialist
On site safety audits
Risk assessment
Machine compliance
Legislation consultations
Intergrated Safety Solutions Ltd
Wembley, Middlesex
0208 904 0889
www.integratedsafetysolutions.com
Safety Innovations Ltd
Upper Stondon, Bedfordshire
01462 851 995
www.safetyinnovations.co.uk
Vision Specialist
Customer training
Inspection problem solving
Integration
Solution provision
Lighting engineering
ACT Controls Ltd
Rotherham, South Yorkshire
01709 511 150
www.actcontrols.co.uk
More Control
01908 364 555
www.morecontrol.com
Addresses
Wales Fluid Power

Cardiff, Cardiff
02920 494 551
Omron Engineering Partners

Omron Engineering Partners are focused on
providing control solutions, typically for
machines or control systems. Omron
Engineering Partners have the ability to
configure and maximise the performance of
Omron products and can build and design
complex control systems employing them.
OEP engineers consult with the customer on
their control issues and offer advice during the
consultancy leading to complete solutions.
This is underpinned with ongoing support from
internal and external engineers with the added
benefit of out of hours support.
PCS Industries Ltd

Hadleigh, Essex
01702 389 352
www.pcsindustries.co.uk
Index
Underwoods
High Wycombe, Buckinghamshire
01494 464 464
Orpington, Kent
01689 897 670
Southampton, Hampshire
023 8022 5456
www.ued.co.uk

01476 577 708
499
Phasor Ltd
Sunderland, Tyne & Wear
0191 516 6529
www.phasor.co.uk
Westmont Systems Ltd
Inverkeithing, Fife
01383 435 820
www.westmont.co.uk
Motion Control Specialist
Bespoke solutions
Integration
Solution provision
Micromech Systems Ltd
Braintree, Essex
01376 333 333
www.micromech.co.uk
01476 577 708
Riverford Control Systems
Plymouth, Devon
01752 696 800
www.riverfordcontrols.co.uk
Control Software Specialist
SCADA programming
Database configuration
Management information systems
Internet solutions
AIC Solutions Ltd
Slough, Berkshire
01753 215 222
www.aicsolutions.com
Contron
Horsham, West Sussex
01403 261 029
www.contron.co.uk
IAG Technology
Aylesbury, Buckinghamshire
01296 483 838
www.iags.co.uk
Sensor Specialist
Camis
Stourbridge, West Midlands
01384 441 402
www.camis.demon.co.uk
Vehicle Specialist
Commercial Body Fittings
Hatfield, Hertfordshire
01707 271 161
www.cbf.uk.com
Drives Specialist
Varicon
Worcester, Worcestershire
01905 769 126
www.varicon.co.uk
WMT Logic Control Tech. Ltd
Poole, Dorset
07000 456 442
www.wmtlogic.co.uk
500
Omron Wholesalers
WF
Portsmouth, Portsmouth
023 9266 6656
Eastleigh, Hampshire
023 8026 7411
Dagenham, London
020 8596 7200
Ipswich, Suffolk
01473 748 431
Hendon, London
020 8203 0055
Colchester, Essex
01206 577 755
Basildon, Essex
01268 532 558
www.wfonline.com
Newey & Eyre
Newcastle, Tyne & Wear
0191 495 1000
Nottingham, Nottinghamshire
0115 986 6531
Peterborough, Cambridgeshire
01733 563 261
www.neweyandeyre.co.uk
For Middle East, Africa and other countries

in Eastern Europe
phone: +31 23 568 13 22
www.eu.omron.com/ema
Index
_.EDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......................
101_ 3000 VE . . . . . . . . .
103_ 52F0008 . . . . . . .
3G2A9BAT08 . . . . . . . .
3G3EVPSPAT_ . . . . . . .
3G3FVB4_CUE . . . . .
3G3FVPCNDW225N . .
3G3FVPDRT1SINV1 .
3G3FVPPG_2 . . . . . . . .
3G3IVPCDBR 4_B . . . .
3G3IVPCN_ . . . . . . . . .
3G3IVPCN329E . . . . .
......................
......................
3G3IVPCN329E
3G3JVPSI232 . . . . . . . .
3G3IVPERF_ . . . . . . . . .
3G3IVPFO_ . . . . . . . . . .
3G3IVPJVOP_ . . . . . . .
3G3IVPLKEB 4_ . . . . . .
3G3IVPLKEB_ . . . . . . .
3G3JVA_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
3G3JVPFI_ . . . . . . . . . .
3G3JVPFI3005E . . . . .
3G3JVPS_ . . . . . . . . . . .
3G3JVPSI232J . . . . . . .
3G3MVA20_ . . . . . . . . .
3G3MVA4015 . . . . . . . .
3G3MVAB0_ . . . . . . . . .
3G3MVPCNCN2 . . . .
3G3MVPDRTSINV1 . .
3G3MVPFI_ . . . . . . . . . .
3G3PV_ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3G3RV_ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3G3RVPDRT2 . . . . . . . .
3G3RVPFI_SE . . . . . .
3G8F7CLK_E . . . . . . .
3G8F7CLK21E . . . . . .
3G8F7CLK52E . . . . . .
191 ,
394
191
191
321 ,
402 ,
424
456
425
425
425
409 ,
403 ,
417 ,
456
390
330
417
425
409
425
456
416
402 , 416
409 , 425
425
417
402
402
402
402
403
416
416
416
417
417
416
408
424
409
408 , 424
225
222
226
C
C200HAD_ . . . . . . . . . .
C200HASC_ . . . . . . . . .
C200HASC_1 . . . . . . . .
C200HBAT09 . . . . . . . .
C200HCN_ . . . . . . . . . .
......................
C200HCN_22 . . . . . . . .
C200HCT_ . . . . . . . . . .
C200HDA_ . . . . . . . . . .
C200HDSC01 . . . . . . . .
C200HIA_ . . . . . . . . . . .
C200HID_ . . . . . . . . . . .
C200HIM212 . . . . . . . .
C200HMAD01 . . . . . . .
C200HOC_ . . . . . . . . . .
C200HOD_ . . . . . . . . . .
C200HPID_ . . . . . . . . . .
C200HPRO27E . . . . .
......................
C200HSP001 . . . . . . . .
C200HTC_ . . . . . . . . . .
C200HTS_ . . . . . . . . . . .
C200HTV_ . . . . . . . . . . .
C200HPCISA_
53DRME . . . . . . . . . . .
C200HSINT01 . . . . . . .
C200HWBI_ . . . . . . . . .
C200HWCORT21V1 .
C200HWMC402E . . .
C200HWNC . . . . . . . . .
C200HWP_ . . . . . . . . . .
C200HWPA_ . . . . . . . . .
C200HWPRM21 . . . . . .
161
228
192
192 , 230
172 , 175
206
27 , 36
179
161
172 , 175
152
150
151
162
155
156
174
27 , 36
59 , 77
139
171
163
171
257
150
206
195 , 268
189
183
135
206
265
C200HWPRM21V1 . .
C200HWPRT21 . . . . . .
C200HWSRM21V1 . .
C200PCEXP01 . . . . . . .
C200PCISA_ . . . . . . . . .
C200PCISA_3DRME
C200PCPD024 . . . . . . .
C500BAT08 . . . . . . . . . .
......................
C500CE_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
C500CE24_ . . . . . . . . .
......................
C500CE321 . . . . . . . . .
C500CE40_ . . . . . . . . .
......................
C500CE403 . . . . . . . . .
CBL213A
3G3EVPJVOP120E . . .
CJ1OD_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
CJ1MCPU_ . . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WAD_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WCIF11 . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WCIF21 . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WCLK21 . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WCN_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WCT_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WDA_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WDRM21 . . . . . . . .
CJ1WETN11 . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WIA_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WIC101 . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WID_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WII101 . . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WINT01 . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WMAD42 . . . . . . . .
CJ1WNC_3 . . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WOA_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WOC_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WP_ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WPRT21 . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WSCU_1 . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WSRM21 . . . . . . . .
CJ1WTC_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CJ1WTER01 . . . . . . . . .
CMP2ABAT01 . . . . . . . .
CPM1CIF_ . . . . . . . . . . .
......................
CPM1EMU01V1 . . . . .
......................
CPM1A_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPM1A20E_ . . . . . . . . .
CPM1A8E_ . . . . . . . . . .
CPM1ADRT21 . . . . . . .
CPM1AMAD_ . . . . . . . .
CPM1APRT21 . . . . . . . .
CPM1ASRT21 . . . . . . . .
CPM1ATS_ . . . . . . . . . .
CPM2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPM2ABAT01 . . . . . . . .
......................
CPM2ASRT21 . . . . . . . .
CPM2A_ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPM2C_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPM2C10EDR . . . . . . .
CPM2C16E_ . . . . . . . . .
CPM2C20EDR . . . . . . .
CPM2C24E_ . . . . . . . . .
CPM2C32E_ . . . . . . . . .
CPM2C8E_ . . . . . . . . . .
CPM2CBAT01 . . . . . . .
CPM2CCIF_ . . . . . . . . .
CPM2CCIF21 . . . . . . . .
CPM2CCN111 . . . . . . .
CPM2CMAD11 . . . . . . .
CPM2CPA201 . . . . . . . .
CPM2CS1_0C . . . . . . .
CPM2CS1_0CDRT . . .
CPM2CS1_CDRT . . . .
CPM2CSRT21 . . . . . . .
195
195 , 265
195 , 257
205
202
233
205
293 , 303
314
474
60 , 139
178
172 , 175
77 , 139
178 , 179
122
456
115
97
117
102
230
123 , 222
103
119
117
124 , 232
123
114
103
113
103
113
117
120
116
115
101
124 , 265
123 , 229
124 , 257
118
103
283
26 , 36
230 , 255
27 , 36
60 , 77
23
45
45
47 , 233
46
48 , 265
47 , 258
47
31
36 , 77
103
258
33
51
66
66
66
67
67
66
60
58 , 230
102
61 , 466
68
58
258
233
258
68
CPM2CTS_01 . . . . . . . .
CQM1AD_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CQM1ARM21 . . . . . . . .
CQM1CIF02 . . . . . . . . .
......................
CQM1DA022 . . . . . . . .
CQM1DRT21 . . . . . . . .
CQM1ID_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CQM1MP_ . . . . . . . . . .
CQM1OC_ . . . . . . . . . .
CQM1OD_ . . . . . . . . . .
CQM1PA_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CQM1PD_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CQM1PRO01 . . . . . . . .
CQM1PRT21 . . . . . . . .
CQM1SF200 . . . . . . . . .
CQM1SRM_ . . . . . . . . .
CQM1SRM21V1 . . . . .
CQM1TC_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CQM1TER01 . . . . . . . .
CQM1HABB21 . . . . . . .
CQM1HAVB41 . . . . . . .
CQM1HCIF11 . . . . . . . .
CQM1HCIF12 . . . . . . . .
CQM1HCLK21 . . . . . . .
CQM1HCPU_ . . . . . . . .
CQM1HCTB41 . . . . . . .
CQM1HIC101 . . . . . . . .
CQM1HII101 . . . . . . . .
CQM1HMAB42 . . . . . .
CQM1HME_ . . . . . . . . .
CQM1HPLB21CE . . .
CQM1HPRO01E . . . .
CQM1HSCB41 . . . . . . .
CS1OD_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
CS1PDC01 . . . . . . . . . .
CS1PMV01 . . . . . . . . . .
CS1PPS01 . . . . . . . . . .
CS1PTR0_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CS1PTS0_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CS1PTW01 . . . . . . . . . .
CS1GCPU_ . . . . . . . . . .
CS1HCPU_ . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WAD0_ . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WBAT01 . . . . . . . . .
CS1WBC_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WBI_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WCE_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WCLK_ . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WCLK21 . . . . . . . .
CS1WCN_ . . . . . . . . . . .
......................
......................
......................
......................
CS1WCN_13 . . . . . . . .
CS1WCN_24 . . . . . . . .
CS1WCN_26 . . . . . . . .
......................
CS1WCN_6 . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WCN11_ . . . . . . . .
CS1WCN114 . . . . . . . .
CS1WCT_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WCTS21 . . . . . . . . .
CS1WDA0_ . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WDRM21 . . . . . . . .
CS1WETN_ . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WHC_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WI_102 . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WIA_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WID_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WINT01 . . . . . . . . .
CS1WLC001 . . . . . . . . .
CS1WMAD44 . . . . . . . .
CS1WMC_21 . . . . . . . .
CS1WMD_ . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WNC_3 . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WOA_ . . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WOC_ . . . . . . . . . . .
68
90
92 , 267
26 , 36
466
90
92 , 233
86
75
87
87
76
76
27 , 36
92 , 265
89
257
92
90
77
84
82
230
76
91 , 222
73
84
76
76
82
75
84
59 , 77
83 , 229
153
168
169
169
168
167
168
129
130
160
139
136
136
474
193 , 225
222
59 , 136
139 , 188
220 , 223
226 , 229
234
76
77
119 , 178
466
77
61 , 466
339
176
176
160
194 , 232
193 , 219
177
138
149
148
148
164
160
186
158
180
154
153
CS1WSCB_ . . . . . . . . . .
CS1WSCB_1 . . . . . . . .
CS1WSCU21 . . . . . . . .
CS1WSF200 . . . . . . . . .
CV500CN_ . . . . . . . . . .
CVM1MP702 . . . . . . . .
CVM1PRO01E . . . . . .
CX Server . . . . . . . . . . . .
CXSUPERVISOR_ . . .
133
228
194 , 229
159
138
188
188
444
442
D
DCA15CN_ . . . . . . . . . .
DCN1_C . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCN21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRS1T . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRS2_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRT1HD_ . . . . . . . . . . .
DRTID_ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRTMD_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRTOD_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRT1232C2 . . . . . . . . .
DRT1ID_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRT1AD_ . . . . . . . . . . .
DRT1COM . . . . . . . . . .
DRT1ND_ . . . . . . . . . . .
DRT1OD_ . . . . . . . . . . .
DRT1TS04_ . . . . . . . . . .
DRT2AD04 . . . . . . . . . .
DRT2DA02 . . . . . . . . . .
DRT2HD16C1 . . . . . .
DRT2ID08C1 . . . . . . .
DRT2ID_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRT2OD08C1 . . . . . .
DRT2OD_ . . . . . . . . . . .
241
234
241
234
241
237
238
236
238
239
235
237
249
237
235
238
245
245
246
246
244
246
244
E
E54CT_ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ES100CT02_202 . . . .
ES100CT023202 . . . .
ES1000CA021_ . . . . .
172
205
466
172 , 175
F
F150VKP . . . . . . . . . . . .
FCN3617048DPACK . .
FCN361J048DPACK . .
......................
FNDCCX00_S . . . . . . . .
293 , 303
139
182 , 185
474
398
G
G70AZIM_ . . . . . . . . . . .
G70AZOC_ . . . . . . . . . .
G73O_C_ . . . . . . . . . .
G78V02 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G79_C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G79Y_C . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GCN1_ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GT1AD0_ . . . . . . . . . . .
GT1CT01 . . . . . . . . . . . .
GT1DA_ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GT1ID_ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GT1OD_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
GT1RO_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
GT1TS04_ . . . . . . . . . . .
475
475
77
476
476
476
255
252
253
252
250
251
251
253
Index
501
Index
H
HLMaster.mts . . . . . . . .
HMCAP_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
......................
......................
HMCEF_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
......................
HMCEF_72 . . . . . . . . . .
192
101 ,
283 ,
303
132 ,
293 ,
101
132
293
283
303
NT610CKBA04 . . . . . . .
NT625CKBA01 . . . . . . .
NT631ST_ . . . . . . . . . . .
NT631CCFL02 . . . . . . .
NTFKCN321 . . . . . . . . .
330
330
325
330
347 , 466
O
OMNUC W . . . . . . . . . . . 369
PFPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......................
Phoenix
MSTB 2.5/_ST5.08 . . .
Phoenix
MSTB2.5/5ST5.08AU
Power cable CPM2C . . .
J
JUSPNS_00 . . . . . . . . . 384
JUSPNS500 . . . . . . . . . 395
JUSPNS600 . . . . . . . . . 397
K3SC10_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
M
450
191 , 450
458
474
162
162
502
27 , 36
77 , 103
390
394
60
NS Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NSAL002 . . . . . . . . . . . .
NSCA001 . . . . . . . . . . .
NSCLK21 . . . . . . . . . . .
......................
NSMF_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NSNSDC1EV1 . . . . . .
NS10TV_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
NS10TV0_ . . . . . . . . . . .
NS12KBA0_ . . . . . . . . .
NS12TS_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
NS12TS0_ . . . . . . . . . . .
NS7KBA0_ . . . . . . . . . .
NS7SV_ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NT Shell V_ . . . . . . . . . . .
NTAL001 . . . . . . . . . . . .
NTCN(T)121 . . . . . . . . .
NTCN221 . . . . . . . . . . .
......................
NTCNT121 . . . . . . . . . .
NTDRT21 . . . . . . . . . . .
......................
NTMF261 . . . . . . . . . . .
......................
NT20MKBA04 . . . . . . .
NT20SATT01 . . . . . . . . .
......................
......................
NT20SCFL01 . . . . . . . .
NT20SKBA01 . . . . . . . .
NT20SST_ . . . . . . . . . . .
NT20SATT01 . . . . . . . . . .
NT2SCN_ . . . . . . . . . . .
NT2SCN21_ . . . . . . . . .
NT2SCN22_V1 . . . . . .
NT2SSF_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
NT30KBA04 . . . . . . . . .
NT30ST_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
NT31CCFL01 . . . . . . . .
NT4SSF_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
372
371
371
371
372
372
372
372
370
370
75
Index Works . . . . . . . . . . 398
Motion Perfect . . . . . . . .
MOTION TOOLS . . . . . .
......................
MR_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MR34FG . . . . . . . . . . . .
MR34L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R88MW_k_0FBS2 . . .
R88MW_k_0FS2 . . . . .
R88MW_k_15FBS2 . .
R88MW_k_15FS2 . . .
R88MW_k_FBS2 . . . .
R88MW_k_FS2 . . . . . .
R88MWP_30FBS1D .
R88MWP_30FS1D . .
R88MWP_30HBS1D
R88MWP_30HS1D .
ROM_DB . . . . . . . . . . .
396
283 ,
293 ,
222 ,
303
293 ,
452
220 ,
285
293 ,
220 ,
295
283
219 ,
454
230
466
314 ,
330
321 ,
239 ,
330
314 ,
329
314
283 ,
303 ,
330
314
314
310
321
339
466
466
337
321
317
321
344
293
303
293
303
288
303
298
278
321
330
321
321
293
314
PRT1COM . . . . . . . . . . .
R7ACCA002P2 . . . . . .
R7ACEA0_ . . . . . . . . . .
R7APRO02A . . . . . . . . .
R7DAP_H . . . . . . . . . . .
R7MA(P)_30BS1 . . . .
R7MA(P)_30S1 . . . . . .
R88ACMX001_E . . . .
R88ACAWA0_SDE . . .
R88ACAWAxxx_DE . .
R88ACAWB_SDE . . . .
R88ACAWC_BE . . . . .
R88ACAWC_SE . . . . .
R88ACAWD_SE . . . . .
R88ACAWF_SE . . . . .
R88ACAWG_SE . . . . .
R88ACAWH_SE . . . . .
R88ACAWJ_SE . . . . .
R88ACAWK_BDE . . .
R88ACAWK_SDE . . . .
R88ACAWxxxSE . . . .
R88ACCM00_ . . . . . . .
R88ACCM002P4E . . .
R88ACCW002P2 . . . . .
R88ACCW002P4 . . . . .
R88ACMUK_ . . . . . . . .
R88ACMUK001J3E2 .
R88ACMW001S . . . . . .
R88ACMX001_E . . . .
R88ACN_01C . . . . . . . .
R88ACNU01R . . . . . . .
R88ACPU00_S . . . . . .
R88ACPW00_M_ . . . . .
R88ACPW00_S . . . . . .
R88ACPWB_M_ . . . . . .
R88ACRWB_NE . . . . .
R88ACTU00_N . . . . . . .
R88AFIW1_E . . . . . . .
R88AFIW10_E . . . . . .
R88AFIW40_E . . . . . .
R88AMCW151_ . . . . .
R88AMCW151_ . . . . . .
R88ANCW152DRT . .
R88ANCW152DRTE
R88APR_W . . . . . . . . .
R88ARR22047S . . . . . .
R88ATC04E . . . . . . . .
R88ATS04E . . . . . . . .
R88DWT_H . . . . . . . . . .
R88DWT_HF . . . . . . . . .
R88MW_015FBS2 . . .
R88MW_015FS2 . . . .
R88MW_30HBS1D .
R88MW_30HS1D . . .
249 ,
365
365
365
360
360
360
381
382
370
382
383
382
383
383
383
383
383
382
382
371
390
191
384 ,
394 ,
381
191
365 ,
191
398
394 ,
365
188
384
381
383
398
360
370
371
389
384
393
384
384
365
381
191
370
371
371
371
370
370
265
S
S3200CAK1062 . . . . . .
S3200CAT_ . . . . . . . . . .
S3200COCF2_ . . . . . . .
S3200COIAT2000 . . . .
S3200HCC_ . . . . . . . . .
SBCE011 . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCA14F10 . . . . . . . . . . .
SCN1TH_ . . . . . . . . . . .
SDRVCPCE . . . . . . . . .
SmartStep . . . . . . . . . . . .
SRS1T . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SRS21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SRT2AD04 . . . . . . . . . .
SRT2DA02 . . . . . . . . . .
SRT2ID_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
SRT2MD_ . . . . . . . . . . .
SRT2OD_ . . . . . . . . . . .
SRT2RO_ . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSDRIVE
CONFIGURATOR V_ . . .
226
226
226
226
226
394
263
263
205
359
263
263
262
262
261 , 262
261
261 , 262
261
456
398
396
384
396
WD30_E01 . . . . . . . . . .
Weidmler
B2L 3.5/26 SN SW . . . . .
WmonWinE . . . . . . . . . .
WS02CFDC1E . . . . . .
WS02CXPC1E_ . . . . .
WS02LCT1E_ . . . . . . .
WS02LCT1EL_ . . . . . .
WS02LCTK1EL01 . . .
WS02MCTC1E V_ . . .
WS02NCTC1E . . . . . .
WS02PDC2E . . . . . . .
WS02PSTC1E . . . . . . .
WS02SIMC1E . . . . . . .
239
390
458
460
434
446
446
166
440
448
462
438
436
X
XG4M_030T . . . . . . . .
XM2_0911 . . . . . . . . . . .
XS2CD_ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XS2CD424 . . . . . . . . . .
XS2FD421J80AZ . . .
XS2FD422D80A . . . .
XS2FD422D80A . . . .
XS2GD422 . . . . . . . . . .
XS2HD421C80A . . .
XS2RD4275 . . . . . . . .
XS2WD424D81A . . .
XS2Z1_ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XS2Z12 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XS4FD421_ . . . . . . . . .
XS4HD421_ . . . . . . . .
XS4PD4211C5A . . . .
XS4RD4245 . . . . . . . .
XS4WD421_ . . . . . . . .
XS8A0441 . . . . . . . . . . .
XW2B_0J6_ . . . . . . . .
......................
XW2B_0J66 . . . . . . . .
474
466
263
242
263
242
263
241 ,
241 ,
242 ,
263
263
241
242
242
242
242
242
234 ,
364 ,
381
188
263
263
263
263
380
XW2B20G_ . . . . . . . . . .
XW2B20J63B . . . . . . .
XW2B4_ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XW2B40F5P . . . . . . . .
XW2B40G_ . . . . . . . . . .
XW2B60G_ . . . . . . . . . .
XW2D_0G6_ . . . . . . . . .
XW2Z100JF1 . . . . . . .
XW2Z_00T . . . . . . . . . .
......................
......................
......................
XW2Z_A . . . . . . . . . . . .
XW2Z_JA_ . . . . . . . . .
XW2Z_JB4 . . . . . . . . .
XW2Z_JB5 . . . . . . . . .
XW2Z0_ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XW2Z100JF1 . . . . . . .
XW2Z200S . . . . . . . . . .
XW2Z200S(C)V . . . . .
XW2ZS002 . . . . . . . . . .
......................
......................
......................
XW4B05C1H1D . . . .
XW4B05C4TD . . . . .
XWTID_ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XWTOD_ . . . . . . . . . . . .
467
77
255
398
467
467
467
381
283 ,
303 ,
321 ,
466
467
364 ,
380
364
255
188
466
466
220 ,
293 ,
314 ,
329 ,
394
394
244
244
293
314
330
380
283
303
321
466

Automation&amp;Drives

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Automation&amp;Drives

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2003

Automation & Drives

Automation & Drives

Programmable Touchscreen Terminals

Programmable Functionkey Terminals

Motion and Servos

Cables, Terminal Blocks and Relay Modules

Standards, Approvals and Protection Classes

Programmable Logic Controllers

Compact PLC Series CPM_

Modular PLC Series CQM1H

Modular PLC Series CJ1

Rackmount PLC Series CS1

Slot PLC SYSMAC Board C200PCISA

Overview of the PLC Families

4 per unit, 40 units

4 per unit, 40 units

1:1 CPU Link

Overview of Special PLC Systems

1:1 CPU Link

Compact PLC Series CPM_

Compact PLC Series CPM_ Overview . . . 20

Compact PLC Series CPM2A

Compact PLC Series CPM2C

Compact PLC Series CPM_

Overview of the Micro PLC family

Max. number of digital inputs/outputs

Execution time (bit instruction)

Yes (master and slave)

Compact PLC Series CPM1A

Its compact design and simple DIN rail mounting

The execution time per bit instruction is 0.72 s.

As well as the standard basic instructions, the

The RS232C port allows rapid 1:1 exchange of

Programming is carried out via the programming

Max. remote I/O

Execution time (bit instruction)

1 (0.5 ms..5 min)

Networks and Communication

Controller Link (PLC network)

Host Link SYSMAC WAY (serial network)

DeviceNet (open fieldbus)

ASIInterface (open fieldbus)

PROFIBUSDP (open fieldbus)

Compact PLC Series CPM1A

Compact PLC Series CPM1A

100..240 VAC with

100..240 VAC with

100..240 VAC with

100..240 VAC with

Compact PLC Series CPM1A

Specifications (CPU Units)

Max. remote I/O

Max. remote I/O

Compact PLC Series CPM1A

Peripheral, RS232C/RS422 via converter

Combination of cyclic scan and immediate refresh processing methods

Capacitor (20 days at 25_C)

1 (0.5 ms..5 min)

Analogue setting potentio

100..240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

60 VA (30 VA for CPM1A10CDT_ and CPM1A20CDT_)

Auxiliary voltage output

24 VDC, 300 mA (200 mA on 10 and 20point models), provided on AC models only

Automation&Drives

Automation&Drives

Analogue setting potentio